mkdir -p './courier-imap/shared.tmp'
mkdir -p './dpkg/dpkg.cfg.d'
mkdir -p './gtk-2.0/x86_64-pc-linux-gnu'
+mkdir -p './lvm/cache'
mkdir -p './php/apache2-php5.5/ext'
mkdir -p './php/apache2-php5.5/ext-active'
mkdir -p './php/cgi-php5.5/ext'
mkdir -p './ssl/CA-Brehm/crl'
mkdir -p './ssl/CA-Brehm/newcerts'
mkdir -p './systemd/network'
-mkdir -p './texmf/dvipdfm/config'
-mkdir -p './texmf/dvips.d'
mkdir -p './udev/hwdb.d'
mkdir -p './unixODBC/ODBCDataSources'
maybe chmod 0755 '.'
maybe chmod 0644 'conf.d/syslog-ng'
maybe chmod 0644 'conf.d/tmpfiles'
maybe chmod 0644 'conf.d/udev'
+maybe chmod 0644 'conf.d/ulogd'
maybe chmod 0644 'conf.d/urandom'
maybe chmod 0700 'config-archive'
maybe chmod 0755 'config-archive/etc'
maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_apache_manual.conf.2'
maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_apache_manual.conf.3'
maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_apache_manual.conf.4'
+maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_apache_manual.conf.5'
maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_apache_manual.conf.dist'
+maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_default_settings.conf'
+maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_default_settings.conf.dist'
+maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_mod_autoindex.conf'
+maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_mod_autoindex.conf.dist'
+maybe chmod 0755 'config-archive/etc/apache2/vhosts.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/apache2/vhosts.d/00_default_ssl_vhost.conf'
+maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/apache2/vhosts.d/00_default_ssl_vhost.conf.dist'
maybe chmod 0755 'config-archive/etc/bash'
maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/bash/bashrc'
maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/bash/bashrc.1'
maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/rc.conf.dist'
maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/request-key.conf'
maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/request-key.conf.dist'
+maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/rkhunter.conf'
+maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/rkhunter.conf.dist.new'
maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/screenrc'
maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/screenrc.dist.new'
maybe chmod 0755 'config-archive/etc/skel'
maybe chmod 0644 'cron.monthly/.keep_sys-process_cronbase-0'
maybe chmod 0750 'cron.weekly'
maybe chmod 0644 'cron.weekly/.keep_sys-process_cronbase-0'
+maybe chmod 0644 'cron.weekly/mdadm'
maybe chmod 0644 'crontab'
maybe chmod 0644 'csh.env'
maybe chgrp 'lp' 'cups'
maybe chmod 0644 'env.d/70less'
maybe chmod 0644 'env.d/80mercurial'
maybe chmod 0644 'env.d/80subversion-extras'
-maybe chmod 0644 'env.d/90nss'
+maybe chmod 0644 'env.d/90nss-amd64'
maybe chmod 0644 'env.d/90xdg-data-base'
maybe chmod 0644 'env.d/98ca-certificates'
maybe chmod 0644 'env.d/98texlive'
maybe chmod 0755 'init.d/loopback'
maybe chmod 0755 'init.d/lvm'
maybe chmod 0755 'init.d/lvm-monitoring'
+maybe chmod 0755 'init.d/lvmetad'
maybe chmod 0755 'init.d/mdadm'
maybe chmod 0755 'init.d/mdraid'
maybe chmod 0755 'init.d/memcached'
maybe chmod 0644 'kernel-config/config-3.10.25-gentoo-00'
maybe chmod 0644 'kernel-config/config-3.10.7-gentoo-00'
maybe chmod 0644 'kernel-config/config-3.12.13-gentoo-00'
+maybe chmod 0644 'kernel-config/config-3.14.14-gentoo-00'
maybe chmod 0644 'kernel-config/config-3.2.1-gentoo-r2-00'
maybe chmod 0644 'kernel-config/config-3.3.8-gentoo-00'
maybe chmod 0644 'kernel-config/config-3.4.9-gentoo-00'
maybe chmod 0700 'lvm/backup'
maybe chmod 0600 'lvm/backup/vg00'
maybe chmod 0700 'lvm/cache'
-maybe chmod 0600 'lvm/cache/.cache'
maybe chmod 0644 'lvm/lvm.conf'
maybe chmod 0755 'lvm/profile'
-maybe chmod 0444 'lvm/profile/default.profile'
+maybe chmod 0444 'lvm/profile/command_profile_template.profile'
+maybe chmod 0444 'lvm/profile/metadata_profile_template.profile'
+maybe chmod 0444 'lvm/profile/thin-generic.profile'
maybe chmod 0444 'lvm/profile/thin-performance.profile'
maybe chmod 0644 'machine-id'
maybe chmod 0755 'mail'
maybe chmod 0644 'profile.d/java-config-2.sh'
maybe chmod 0644 'profile.env'
maybe chmod 0755 'proftpd'
+maybe chmod 0644 'proftpd/PROFTPD-MIB.txt'
maybe chmod 0644 'proftpd/blacklist.dat'
maybe chmod 0644 'proftpd/dhparams.pem'
maybe chmod 0644 'proftpd/proftpd.conf.sample'
maybe chmod 0644 'revdep-rebuild/61-icedtea-bin-6'
maybe chmod 0644 'revdep-rebuild/99revdep-rebuild'
maybe chmod 0644 'rkhunter.conf'
+maybe chmod 0644 'rkhunter.conf.orig'
maybe chmod 0755 'rmt'
maybe chmod 0644 'rpc'
maybe chmod 0644 'rsyncd.conf'
maybe chmod 0640 'stunnel/stunnel.pem'
maybe chmod 0440 'sudoers'
maybe chmod 0750 'sudoers.d'
-maybe chmod 0440 'sudoers.d/50nagios-plugins'
+maybe chmod 0644 'sudoers.d/50nagios-plugins'
maybe chmod 0644 'sysctl.conf'
maybe chmod 0755 'sysctl.d'
maybe chmod 0644 'sysctl.d/README'
maybe chmod 0644 'terminfo/x/xterm-color'
maybe chmod 0644 'terminfo/x/xterm-xfree86'
maybe chmod 0755 'texmf'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/dvipdfm'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/dvipdfm/config'
maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/dvipdfmx'
maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/dvipdfmx/dvipdfmx.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/dvips.d'
maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/fmtutil.d'
maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/fmtutil.d/format.texlive-basic.cnf'
maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/fmtutil.d/format.texlive-latex.cnf'
maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/language.def.d'
maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/language.def.d/.keep_app-text_texlive-core-0'
maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/ls-R'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/HA-prosper.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/HA-prosper.d/HA-prosper.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/adrconv.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/adrconv.d/adrdir.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/adrconv.d/adrplaner.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/adrconv.d/adrsmall.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/akletter.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/akletter.d/akfax.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/akletter.d/akletter.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/altfont.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/altfont.d/altfont.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/altfont.d/psfont.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/bardiag.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/bardiag.d/bardiag.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/bhcexam.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/bhcexam.d/BHCexam.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/catoptions.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/catoptions.d/catoptions-guide.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/cdpbundl.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/cdpbundl.d/cdpshues.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/contour.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/contour.d/contour.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/coverpage.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/coverpage.d/CoverPage.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/csquotes.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/csquotes.d/csquotes.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/dinbrief.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/dinbrief.d/dinbrief.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/draftcopy.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/draftcopy.d/draftcopy.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/endfloat.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/endfloat.d/efxmpl.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/facsimile.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/facsimile.d/fac-de.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/facsimile.d/fac-en.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/flashcards.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/flashcards.d/avery5371.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/flashcards.d/avery5388.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/foilhtml.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/foilhtml.d/foilhtml.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/frankenstein.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/frankenstein.d/abbrevs.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/frankenstein.d/compsci.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/frankenstein.d/slemph.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/frankenstein.d/titles.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/guitlogo.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/guitlogo.d/guit.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/ifmslide.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/ifmslide.d/ifmslide.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/keyreader.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/keyreader.d/keyreader-guide.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/lettrine.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/lettrine.d/lettrine.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/ltxdockit.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/ltxdockit.d/ltxdockit.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/mlist.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/mlist.d/mlist.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/morehype.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/morehype.d/blogdot.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/nag.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/nag.d/nag-abort.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/nag.d/nag-experimental.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/nag.d/nag-l2tabu.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/nag.d/nag-orthodox.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/nicetext'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/nicetext.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/nicetext.d/makedoc.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/nicetext.d/mdoccorr.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/nicetext/run.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/nicetext/run.d/atari.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/nicetext/run.d/copyfile.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/nicetext/run.d/fdtxttex.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/nomencl.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/nomencl.d/sample01.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/nomencl.d/sample02.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/nomencl.d/sample04.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/nomencl.d/sample05.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/pagerange.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/pagerange.d/pagerange-guide.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/pdfslide.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/pdfslide.d/pdfslide.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/pdfwin.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/pdfwin.d/pdfwin.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/pict2e.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/pict2e.d/pict2e.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/plweb.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/plweb.d/pl.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/polyglot.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/polyglot.d/polyglot.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/preview.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/preview.d/prauctex.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/psfragx.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/psfragx.d/psfragx.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/rcsinfo.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/rcsinfo.d/rcsinfo.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/refstyle.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/refstyle.d/refstyle.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/rmpage.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/rmpage.d/rmpgen.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/skb.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/skb.d/skb.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/standalone.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/standalone.d/standalone.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/subfigure.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/subfigure.d/subfigure.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/swimgraf.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/swimgraf.d/swimgraf.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/texpower.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/texpower.d/tpcolors.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/texpower.d/tpoptions.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/texpower.d/tpsettings.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/tkz-base.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/tkz-base.d/tkz-base.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/typeface.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/typeface.d/typeface.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/yagusylo.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/yagusylo.d/yagusylo.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/ydoc.d'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/ydoc.d/ydoc.cfg'
maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/texmf.d'
maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/texmf.d/00header.cnf'
maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/texmf.d/05searchpaths.cnf'
maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/updmap.d/texlive-basic.cfg'
maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/updmap.d/texlive-fontsrecommended.cfg'
maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/updmap.d/texlive-latex.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/updmap.d/texlive-latexextra.cfg'
-maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/updmap.d/texlive-pictures.cfg'
maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/web2c'
maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/web2c.d'
maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/web2c.d/fmtutil-hdr.cnf'
# http://yourserver.example.com/manual/
# The documentation is always available at
# http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/
+<IfModule negotiation_module>
+<IfModule setenvif_module>
<IfDefine MANUAL>
-AliasMatch ^/manual(?:/(?:de|en|es|fr|ja|ko|pt-br))?(/.*)?$ "/usr/share/doc/apache-2.2.27/manual$1"
+AliasMatch ^/manual(?:/(?:de|en|es|fr|ja|ko|pt-br))?(/.*)?$ "/usr/share/doc/apache-2.2.27-r4/manual$1"
-<Directory "/usr/share/doc/apache-2.2.27/manual">
+<Directory "/usr/share/doc/apache-2.2.27-r4/manual">
Options Indexes
AllowOverride None
Order allow,deny
ForceLanguagePriority Prefer Fallback
</Directory>
</IfDefine>
+</IfModule>
+</IfModule>
# vim: ts=4 filetype=apache
# negotiated documents. The MultiViews Options can be used for the
# same purpose, but it is much slower.
#
-# To add files to that list use AddDirectoryIndex in a custom config
-# file. Do not change this entry unless you know what you are doing.
+# Do not change this entry unless you know what you are doing.
<IfModule dir_module>
DirectoryIndex index.html index.html.var index.shtml index.htm
</IfModule>
<IfModule autoindex_module>
+<IfDefine !NO_AUTOINDEX_CONF>
+
<IfModule alias_module>
# We include the /icons/ alias for FancyIndexed directory listings. If
# you do not use FancyIndexing, you may comment this out.
# IndexIgnore is a set of filenames which directory indexing should ignore
# and not include in the listing. Shell-style wildcarding is permitted.
IndexIgnore .??* *~ *# HEADER* README* RCS CVS *,v *,t
+</IfDefine>
</IfModule>
# vim: ts=4 filetype=apache
# Configure the path to the mutual exclusion semaphore the SSL engine uses
# internally for inter-process synchronization.
SSLMutex file:/var/run/ssl_mutex
+
+## SSL Compression:
+# Known to be vulnerable thus disabled by default (bug #507324).
+SSLCompression off
</IfDefine>
# vim: ts=4 filetype=apache
# Enable/Disable SSL for this virtual host.
SSLEngine on
+ ## SSLProtocol:
+ # Don't use SSLv2 anymore as it's considered to be broken security-wise.
+ # Also disable SSLv3 as most modern browsers are capable of TLS.
+ SSLProtocol ALL -SSLv2 -SSLv3
+
## SSL Cipher Suite:
# List the ciphers that the client is permitted to negotiate.
# See the mod_ssl documentation for a complete list.
- SSLCipherSuite ALL:!ADH:!EXPORT56:RC4+RSA:+HIGH:+MEDIUM:+LOW:+SSLv2:+EXP:+eNULL
+ # This list of ciphers is recommended by mozilla and was stripped off
+ # its RC4 ciphers. (bug #506924)
+ SSLCipherSuite ECDHE-RSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256:ECDHE-ECDSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256:ECDHE-RSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384:ECDHE-ECDSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384:DHE-RSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256:DHE-DSS-AES128-GCM-SHA256:kEDH+AESGCM:ECDHE-RSA-AES128-SHA256:ECDHE-ECDSA-AES128-SHA256:ECDHE-RSA-AES128-SHA:ECDHE-ECDSA-AES128-SHA:ECDHE-RSA-AES256-SHA384:ECDHE-ECDSA-AES256-SHA384:ECDHE-RSA-AES256-SHA:ECDHE-ECDSA-AES256-SHA:DHE-RSA-AES128-SHA256:DHE-RSA-AES128-SHA:DHE-DSS-AES128-SHA256:DHE-RSA-AES256-SHA256:DHE-DSS-AES256-SHA:DHE-RSA-AES256-SHA:AES128-GCM-SHA256:AES256-GCM-SHA384:AES128:AES256:HIGH:!RC4:!aNULL:!eNULL:!EXPORT:!DES:!3DES:!MD5:!PSK
+
+ ## SSLHonorCipherOrder:
+ # Prefer the server's cipher preference order as the client may have a
+ # weak default order.
+ SSLHonorCipherOrder On
## Server Certificate:
# Point SSLCertificateFile at a PEM encoded certificate. If the certificate
--- /dev/null
+rc_after=""
+rc_before="mysql postgresql"
# The documentation is always available at
# http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/
<IfDefine MANUAL>
-AliasMatch ^/manual(?:/(?:de|en|es|fr|ja|ko|pt-br))?(/.*)?$ "/usr/share/doc/apache-2.2.25/manual$1"
+AliasMatch ^/manual(?:/(?:de|en|es|fr|ja|ko|pt-br))?(/.*)?$ "/usr/share/doc/apache-2.2.27/manual$1"
-<Directory "/usr/share/doc/apache-2.2.25/manual">
+<Directory "/usr/share/doc/apache-2.2.27/manual">
Options Indexes
AllowOverride None
Order allow,deny
# The documentation is always available at
# http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/
<IfDefine MANUAL>
-AliasMatch ^/manual(?:/(?:de|en|es|fr|ja|ko|pt-br))?(/.*)?$ "/usr/share/doc/apache-2.2.24/manual$1"
+AliasMatch ^/manual(?:/(?:de|en|es|fr|ja|ko|pt-br))?(/.*)?$ "/usr/share/doc/apache-2.2.25/manual$1"
-<Directory "/usr/share/doc/apache-2.2.24/manual">
+<Directory "/usr/share/doc/apache-2.2.25/manual">
Options Indexes
AllowOverride None
Order allow,deny
# The documentation is always available at
# http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/
<IfDefine MANUAL>
-AliasMatch ^/manual(?:/(?:de|en|es|fr|ja|ko|pt-br))?(/.*)?$ "/usr/share/doc/apache-2.2.23/manual$1"
+AliasMatch ^/manual(?:/(?:de|en|es|fr|ja|ko|pt-br))?(/.*)?$ "/usr/share/doc/apache-2.2.24/manual$1"
-<Directory "/usr/share/doc/apache-2.2.23/manual">
+<Directory "/usr/share/doc/apache-2.2.24/manual">
Options Indexes
AllowOverride None
Order allow,deny
# The documentation is always available at
# http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/
<IfDefine MANUAL>
-AliasMatch ^/manual(?:/(?:de|en|es|fr|ja|ko|pt-br))?(/.*)?$ "/usr/share/doc/apache-2.2.22/manual$1"
+AliasMatch ^/manual(?:/(?:de|en|es|fr|ja|ko|pt-br))?(/.*)?$ "/usr/share/doc/apache-2.2.23/manual$1"
-<Directory "/usr/share/doc/apache-2.2.22/manual">
+<Directory "/usr/share/doc/apache-2.2.23/manual">
Options Indexes
AllowOverride None
Order allow,deny
SetEnvIf Request_URI ^/manual/(de|en|es|fr|ja|ko|pt-br)/ prefer-language=$1
RedirectMatch 301 ^/manual(?:/(de|en|es|fr|ja|ko|pt-br)){2,}(/.*)?$ /manual/$1$2
- LanguagePriority en de es fr ja ko pt-br
+ LanguagePriority de en es fr ja ko pt-br
ForceLanguagePriority Prefer Fallback
</Directory>
</IfDefine>
# The documentation is always available at
# http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/
<IfDefine MANUAL>
-AliasMatch ^/manual(?:/(?:de|en|es|fr|ja|ko|pt-br))?(/.*)?$ "/usr/share/doc/apache-2.2.21-r1/manual$1"
+AliasMatch ^/manual(?:/(?:de|en|es|fr|ja|ko|pt-br))?(/.*)?$ "/usr/share/doc/apache-2.2.22/manual$1"
-<Directory "/usr/share/doc/apache-2.2.21-r1/manual">
+<Directory "/usr/share/doc/apache-2.2.22/manual">
Options Indexes
AllowOverride None
Order allow,deny
--- /dev/null
+# Provide access to the documentation on your server as
+# http://yourserver.example.com/manual/
+# The documentation is always available at
+# http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/
+<IfDefine MANUAL>
+AliasMatch ^/manual(?:/(?:de|en|es|fr|ja|ko|pt-br))?(/.*)?$ "/usr/share/doc/apache-2.2.21-r1/manual$1"
+
+<Directory "/usr/share/doc/apache-2.2.21-r1/manual">
+ Options Indexes
+ AllowOverride None
+ Order allow,deny
+ Allow from all
+
+ <Files *.html>
+ SetHandler type-map
+ </Files>
+
+ SetEnvIf Request_URI ^/manual/(de|en|es|fr|ja|ko|pt-br)/ prefer-language=$1
+ RedirectMatch 301 ^/manual(?:/(de|en|es|fr|ja|ko|pt-br)){2,}(/.*)?$ /manual/$1$2
+
+ LanguagePriority en de es fr ja ko pt-br
+ ForceLanguagePriority Prefer Fallback
+</Directory>
+</IfDefine>
+
+# vim: ts=4 filetype=apache
# http://yourserver.example.com/manual/
# The documentation is always available at
# http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/
+<IfModule negotiation_module>
+<IfModule setenvif_module>
<IfDefine MANUAL>
-AliasMatch ^/manual(?:/(?:de|en|es|fr|ja|ko|pt-br))?(/.*)?$ "/usr/share/doc/apache-2.2.27/manual$1"
+AliasMatch ^/manual(?:/(?:de|en|es|fr|ja|ko|pt-br))?(/.*)?$ "/usr/share/doc/apache-2.2.27-r4/manual$1"
-<Directory "/usr/share/doc/apache-2.2.27/manual">
+<Directory "/usr/share/doc/apache-2.2.27-r4/manual">
Options Indexes
AllowOverride None
Order allow,deny
ForceLanguagePriority Prefer Fallback
</Directory>
</IfDefine>
+</IfModule>
+</IfModule>
# vim: ts=4 filetype=apache
--- /dev/null
+# This configuration file reflects default settings for Apache HTTP Server.
+# You may change these, but chances are that you may not need to.
+
+# Timeout: The number of seconds before receives and sends time out.
+Timeout 300
+
+# KeepAlive: Whether or not to allow persistent connections (more than
+# one request per connection). Set to "Off" to deactivate.
+KeepAlive On
+
+# MaxKeepAliveRequests: The maximum number of requests to allow
+# during a persistent connection. Set to 0 to allow an unlimited amount.
+# We recommend you leave this number high, for maximum performance.
+MaxKeepAliveRequests 100
+
+# KeepAliveTimeout: Number of seconds to wait for the next request from the
+# same client on the same connection.
+KeepAliveTimeout 15
+
+# UseCanonicalName: Determines how Apache constructs self-referencing
+# URLs and the SERVER_NAME and SERVER_PORT variables.
+# When set "Off", Apache will use the Hostname and Port supplied
+# by the client. When set "On", Apache will use the value of the
+# ServerName directive.
+UseCanonicalName Off
+
+# AccessFileName: The name of the file to look for in each directory
+# for additional configuration directives. See also the AllowOverride
+# directive.
+AccessFileName .htaccess
+
+# ServerTokens
+# This directive configures what you return as the Server HTTP response
+# Header. The default is 'Full' which sends information about the OS-Type
+# and compiled in modules.
+# Set to one of: Full | OS | Minor | Minimal | Major | Prod
+# where Full conveys the most information, and Prod the least.
+ServerTokens Full
+
+# TraceEnable
+# This directive overrides the behavior of TRACE for both the core server and
+# mod_proxy. The default TraceEnable on permits TRACE requests per RFC 2616,
+# which disallows any request body to accompany the request. TraceEnable off
+# causes the core server and mod_proxy to return a 405 (Method not allowed)
+# error to the client.
+# For security reasons this is turned off by default. (bug #240680)
+TraceEnable off
+
+# Optionally add a line containing the server version and virtual host
+# name to server-generated pages (internal error documents, FTP directory
+# listings, mod_status and mod_info output etc., but not CGI generated
+# documents or custom error documents).
+# Set to "EMail" to also include a mailto: link to the ServerAdmin.
+# Set to one of: On | Off | EMail
+ServerSignature On
+
+# HostnameLookups: Log the names of clients or just their IP addresses
+# e.g., www.apache.org (on) or 204.62.129.132 (off).
+# The default is off because it'd be overall better for the net if people
+# had to knowingly turn this feature on, since enabling it means that
+# each client request will result in AT LEAST one lookup request to the
+# nameserver.
+HostnameLookups Off
+
+# EnableMMAP and EnableSendfile: On systems that support it,
+# memory-mapping or the sendfile syscall is used to deliver
+# files. This usually improves server performance, but must
+# be turned off when serving from networked-mounted
+# filesystems or if support for these functions is otherwise
+# broken on your system.
+EnableMMAP On
+EnableSendfile On
+
+# FileEtag: Configures the file attributes that are used to create
+# the ETag (entity tag) response header field when the document is
+# based on a static file. (The ETag value is used in cache management
+# to save network bandwidth.)
+FileEtag INode MTime Size
+
+# ContentDigest: This directive enables the generation of Content-MD5
+# headers as defined in RFC1864 respectively RFC2616.
+# The Content-MD5 header provides an end-to-end message integrity
+# check (MIC) of the entity-body. A proxy or client may check this
+# header for detecting accidental modification of the entity-body
+# in transit.
+# Note that this can cause performance problems on your server since
+# the message digest is computed on every request (the values are
+# not cached).
+# Content-MD5 is only sent for documents served by the core, and not
+# by any module. For example, SSI documents, output from CGI scripts,
+# and byte range responses do not have this header.
+ContentDigest Off
+
+# ErrorLog: The location of the error log file.
+# If you do not specify an ErrorLog directive within a <VirtualHost>
+# container, error messages relating to that virtual host will be
+# logged here. If you *do* define an error logfile for a <VirtualHost>
+# container, that host's errors will be logged there and not here.
+ErrorLog /var/log/apache2/error.log
+
+# LogLevel: Control the number of messages logged to the error_log.
+# Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit,
+# alert, emerg.
+LogLevel info
+
+# We configure the "default" to be a very restrictive set of features.
+<Directory />
+ Options FollowSymLinks
+ AllowOverride None
+ Order deny,allow
+ Deny from all
+</Directory>
+
+# DirectoryIndex: sets the file that Apache will serve if a directory
+# is requested.
+#
+# The index.html.var file (a type-map) is used to deliver content-
+# negotiated documents. The MultiViews Options can be used for the
+# same purpose, but it is much slower.
+#
+# To add files to that list use AddDirectoryIndex in a custom config
+# file. Do not change this entry unless you know what you are doing.
+<IfModule dir_module>
+ DirectoryIndex index.html index.html.var index.shtml index.htm
+</IfModule>
+
+# The following lines prevent .htaccess and .htpasswd files from being
+# viewed by Web clients.
+<FilesMatch "^\.ht">
+ Order allow,deny
+ Deny from all
+</FilesMatch>
+
+# vim: ts=4 filetype=apache
--- /dev/null
+# This configuration file reflects default settings for Apache HTTP Server.
+# You may change these, but chances are that you may not need to.
+
+# Timeout: The number of seconds before receives and sends time out.
+Timeout 300
+
+# KeepAlive: Whether or not to allow persistent connections (more than
+# one request per connection). Set to "Off" to deactivate.
+KeepAlive On
+
+# MaxKeepAliveRequests: The maximum number of requests to allow
+# during a persistent connection. Set to 0 to allow an unlimited amount.
+# We recommend you leave this number high, for maximum performance.
+MaxKeepAliveRequests 100
+
+# KeepAliveTimeout: Number of seconds to wait for the next request from the
+# same client on the same connection.
+KeepAliveTimeout 15
+
+# UseCanonicalName: Determines how Apache constructs self-referencing
+# URLs and the SERVER_NAME and SERVER_PORT variables.
+# When set "Off", Apache will use the Hostname and Port supplied
+# by the client. When set "On", Apache will use the value of the
+# ServerName directive.
+UseCanonicalName Off
+
+# AccessFileName: The name of the file to look for in each directory
+# for additional configuration directives. See also the AllowOverride
+# directive.
+AccessFileName .htaccess
+
+# ServerTokens
+# This directive configures what you return as the Server HTTP response
+# Header. The default is 'Full' which sends information about the OS-Type
+# and compiled in modules.
+# Set to one of: Full | OS | Minor | Minimal | Major | Prod
+# where Full conveys the most information, and Prod the least.
+ServerTokens Prod
+
+# TraceEnable
+# This directive overrides the behavior of TRACE for both the core server and
+# mod_proxy. The default TraceEnable on permits TRACE requests per RFC 2616,
+# which disallows any request body to accompany the request. TraceEnable off
+# causes the core server and mod_proxy to return a 405 (Method not allowed)
+# error to the client.
+# For security reasons this is turned off by default. (bug #240680)
+TraceEnable off
+
+# Optionally add a line containing the server version and virtual host
+# name to server-generated pages (internal error documents, FTP directory
+# listings, mod_status and mod_info output etc., but not CGI generated
+# documents or custom error documents).
+# Set to "EMail" to also include a mailto: link to the ServerAdmin.
+# Set to one of: On | Off | EMail
+ServerSignature On
+
+# HostnameLookups: Log the names of clients or just their IP addresses
+# e.g., www.apache.org (on) or 204.62.129.132 (off).
+# The default is off because it'd be overall better for the net if people
+# had to knowingly turn this feature on, since enabling it means that
+# each client request will result in AT LEAST one lookup request to the
+# nameserver.
+HostnameLookups Off
+
+# EnableMMAP and EnableSendfile: On systems that support it,
+# memory-mapping or the sendfile syscall is used to deliver
+# files. This usually improves server performance, but must
+# be turned off when serving from networked-mounted
+# filesystems or if support for these functions is otherwise
+# broken on your system.
+EnableMMAP On
+EnableSendfile On
+
+# FileEtag: Configures the file attributes that are used to create
+# the ETag (entity tag) response header field when the document is
+# based on a static file. (The ETag value is used in cache management
+# to save network bandwidth.)
+FileEtag INode MTime Size
+
+# ContentDigest: This directive enables the generation of Content-MD5
+# headers as defined in RFC1864 respectively RFC2616.
+# The Content-MD5 header provides an end-to-end message integrity
+# check (MIC) of the entity-body. A proxy or client may check this
+# header for detecting accidental modification of the entity-body
+# in transit.
+# Note that this can cause performance problems on your server since
+# the message digest is computed on every request (the values are
+# not cached).
+# Content-MD5 is only sent for documents served by the core, and not
+# by any module. For example, SSI documents, output from CGI scripts,
+# and byte range responses do not have this header.
+ContentDigest Off
+
+# ErrorLog: The location of the error log file.
+# If you do not specify an ErrorLog directive within a <VirtualHost>
+# container, error messages relating to that virtual host will be
+# logged here. If you *do* define an error logfile for a <VirtualHost>
+# container, that host's errors will be logged there and not here.
+ErrorLog /var/log/apache2/error_log
+
+# LogLevel: Control the number of messages logged to the error_log.
+# Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit,
+# alert, emerg.
+LogLevel warn
+
+# We configure the "default" to be a very restrictive set of features.
+<Directory />
+ Options FollowSymLinks
+ AllowOverride None
+ Order deny,allow
+ Deny from all
+</Directory>
+
+# DirectoryIndex: sets the file that Apache will serve if a directory
+# is requested.
+#
+# The index.html.var file (a type-map) is used to deliver content-
+# negotiated documents. The MultiViews Options can be used for the
+# same purpose, but it is much slower.
+#
+# Do not change this entry unless you know what you are doing.
+<IfModule dir_module>
+ DirectoryIndex index.html index.html.var
+</IfModule>
+
+# The following lines prevent .htaccess and .htpasswd files from being
+# viewed by Web clients.
+<FilesMatch "^\.ht">
+ Order allow,deny
+ Deny from all
+</FilesMatch>
+
+# vim: ts=4 filetype=apache
--- /dev/null
+<IfModule autoindex_module>
+<IfModule alias_module>
+# We include the /icons/ alias for FancyIndexed directory listings. If
+# you do not use FancyIndexing, you may comment this out.
+Alias /icons/ "/usr/share/apache2/icons/"
+
+<Directory "/usr/share/apache2/icons">
+ Options Indexes MultiViews
+ AllowOverride None
+ Order allow,deny
+ Allow from all
+</Directory>
+</IfModule>
+
+# Directives controlling the display of server-generated directory listings.
+#
+# To see the listing of a directory, the Options directive for the
+# directory must include "Indexes", and the directory must not contain
+# a file matching those listed in the DirectoryIndex directive.
+
+# IndexOptions: Controls the appearance of server-generated directory
+# listings.
+IndexOptions FancyIndexing VersionSort FoldersFirst HTMLTable IgnoreCase NameWidth=50
+
+# AddIcon* directives tell the server which icon to show for different
+# files or filename extensions. These are only displayed for
+# FancyIndexed directories.
+AddIconByEncoding (CMP,/icons/compressed.gif) x-compress x-gzip
+
+AddIconByType (TXT,/icons/text.gif) text/*
+AddIconByType (IMG,/icons/image2.gif) image/*
+AddIconByType (SND,/icons/sound2.gif) audio/*
+AddIconByType (VID,/icons/movie.gif) video/*
+
+AddIcon /icons/binary.gif .bin .exe
+AddIcon /icons/binhex.gif .hqx
+AddIcon /icons/tar.gif .tar
+AddIcon /icons/world2.gif .wrl .wrl.gz .vrml .vrm .iv
+AddIcon /icons/compressed.gif .Z .z .tgz .gz .zip
+AddIcon /icons/a.gif .ps .ai .eps
+AddIcon /icons/layout.gif .html .shtml .htm .pdf
+AddIcon /icons/text.gif .txt
+AddIcon /icons/c.gif .c
+AddIcon /icons/p.gif .pl .py
+AddIcon /icons/f.gif .for
+AddIcon /icons/dvi.gif .dvi
+AddIcon /icons/uuencoded.gif .uu
+AddIcon /icons/script.gif .conf .sh .shar .csh .ksh .tcl
+AddIcon /icons/tex.gif .tex
+AddIcon /icons/bomb.gif core
+
+AddIcon /icons/back.gif ..
+AddIcon /icons/hand.right.gif README
+AddIcon /icons/folder.gif ^^DIRECTORY^^
+AddIcon /icons/blank.gif ^^BLANKICON^^
+
+# DefaultIcon is which icon to show for files which do not have an icon
+# explicitly set.
+DefaultIcon /icons/unknown.gif
+
+# AddDescription allows you to place a short description after a file in
+# server-generated indexes. These are only displayed for FancyIndexed
+# directories.
+# Format: AddDescription "description" filename
+
+AddDescription "GZIP-komprimiertes Tar-Archiv" .tar.gz
+AddDescription "GZIP-komprimiertes Dokument" .gz
+AddDescription "Tar-Archive" .tar
+AddDescription "GZIP-komprimiertes Tar-Archiv" .tgz
+AddDescription "PDF-Dokument" .pdf
+
+# ReadmeName is the name of the README file the server will look for by
+# default, and append to directory listings.
+
+# HeaderName is the name of a file which should be prepended to
+# directory indexes.
+ReadmeName README.html
+HeaderName HEADER.html
+
+# IndexIgnore is a set of filenames which directory indexing should ignore
+# and not include in the listing. Shell-style wildcarding is permitted.
+IndexIgnore .??* *~ *# HEADER* README* RCS CVS *,v *,t
+</IfModule>
+
+# vim: ts=4 filetype=apache
--- /dev/null
+<IfModule autoindex_module>
+<IfDefine !NO_AUTOINDEX_CONF>
+
+<IfModule alias_module>
+# We include the /icons/ alias for FancyIndexed directory listings. If
+# you do not use FancyIndexing, you may comment this out.
+Alias /icons/ "/usr/share/apache2/icons/"
+
+<Directory "/usr/share/apache2/icons">
+ Options Indexes MultiViews
+ AllowOverride None
+ Order allow,deny
+ Allow from all
+</Directory>
+</IfModule>
+
+# Directives controlling the display of server-generated directory listings.
+#
+# To see the listing of a directory, the Options directive for the
+# directory must include "Indexes", and the directory must not contain
+# a file matching those listed in the DirectoryIndex directive.
+
+# IndexOptions: Controls the appearance of server-generated directory
+# listings.
+IndexOptions FancyIndexing VersionSort
+
+# AddIcon* directives tell the server which icon to show for different
+# files or filename extensions. These are only displayed for
+# FancyIndexed directories.
+AddIconByEncoding (CMP,/icons/compressed.gif) x-compress x-gzip
+
+AddIconByType (TXT,/icons/text.gif) text/*
+AddIconByType (IMG,/icons/image2.gif) image/*
+AddIconByType (SND,/icons/sound2.gif) audio/*
+AddIconByType (VID,/icons/movie.gif) video/*
+
+AddIcon /icons/binary.gif .bin .exe
+AddIcon /icons/binhex.gif .hqx
+AddIcon /icons/tar.gif .tar
+AddIcon /icons/world2.gif .wrl .wrl.gz .vrml .vrm .iv
+AddIcon /icons/compressed.gif .Z .z .tgz .gz .zip
+AddIcon /icons/a.gif .ps .ai .eps
+AddIcon /icons/layout.gif .html .shtml .htm .pdf
+AddIcon /icons/text.gif .txt
+AddIcon /icons/c.gif .c
+AddIcon /icons/p.gif .pl .py
+AddIcon /icons/f.gif .for
+AddIcon /icons/dvi.gif .dvi
+AddIcon /icons/uuencoded.gif .uu
+AddIcon /icons/script.gif .conf .sh .shar .csh .ksh .tcl
+AddIcon /icons/tex.gif .tex
+AddIcon /icons/bomb.gif core
+
+AddIcon /icons/back.gif ..
+AddIcon /icons/hand.right.gif README
+AddIcon /icons/folder.gif ^^DIRECTORY^^
+AddIcon /icons/blank.gif ^^BLANKICON^^
+
+# DefaultIcon is which icon to show for files which do not have an icon
+# explicitly set.
+DefaultIcon /icons/unknown.gif
+
+# AddDescription allows you to place a short description after a file in
+# server-generated indexes. These are only displayed for FancyIndexed
+# directories.
+# Format: AddDescription "description" filename
+
+#AddDescription "GZIP compressed document" .gz
+#AddDescription "tar archive" .tar
+#AddDescription "GZIP compressed tar archive" .tgz
+
+# ReadmeName is the name of the README file the server will look for by
+# default, and append to directory listings.
+
+# HeaderName is the name of a file which should be prepended to
+# directory indexes.
+ReadmeName README.html
+HeaderName HEADER.html
+
+# IndexIgnore is a set of filenames which directory indexing should ignore
+# and not include in the listing. Shell-style wildcarding is permitted.
+IndexIgnore .??* *~ *# HEADER* README* RCS CVS *,v *,t
+</IfDefine>
+</IfModule>
+
+# vim: ts=4 filetype=apache
--- /dev/null
+<IfDefine SSL>
+<IfDefine SSL_DEFAULT_VHOST>
+<IfModule ssl_module>
+# see bug #178966 why this is in here
+
+# When we also provide SSL we have to listen to the HTTPS port
+# Note: Configurations that use IPv6 but not IPv4-mapped addresses need two
+# Listen directives: "Listen [::]:443" and "Listen 0.0.0.0:443"
+Listen 443
+
+# Use name-based virtual hosting.
+NameVirtualHost *:443
+
+<VirtualHost _default_:443>
+ ServerName www.uhu-banane.de
+ Include /etc/apache2/vhosts.d/default_vhost.include
+ ErrorLog /var/log/apache2/ssl_error.log
+
+ <IfModule log_config_module>
+ #TransferLog /var/log/apache2/ssl_access_log
+ CustomLog /var/log/apache2/ssl_access.log full
+ </IfModule>
+
+ ## SSL Engine Switch:
+ # Enable/Disable SSL for this virtual host.
+ SSLEngine on
+
+ ## SSL Cipher Suite:
+ # List the ciphers that the client is permitted to negotiate.
+ # See the mod_ssl documentation for a complete list.
+ SSLCipherSuite ALL:!ADH:!EXPORT56:RC4+RSA:+HIGH:+MEDIUM:+LOW:+SSLv2:+EXP:+eNULL
+
+ ## Server Certificate:
+ # Point SSLCertificateFile at a PEM encoded certificate. If the certificate
+ # is encrypted, then you will be prompted for a pass phrase. Note that a
+ # kill -HUP will prompt again. Keep in mind that if you have both an RSA
+ # and a DSA certificate you can configure both in parallel (to also allow
+ # the use of DSA ciphers, etc.)
+ #SSLCertificateFile /etc/ssl/apache2/server.crt
+ SSLCertificateFile /etc/apache2/ssl/egroupware-cert.pem
+
+ ## Server Private Key:
+ # If the key is not combined with the certificate, use this directive to
+ # point at the key file. Keep in mind that if you've both a RSA and a DSA
+ # private key you can configure both in parallel (to also allow the use of
+ # DSA ciphers, etc.)
+ #SSLCertificateKeyFile /etc/ssl/apache2/server.key
+ SSLCertificateKeyFile /etc/apache2/ssl/egroupware-cert.pem
+
+ ## Server Certificate Chain:
+ # Point SSLCertificateChainFile at a file containing the concatenation of
+ # PEM encoded CA certificates which form the certificate chain for the
+ # server certificate. Alternatively the referenced file can be the same as
+ # SSLCertificateFile when the CA certificates are directly appended to the
+ # server certificate for convinience.
+ #SSLCertificateChainFile /etc/ssl/apache2/ca.crt
+
+ ## Certificate Authority (CA):
+ # Set the CA certificate verification path where to find CA certificates
+ # for client authentication or alternatively one huge file containing all
+ # of them (file must be PEM encoded).
+ # Note: Inside SSLCACertificatePath you need hash symlinks to point to the
+ # certificate files. Use the provided Makefile to update the hash symlinks
+ # after changes.
+ #SSLCACertificatePath /etc/ssl/apache2/ssl.crt
+ #SSLCACertificateFile /etc/ssl/apache2/ca-bundle.crt
+
+ ## Certificate Revocation Lists (CRL):
+ # Set the CA revocation path where to find CA CRLs for client authentication
+ # or alternatively one huge file containing all of them (file must be PEM
+ # encoded).
+ # Note: Inside SSLCARevocationPath you need hash symlinks to point to the
+ # certificate files. Use the provided Makefile to update the hash symlinks
+ # after changes.
+ #SSLCARevocationPath /etc/ssl/apache2/ssl.crl
+ #SSLCARevocationFile /etc/ssl/apache2/ca-bundle.crl
+
+ ## Client Authentication (Type):
+ # Client certificate verification type and depth. Types are none, optional,
+ # require and optional_no_ca. Depth is a number which specifies how deeply
+ # to verify the certificate issuer chain before deciding the certificate is
+ # not valid.
+ #SSLVerifyClient require
+ #SSLVerifyDepth 10
+
+ ## Access Control:
+ # With SSLRequire you can do per-directory access control based on arbitrary
+ # complex boolean expressions containing server variable checks and other
+ # lookup directives. The syntax is a mixture between C and Perl. See the
+ # mod_ssl documentation for more details.
+ #<Location />
+ # #SSLRequire ( %{SSL_CIPHER} !~ m/^(EXP|NULL)/ \
+ # and %{SSL_CLIENT_S_DN_O} eq "Snake Oil, Ltd." \
+ # and %{SSL_CLIENT_S_DN_OU} in {"Staff", "CA", "Dev"} \
+ # and %{TIME_WDAY} >= 1 and %{TIME_WDAY} <= 5 \
+ # and %{TIME_HOUR} >= 8 and %{TIME_HOUR} <= 20 ) \
+ # or %{REMOTE_ADDR} =~ m/^192\.76\.162\.[0-9]+$/
+ #</Location>
+
+ ## SSL Engine Options:
+ # Set various options for the SSL engine.
+
+ ## FakeBasicAuth:
+ # Translate the client X.509 into a Basic Authorisation. This means that the
+ # standard Auth/DBMAuth methods can be used for access control. The user
+ # name is the `one line' version of the client's X.509 certificate.
+ # Note that no password is obtained from the user. Every entry in the user
+ # file needs this password: `xxj31ZMTZzkVA'.
+
+ ## ExportCertData:
+ # This exports two additional environment variables: SSL_CLIENT_CERT and
+ # SSL_SERVER_CERT. These contain the PEM-encoded certificates of the server
+ # (always existing) and the client (only existing when client
+ # authentication is used). This can be used to import the certificates into
+ # CGI scripts.
+
+ ## StdEnvVars:
+ # This exports the standard SSL/TLS related `SSL_*' environment variables.
+ # Per default this exportation is switched off for performance reasons,
+ # because the extraction step is an expensive operation and is usually
+ # useless for serving static content. So one usually enables the exportation
+ # for CGI and SSI requests only.
+
+ ## StrictRequire:
+ # This denies access when "SSLRequireSSL" or "SSLRequire" applied even under
+ # a "Satisfy any" situation, i.e. when it applies access is denied and no
+ # other module can change it.
+
+ ## OptRenegotiate:
+ # This enables optimized SSL connection renegotiation handling when SSL
+ # directives are used in per-directory context.
+ #SSLOptions +FakeBasicAuth +ExportCertData +StrictRequire
+ <FilesMatch "\.(cgi|shtml|phtml|php)$">
+ SSLOptions +StdEnvVars
+ </FilesMatch>
+
+ <Directory "/var/www/localhost/cgi-bin">
+ SSLOptions +StdEnvVars
+ </Directory>
+
+ ## SSL Protocol Adjustments:
+ # The safe and default but still SSL/TLS standard compliant shutdown
+ # approach is that mod_ssl sends the close notify alert but doesn't wait
+ # for the close notify alert from client. When you need a different
+ # shutdown approach you can use one of the following variables:
+
+ ## ssl-unclean-shutdown:
+ # This forces an unclean shutdown when the connection is closed, i.e. no
+ # SSL close notify alert is send or allowed to received. This violates the
+ # SSL/TLS standard but is needed for some brain-dead browsers. Use this when
+ # you receive I/O errors because of the standard approach where mod_ssl
+ # sends the close notify alert.
+
+ ## ssl-accurate-shutdown:
+ # This forces an accurate shutdown when the connection is closed, i.e. a
+ # SSL close notify alert is send and mod_ssl waits for the close notify
+ # alert of the client. This is 100% SSL/TLS standard compliant, but in
+ # practice often causes hanging connections with brain-dead browsers. Use
+ # this only for browsers where you know that their SSL implementation works
+ # correctly.
+ # Notice: Most problems of broken clients are also related to the HTTP
+ # keep-alive facility, so you usually additionally want to disable
+ # keep-alive for those clients, too. Use variable "nokeepalive" for this.
+ # Similarly, one has to force some clients to use HTTP/1.0 to workaround
+ # their broken HTTP/1.1 implementation. Use variables "downgrade-1.0" and
+ # "force-response-1.0" for this.
+ <IfModule setenvif_module>
+ BrowserMatch ".*MSIE.*" \
+ nokeepalive ssl-unclean-shutdown \
+ downgrade-1.0 force-response-1.0
+ </IfModule>
+
+ ## Per-Server Logging:
+ # The home of a custom SSL log file. Use this when you want a compact
+ # non-error SSL logfile on a virtual host basis.
+ <IfModule log_config_module>
+ CustomLog /var/log/apache2/ssl_request.log \
+ "%t %h %{SSL_PROTOCOL}x %{SSL_CIPHER}x \"%r\" %b"
+ </IfModule>
+</VirtualHost>
+</IfModule>
+</IfDefine>
+</IfDefine>
+
+# vim: ts=4 filetype=apache
--- /dev/null
+<IfDefine SSL>
+<IfDefine SSL_DEFAULT_VHOST>
+<IfModule ssl_module>
+# see bug #178966 why this is in here
+
+# When we also provide SSL we have to listen to the HTTPS port
+# Note: Configurations that use IPv6 but not IPv4-mapped addresses need two
+# Listen directives: "Listen [::]:443" and "Listen 0.0.0.0:443"
+Listen 443
+
+<VirtualHost _default_:443>
+ ServerName localhost
+ Include /etc/apache2/vhosts.d/default_vhost.include
+ ErrorLog /var/log/apache2/ssl_error_log
+
+ <IfModule log_config_module>
+ TransferLog /var/log/apache2/ssl_access_log
+ </IfModule>
+
+ ## SSL Engine Switch:
+ # Enable/Disable SSL for this virtual host.
+ SSLEngine on
+
+ ## SSLProtocol:
+ # Don't use SSLv2 anymore as it's considered to be broken security-wise.
+ # Also disable SSLv3 as most modern browsers are capable of TLS.
+ SSLProtocol ALL -SSLv2 -SSLv3
+
+ ## SSL Cipher Suite:
+ # List the ciphers that the client is permitted to negotiate.
+ # See the mod_ssl documentation for a complete list.
+ # This list of ciphers is recommended by mozilla and was stripped off
+ # its RC4 ciphers. (bug #506924)
+ SSLCipherSuite ECDHE-RSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256:ECDHE-ECDSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256:ECDHE-RSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384:ECDHE-ECDSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384:DHE-RSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256:DHE-DSS-AES128-GCM-SHA256:kEDH+AESGCM:ECDHE-RSA-AES128-SHA256:ECDHE-ECDSA-AES128-SHA256:ECDHE-RSA-AES128-SHA:ECDHE-ECDSA-AES128-SHA:ECDHE-RSA-AES256-SHA384:ECDHE-ECDSA-AES256-SHA384:ECDHE-RSA-AES256-SHA:ECDHE-ECDSA-AES256-SHA:DHE-RSA-AES128-SHA256:DHE-RSA-AES128-SHA:DHE-DSS-AES128-SHA256:DHE-RSA-AES256-SHA256:DHE-DSS-AES256-SHA:DHE-RSA-AES256-SHA:AES128-GCM-SHA256:AES256-GCM-SHA384:AES128:AES256:HIGH:!RC4:!aNULL:!eNULL:!EXPORT:!DES:!3DES:!MD5:!PSK
+
+ ## SSLHonorCipherOrder:
+ # Prefer the server's cipher preference order as the client may have a
+ # weak default order.
+ SSLHonorCipherOrder On
+
+ ## Server Certificate:
+ # Point SSLCertificateFile at a PEM encoded certificate. If the certificate
+ # is encrypted, then you will be prompted for a pass phrase. Note that a
+ # kill -HUP will prompt again. Keep in mind that if you have both an RSA
+ # and a DSA certificate you can configure both in parallel (to also allow
+ # the use of DSA ciphers, etc.)
+ SSLCertificateFile /etc/ssl/apache2/server.crt
+
+ ## Server Private Key:
+ # If the key is not combined with the certificate, use this directive to
+ # point at the key file. Keep in mind that if you've both a RSA and a DSA
+ # private key you can configure both in parallel (to also allow the use of
+ # DSA ciphers, etc.)
+ SSLCertificateKeyFile /etc/ssl/apache2/server.key
+
+ ## Server Certificate Chain:
+ # Point SSLCertificateChainFile at a file containing the concatenation of
+ # PEM encoded CA certificates which form the certificate chain for the
+ # server certificate. Alternatively the referenced file can be the same as
+ # SSLCertificateFile when the CA certificates are directly appended to the
+ # server certificate for convinience.
+ #SSLCertificateChainFile /etc/ssl/apache2/ca.crt
+
+ ## Certificate Authority (CA):
+ # Set the CA certificate verification path where to find CA certificates
+ # for client authentication or alternatively one huge file containing all
+ # of them (file must be PEM encoded).
+ # Note: Inside SSLCACertificatePath you need hash symlinks to point to the
+ # certificate files. Use the provided Makefile to update the hash symlinks
+ # after changes.
+ #SSLCACertificatePath /etc/ssl/apache2/ssl.crt
+ #SSLCACertificateFile /etc/ssl/apache2/ca-bundle.crt
+
+ ## Certificate Revocation Lists (CRL):
+ # Set the CA revocation path where to find CA CRLs for client authentication
+ # or alternatively one huge file containing all of them (file must be PEM
+ # encoded).
+ # Note: Inside SSLCARevocationPath you need hash symlinks to point to the
+ # certificate files. Use the provided Makefile to update the hash symlinks
+ # after changes.
+ #SSLCARevocationPath /etc/ssl/apache2/ssl.crl
+ #SSLCARevocationFile /etc/ssl/apache2/ca-bundle.crl
+
+ ## Client Authentication (Type):
+ # Client certificate verification type and depth. Types are none, optional,
+ # require and optional_no_ca. Depth is a number which specifies how deeply
+ # to verify the certificate issuer chain before deciding the certificate is
+ # not valid.
+ #SSLVerifyClient require
+ #SSLVerifyDepth 10
+
+ ## Access Control:
+ # With SSLRequire you can do per-directory access control based on arbitrary
+ # complex boolean expressions containing server variable checks and other
+ # lookup directives. The syntax is a mixture between C and Perl. See the
+ # mod_ssl documentation for more details.
+ #<Location />
+ # #SSLRequire ( %{SSL_CIPHER} !~ m/^(EXP|NULL)/ \
+ # and %{SSL_CLIENT_S_DN_O} eq "Snake Oil, Ltd." \
+ # and %{SSL_CLIENT_S_DN_OU} in {"Staff", "CA", "Dev"} \
+ # and %{TIME_WDAY} >= 1 and %{TIME_WDAY} <= 5 \
+ # and %{TIME_HOUR} >= 8 and %{TIME_HOUR} <= 20 ) \
+ # or %{REMOTE_ADDR} =~ m/^192\.76\.162\.[0-9]+$/
+ #</Location>
+
+ ## SSL Engine Options:
+ # Set various options for the SSL engine.
+
+ ## FakeBasicAuth:
+ # Translate the client X.509 into a Basic Authorisation. This means that the
+ # standard Auth/DBMAuth methods can be used for access control. The user
+ # name is the `one line' version of the client's X.509 certificate.
+ # Note that no password is obtained from the user. Every entry in the user
+ # file needs this password: `xxj31ZMTZzkVA'.
+
+ ## ExportCertData:
+ # This exports two additional environment variables: SSL_CLIENT_CERT and
+ # SSL_SERVER_CERT. These contain the PEM-encoded certificates of the server
+ # (always existing) and the client (only existing when client
+ # authentication is used). This can be used to import the certificates into
+ # CGI scripts.
+
+ ## StdEnvVars:
+ # This exports the standard SSL/TLS related `SSL_*' environment variables.
+ # Per default this exportation is switched off for performance reasons,
+ # because the extraction step is an expensive operation and is usually
+ # useless for serving static content. So one usually enables the exportation
+ # for CGI and SSI requests only.
+
+ ## StrictRequire:
+ # This denies access when "SSLRequireSSL" or "SSLRequire" applied even under
+ # a "Satisfy any" situation, i.e. when it applies access is denied and no
+ # other module can change it.
+
+ ## OptRenegotiate:
+ # This enables optimized SSL connection renegotiation handling when SSL
+ # directives are used in per-directory context.
+ #SSLOptions +FakeBasicAuth +ExportCertData +StrictRequire
+ <FilesMatch "\.(cgi|shtml|phtml|php)$">
+ SSLOptions +StdEnvVars
+ </FilesMatch>
+
+ <Directory "/var/www/localhost/cgi-bin">
+ SSLOptions +StdEnvVars
+ </Directory>
+
+ ## SSL Protocol Adjustments:
+ # The safe and default but still SSL/TLS standard compliant shutdown
+ # approach is that mod_ssl sends the close notify alert but doesn't wait
+ # for the close notify alert from client. When you need a different
+ # shutdown approach you can use one of the following variables:
+
+ ## ssl-unclean-shutdown:
+ # This forces an unclean shutdown when the connection is closed, i.e. no
+ # SSL close notify alert is send or allowed to received. This violates the
+ # SSL/TLS standard but is needed for some brain-dead browsers. Use this when
+ # you receive I/O errors because of the standard approach where mod_ssl
+ # sends the close notify alert.
+
+ ## ssl-accurate-shutdown:
+ # This forces an accurate shutdown when the connection is closed, i.e. a
+ # SSL close notify alert is send and mod_ssl waits for the close notify
+ # alert of the client. This is 100% SSL/TLS standard compliant, but in
+ # practice often causes hanging connections with brain-dead browsers. Use
+ # this only for browsers where you know that their SSL implementation works
+ # correctly.
+ # Notice: Most problems of broken clients are also related to the HTTP
+ # keep-alive facility, so you usually additionally want to disable
+ # keep-alive for those clients, too. Use variable "nokeepalive" for this.
+ # Similarly, one has to force some clients to use HTTP/1.0 to workaround
+ # their broken HTTP/1.1 implementation. Use variables "downgrade-1.0" and
+ # "force-response-1.0" for this.
+ <IfModule setenvif_module>
+ BrowserMatch ".*MSIE.*" \
+ nokeepalive ssl-unclean-shutdown \
+ downgrade-1.0 force-response-1.0
+ </IfModule>
+
+ ## Per-Server Logging:
+ # The home of a custom SSL log file. Use this when you want a compact
+ # non-error SSL logfile on a virtual host basis.
+ <IfModule log_config_module>
+ CustomLog /var/log/apache2/ssl_request_log \
+ "%t %h %{SSL_PROTOCOL}x %{SSL_CIPHER}x \"%r\" %b"
+ </IfModule>
+</VirtualHost>
+</IfModule>
+</IfDefine>
+</IfDefine>
+
+# vim: ts=4 filetype=apache
--- /dev/null
+#
+# This is the main configuration file for Rootkit Hunter.
+#
+# You can either modify this file directly, or you can create a local
+# configuration file. The local file must be named 'rkhunter.conf.local',
+# and must reside in the same directory as this file. Please modify one
+# or both files to your own requirements. It is suggested that the
+# command 'rkhunter -C' is run after any changes have been made.
+#
+# Please review the documentation before posting bug reports or questions.
+# To report bugs, obtain updates, or provide patches or comments, please go to:
+# http://rkhunter.sourceforge.net
+#
+# To ask questions about rkhunter, please use the rkhunter-users mailing list.
+# Note this is a moderated list: please subscribe before posting.
+#
+# Lines beginning with a hash (#), and blank lines, are ignored.
+# End-of-line comments are not supported.
+#
+# Most of the following options need only be specified once. If
+# they appear more than once, then the last one seen will be used.
+# Some options are allowed to appear more than once, and the text
+# describing the option will say if this is so.
+#
+# Some of the options are space-separated lists of pathnames. If
+# wildcard characters (globbing) are allowed in the list, then the
+# text describing the option will say so.
+#
+# Space-separated lists may be enclosed by quotes, but these must only
+# appear at the start and end of the list, not in the middle.
+#
+# For example: XXX="abc def gh" (correct)
+# XXX="abc" "def" "gh" (incorrect)
+#
+
+INSTALLDIR=/usr
+
+#
+# If this option is set to 1, it specifies that the mirrors file
+# ('mirrors.dat'), which is used when the '--update' and '--versioncheck'
+# options are used, is to be rotated. Rotating the entries in the file
+# allows a basic form of load-balancing between the mirror sites whenever
+# the above options are used.
+# If the option is set to 0, then the mirrors will be treated as if in
+# a priority list. That is, the first mirror listed will always be used
+# first. The second mirror will only be used if the first mirror fails,
+# the third mirror will only be used if the second mirror fails, and so on.
+#
+# If the mirrors file is read-only, then the '--versioncheck' command-line
+# option can only be used if this option is set to 0.
+#
+ROTATE_MIRRORS=1
+
+#
+# If this option is set to 1, it specifies that when the '--update'
+# option is used, then the mirrors file is to be checked for updates
+# as well. If the current mirrors file contains any local mirrors,
+# these will be prepended to the updated file.
+# If this option is set to 0, the mirrors file can only be updated
+# manually. This may be useful if only using local mirrors.
+#
+UPDATE_MIRRORS=1
+
+#
+# The MIRRORS_MODE option tells rkhunter which mirrors are to be
+# used when the '--update' or '--versioncheck' command-line options
+# are given. Possible values are:
+# 0 - use any mirror (the default)
+# 1 - only use local mirrors
+# 2 - only use remote mirrors
+#
+# Local and remote mirrors can be defined in the mirrors file
+# by using the 'local=' and 'remote=' keywords respectively.
+#
+MIRRORS_MODE=0
+
+#
+# Email a message to this address if a warning is found when the
+# system is being checked. Multiple addresses may be specified
+# simply be separating them with a space. Setting this option to
+# null disables the option.
+#
+# NOTE: This option should be present in the configuration file.
+#
+#MAIL-ON-WARNING=me@mydomain root@mydomain
+MAIL-ON-WARNING=""
+
+#
+# Specify the mail command to use if MAIL-ON-WARNING is set.
+#
+# NOTE: Double quotes are not required around the command, but
+# are required around the subject line if it contains spaces.
+#
+MAIL_CMD=mail -s "[rkhunter] Warnings found for ${HOST_NAME}"
+
+#
+# Specify the temporary directory to use.
+#
+# NOTE: Do not use /tmp as your temporary directory. Some
+# important files will be written to this directory, so be
+# sure that the directory permissions are tight.
+#
+TMPDIR=/var/lib/rkhunter/tmp
+
+#
+# Specify the database directory to use.
+#
+DBDIR=/var/lib/rkhunter/db
+
+#
+# Specify the script directory to use.
+#
+SCRIPTDIR=/usr/lib/rkhunter/scripts
+
+#
+# This option can be used to modify the command directory list used
+# by rkhunter to locate commands (that is, its PATH). By default
+# this will be the root PATH, and an internal list of some common
+# command directories.
+#
+# Any directories specified here will, by default, be appended to the
+# default list. However, if a directory name begins with the '+'
+# character, then that directory will be prepended to the list (that
+# is, it will be put at the start of the list).
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of directory names. The option may
+# be specified more than once.
+#
+#BINDIR="/bin /usr/bin /sbin /usr/sbin"
+#BINDIR="+/usr/local/bin +/usr/local/sbin"
+
+#
+# Specify the default language to use. This should be similar
+# to the ISO 639 language code.
+#
+# NOTE: Please ensure that the language you specify is supported.
+# For a list of supported languages use the following command:
+#
+# rkhunter --lang en --list languages
+#
+#LANGUAGE=en
+LANGUAGE=de
+
+#
+# This option is a space-separated list of the languages that are to
+# be updated when the '--update' option is used. If unset, then all
+# the languages will be updated. If none of the languages are to be
+# updated, then set this option to just 'en'.
+#
+# The default is for all the languages to be updated. The default
+# language, specified above, and the English (en) language file will
+# always be updated regardless of this option.
+#
+UPDATE_LANG=""
+
+#
+# Specify the log file pathname.
+#
+# NOTE: This option should be present in the configuration file.
+#
+LOGFILE=/var/log/rkhunter.log
+
+#
+# Set the following option to 1 if the log file is to be appended to
+# whenever rkhunter is run.
+#
+APPEND_LOG=1
+
+#
+# Set the following option to 1 if the log file is to be copied when
+# rkhunter finishes and an error or warning has occurred. The copied
+# log file name will be appended with the current date and time
+# (in YYYY-MM-DD_HH:MM:SS format).
+# For example: rkhunter.log.2009-04-21_00:57:51
+#
+COPY_LOG_ON_ERROR=0
+
+#
+# Set the following option to enable the rkhunter check start and finish
+# times to be logged by syslog. Warning messages will also be logged.
+# The value of the option must be a standard syslog facility and
+# priority, separated by a dot. For example:
+#
+# USE_SYSLOG=authpriv.warning
+#
+# Setting the value to 'none', or just leaving the option commented out,
+# disables the use of syslog.
+#
+#USE_SYSLOG=authpriv.notice
+
+#
+# Set the following option to 1 if the second colour set is to be used.
+# This can be useful if your screen uses black characters on a white
+# background (for example, a PC instead of a server).
+#
+COLOR_SET2=0
+
+#
+# Set the following option to 0 if rkhunter should not detect if X is
+# being used. If X is detected as being used, then the second colour
+# set will automatically be used.
+#
+AUTO_X_DETECT=1
+
+#
+# Set the following option to 1 if it is wanted that any 'Whitelisted'
+# results are shown in white rather than green. For colour set 2 users,
+# setting this option will cause the result to be shown in black.
+#
+WHITELISTED_IS_WHITE=0
+
+#
+# The following option is checked against the SSH configuration file
+# 'PermitRootLogin' option. A warning will be displayed if they do not
+# match. However, if a value has not been set in the SSH configuration
+# file, then a value here of 'unset' can be used to avoid warning messages.
+# This option has a default value of 'no'.
+#
+ALLOW_SSH_ROOT_USER=yes
+
+#
+# Set this option to '1' to allow the use of the SSH-1 protocol, but note
+# that theoretically it is weaker, and therefore less secure, than the
+# SSH-2 protocol. Do not modify this option unless you have good reasons
+# to use the SSH-1 protocol (for instance for AFS token passing or Kerberos4
+# authentication). If the 'Protocol' option has not been set in the SSH
+# configuration file, then a value of '2' may be set here in order to
+# suppress a warning message. This option has a default value of '0'.
+#
+ALLOW_SSH_PROT_V1=0
+
+#
+# This setting tells rkhunter the directory containing the SSH configuration
+# file. This setting will be worked out by rkhunter, and so should not
+# usually need to be set.
+#
+#SSH_CONFIG_DIR=/etc/ssh
+
+#
+# These two options determine which tests are to be performed.
+# The ENABLE_TESTS option can use the word 'all' to refer to all the
+# available tests. The DISABLE_TESTS option can use the word 'none' to
+# mean that no tests are disabled. The list of disabled tests is applied to
+# the list of enabled tests. Both options are space-separated lists of test
+# names. The currently available test names can be seen by using the command
+# 'rkhunter --list tests'.
+#
+# The program defaults are to enable all tests and disable none. However, if
+# either of the options below are specified, then they will override the
+# program defaults.
+#
+# The supplied configuration file has some tests already disabled, and these
+# are tests that will be used only occasionally, can be considered
+# "advanced" or that are prone to produce more than the average number of
+# false-positives.
+#
+# Please read the README file for more details about enabling and disabling
+# tests, the test names, and how rkhunter behaves when these options are used.
+#
+ENABLE_TESTS="all"
+DISABLE_TESTS="suspscan hidden_ports hidden_procs deleted_files packet_cap_apps"
+
+#
+# The HASH_FUNC option can be used to specify the command to use
+# for the file hash value check. It can be specified as just the
+# command name or the full pathname. If just the command name is
+# given, and it is one of MD5, SHA1, SHA224, SHA256, SHA384 or
+# SHA512, then rkhunter will first look for the relevant command,
+# such as 'sha256sum', and then for 'sha256'. If neither of these
+# are found, it will then look to see if a perl module has been
+# installed which will support the relevant hash function. To see
+# which perl modules have been installed use the command
+# 'rkhunter --list perl'.
+#
+# The default is SHA1, or MD5 if SHA1 cannot be found.
+#
+# Systems using prelinking are restricted to using either the
+# SHA1 or MD5 function.
+#
+# A value of 'NONE' (in uppercase) can be specified to indicate that
+# no hash function should be used. Rootkit Hunter will detect this and
+# automatically disable the file hash checks.
+#
+# Examples:
+# For Solaris 9 : HASH_FUNC=gmd5sum
+# For Solaris 10: HASH_FUNC=sha1sum
+# For AIX (>5.2): HASH_FUNC="csum -hMD5"
+# For NetBSD : HASH_FUNC="cksum -a sha512"
+#
+# NOTE: If the hash function is changed then you MUST run rkhunter with
+# the '--propupd' option to rebuild the file properties database.
+#
+#HASH_FUNC=sha1sum
+
+#
+# The HASH_FLD_IDX option specifies which field from the HASH_FUNC
+# command output contains the hash value. The fields are assumed to
+# be space-separated. The default value is 1, but for *BSD users
+# rkhunter will, by default, use a value of 4 if the HASH_FUNC option
+# has not been set. The option value must be an integer greater
+# than zero.
+#
+#HASH_FLD_IDX=4
+
+#
+# The PKGMGR option tells rkhunter to use the specified package manager
+# to obtain the file property information. This is used when updating
+# the file properties file ('rkhunter.dat'), and when running the file
+# properties check. For RedHat/RPM-based systems, 'RPM' can be used to
+# get information from the RPM database. For Debian-based systems 'DPKG'
+# can be used, for *BSD systems 'BSD' can be used, and for Solaris
+# systems 'SOLARIS' can be used. No value, or a value of 'NONE',
+# indicates that no package manager is to be used. The default is 'NONE'.
+#
+# The current package managers, except 'SOLARIS', store the file hash
+# values using an MD5 hash function. The Solaris package manager includes
+# a checksum value, but this is not used by default (see USE_SUNSUM below).
+#
+# The 'DPKG' and 'BSD' package managers only provide MD5 hash values.
+# The 'RPM' package manager additionally provides values for the inode,
+# file permissions, uid, gid and other values. The 'SOLARIS' also provides
+# most of the values, similar to 'RPM', but not the inode number.
+#
+# For any file not part of a package, rkhunter will revert to using the
+# HASH_FUNC hash function instead.
+#
+# Whenever this option is changed 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run.
+#
+#PKGMGR=NONE
+
+#
+# It is possible that a file which is part of a package may be modified
+# by the administrator. Typically this occurs for configuration files.
+# However, the package manager may list the file as being modified. For
+# the RPM package manager this may well depend on how the package was
+# built. This option specifies those pathnames which are to be exempt
+# from the package manager verification process, and which will be treated
+# as non-packaged files. As such, the file properties are still checked.
+#
+# This option only takes effect if the PKGMGR option has been set, and
+# is not 'NONE'.
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of pathnames. The option may
+# be specified more than once.
+#
+# Whenever this option is changed 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run.
+#
+#PKGMGR_NO_VRFY=""
+
+#
+# This option can be used to tell rkhunter to ignore any prelink
+# dependency errors for the given commands. However, a warning will also
+# be issued if the error does not occur for a given command. As such
+# this option must only be used on commands which experience a persistent
+# problem.
+#
+# Short-term prelink dependency errors can usually be resolved simply by
+# running the 'prelink' command on the given pathname.
+#
+# NOTE: The command 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run whenever this option
+# is changed.
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of command pathnames. The option can be
+# specified more than once.
+#
+#IGNORE_PRELINK_DEP_ERR="/bin/ps /usr/bin/top"
+
+#
+# If the 'SOLARIS' package manager is used, then it is possible to use
+# the checksum (hash) value stored for a file. However, this is only a
+# 16-bit checksum, and as such is not nearly as secure as, for example,
+# a SHA-2 value. For that reason, the checksum is not used by default,
+# and the hash function given by HASH_FUNC is used instead. To enable
+# this option, set its value to 1. The Solaris 'sum' command must be
+# present on the system if this option is used.
+#
+#USE_SUNSUM=0
+
+#
+# This option is a space-separated list of commands, directories and file
+# pathnames which will be included in the file properties checks.
+# This option can be specified more than once.
+#
+# Whenever this option is changed, 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run.
+#
+# Simple command names - for example, 'top' - and directory names are
+# added to the internal list of directories to be searched for each of
+# the command names in the command list. Additionally, full pathnames
+# to files, which need not be commands, may be given. Any files or
+# directories which are already part of the internal lists will be
+# silently ignored from the configuration.
+#
+# Normal globbing wildcards are allowed, except for simple command names.
+# For example, 'top*' cannot be given, but '/usr/bin/top*' is allowed.
+#
+# Specific files may be excluded by preceding their name with an
+# exclamation mark (!). For example, '!/opt/top'. By combining this
+# with wildcarding, whole directories can be excluded. For example,
+# '/etc/* /etc/*/* !/etc/rc?.d/*'. This will look for files in the first
+# two directory levels of '/etc'. However, anything in '/etc/rc0.d',
+# '/etc/rc1.d', '/etc/rc2.d' and so on, will be excluded.
+#
+# NOTE: Only files and directories which have been added by the user,
+# and are not part of the internal lists, can be excluded. So, for
+# example, it is not possible to exclude the 'ps' command by using
+# '!/bin/ps'. These will be silently ignored from the configuration.
+#
+#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS="top /usr/local/sbin !/opt/ps*"
+#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS="/etc/rkhunter.conf"
+#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS="/etc/rkhunter.conf.local"
+#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS="/var/lib/rkhunter/db/*"
+#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS="!/var/lib/rkhunter/db/mirrors.dat"
+#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS="!/var/lib/rkhunter/db/rkhunter*"
+#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS="/var/lib/rkhunter/db/i18n/*"
+
+#
+# This option whitelists files and directories from existing,
+# or not existing, on the system at the time of testing. This
+# option is used when the configuration file options themselves
+# are checked, and during the file properties check, the hidden
+# files and directories checks, and the filesystem check of the
+# '/dev' directory.
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of pathnames. The option may be
+# specified more than once. The option may use wildcard characters,
+# but be aware that this is probably not what you want to do as the
+# wildcarding will be expanded after files have been deleted. As
+# such deleted files won't be whitelisted if wildcarded.
+#
+# NOTE: The user must take into consideration how often the file will
+# appear and disappear from the system in relation to how often
+# rkhunter is run. If the file appears, and disappears, too often
+# then rkhunter may not notice this. All it will see is that the file
+# has changed. The inode-number and DTM will certainly be different
+# for each new file, and rkhunter will report this.
+#
+#EXISTWHITELIST=""
+
+#
+# Whitelist various attributes of the specified files.
+# The attributes are those of the 'attributes' test.
+# Specifying a file name here does not include it being
+# whitelisted for the write permission test (see below).
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of filenames. The option may
+# be specified more than once. The option may use wildcard
+# characters.
+#
+#ATTRWHITELIST="/bin/ps /usr/bin/date"
+
+#
+# Allow the specified commands to have the 'others'
+# (world) permission have the write-bit set.
+#
+# For example, files with permissions r-xr-xrwx
+# or rwxrwxrwx.
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of filenames. The option may
+# be specified more than once. The option may use wildcard
+# characters.
+#
+#WRITEWHITELIST="/bin/ps /usr/bin/date"
+
+#
+# Allow the specified commands to be scripts.
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of filenames. The option may
+# be specified more than once. The option may use wildcard
+# characters.
+#
+#SCRIPTWHITELIST="/sbin/ifup /sbin/ifdown"
+#SCRIPTWHITELIST="/usr/bin/groups"
+
+#
+# Allow the specified commands to have the immutable attribute set.
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of filenames. The option may
+# be specified more than once. The option may use wildcard
+# characters.
+#
+#IMMUTWHITELIST="/sbin/ifup /sbin/ifdown"
+
+#
+# If this option is set to 1, then the immutable-bit test is
+# reversed. That is, the files are expected to have the bit set.
+#
+IMMUTABLE_SET=0
+
+#
+# Allow the specified hidden directories to be whitelisted.
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of directory pathnames.
+# The option may be specified more than once. The option
+# may use wildcard characters.
+#
+#ALLOWHIDDENDIR="/etc/.java"
+#ALLOWHIDDENDIR="/dev/.udev /dev/.udevdb /dev/.udev.tdb"
+#ALLOWHIDDENDIR="/dev/.static"
+#ALLOWHIDDENDIR="/dev/.initramfs"
+#ALLOWHIDDENDIR="/dev/.SRC-unix"
+#ALLOWHIDDENDIR="/dev/.mdadm"
+
+#
+# Allow the specified hidden files to be whitelisted.
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of filenames. The option may
+# be specified more than once. The option may use wildcard
+# characters.
+#
+#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/etc/.java"
+#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/usr/share/man/man1/..1.gz"
+#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/etc/.pwd.lock"
+#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/etc/.init.state"
+#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/lib/.libcrypto.so.0.9.8e.hmac /lib/.libcrypto.so.6.hmac"
+#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/lib/.libssl.so.0.9.8e.hmac /lib/.libssl.so.6.hmac"
+#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/usr/bin/.fipscheck.hmac"
+#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/usr/bin/.ssh.hmac"
+#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/usr/lib/.libfipscheck.so.1.1.0.hmac"
+#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/usr/lib/.libfipscheck.so.1.hmac"
+#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/usr/lib/.libgcrypt.so.11.hmac"
+#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/usr/lib/hmaccalc/sha1hmac.hmac"
+#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/usr/lib/hmaccalc/sha256hmac.hmac"
+#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/usr/lib/hmaccalc/sha384hmac.hmac"
+#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/usr/lib/hmaccalc/sha512hmac.hmac"
+#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/usr/sbin/.sshd.hmac"
+
+#
+# Allow the specified processes to use deleted files. The
+# process name may be followed by a colon-separated list of
+# full pathnames. The process will then only be whitelisted
+# if it is using one of the given files. For example:
+#
+# ALLOWPROCDELFILE="/usr/libexec/gconfd-2:/tmp/abc:/var/tmp/xyz"
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of process names. The option
+# may be specified more than once. The option may use wildcard
+# characters, but only in the file names.
+#
+#ALLOWPROCDELFILE="/sbin/cardmgr /usr/sbin/gpm:/etc/X11/abc"
+#ALLOWPROCDELFILE="/usr/libexec/gconfd-2"
+#ALLOWPROCDELFILE="/usr/sbin/mysqld:/tmp/ib*"
+
+#
+# Allow the specified processes to listen on any network interface.
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of process names. The option
+# may be specified more than once.
+#
+#ALLOWPROCLISTEN="/sbin/dhclient /usr/bin/dhcpcd"
+#ALLOWPROCLISTEN="/usr/sbin/pppoe /usr/sbin/tcpdump"
+#ALLOWPROCLISTEN="/usr/sbin/snort-plain"
+#ALLOWPROCLISTEN="/usr/local/bin/wpa_supplicant"
+
+#
+# Allow the specified network interfaces to be in promiscuous mode.
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of interface names. The option may
+# be specified more than once.
+#
+#ALLOWPROMISCIF="eth0"
+
+#
+# SCAN_MODE_DEV governs how we scan '/dev' for suspicious files.
+# The two allowed options are: THOROUGH or LAZY.
+# If commented out we do a THOROUGH scan which will increase the runtime.
+# Even though this adds to the running time it is highly recommended to
+# leave it like this.
+#
+#SCAN_MODE_DEV=THOROUGH
+
+#
+# The PHALANX2_DIRTEST option is used to indicate if the Phalanx2 test is to
+# perform a basic check, or a more thorough check. If the option is set to 0,
+# then a basic check is performed. If it is set to 1, then all the directries
+# in the /etc and /usr directories are scanned. The default value is 0. Users
+# should note that setting this option to 1 will cause the test to take longer
+# to complete.
+#
+PHALANX2_DIRTEST=0
+
+#
+# Allow the specified files to be present in the /dev directory,
+# and not regarded as suspicious.
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of pathnames. The option may
+# be specified more than once. The option may use wildcard
+# characters.
+#
+#ALLOWDEVFILE="/dev/shm/pulse-shm-*"
+#ALLOWDEVFILE="/dev/shm/sem.ADBE_*"
+
+#
+# This setting tells rkhunter where the inetd configuration
+# file is located.
+#
+#INETD_CONF_PATH=/etc/inetd.conf
+
+#
+# Allow the following enabled inetd services.
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of service names. The option may
+# be specified more than once.
+#
+# For non-Solaris users the simple service name should be used.
+# For example:
+#
+# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=echo
+#
+# For Solaris 9 users the simple service name should also be used, but
+# if it is an RPC service, then the executable pathname should be used.
+# For example:
+#
+# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=imaps
+# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC="/usr/sbin/rpc.metad /usr/sbin/rpc.metamhd"
+#
+# For Solaris 10 users the service/FMRI name should be used. For example:
+#
+# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=/network/rpc/meta
+# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=/network/rpc/metamed
+# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=/application/font/stfsloader
+# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=/network/rpc-100235_1/rpc_ticotsord
+#
+#INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=echo
+
+#
+# This setting tells rkhunter where the xinetd configuration
+# file is located.
+#
+#XINETD_CONF_PATH=/etc/xinetd.conf
+
+#
+# Allow the following enabled xinetd services. Whilst it would be
+# nice to use the service names themselves, at the time of testing
+# we only have the pathname available. As such, these entries are
+# the xinetd file pathnames.
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of service names. The option may
+# be specified more than once.
+#
+#XINETD_ALLOWED_SVC=/etc/xinetd.d/echo
+
+#
+# This option tells rkhunter the local system startup file pathnames.
+# The directories will be searched for files. By default rkhunter
+# will use certain filenames and directories. If the option is set
+# to 'none', then certain tests will be skipped.
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of file and directory pathnames.
+# The option may be specified more than once. The option may use
+# wildcard characters.
+#
+#STARTUP_PATHS="/etc/rc.d /etc/rc.local"
+
+#
+# This setting tells rkhunter the pathname to the file containing the
+# user account passwords. This setting will be worked out by rkhunter,
+# and so should not usually need to be set. Users of TCB shadow files
+# should not set this option.
+#
+#PASSWORD_FILE=/etc/shadow
+
+#
+# Allow the following accounts to be root equivalent. These accounts
+# will have a UID value of zero. The 'root' account does not need to
+# be listed as it is automatically whitelisted.
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of account names. The option may
+# be specified more than once.
+#
+# NOTE: For *BSD systems you will probably need to use this option
+# for the 'toor' account.
+#
+#UID0_ACCOUNTS="toor rooty"
+
+#
+# Allow the following accounts to have no password. NIS/YP entries do
+# not need to be listed as they are automatically whitelisted.
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of account names. The option may
+# be specified more than once.
+#
+#PWDLESS_ACCOUNTS="abc"
+
+#
+# This setting tells rkhunter the pathname to the syslog configuration
+# file. This setting will be worked out by rkhunter, and so should not
+# usually need to be set. A value of 'NONE' can be used to indicate
+# that there is no configuration file, but that the syslog daemon process
+# may be running.
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of pathnames. The option may
+# be specified more than once.
+#
+#SYSLOG_CONFIG_FILE=/etc/syslog.conf
+
+#
+# This option permits the use of syslog remote logging.
+#
+ALLOW_SYSLOG_REMOTE_LOGGING=0
+
+#
+# Allow the following applications, or a specific version of an application,
+# to be whitelisted. This option may be specified more than once, and is a
+# space-separated list consisting of the application names. If a specific
+# version is to be whitelisted, then the name must be followed by a colon
+# and then the version number. For example:
+#
+# APP_WHITELIST="openssl:0.9.7d gpg httpd:1.3.29"
+#
+# Note above that for the Apache web server, the name 'httpd' is used.
+#
+#APP_WHITELIST=""
+
+#
+# Scan for suspicious files in directories containing temporary files and
+# directories posing a relatively higher risk due to user write access.
+# Please do not enable by default as suspscan is CPU and I/O intensive and prone to
+# producing false positives. Do review all settings before usage.
+# Also be aware that running suspscan in combination with verbose logging on,
+# RKH's default, will show all ignored files.
+# Please consider adding all directories the user the (web)server runs as has
+# write access to including the document root (example: "/var/www") and log
+# directories (example: "/var/log/httpd").
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of directory pathnames.
+# The option may be specified more than once.
+#
+#SUSPSCAN_DIRS="/tmp /var/tmp"
+
+#
+# Directory for temporary files. A memory-based one is better (faster).
+# Do not use a directory name that is listed in SUSPSCAN_DIRS.
+# Please make sure you have a tempfs mounted and the directory exists.
+#
+SUSPSCAN_TEMP=/dev/shm
+
+#
+# Maximum filesize in bytes. Files larger than this will not be inspected.
+# Do make sure you have enough space left in your temporary files directory.
+#
+SUSPSCAN_MAXSIZE=10240000
+
+#
+# Score threshold. Below this value no hits will be reported.
+# A value of "200" seems "good" after testing on malware. Please adjust
+# locally if necessary.
+#
+SUSPSCAN_THRESH=200
+
+#
+# The following option can be used to whitelist network ports which
+# are known to have been used by malware. This option may be specified
+# more than once. The option is a space-separated list of one or more
+# of four types of whitelisting. These are:
+#
+# 1) a 'protocol:port' pair (e.g. TCP:25)
+# 2) a pathname to an executable (e.g. /usr/sbin/squid)
+# 3) a combined pathname, protocol and port
+# (e.g. /usr/sbin/squid:TCP:3801)
+# 4) an asterisk ('*')
+#
+# Only the UDP or TCP protocol may be specified, and the port number
+# must be between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
+#
+# The asterisk can be used to indicate that any executable which rkhunter
+# can locate as a command, is whitelisted. (See BINDIR in this file.)
+#
+# For example:
+#
+# PORT_WHITELIST="/home/user1/abc /opt/xyz TCP:2001 UDP:32011"
+#
+# NOTE: In order to whitelist a pathname, or use the asterisk option,
+# the 'lsof' command must be present.
+#
+#PORT_WHITELIST=""
+
+#
+# The following option can be used to tell rkhunter where the operating
+# system 'release' file is located. This file contains information
+# specifying the current O/S version. RKH will store this information
+# itself, and check to see if it has changed between each run. If it has
+# changed, then the user is warned that RKH may issue warning messages
+# until RKH has been run with the '--propupd' option.
+#
+# Since the contents of the file vary according to the O/S distribution,
+# RKH will perform different actions when it detects the file itself. As
+# such, this option should not be set unless necessary. If this option is
+# specified, then RKH will assume the O/S release information is on the
+# first non-blank line of the file.
+#
+#OS_VERSION_FILE="/etc/release"
+
+#
+# The following two options can be used to whitelist files and directories
+# that would normally be flagged with a warning during the various rootkit
+# and malware checks. If the file or directory name contains a space, then
+# the percent character ('%') must be used instead. Only existing files and
+# directories can be specified, and these must be full pathnames not links.
+#
+# Additionally, the RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST option may include a string after the
+# file name (separated by a colon). This will then only whitelist that string
+# in that file (as part of the malware checks). For example:
+#
+# RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST="/etc/rc.local:hdparm"
+#
+# If the option list includes the filename on its own as well, then the file
+# will be whitelisted from rootkit checks of the files existence, but still
+# only the specific string within the file will be whitelisted. For example:
+#
+# RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST="/etc/rc.local:hdparm /etc/rc.local"
+#
+# To whitelist a file from the existence checks, but not from the strings
+# checks, then include the filename on its own and on its own but with
+# just a colon appended. For example:
+#
+# RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST="/etc/rc.local /etc/rc.local:"
+#
+# NOTE: It is recommended that if you whitelist any files, then you include
+# those files in the file properties check. See the USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS
+# configuration option.
+#
+# These are space-separated lists of file and directory pathnames.
+# The options may be specified more than once.
+#
+#RTKT_DIR_WHITELIST=""
+#RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST=""
+
+#
+# The following option can be used to whitelist shared library files that would
+# normally be flagged with a warning during the preloaded shared library check.
+# These library pathnames usually exist in the '/etc/ld.so.preload' file or in
+# the LD_PRELOAD environment variable.
+#
+# NOTE: It is recommended that if you whitelist any files, then you include
+# those files in the file properties check. See the USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS
+# configuration option.
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of library pathnames.
+# The option may be specified more than once.
+#
+#SHARED_LIB_WHITELIST="/lib/snoopy.so"
+
+#
+# To force rkhunter to use the supplied script for the 'stat' or 'readlink'
+# command, then the following two options can be used. The value must be
+# set to 'BUILTIN'.
+#
+# NOTE: IRIX users will probably need to enable STAT_CMD.
+#
+#STAT_CMD=BUILTIN
+#READLINK_CMD=BUILTIN
+
+#
+# In the file properties test any modification date/time is displayed as the
+# number of epoch seconds. Rkhunter will try and use the 'date' command, or
+# failing that the 'perl' command, to display the date and time in a
+# human-readable format as well. This option may be used if some other command
+# should be used instead. The given command must understand the '%s' and
+# 'seconds ago' options found in the GNU date command.
+#
+# A value of 'NONE' may be used to request that only the epoch seconds be shown.
+# A value of 'PERL' may be used to force rkhunter to use the 'perl' command, if
+# it is present.
+#
+#EPOCH_DATE_CMD=""
+
+#
+# This setting tells rkhunter the directory containing the available
+# Linux kernel modules. This setting will be worked out by rkhunter,
+# and so should not usually need to be set.
+#
+#MODULES_DIR=""
+
+#
+# The following option can be set to a command which rkhunter will use when
+# downloading files from the Internet - that is, when the '--update' or
+# '--versioncheck' option is used. The command can take options.
+#
+# This allows the user to use a command other than the one automatically
+# selected by rkhunter, but still one which it already knows about.
+# For example:
+#
+# WEB_CMD=curl
+#
+# Alternatively, the user may specify a completely new command. However, note
+# that rkhunter expects the downloaded file to be written to stdout, and that
+# everything written to stderr is ignored. For example:
+#
+# WEB_CMD="/opt/bin/dlfile --timeout 5m -q"
+#
+# *BSD users may want to use the 'ftp' command, provided that it supports
+# the HTTP protocol:
+#
+# WEB_CMD="ftp -o -"
+#
+#WEB_CMD=""
+
+#
+# Set the following option to 0 if you do not want to receive a warning if
+# any O/S information has changed since the last run of 'rkhunter --propupd'.
+# The warnings occur during the file properties check. The default is to
+# issue a warning if something has changed.
+#
+#WARN_ON_OS_CHANGE=1
+
+#
+# Set the following option to 1 if you want rkhunter to automatically run
+# a file properties update ('--propupd') if the O/S has changed. Detection
+# of an O/S change occurs during the file properties check. The default is
+# not to do an automatic update.
+#
+# WARNING: Only set this option if you are sure that the update will work
+# correctly. That is, that the database directory is writeable, that a valid
+# hash function is available, and so on. This can usually be checked simply
+# by running 'rkhunter --propupd' at least once.
+#
+#UPDT_ON_OS_CHANGE=0
+
+#
+# Set the following option to 1 if locking is to be used when rkhunter runs.
+# The lock is set just before logging starts, and is removed when the program
+# ends. It is used to prevent items such as the log file, and the file
+# properties file, from becoming corrupted if rkhunter is running more than
+# once. The mechanism used is to simply create a lock file in the TMPDIR
+# directory. If the lock file already exists, because rkhunter is already
+# running, then the current process simply loops around sleeping for 10 seconds
+# and then retrying the lock.
+#
+# The default is not to use locking.
+#
+USE_LOCKING=0
+
+#
+# If locking is used, then rkhunter may have to wait to get the lock file.
+# This option sets the total amount of time, in seconds, that rkhunter should
+# wait. It will retry the lock every 10 seconds, until either it obtains the
+# lock or the timeout value has been reached. If no value is set, then a
+# default of 300 seconds (5 minutes) is used.
+#
+LOCK_TIMEOUT=300
+
+#
+# If locking is used, then rkhunter may be doing nothing for some time if it
+# has to wait for the lock. Some simple messages are echo'd to the users screen
+# to let them know that rkhunter is waiting for the lock. Set this option to 0
+# if the messages are not to be displayed. The default is to show them.
+#
+SHOW_LOCK_MSGS=1
+
+#
+# If the option SCANROOTKITMODE is set to "THOROUGH" the scanrootkit() function
+# will search (on a per rootkit basis) for filenames in all of the directories (as defined
+# by the result of running 'find / -xdev'). While still not optimal, as it
+# still searches for only file names as opposed to file contents, this is one step away
+# from the rigidity of searching in known (evidence) or default (installation) locations.
+#
+# THIS OPTION SHOULD NOT BE ENABLED BY DEFAULT.
+#
+# You should only activate this feature as part of a more thorough investigation which
+# should be based on relevant best practices and procedures.
+#
+# Enabling this feature implies you have the knowledge to interpret the results properly.
+#
+#SCANROOTKITMODE=THOROUGH
+
+#
+# The following option can be set to the name(s) of the tests the 'unhide' command is
+# to use. In order to maintain compatibility with older versions of 'unhide', this
+# option defaults to 'sys'. Options such as '-m' and '-v' may also be specified, but
+# will only take effect when they are seen. The test names are a space-separated list,
+# and will be executed in the order given.
+#
+#UNHIDE_TESTS="sys"
+
+#
+# If both the C 'unhide', and Ruby 'unhide.rb', programs exist on the system, then it
+# is possible to disable the execution of one of the programs if desired. By default
+# rkhunter will look for both programs, and execute each of them as they are found.
+# If the value of this option is 0, then both programs will be executed if they are
+# present. A value of 1 will disable execution of the C 'unhide' program, and a value
+# of 2 will disable the Ruby 'unhide.rb' program. The default value is 0. To disable
+# both programs, then disable the 'hidden_procs' test.
+#
+#DISABLE_UNHIDE=0
--- /dev/null
+#
+# This is the main configuration file for Rootkit Hunter.
+#
+# You can modify this file directly, or you can create a local configuration
+# file. The local file must be named 'rkhunter.conf.local', and must reside
+# in the same directory as this file. Alternatively you can create a directory,
+# named 'rkhunter.d', which also must be in the same directory as this
+# configuration file. Within the 'rkhunter.d' directory you can place further
+# configuration files. There is no restriction on the file names used, other
+# than they must end in '.conf'.
+#
+# Please modify the configuration file(s) to your own requirements. It is
+# recommended that the command 'rkhunter -C' is run after any changes have
+# been made.
+#
+# Please review the documentation before posting bug reports or questions.
+# To report bugs, obtain updates, or provide patches or comments, please go
+# to: http://rkhunter.sourceforge.net
+#
+# To ask questions about rkhunter, please use the 'rkhunter-users' mailing list.
+# Note that this is a moderated list, so please subscribe before posting.
+#
+# In the configuration files, lines beginning with a hash (#), and blank lines,
+# are ignored. Also, end-of-line comments are not supported.
+#
+# Any of the configuration options may appear more than once. However, several
+# options only take one value, and so the last one seen will be used. Some
+# options are allowed to appear more than once, and the text describing the
+# option will say if this is so. These configuration options will, in effect,
+# have their values concatenated together. To delete a previously specified
+# option list, specify the option with no value (that is, a null string).
+#
+# Some of the options are space-separated lists, others, typically those
+# specifying pathnames, are newline-separated lists. These must be entered
+# as one item per line. Quotes must not be used to surround the pathname.
+#
+# For example, to specify two pathnames, '/tmp/abc' and '/tmp/xyz', for an
+# option: XXX=/tmp/abc (correct)
+# XXX=/tmp/xyz
+#
+# XXX="/tmp/abc" (incorrect)
+# XXX="/tmp/xyz"
+#
+# XXX=/tmp/abc /tmp/xyz (incorrect)
+# or XXX="/tmp/abc /tmp/xyz" (incorrect)
+# or XXX="/tmp/abc" "/tmp/xyz" (incorrect)
+#
+# The last three examples are being configured as space-separated lists,
+# which is incorrect, generally, for options specifying pathnames. They
+# should be configured with one entry per line as in the first example.
+#
+# If wildcard characters (globbing) are allowed for an option, then the
+# text describing the option will say so.
+#
+# Space-separated lists may be enclosed by quotes, although they are not
+# required. If they are used, then they must only appear at the start and
+# end of the list, not in the middle.
+#
+# For example: XXX=abc def gh (correct)
+# XXX="abc def gh" (correct)
+# XXX="abc" "def" "gh" (incorrect)
+#
+# Space-separated lists may also be entered simply as one entry per line.
+#
+# For example: XXX=abc (correct)
+# XXX=def
+# XXX="gh"
+#
+# If a configuration option is never set, then the program will assume a
+# default value. The text describing the option will state the default value.
+# If there is no default, then rkhunter will calculate a value or pathname
+# to use.
+#
+
+INSTALLDIR=/usr
+
+#
+# If this option is set to '1', it specifies that the mirrors file
+# ('mirrors.dat'), which is used when the '--update' and '--versioncheck'
+# options are used, is to be rotated. Rotating the entries in the file allows
+# a basic form of load-balancing between the mirror sites whenever the above
+# options are used.
+#
+# If the option is set to '0', then the mirrors will be treated as if in a
+# priority list. That is, the first mirror listed will always be used first.
+# The second mirror will only be used if the first mirror fails, the third
+# mirror will only be used if the second mirror fails, and so on.
+#
+# If the mirrors file is read-only, then the '--versioncheck' command-line
+# option can only be used if this option is set to '0'.
+#
+# The default value is '1'.
+#
+#ROTATE_MIRRORS=1
+
+#
+# If this option is set to '1', it specifies that when the '--update' option is
+# used, then the mirrors file is to be checked for updates as well. If the
+# current mirrors file contains any local mirrors, these will be prepended to
+# the updated file. If this option is set to '0', the mirrors file can only be
+# updated manually. This may be useful if only using local mirrors.
+#
+# The default value is '1'.
+#
+#UPDATE_MIRRORS=1
+
+#
+# The MIRRORS_MODE option tells rkhunter which mirrors are to be used when
+# the '--update' or '--versioncheck' command-line options are given.
+# Possible values are:
+# 0 - use any mirror
+# 1 - only use local mirrors
+# 2 - only use remote mirrors
+#
+# Local and remote mirrors can be defined in the mirrors file by using the
+# 'local=' and 'remote=' keywords respectively.
+#
+# The default value is '0'.
+#
+#MIRRORS_MODE=0
+
+#
+# Email a message to this address if a warning is found when the system is
+# being checked. Multiple addresses may be specified simply be separating
+# them with a space. To disable the option, simply set it to the null string
+# or comment it out.
+#
+# The option may be specified more than once.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+# Also see the MAIL_CMD option.
+#
+#MAIL-ON-WARNING=me@mydomain root@mydomain
+
+#
+# This option specifies the mail command to use if MAIL-ON-WARNING is set.
+#
+# NOTE: Double quotes are not required around the command, but are required
+# around the subject line if it contains spaces.
+#
+# The default is to use the 'mail' command, with a subject line
+# of '[rkhunter] Warnings found for ${HOST_NAME}'.
+#
+#MAIL_CMD=mail -s "[rkhunter] Warnings found for ${HOST_NAME}"
+
+#
+# This option specifies the directory to use for temporary files.
+#
+# NOTE: Do not use '/tmp' as your temporary directory. Some important files
+# will be written to this directory, so be sure that the directory permissions
+# are secure.
+#
+# The installer program will set the default directory. If this default is
+# subsequently commented out or removed, then the program will assume a
+# default directory beneath the installation directory.
+#
+TMPDIR=/var/lib/rkhunter/tmp
+
+#
+# This option specifies the database directory to use.
+#
+# The installer program will set the default directory. If this default is
+# subsequently commented out or removed, then the program will assume a
+# default directory beneath the installation directory.
+#
+DBDIR=/var/lib/rkhunter/db
+
+#
+# This option specifies the script directory to use.
+#
+# The installer program will set the default directory. If this default is
+# subsequently commented out or removed, then the program will not run.
+#
+SCRIPTDIR=/usr/lib/rkhunter/scripts
+
+#
+# This option can be used to modify the command directory list used by rkhunter
+# to locate commands (that is, its PATH). By default this will be the root PATH,
+# and an internal list of some common command directories.
+#
+# Any directories specified here will, by default, be appended to the default
+# list. However, if a directory name begins with the '+' character, then that
+# directory will be prepended to the list (that is, it will be put at the start
+# of the list).
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of directory names. The option may be
+# specified more than once.
+#
+# The default value is based on the root account PATH environment variable.
+#
+#BINDIR=/bin /usr/bin /sbin /usr/sbin
+#BINDIR=+/usr/local/bin +/usr/local/sbin
+
+#
+# This option specifies the default language to use. This should be similar to
+# the ISO 639 language code.
+#
+# NOTE: Please ensure that the language you specify is supported.
+# For a list of supported languages use the following command:
+#
+# rkhunter --lang en --list languages
+#
+# The default language is 'en' (English).
+#
+#LANGUAGE=en
+
+#
+# This option is a space-separated list of the languages that are to be updated
+# when the '--update' option is used. If unset, then all the languages will be
+# updated. If none of the languages are to be updated, then set this option to
+# just 'en'.
+#
+# The default language, specified by the LANGUAGE option, and the English (en)
+# language file will always be updated regardless of this option.
+#
+# This option may be specified more than once.
+#
+# The default value is the null string, indicating that all the language files
+# will be updated.
+#
+#UPDATE_LANG=""
+
+#
+# This option specifies the log file pathname. The file will be created if it
+# does not initially exist. If the option is unset, then the program will
+# display a message each time it is run saying that the default value is being
+# used.
+#
+# The default value is '/var/log/rkhunter.log'.
+#
+LOGFILE=/var/log/rkhunter.log
+
+#
+# Set this option to '1' if the log file is to be appended to whenever rkhunter
+# is run. A value of '0' will cause a new log file to be created whenever the
+# program is run.
+#
+# The default value is '0'.
+#
+#APPEND_LOG=0
+
+#
+# Set the following option to '1' if the log file is to be copied when rkhunter
+# finishes and an error or warning has occurred. The copied log file name will
+# be appended with the current date and time (in YYYY-MM-DD_HH:MM:SS format).
+# For example: rkhunter.log.2009-04-21_00:57:51
+# If the option value is '0', then the log file will not be copied regardless
+# of whether any errors or warnings occurred.
+#
+# The default value is '0'.
+#
+#COPY_LOG_ON_ERROR=0
+
+#
+# Set the following option to enable the rkhunter check start and finish times
+# to be logged by syslog. Warning messages will also be logged. The value of
+# the option must be a standard syslog facility and priority, separated by a
+# dot. For example:
+#
+# USE_SYSLOG=authpriv.warning
+#
+# Setting the value to 'NONE', or just leaving the option commented out,
+# disables the use of syslog.
+#
+# The default value is not to use syslog.
+#
+#USE_SYSLOG=authpriv.notice
+
+#
+# Set the following option to '1' if the second colour set is to be used. This
+# can be useful if your screen uses black characters on a white background
+# (for example, a PC instead of a server). A value of '0' will cause the default
+# colour set to be used.
+#
+# The default value is '0'.
+#
+#COLOR_SET2=0
+
+#
+# Set the following option to '0' if rkhunter should not detect if X is being
+# used. If X is detected as being used, then the second colour set will
+# automatically be used. If set to '1', then the use of X will be detected.
+#
+# The default value is '0'.
+#
+AUTO_X_DETECT=1
+
+#
+# Set the following option to '1' if it is wanted that any 'Whitelisted' results
+# are shown in white rather than green. For colour set 2 users, setting this
+# option will cause the result to be shown in black. Setting the option to '0'
+# causes whitelisted results to be displayed in green.
+#
+# The default value is '0'.
+#
+#WHITELISTED_IS_WHITE=0
+
+#
+# The following option is checked against the SSH configuration file
+# 'PermitRootLogin' option. A warning will be displayed if they do not match.
+# However, if a value has not been set in the SSH configuration file, then a
+# value here of 'unset' can be used to avoid warning messages.
+#
+# The default value is 'no'.
+#
+#ALLOW_SSH_ROOT_USER=no
+
+#
+# Set this option to '1' to allow the use of the SSH-1 protocol, but note
+# that theoretically it is weaker, and therefore less secure, than the
+# SSH-2 protocol. Do not modify this option unless you have good reasons
+# to use the SSH-1 protocol (for instance for AFS token passing or Kerberos4
+# authentication). If the 'Protocol' option has not been set in the SSH
+# configuration file, then a value of '2' may be set here in order to
+# suppress a warning message. A value of '0' indicates that the use of
+# SSH-1 is not allowed.
+#
+# The default value is '0'.
+#
+#ALLOW_SSH_PROT_V1=0
+
+#
+# This setting tells rkhunter the directory containing the SSH configuration
+# file. This setting will be worked out by rkhunter, and so should not
+# usually need to be set.
+#
+# This option has no default value.
+#
+#SSH_CONFIG_DIR=/etc/ssh
+
+#
+# These two options determine which tests are to be performed. The ENABLE_TESTS
+# option can use the word 'ALL' to refer to all of the available tests. The
+# DISABLE_TESTS option can use the word 'NONE' to mean that no tests are
+# disabled. The list of disabled tests is applied to the list of enabled tests.
+#
+# Both options are space-separated lists of test names, and both options may
+# be specified more than once. The currently available test names can be seen
+# by using the command 'rkhunter --list tests'.
+#
+# The supplied configuration file has some tests already disabled, and these
+# are tests that will be used only occasionally, can be considered 'advanced'
+# or that are prone to produce more than the average number of false-positives.
+#
+# Please read the README file for more details about enabling and disabling
+# tests, the test names, and how rkhunter behaves when these options are used.
+#
+# The default values are to enable all tests and to disable none. However, if
+# either of the options below are specified, then they will override the
+# program defaults.
+#
+ENABLE_TESTS=ALL
+DISABLE_TESTS=suspscan hidden_ports hidden_procs deleted_files packet_cap_apps
+
+#
+# The HASH_CMD option can be used to specify the command to use for the file
+# properties hash value check. It can be specified as just the command name or
+# the full pathname. If just the command name is given, and it is one of MD5,
+# SHA1, SHA224, SHA256, SHA384 or SHA512, then rkhunter will first look for the
+# relevant command, such as 'sha256sum', and then for 'sha256'. If neither of
+# these are found, it will then look to see if a perl module has been installed
+# which will support the relevant hash function. To see which perl modules have
+# been installed use the command 'rkhunter --list perl'.
+#
+# Systems using prelinking are restricted to using either the SHA1 or MD5
+# function.
+#
+# A value of 'NONE' (in uppercase) can be specified to indicate that no hash
+# function should be used. Rkhunter will detect this, and automatically disable
+# the file properties hash check test.
+#
+# Examples:
+# For Solaris 9 : HASH_CMD=gmd5sum
+# For Solaris 10: HASH_CMD=sha1sum
+# For AIX (>5.2): HASH_CMD="csum -hMD5"
+# For NetBSD : HASH_CMD="cksum -a sha512"
+#
+# NOTE: Whenever this option is changed 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run.
+#
+# The default value is the SHA1 function, or MD5 if SHA1 cannot be found.
+#
+# Also see the HASH_FLD_IDX option.
+#
+#HASH_CMD=sha1sum
+
+#
+# The HASH_FLD_IDX option specifies which field from the HASH_CMD command
+# output contains the hash value. The fields are assumed to be space-separated.
+#
+# The option value must be an integer greater than zero.
+#
+# The default value is '1', but for *BSD users rkhunter will, by default, use a
+# value of '4' if the HASH_CMD option has not been set.
+#
+#HASH_FLD_IDX=4
+
+#
+# The PKGMGR option tells rkhunter to use the specified package manager to
+# obtain the file property information. This is used when updating the file
+# properties file ('rkhunter.dat'), and when running the file properties check.
+# For RedHat/RPM-based systems, 'RPM' can be used to get information from the
+# RPM database. For Debian-based systems 'DPKG' can be used, for *BSD systems
+# 'BSD' can be used, and for Solaris systems 'SOLARIS' can be used. No value,
+# or a value of 'NONE', indicates that no package manager is to be used.
+#
+# The current package managers, except 'SOLARIS', store the file hash values
+# using an MD5 hash function. The Solaris package manager includes a checksum
+# value, but this is not used by default (see USE_SUNSUM below).
+#
+# The 'DPKG' and 'BSD' package managers only provide MD5 hash values.
+# The 'RPM' package manager additionally provides values for the inode,
+# file permissions, uid, gid and other values. The 'SOLARIS' also provides
+# most of the values, similar to 'RPM', but not the inode number.
+#
+# For any file not part of a package, rkhunter will revert to using the
+# HASH_CMD hash function instead.
+#
+# NOTE: Whenever this option is changed 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run.
+#
+# The default value is 'NONE'.
+#
+# Also see the PKGMGR_NO_VRFY and USE_SUNSUM options.
+#
+#PKGMGR=NONE
+
+#
+# It is possible that a file, which is part of a package, may have been
+# modified by the administrator. Typically this occurs for configuration
+# files. However, the package manager may list the file as being modified.
+# For the RPM package manager this may well depend on how the package was
+# built. This option specifies a pathname which is to be exempt from the
+# package manager verification process, and which will be treated
+# as a non-packaged file. As such, the file properties are still checked.
+#
+# This option only takes effect if the PKGMGR option has been set, and
+# is not 'NONE'.
+#
+# This option may be specified more than once.
+#
+# NOTE: Whenever this option is changed 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#PKGMGR_NO_VRFY=""
+
+#
+# If the 'SOLARIS' package manager is used, then it is possible to use the
+# checksum (hash) value stored for a file. However, this is only a 16-bit
+# checksum, and as such is not nearly as secure as, for example, a SHA-2 value.
+# If the option is set to '0', then the checksum is not used and the hash
+# function given by HASH_CMD is used instead. To enable this option, set its
+# value to '1'. The Solaris 'sum' command must be present on the system if this
+# option is used.
+#
+# The default value is '0'.
+#
+#USE_SUNSUM=0
+
+#
+# This option can be used to tell rkhunter to ignore any prelink dependency
+# errors for the given commands. However, a warning will also be issued if the
+# error does not occur for a given command. As such this option must only be
+# used on commands which experience a persistent problem.
+#
+# Short-term prelink dependency errors can usually be resolved simply by
+# running the 'prelink' command on the given pathname.
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of command pathnames. The option can be
+# specified more than once.
+#
+# NOTE: Whenever this option is changed 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#IGNORE_PRELINK_DEP_ERR=/bin/ps /usr/bin/top
+
+#
+# These options specify a command, directory or file pathname which will be
+# included or excluded in the file properties checks.
+#
+# For the USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS option, simple command names - for example,
+# 'top' - and directory names are added to the internal list of directories to
+# be searched for each of the command names in the command list. Additionally,
+# full pathnames to files, which need not be commands, may be given. Any files
+# or directories which are already part of the internal lists will be silently
+# ignored from the configuration.
+#
+# For the USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS option, wildcards are allowed, except for
+# simple command names.
+# For example, 'top*' cannot be given, but '/usr/bin/top*' is allowed.
+#
+# Specific files may be excluded by using the EXCLUDE_USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS
+# option. Wildcards may be used with this option.
+#
+# By combining these two options, and using wildcards, whole directories can be
+# excluded. For example:
+#
+# USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/etc/*
+# USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/etc/*/*
+# EXCLUDE_USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/etc/rc?.d/*
+#
+# This will look for files in the first two directory levels of '/etc'. However,
+# anything in '/etc/rc0.d', '/etc/rc1.d', '/etc/rc2.d' and so on, will be
+# excluded.
+#
+# NOTE: Only files and directories which have been added by the user, and are
+# not part of the internal lists, can be excluded. So, for example, it is not
+# possible to exclude the 'ps' command by using '/bin/ps'. These will be
+# silently ignored from the configuration.
+#
+# Both options can be specified more than once.
+#
+# NOTE: Whenever these options are changed 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run.
+#
+# The default value for both options is the null string.
+#
+#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=top
+#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/usr/local/sbin
+#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/etc/rkhunter.conf
+#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/etc/rkhunter.conf.local
+#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/var/lib/rkhunter/db/*
+#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/var/lib/rkhunter/db/i18n/*
+#EXCLUDE_USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/opt/ps*
+#EXCLUDE_USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/var/lib/rkhunter/db/mirrors.dat
+#EXCLUDE_USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/var/lib/rkhunter/db/rkhunter*
+
+#
+# This option whitelists files and directories from existing, or not existing,
+# on the system at the time of testing. This option is used when the
+# configuration file options themselves are checked, and during the file
+# properties check, the hidden files and directories checks, and the filesystem
+# check of the '/dev' directory.
+#
+# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcards.
+# Be aware though that this is probably not what you want to do as the
+# wildcarding will be expanded after files have been deleted. As such
+# deleted files won't be whitelisted if wildcarded.
+#
+# NOTE: The user must take into consideration how often the file will appear
+# and disappear from the system in relation to how often rkhunter is run. If
+# the file appears, and disappears, too often then rkhunter may not notice
+# this. All it will see is that the file has changed. The inode-number and DTM
+# will certainly be different for each new file, and rkhunter will report this.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#EXISTWHITELIST=""
+
+#
+# Whitelist various attributes of the specified file. The attributes are those
+# of the 'attributes' test. Specifying a file name here does not include it
+# being whitelisted for the write permission test (see below).
+#
+# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#ATTRWHITELIST=/usr/bin/date
+
+#
+# Allow the specified file to have the 'others' (world) permission have the
+# write-bit set. For example, files with permissions r-xr-xrwx or rwxrwxrwx.
+#
+# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#WRITEWHITELIST=/usr/bin/date
+
+#
+# Allow the specified file to be a script.
+#
+# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#SCRIPTWHITELIST=/usr/bin/groups
+
+#
+# Allow the specified file to have the immutable attribute set.
+#
+# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#IMMUTWHITELIST=/sbin/ifdown
+
+#
+# If this option is set to '1', then the immutable-bit test is reversed. That
+# is, the files are expected to have the bit set. A value of '0' means that the
+# immutable-bit should not be set.
+#
+# The default value is '0'.
+#
+#IMMUTABLE_SET=0
+
+#
+# Allow the specified hidden directory to be whitelisted.
+#
+# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#ALLOWHIDDENDIR=/etc/.java
+#ALLOWHIDDENDIR=/dev/.udev
+#ALLOWHIDDENDIR=/dev/.udevdb
+#ALLOWHIDDENDIR=/dev/.mdadm
+
+#
+# Allow the specified hidden file to be whitelisted.
+#
+# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#ALLOWHIDDENFILE=/usr/share/man/man1/..1.gz
+#ALLOWHIDDENFILE=/usr/bin/.fipscheck.hmac
+#ALLOWHIDDENFILE=/usr/bin/.ssh.hmac
+#ALLOWHIDDENFILE=/usr/lib/.libfipscheck.so.1.1.0.hmac
+#ALLOWHIDDENFILE=/usr/lib/hmaccalc/sha1hmac.hmac
+#ALLOWHIDDENFILE=/usr/lib/hmaccalc/sha256hmac.hmac
+#ALLOWHIDDENFILE=/usr/sbin/.sshd.hmac
+
+#
+# Allow the specified process to use deleted files. The process name may be
+# followed by a colon-separated list of full pathnames. The process will then
+# only be whitelisted if it is using one of the given files. For example:
+#
+# ALLOWPROCDELFILE=/usr/libexec/gconfd-2:/tmp/abc:/var/tmp/xyz
+#
+# This option may be specified more than once. It may also use wildcards, but
+# only in the file names.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#ALLOWPROCDELFILE=/sbin/cardmgr
+#ALLOWPROCDELFILE=/usr/sbin/mysqld:/tmp/ib*
+
+#
+# Allow the specified process to listen on any network interface.
+#
+# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#ALLOWPROCLISTEN=/sbin/dhclient
+#ALLOWPROCLISTEN=/usr/bin/dhcpcd
+#ALLOWPROCLISTEN=/usr/sbin/tcpdump
+#ALLOWPROCLISTEN=/usr/sbin/snort-plain
+
+#
+# Allow the specified network interfaces to be in promiscuous mode.
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of interface names. The option may be
+# specified more than once.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#ALLOWPROMISCIF=eth0
+
+#
+# This option specifies how rkhunter should scan the '/dev' directory for
+# suspicious files. The only allowed values are 'THOROUGH' and 'LAZY'.
+#
+# A THOROUGH scan will increase the overall runtime of rkhunter. Despite this,
+# it is highly recommended that this value is used.
+#
+# The default value is 'THOROUGH'.
+#
+# Also see the ALLOWDEVFILE option.
+#
+#SCAN_MODE_DEV=THOROUGH
+
+#
+# Allow the specified file to be present in the '/dev' directory, and not
+# regarded as suspicious.
+#
+# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#ALLOWDEVFILE=/dev/shm/pulse-shm-*
+#ALLOWDEVFILE=/dev/shm/sem.ADBE_*
+
+#
+# This option is used to indicate if the Phalanx2 test is to perform a basic
+# check, or a more thorough check. If the option is set to '0', then a basic
+# check is performed. If it is set to '1', then all the directories in the
+# '/etc' and '/usr' directories are scanned.
+#
+# NOTE: Setting this option to '1' will cause the test to take longer
+# to complete.
+#
+# The default value is '0'.
+#
+#PHALANX2_DIRTEST=0
+
+#
+# This option tells rkhunter where the inetd configuration file is located.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#INETD_CONF_PATH=/etc/inetd.conf
+
+#
+# This option allows the specified enabled inetd services.
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of service names. The option may be specified
+# more than once.
+#
+# For non-Solaris users the simple service name should be used.
+# For example:
+#
+# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=echo
+#
+# For Solaris 9 users the simple service name should also be used, but
+# if it is an RPC service, then the executable pathname should be used.
+# For example:
+#
+# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=imaps
+# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=/usr/sbin/rpc.metad /usr/sbin/rpc.metamhd
+#
+# For Solaris 10 users the service/FMRI name should be used. For example:
+#
+# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=/network/rpc/meta
+# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=/network/rpc/metamed
+# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=/application/font/stfsloader
+# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=/network/rpc-100235_1/rpc_ticotsord
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=echo
+
+#
+# This option tells rkhunter where the xinetd configuration file is located.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#XINETD_CONF_PATH=/etc/xinetd.conf
+
+#
+# This option allows the specified enabled xinetd services. Whilst it would be
+# nice to use the service names themselves, at the time of testing we only have
+# the pathname available. As such, these entries are the xinetd file pathnames.
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of service names. The option may be specified
+# more than once.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#XINETD_ALLOWED_SVC=/etc/xinetd.d/echo
+
+#
+# This option tells rkhunter the local system startup file pathnames. The
+# directories will be searched for files. By default rkhunter will try and
+# determine were the startup files are located. If the option is set to 'NONE',
+# then certain tests will be skipped.
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of file and directory pathnames. The option
+# may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters.
+#
+# This option has no default value.
+#
+#STARTUP_PATHS=/etc/rc.d /etc/rc.local
+
+#
+# This option tells rkhunter the pathname to the file containing the user
+# account passwords. This setting will be worked out by rkhunter, and so
+# should not usually need to be set. Users of TCB shadow files should not
+# set this option.
+#
+# This option has no default value.
+#
+#PASSWORD_FILE=/etc/shadow
+
+#
+# This option allows the specified accounts to be root equivalent. These
+# accounts will have a UID value of zero. The 'root' account does not need
+# to be listed as it is automatically whitelisted.
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of account names. The option may be specified
+# more than once.
+#
+# NOTE: For *BSD systems you will probably need to use this option for the
+# 'toor' account.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#UID0_ACCOUNTS=toor rooty
+
+#
+# This option allows the specified accounts to have no password. NIS/YP entries
+# do not need to be listed as they are automatically whitelisted.
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of account names. The option may be specified
+# more than once.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#PWDLESS_ACCOUNTS=abc
+
+#
+# This option tells rkhunter the pathname to the syslog configuration file.
+# This setting will be worked out by rkhunter, and so should not usually need
+# to be set. A value of 'NONE' can be used to indicate that there is no
+# configuration file, but that the syslog daemon process may be running.
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of pathnames. The option may be specified
+# more than once.
+#
+# This option has no default value.
+#
+#SYSLOG_CONFIG_FILE=/etc/syslog.conf
+
+#
+# If this option is set to '1', then the use of syslog remote logging is
+# permitted. A value of '0' disallows the use of remote logging.
+#
+# The default value is '0'.
+#
+#ALLOW_SYSLOG_REMOTE_LOGGING=0
+
+#
+# This option allows the specified applications, or a specific version of an
+# application, to be whitelisted. If a specific version is to be whitelisted,
+# then the name must be followed by a colon and then the version number.
+# For example:
+#
+# APP_WHITELIST=openssl:0.9.7d gpg httpd:1.3.29
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of pathnames. The option may be specified
+# more than once.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#APP_WHITELIST=""
+
+#
+# Set this option to scan for suspicious files in directories which pose a
+# relatively higher risk due to user write access.
+#
+# Please do not enable the 'suspscan' test by default as it is CPU and I/O
+# intensive, and prone to producing false positives. Do review all settings
+# before usage. Also be aware that running 'suspscan' in combination with
+# verbose logging on, rkhunter's default, will show all ignored files.
+#
+# Please consider adding all directories the user the (web)server runs as,
+# and has write access to, including the document root (e.g: '/var/www') and
+# log directories (e.g: '/var/log/httpd').
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of directory pathnames. The option may be
+# specified more than once.
+#
+# The default value is the '/tmp' and '/var/tmp' directories.
+#
+#SUSPSCAN_DIRS=/tmp /var/tmp
+
+#
+# This option specifies the directory for temporary files used by the
+# 'suspscan' test. A memory-based directory, such as a tempfs filesystem, is
+# better (faster). Do not use a directory name that is listed in SUSPSCAN_DIRS
+# as that is highly likely to cause false-positive results.
+#
+# The default value is '/dev/shm'.
+#
+#SUSPSCAN_TEMP=/dev/shm
+
+#
+# This option specifies the 'suspscan' test maximum filesize in bytes. Files
+# larger than this will not be inspected. Do make sure you have enough space
+# available in your temporary files directory.
+#
+# The default value is '1024000'.
+#
+#SUSPSCAN_MAXSIZE=10240000
+
+#
+# This option specifies the 'suspscan' test score threshold. Below this value
+# no hits will be reported.
+#
+# The default value is '200'.
+#
+#SUSPSCAN_THRESH=200
+
+#
+# The following options can be used to whitelist network ports which are known
+# to have been used by malware.
+#
+# The PORT_WHITELIST option is a space-separated list of one or more of two
+# types of whitelisting. These are:
+#
+# 1) a 'protocol:port' pair
+# 2) an asterisk ('*')
+#
+# Only the UDP or TCP protocol may be specified, and the port number must be
+# between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
+#
+# The asterisk can be used to indicate that any executable which rkhunter can
+# locate as a command, is whitelisted. (Also see BINDIR)
+#
+# The PORT_PATH_WHITELIST option specifies one of two types of whitelisting.
+# These are:
+#
+# 1) a pathname to an executable
+# 2) a combined pathname, protocol and port
+#
+# As above, the protocol can only be TCP or UDP, and the port number must be
+# between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
+#
+# Examples:
+#
+# PORT_WHITELIST=TCP:2001 UDP:32011
+# PORT_PATH_WHITELIST=/usr/sbin/squid
+# PORT_PATH_WHITELIST=/usr/sbin/squid:TCP:3801
+#
+# NOTE: In order to whitelist a pathname, or use the asterisk option, the
+# 'lsof' command must be present.
+#
+# Both options may be specified more than once.
+#
+# The default value for both options is the null string.
+#
+#PORT_WHITELIST=""
+#PORT_PATH_WHITELIST=""
+
+#
+# The following option can be used to tell rkhunter where the operating system
+# 'release' file is located. This file contains information specifying the
+# current O/S version. RKH will store this information, and check to see if it
+# has changed between each run. If it has changed, then the user is warned that
+# RKH may issue warning messages until RKH has been run with the '--propupd'
+# option.
+#
+# Since the contents of the file vary according to the O/S distribution, RKH
+# will perform different actions when it detects the file itself. As such, this
+# option should not be set unless necessary. If this option is specified, then
+# RKH will assume the O/S release information is on the first non-blank line of
+# the file.
+#
+# This option has no default value.
+#
+# Also see the WARN_ON_OS_CHANGE and UPDT_ON_OS_CHANGE options.
+#
+#OS_VERSION_FILE=/etc/release
+
+#
+# Set the following option to '0' if you do not want to receive a warning if any
+# O/S information has changed since the last run of 'rkhunter --propupd'. The
+# warnings occur during the file properties check. Setting a value of '1' will
+# cause rkhunter to issue a warning if something has changed.
+#
+# The default value is '1'.
+#
+#WARN_ON_OS_CHANGE=1
+
+#
+# Set the following option to '1' if you want rkhunter to automatically run a
+# file properties update ('--propupd') if the O/S has changed. Detection of an
+# O/S change occurs during the file properties check. Setting a value of '0'
+# will cause rkhunter not to do an automatic update.
+#
+# WARNING: Only set this option if you are sure that the update will work
+# correctly. That is, that the database directory is writeable, that a valid
+# hash function is available, and so on. This can usually be checked simply by
+# running 'rkhunter --propupd' at least once.
+#
+# The default value is '0'.
+#
+#UPDT_ON_OS_CHANGE=0
+
+#
+# The following two options can be used to whitelist files and directories that
+# would normally be flagged with a warning during the various rootkit and
+# malware checks. Only existing files and directories can be specified, and
+# these must be full pathnames not links.
+#
+# Additionally, the RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST option may include a string after the
+# file name (separated by a colon). This will then only whitelist that string
+# in that file (as part of the malware checks). For example:
+#
+# RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST=/etc/rc.local:hdparm
+#
+# If the option list includes the filename on its own as well, then the file
+# will be whitelisted from rootkit checks of the files existence, but still
+# only the specific string within the file will be whitelisted. For example:
+#
+# RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST=/etc/rc.local
+# RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST=/etc/rc.local:hdparm
+#
+# To whitelist a file from the existence checks, but not from the strings
+# checks, then include the filename on its own and on its own but with just
+# a colon appended. For example:
+#
+# RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST=/etc/rc.local
+# RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST=/etc/rc.local:
+#
+# NOTE: It is recommended that if you whitelist any files, then you include
+# those files in the file properties check. See the USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS
+# configuration option.
+#
+# Both of these options may be specified more than once.
+#
+# For both options the default value is the null string.
+#
+#RTKT_DIR_WHITELIST=""
+#RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST=""
+
+#
+# The following option can be used to whitelist shared library files that would
+# normally be flagged with a warning during the preloaded shared library check.
+# These library pathnames usually exist in the '/etc/ld.so.preload' file or in
+# the LD_PRELOAD environment variable.
+#
+# NOTE: It is recommended that if you whitelist any files, then you include
+# those files in the file properties check. See the USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS
+# configuration option.
+#
+# This option is a space-separated list of library pathnames. The option may be
+# specified more than once.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#SHARED_LIB_WHITELIST=/lib/snoopy.so
+
+#
+# To force rkhunter to use the supplied script for the 'stat' or 'readlink'
+# command the following two options can be used. The value must be set to
+# 'BUILTIN'.
+#
+# NOTE: IRIX users will probably need to enable STAT_CMD.
+#
+# For both options the default value is the null string.
+#
+#STAT_CMD=BUILTIN
+#READLINK_CMD=BUILTIN
+
+#
+# In the file properties test any modification date/time is displayed as the
+# number of epoch seconds. Rkhunter will try and use the 'date' command, or
+# failing that the 'perl' command, to display the date and time in a
+# human-readable format as well. This option may be used if some other command
+# should be used instead. The given command must understand the '%s' and
+# 'seconds ago' options found in the GNU 'date' command.
+#
+# A value of 'NONE' may be used to request that only the epoch seconds be shown.
+# A value of 'PERL' may be used to force rkhunter to use the 'perl' command, if
+# it is present.
+#
+# This option has no default value.
+#
+#EPOCH_DATE_CMD=""
+
+#
+# This setting tells rkhunter the directory containing the available Linux
+# kernel modules. This setting will be worked out by rkhunter, and so should
+# not usually need to be set.
+#
+# This option has no default value.
+#
+#MODULES_DIR=""
+
+#
+# The following option can be set to a command which rkhunter will use when
+# downloading files from the Internet - that is, when the '--update' or
+# '--versioncheck' option is used. The command can take options.
+#
+# This allows the user to use a command other than the one automatically
+# selected by rkhunter, but still one which it already knows about.
+# For example:
+#
+# WEB_CMD=curl
+#
+# Alternatively, the user may specify a completely new command. However, note
+# that rkhunter expects the downloaded file to be written to stdout, and that
+# everything written to stderr is ignored. For example:
+#
+# WEB_CMD="/opt/bin/dlfile --timeout 5m -q"
+#
+# *BSD users may want to use the 'ftp' command, provided that it supports the
+# HTTP protocol:
+#
+# WEB_CMD="ftp -o -"
+#
+# This option has no default value.
+#
+#WEB_CMD=""
+
+#
+# Set the following option to '1' if locking is to be used when rkhunter runs.
+# The lock is set just before logging starts, and is removed when the program
+# ends. It is used to prevent items such as the log file, and the file
+# properties file, from becoming corrupted if rkhunter is running more than
+# once. The mechanism used is to simply create a lock file in the TMPDIR
+# directory. If the lock file already exists, because rkhunter is already
+# running, then the current process simply loops around sleeping for 10 seconds
+# and then retrying the lock. A value of '0' means not to use locking.
+#
+# The default value is '0'.
+#
+# Also see the LOCK_TIMEOUT and SHOW_LOCK_MSGS options.
+#
+#USE_LOCKING=0
+
+#
+# If locking is used, then rkhunter may have to wait to get the lock file.
+# This option sets the total amount of time, in seconds, that rkhunter should
+# wait. It will retry the lock every 10 seconds, until either it obtains the
+# lock or the timeout value has been reached.
+#
+# The default value is 300 seconds (5 minutes).
+#
+#LOCK_TIMEOUT=300
+
+#
+# If locking is used, then rkhunter may be doing nothing for some time if it
+# has to wait for the lock. If this option is set to '1', then some simple
+# messages are echoed to the users screen to let them know that rkhunter is
+# waiting for the lock. Set this option to '0' if the messages are not to be
+# displayed.
+#
+# The default value is '1'.
+#
+#SHOW_LOCK_MSGS=1
+
+#
+# If this option is set to 'THOROUGH' then rkhunter will search (on a per
+# rootkit basis) for filenames in all of the directories (as defined by the
+# result of running 'find / -xdev'). While still not optimal, as it still
+# searches for only file names as opposed to file contents, this is one step
+# away from the rigidity of searching in known (evidence) or default
+# (installation) locations.
+#
+# THIS OPTION SHOULD NOT BE ENABLED BY DEFAULT.
+#
+# You should only activate this feature as part of a more thorough
+# investigation, which should be based on relevant best practices and
+# procedures.
+#
+# Enabling this feature implies you have the knowledge to interpret the
+# results properly.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#SCANROOTKITMODE=THOROUGH
+
+#
+# The following option can be set to the name(s) of the tests the 'unhide'
+# command is to use. Options such as '-m' and '-v' may be specified, but will
+# only take effect when they are seen. The test names are a space-separated
+# list, and will be executed in the order given.
+#
+# This option may be specified more than once.
+#
+# The default value is 'sys' in order to maintain compatibility with older
+# versions of 'unhide'.
+#
+#UNHIDE_TESTS=sys
+
+#
+# The following option can be used to set options for the 'unhide-tcp' command.
+# The options are space-separated.
+#
+# This option may be specified more than once.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#UNHIDETCP_OPTS=""
+
+#
+# If both the C 'unhide', and Ruby 'unhide.rb', programs exist on the system,
+# then it is possible to disable the execution of one of the programs if
+# desired. By default rkhunter will look for both programs, and execute each
+# of them as they are found. If the value of this option is '0', then both
+# programs will be executed if they are present. A value of '1' will disable
+# execution of the C 'unhide' program, and a value of '2' will disable the Ruby
+# 'unhide.rb' program. To disable both programs, then disable the
+# 'hidden_procs' test.
+#
+# The default value is '0'.
+#
+#DISABLE_UNHIDE=0
+
+#
+# This option can be set to either '0' or '1'. If set to '1' then the summary,
+# shown after rkhunter has run, will display the actual number of warnings
+# found. If it is set to '0', then the summary will simply indicate that
+# 'One or more' warnings were found. If no warnings were found, and this option
+# is set to '1', then a "0" will be shown. If the option is set to '0', then
+# the words 'No warnings' will be shown.
+#
+# The default value is '0'.
+#
+#SHOW_SUMMARY_WARNINGS_NUMBER=0
+
+#
+# This option is used to determine where, if anywhere, the summary scan time is
+# displayed. A value of '0' indicates that it should not be displayed anywhere.
+# A value of '1' indicates that the time should only appear on the screen, and a
+# value of '2' that it should only appear in the log file. A value of '3'
+# indicates that the time taken should appear both on the screen and in the log
+# file.
+#
+# The default value is '3'.
+#
+#SHOW_SUMMARY_TIME=3
+
+#
+# The two options below may be used to check if a file is missing or empty
+# (that is, it has a size of zero). The EMPTY_LOGFILES option will also check
+# if the file is missing, since that can be interpreted as a file of no size.
+# However, the file will only be reported as missing if the MISSING_LOGFILES
+# option hasn't already done this.
+#
+# Both options are space-separated lists of pathnames, and may be specified
+# more than once.
+#
+# NOTE: Log files are usually 'rotated' by some mechanism. At that time it is
+# perfectly possible for the file to be either missing or empty. As such these
+# options may produce false-positive warnings when log files are rotated.
+#
+# For both options the default value is the null string.
+#
+#EMPTY_LOGFILES=""
+#MISSING_LOGFILES=""
--- /dev/null
+#!/bin/sh
+if [ -x /usr/sbin/checkarray ] && [ $(date +\%d) -le 7 ]; then
+ /usr/sbin/checkarray --cron --all --idle --quiet
+fi
# Note that you can use only modes which your graphic card supports via VBE.
# You can see them in real GRUB with the command `vbeinfo'.
#GRUB_GFXMODE=640x480
+GRUB_GFXMODE=800x600
# Path to theme spec txt file.
# The starfield is by default provided with use truetype.
# A ServerID is required by RFC2131.
require dhcp_server_identifier
+# Generate Stable Private IPv6 Addresses instead of hardware based ones
+slaac private
+
# A hook script is provided to lookup the hostname if not set by the DHCP
# server, but it should not be run by default.
nohook lookup-hostname
+++ /dev/null
-PRELINK_PATH_MASK=/usr/lib64/libfreebl3.so:/usr/lib64/libnssdbm3.so:/usr/lib64/libsoftokn3.so
--- /dev/null
+PRELINK_PATH_MASK=/usr/lib64/libfreebl3.so:/usr/lib64/libnssdbm3.so:/usr/lib64/libsoftokn3.so
${APACHE2} ${APACHE2_OPTS} -k stop
local i=0 retval=0
- while ( test -f "${PIDFILE}" && pgrep -P ${PID} apache2 >/dev/null ) \
+ while ( test -f "${PIDFILE}" || pgrep -P ${PID} apache2 >/dev/null ) \
&& [ $i -lt ${TIMEOUT} ]; do
sleep 1 && i=$(expr $i + 1)
done
#!/sbin/runscript
-# Copyright 1999-2013 Gentoo Foundation
+# Copyright 1999-2014 Gentoo Foundation
# Distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public License v2
-# $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo-x86/sys-fs/lvm2/files/device-mapper.rc-2.02.95-r2,v 1.2 2013/04/09 11:00:26 ssuominen Exp $
+# $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo-x86/sys-fs/lvm2/files/device-mapper.rc-2.02.105-r2,v 1.1 2014/02/02 19:52:34 robbat2 Exp $
depend() {
# As of .67-r1, we call ALL lvm start/stop scripts with --sysinit, that
return ${retval}
}
+# char **build_dmsetup_command(volume)
+#
+# Returns complete dmsetup command given single volume name
+build_dmsetup_command() {
+ local count dmsetup_cmd
+
+ # Number of lines mentioning volume name
+ count=$(grep -v -e '^[[:space:]]*\(#\|$\)' /etc/dmtab | grep -c ${1})
+
+ # If there's just one line:
+ if [ ${count} -eq 1 ] ; then
+ echo "echo $(grep -v -e '^[[:space:]]*\(#\|$\)' /etc/dmtab | \
+ grep ${1} | awk '{$1=""; print $0}') | /sbin/dmsetup create ${1}"
+
+ # For all cases with more lines:
+ elif [ ${count} -gt 1 ] ; then
+ for c in $( seq 1 ${count} ) ; do
+ if [ ${c} -eq 1 ] ; then
+ # Heavy escaping in awk-statement because we cannot use apostrophes
+ dmsetup_cmd="echo -e $(grep -v -e '^[[:space:]]*\(#\|$\)' /etc/dmtab | \
+ grep ${1} | awk NR==${c}\ \{\$1=\"\"\;\ print\ \$0\})"
+ else
+ # Append starting with newline
+ dmsetup_cmd="${dmsetup_cmd}\\\\n \
+ $(grep -v -e '^[[:space:]]*\(#\|$\)' /etc/dmtab | \
+ grep ${1} | awk NR==${c}\ \{\$1=\"\"\;\ print\ \$0\})"
+ fi
+ done
+ echo "${dmsetup_cmd} | /sbin/dmsetup create ${1}"
+ fi
+
+ return 0
+}
+
# char **get_new_dm_volumes(void)
#
-# Return dmsetup commands to setup volumes
+# Return unique volumes from /etc/dmtab
get_new_dm_volumes() {
- local volume params
+ local volume
# Filter comments and blank lines
grep -v -e '^[[:space:]]*\(#\|$\)' /etc/dmtab | \
- while read volume params ; do
+ awk '{ print $1 }' | \
+ uniq | \
+ while read volume ; do
# If it exists, skip it
dmvolume_exists "${volume%:}" && continue
- # Assemble the command to run to create volume
- echo "echo ${params} | /sbin/dmsetup create ${volume%:}"
+
+ echo "${volume%:}"
done
return 0
if [ -x /sbin/dmsetup -a -c /dev/mapper/control -a -f /etc/dmtab ] ; then
[ -n "$(get_new_dm_volumes)" ] && \
einfo " Setting up device-mapper volumes:"
-
+
get_new_dm_volumes | \
while read x ; do
[ -n "${x}" ] || continue
-
+
volume="${x##* }"
-
+
ebegin " Creating volume: ${volume}"
- if ! eval "${x}" >/dev/null 2>/dev/null ; then
+ if ! eval $(build_dmsetup_command ${volume}) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null ; then
eend 1 " Error creating volume: ${volume}"
# dmsetup still adds an empty volume in some cases,
# so lets remove it
#!/sbin/runscript
-# Copyright 1999-2013 Gentoo Foundation
+# Copyright 1999-2014 Gentoo Foundation
# Distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public License v2
-# $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo-x86/sys-fs/lvm2/files/dmeventd.initd-2.02.67-r1,v 1.2 2013/04/09 11:00:26 ssuominen Exp $
+# $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo-x86/sys-fs/lvm2/files/dmeventd.initd-2.02.67-r1,v 1.3 2014/02/08 21:17:46 robbat2 Exp $
+
+PIDFILE=/run/dmeventd.pid
+BIN=/sbin/dmeventd
depend() {
# As of .67-r1, we call ALL lvm start/stop scripts with --sysinit, that
start() {
ebegin "Starting dmeventd"
- start-stop-daemon --start --exec /sbin/dmeventd --pidfile /var/run/dmeventd.pid
+ start-stop-daemon --start --exec $BIN --pidfile $PIDFILE
eend $?
}
stop() {
ebegin "Stopping dmeventd"
- start-stop-daemon --stop --exec /sbin/dmeventd --pidfile /var/run/dmeventd.pid
+ start-stop-daemon --stop --exec $BIN --pidfile $PIDFILE
eend $?
}
#!/sbin/runscript
-# Copyright 1999-2013 Gentoo Foundation
+# Copyright 1999-2014 Gentoo Foundation
# Distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public License v2
-# $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo-x86/sys-fs/lvm2/files/lvm.rc-2.02.95-r2,v 1.2 2013/04/09 11:00:26 ssuominen Exp $
+# $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo-x86/sys-fs/lvm2/files/lvm.rc-2.02.105-r2,v 1.1 2014/02/02 19:52:34 robbat2 Exp $
depend() {
- use dmeventd
before checkfs fsck
- after dmeventd modules device-mapper
+ after modules device-mapper
+ need lvmetad sysfs
}
config='global { locking_dir = "/run/lock/lvm" }'
einfo "Shutting down the Logical Volume Manager"
- VGS=$($lvm_path vgs --config "${config}" -o vg_name --noheadings --nosuffix 2> /dev/null)
+ VGS=$($lvm_path vgs --config "${config}" -o vg_name --noheadings --nosuffix --rows 2> /dev/null)
if [ "$VGS" ]
then
# Extra PV find pass because some devices might not have been available until very recently
lvm_commands="${lvm_commands}lvchange --sysinit -a ln ${VGS}\n"
# Now make the nodes
- lvm_commands="${lvm_commands}vgchange --sysinit -a ln\n"
+ lvm_commands="${lvm_commands}vgchange --sysinit -a ln ${VGS}\n"
# Order of this is important, have to work around dash and LVM readline
printf "%b\n" "${lvm_commands}" | $lvm_path /proc/self/fd/0 --config "${config}" >/dev/null
- eend $? "Failed"
+ eend $? "Failed (possibly some LVs still needed for /usr or root)"
fi
- einfo "Finished Shutting down the Logical Volume Manager"
+ einfo "Finished shutting down the Logical Volume Manager"
+ return 0
fi
}
#!/sbin/runscript
-# Copyright 1999-2013 Gentoo Foundation
+# Copyright 1999-2014 Gentoo Foundation
# Distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public License v2
-# $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo-x86/sys-fs/lvm2/files/lvm-monitoring.initd-2.02.67-r2,v 1.4 2013/04/09 11:00:26 ssuominen Exp $
+# $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo-x86/sys-fs/lvm2/files/lvm-monitoring.initd-2.02.105-r2,v 1.1 2014/02/02 19:52:34 robbat2 Exp $
# This script is based on upstream file
# LVM2.2.02.67/scripts/lvm2_monitoring_init_red_hat.in
start() {
ret=0
# TODO do we want to separate out already active groups only?
- VGSLIST=`$VGS --noheadings -o name 2> /dev/null`
- for vg in $VGSLIST
- do
- ebegin "Starting LVM monitoring for VG $vg:"
- $VGCHANGE --monitor y --poll y $vg
- ret2=$?
- eend $ret2
- [ $ret2 -ne 0 ] && ret=$ret2
- done
+ VGSLIST=`$VGS --noheadings -o name --rows 2> /dev/null`
+ ebegin "Starting LVM monitoring for VGs ${VGSLIST}:"
+ $VGCHANGE --monitor y --poll y ${VGSLIST}
+ ret=$?
+ eend $ret
return $ret
+
}
stop() {
ret=0
# TODO do we want to separate out already active groups only?
- VGSLIST=`$VGS --noheadings -o name 2> /dev/null`
- for vg in $VGSLIST
- do
- ebegin "Stopping LVM monitoring for VG $vg:"
- $VGCHANGE --monitor n $vg
- ret2=$?
- eend $ret2
- [ $ret2 -ne 0 ] && ret=$ret2
- done
+ VGSLIST=`$VGS --noheadings -o name --rows 2> /dev/null`
+ ebegin "Stopping LVM monitoring for VGs ${VGSLIST}:"
+ $VGCHANGE --monitor n ${VGSLIST}
+ ret=$?
+ eend $ret
return $ret
}
--- /dev/null
+#!/sbin/runscript
+# Copyright 1999-2014 Gentoo Foundation
+# Distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public License v2
+# $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo-x86/sys-fs/lvm2/files/lvmetad.initd-2.02.105-r2,v 1.2 2014/02/08 21:17:46 robbat2 Exp $
+
+pidfile="/run/lvmetad.pid"
+command="/sbin/lvmetad"
+command_args="${LVMETAD_OPTS:=-p ${pidfile}}"
+start_stop_daemon_args="--pidfile ${pidfile}"
+
+depend() {
+ :
+}
#!/sbin/runscript
-# Copyright 1999-2011 Gentoo Foundation
+# Copyright 1999-2014 Gentoo Foundation
# Distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public License v2
-# $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo-x86/net-analyzer/nagios-core/files/nagios3,v 1.2 2011/12/30 15:34:02 polynomial-c Exp $
+# $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo-x86/net-analyzer/nagios-core/files/nagios3,v 1.3 2014/02/05 13:29:09 pinkbyte Exp $
extra_commands="checkconfig"
extra_started_commands="reload"
}
checkconfig() {
- ebegin "Verifiyng config files"
+ ebegin "Verifying config files"
# Silent Check
/usr/sbin/nagios -v ${nagios_config} &>/dev/null && return 0
#!/sbin/runscript
-# Copyright 1999-2013 Gentoo Foundation
+# Copyright 1999-2014 Gentoo Foundation
# Distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public License v2
-# $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo-x86/app-admin/ulogd/files/ulogd-2-ng.init,v 1.1 2013/12/17 21:38:07 hwoarang Exp $
+# $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo-x86/app-admin/ulogd/files/ulogd-2-ng.init,v 1.2 2014/08/22 10:31:59 dlan Exp $
ULOGD_PIDFILE="/run/ulogd.pid"
-ULOGD_EXEC="/usr/sbin/ulogd"
+ULOGD_BINARY="/usr/sbin/ulogd"
ULOGD_OPTS="--daemon --uid ulogd --pidfile ${ULOGD_PIDFILE}"
extra_started_commands="reload reopen_logs"
depend() {
- need net
+ before iptables ip6tables ebtables firewall
+ after mysql postgresql
}
start() {
ebegin "Starting ${SVCNAME}"
- start-stop-daemon --start --quiet \
- --exec ${ULOGD_EXEC} \
+ start-stop-daemon --start \
+ --exec ${ULOGD_BINARY} --pidfile ${ULOGD_PIDFILE} \
-- ${ULOGD_OPTS}
eend $?
}
--- /dev/null
+#
+# Automatically generated file; DO NOT EDIT.
+# Linux/x86 3.14.14-gentoo Kernel Configuration
+#
+
+#
+# Gentoo Linux
+#
+CONFIG_GENTOO_LINUX=y
+CONFIG_GENTOO_LINUX_UDEV=y
+
+#
+# Support for init systems, system and service managers
+#
+CONFIG_GENTOO_LINUX_INIT_SCRIPT=y
+CONFIG_GENTOO_LINUX_INIT_SYSTEMD=y
+CONFIG_64BIT=y
+CONFIG_X86_64=y
+CONFIG_X86=y
+CONFIG_INSTRUCTION_DECODER=y
+CONFIG_OUTPUT_FORMAT="elf64-x86-64"
+CONFIG_ARCH_DEFCONFIG="arch/x86/configs/x86_64_defconfig"
+CONFIG_LOCKDEP_SUPPORT=y
+CONFIG_STACKTRACE_SUPPORT=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_LATENCYTOP_SUPPORT=y
+CONFIG_MMU=y
+CONFIG_NEED_DMA_MAP_STATE=y
+CONFIG_NEED_SG_DMA_LENGTH=y
+CONFIG_GENERIC_ISA_DMA=y
+CONFIG_GENERIC_BUG=y
+CONFIG_GENERIC_BUG_RELATIVE_POINTERS=y
+CONFIG_GENERIC_HWEIGHT=y
+CONFIG_ARCH_MAY_HAVE_PC_FDC=y
+CONFIG_RWSEM_XCHGADD_ALGORITHM=y
+CONFIG_GENERIC_CALIBRATE_DELAY=y
+CONFIG_ARCH_HAS_CPU_RELAX=y
+CONFIG_ARCH_HAS_CACHE_LINE_SIZE=y
+CONFIG_ARCH_HAS_CPU_AUTOPROBE=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_SETUP_PER_CPU_AREA=y
+CONFIG_NEED_PER_CPU_EMBED_FIRST_CHUNK=y
+CONFIG_NEED_PER_CPU_PAGE_FIRST_CHUNK=y
+CONFIG_ARCH_HIBERNATION_POSSIBLE=y
+CONFIG_ARCH_SUSPEND_POSSIBLE=y
+CONFIG_ARCH_WANT_HUGE_PMD_SHARE=y
+CONFIG_ARCH_WANT_GENERAL_HUGETLB=y
+CONFIG_ZONE_DMA32=y
+CONFIG_AUDIT_ARCH=y
+CONFIG_ARCH_SUPPORTS_OPTIMIZED_INLINING=y
+CONFIG_ARCH_SUPPORTS_DEBUG_PAGEALLOC=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_INTEL_TXT=y
+CONFIG_X86_64_SMP=y
+CONFIG_X86_HT=y
+CONFIG_ARCH_HWEIGHT_CFLAGS="-fcall-saved-rdi -fcall-saved-rsi -fcall-saved-rdx -fcall-saved-rcx -fcall-saved-r8 -fcall-saved-r9 -fcall-saved-r10 -fcall-saved-r11"
+CONFIG_ARCH_SUPPORTS_UPROBES=y
+CONFIG_DEFCONFIG_LIST="/lib/modules/$UNAME_RELEASE/.config"
+CONFIG_IRQ_WORK=y
+CONFIG_BUILDTIME_EXTABLE_SORT=y
+
+#
+# General setup
+#
+CONFIG_INIT_ENV_ARG_LIMIT=32
+CONFIG_CROSS_COMPILE=""
+# CONFIG_COMPILE_TEST is not set
+CONFIG_LOCALVERSION=""
+# CONFIG_LOCALVERSION_AUTO is not set
+CONFIG_HAVE_KERNEL_GZIP=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_KERNEL_BZIP2=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_KERNEL_LZMA=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_KERNEL_XZ=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_KERNEL_LZO=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_KERNEL_LZ4=y
+CONFIG_KERNEL_GZIP=y
+# CONFIG_KERNEL_BZIP2 is not set
+# CONFIG_KERNEL_LZMA is not set
+# CONFIG_KERNEL_XZ is not set
+# CONFIG_KERNEL_LZO is not set
+# CONFIG_KERNEL_LZ4 is not set
+CONFIG_DEFAULT_HOSTNAME="uhu1"
+CONFIG_SWAP=y
+CONFIG_SYSVIPC=y
+CONFIG_SYSVIPC_SYSCTL=y
+CONFIG_POSIX_MQUEUE=y
+CONFIG_POSIX_MQUEUE_SYSCTL=y
+CONFIG_FHANDLE=y
+CONFIG_AUDIT=y
+CONFIG_AUDITSYSCALL=y
+CONFIG_AUDIT_WATCH=y
+CONFIG_AUDIT_TREE=y
+
+#
+# IRQ subsystem
+#
+CONFIG_GENERIC_IRQ_PROBE=y
+CONFIG_GENERIC_IRQ_SHOW=y
+CONFIG_GENERIC_PENDING_IRQ=y
+CONFIG_IRQ_FORCED_THREADING=y
+CONFIG_SPARSE_IRQ=y
+CONFIG_CLOCKSOURCE_WATCHDOG=y
+CONFIG_ARCH_CLOCKSOURCE_DATA=y
+CONFIG_GENERIC_TIME_VSYSCALL=y
+CONFIG_GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS=y
+CONFIG_GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS_BUILD=y
+CONFIG_GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS_BROADCAST=y
+CONFIG_GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS_MIN_ADJUST=y
+CONFIG_GENERIC_CMOS_UPDATE=y
+
+#
+# Timers subsystem
+#
+CONFIG_TICK_ONESHOT=y
+CONFIG_NO_HZ_COMMON=y
+# CONFIG_HZ_PERIODIC is not set
+CONFIG_NO_HZ_IDLE=y
+# CONFIG_NO_HZ_FULL is not set
+CONFIG_NO_HZ=y
+CONFIG_HIGH_RES_TIMERS=y
+
+#
+# CPU/Task time and stats accounting
+#
+CONFIG_TICK_CPU_ACCOUNTING=y
+# CONFIG_VIRT_CPU_ACCOUNTING_GEN is not set
+# CONFIG_IRQ_TIME_ACCOUNTING is not set
+CONFIG_BSD_PROCESS_ACCT=y
+CONFIG_BSD_PROCESS_ACCT_V3=y
+CONFIG_TASKSTATS=y
+CONFIG_TASK_DELAY_ACCT=y
+CONFIG_TASK_XACCT=y
+CONFIG_TASK_IO_ACCOUNTING=y
+
+#
+# RCU Subsystem
+#
+CONFIG_TREE_RCU=y
+# CONFIG_PREEMPT_RCU is not set
+CONFIG_RCU_STALL_COMMON=y
+# CONFIG_RCU_USER_QS is not set
+CONFIG_RCU_FANOUT=64
+CONFIG_RCU_FANOUT_LEAF=16
+# CONFIG_RCU_FANOUT_EXACT is not set
+# CONFIG_RCU_FAST_NO_HZ is not set
+# CONFIG_TREE_RCU_TRACE is not set
+# CONFIG_RCU_NOCB_CPU is not set
+CONFIG_IKCONFIG=y
+CONFIG_IKCONFIG_PROC=y
+CONFIG_LOG_BUF_SHIFT=21
+CONFIG_HAVE_UNSTABLE_SCHED_CLOCK=y
+CONFIG_ARCH_SUPPORTS_NUMA_BALANCING=y
+CONFIG_ARCH_SUPPORTS_INT128=y
+CONFIG_ARCH_WANTS_PROT_NUMA_PROT_NONE=y
+# CONFIG_NUMA_BALANCING is not set
+CONFIG_CGROUPS=y
+# CONFIG_CGROUP_DEBUG is not set
+CONFIG_CGROUP_FREEZER=y
+CONFIG_CGROUP_DEVICE=y
+CONFIG_CPUSETS=y
+CONFIG_PROC_PID_CPUSET=y
+CONFIG_CGROUP_CPUACCT=y
+CONFIG_RESOURCE_COUNTERS=y
+CONFIG_MEMCG=y
+CONFIG_MEMCG_SWAP=y
+CONFIG_MEMCG_SWAP_ENABLED=y
+CONFIG_MEMCG_KMEM=y
+CONFIG_CGROUP_HUGETLB=y
+CONFIG_CGROUP_PERF=y
+CONFIG_CGROUP_SCHED=y
+CONFIG_FAIR_GROUP_SCHED=y
+CONFIG_CFS_BANDWIDTH=y
+CONFIG_RT_GROUP_SCHED=y
+CONFIG_BLK_CGROUP=y
+# CONFIG_DEBUG_BLK_CGROUP is not set
+CONFIG_CHECKPOINT_RESTORE=y
+# CONFIG_NAMESPACES is not set
+CONFIG_NET_NS=y
+# CONFIG_SCHED_AUTOGROUP is not set
+CONFIG_MM_OWNER=y
+# CONFIG_SYSFS_DEPRECATED is not set
+CONFIG_RELAY=y
+CONFIG_BLK_DEV_INITRD=y
+CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE=""
+CONFIG_RD_GZIP=y
+CONFIG_RD_BZIP2=y
+CONFIG_RD_LZMA=y
+CONFIG_RD_XZ=y
+CONFIG_RD_LZO=y
+CONFIG_RD_LZ4=y
+# CONFIG_CC_OPTIMIZE_FOR_SIZE is not set
+CONFIG_SYSCTL=y
+CONFIG_ANON_INODES=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_UID16=y
+CONFIG_SYSCTL_EXCEPTION_TRACE=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_PCSPKR_PLATFORM=y
+CONFIG_EXPERT=y
+CONFIG_UID16=y
+CONFIG_SYSCTL_SYSCALL=y
+CONFIG_KALLSYMS=y
+# CONFIG_KALLSYMS_ALL is not set
+CONFIG_PRINTK=y
+CONFIG_BUG=y
+CONFIG_ELF_CORE=y
+CONFIG_PCSPKR_PLATFORM=y
+CONFIG_BASE_FULL=y
+CONFIG_FUTEX=y
+CONFIG_EPOLL=y
+CONFIG_SIGNALFD=y
+CONFIG_TIMERFD=y
+CONFIG_EVENTFD=y
+CONFIG_SHMEM=y
+CONFIG_AIO=y
+CONFIG_PCI_QUIRKS=y
+# CONFIG_EMBEDDED is not set
+CONFIG_HAVE_PERF_EVENTS=y
+
+#
+# Kernel Performance Events And Counters
+#
+CONFIG_PERF_EVENTS=y
+# CONFIG_DEBUG_PERF_USE_VMALLOC is not set
+CONFIG_VM_EVENT_COUNTERS=y
+CONFIG_SLUB_DEBUG=y
+# CONFIG_COMPAT_BRK is not set
+# CONFIG_SLAB is not set
+CONFIG_SLUB=y
+# CONFIG_SLOB is not set
+CONFIG_SLUB_CPU_PARTIAL=y
+# CONFIG_SYSTEM_TRUSTED_KEYRING is not set
+CONFIG_PROFILING=y
+CONFIG_TRACEPOINTS=y
+# CONFIG_OPROFILE is not set
+CONFIG_HAVE_OPROFILE=y
+CONFIG_OPROFILE_NMI_TIMER=y
+CONFIG_KPROBES=y
+# CONFIG_JUMP_LABEL is not set
+CONFIG_OPTPROBES=y
+# CONFIG_HAVE_64BIT_ALIGNED_ACCESS is not set
+CONFIG_HAVE_EFFICIENT_UNALIGNED_ACCESS=y
+CONFIG_ARCH_USE_BUILTIN_BSWAP=y
+CONFIG_KRETPROBES=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_IOREMAP_PROT=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_KPROBES=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_KRETPROBES=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_OPTPROBES=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_KPROBES_ON_FTRACE=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_ARCH_TRACEHOOK=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_DMA_ATTRS=y
+CONFIG_GENERIC_SMP_IDLE_THREAD=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_REGS_AND_STACK_ACCESS_API=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_DMA_API_DEBUG=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_HW_BREAKPOINT=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_MIXED_BREAKPOINTS_REGS=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_USER_RETURN_NOTIFIER=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_PERF_EVENTS_NMI=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_PERF_REGS=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_PERF_USER_STACK_DUMP=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_ARCH_JUMP_LABEL=y
+CONFIG_ARCH_HAVE_NMI_SAFE_CMPXCHG=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_ALIGNED_STRUCT_PAGE=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_CMPXCHG_LOCAL=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_CMPXCHG_DOUBLE=y
+CONFIG_ARCH_WANT_COMPAT_IPC_PARSE_VERSION=y
+CONFIG_ARCH_WANT_OLD_COMPAT_IPC=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_ARCH_SECCOMP_FILTER=y
+CONFIG_SECCOMP_FILTER=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_CC_STACKPROTECTOR=y
+# CONFIG_CC_STACKPROTECTOR is not set
+CONFIG_CC_STACKPROTECTOR_NONE=y
+# CONFIG_CC_STACKPROTECTOR_REGULAR is not set
+# CONFIG_CC_STACKPROTECTOR_STRONG is not set
+CONFIG_HAVE_CONTEXT_TRACKING=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_VIRT_CPU_ACCOUNTING_GEN=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_IRQ_TIME_ACCOUNTING=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_ARCH_TRANSPARENT_HUGEPAGE=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_ARCH_SOFT_DIRTY=y
+CONFIG_MODULES_USE_ELF_RELA=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_IRQ_EXIT_ON_IRQ_STACK=y
+CONFIG_OLD_SIGSUSPEND3=y
+CONFIG_COMPAT_OLD_SIGACTION=y
+
+#
+# GCOV-based kernel profiling
+#
+# CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL is not set
+# CONFIG_HAVE_GENERIC_DMA_COHERENT is not set
+CONFIG_SLABINFO=y
+CONFIG_RT_MUTEXES=y
+CONFIG_BASE_SMALL=0
+CONFIG_MODULES=y
+# CONFIG_MODULE_FORCE_LOAD is not set
+CONFIG_MODULE_UNLOAD=y
+CONFIG_MODULE_FORCE_UNLOAD=y
+# CONFIG_MODVERSIONS is not set
+# CONFIG_MODULE_SRCVERSION_ALL is not set
+# CONFIG_MODULE_SIG is not set
+CONFIG_STOP_MACHINE=y
+CONFIG_BLOCK=y
+CONFIG_BLK_DEV_BSG=y
+# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_BSGLIB is not set
+# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_INTEGRITY is not set
+# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_THROTTLING is not set
+CONFIG_BLK_CMDLINE_PARSER=y
+
+#
+# Partition Types
+#
+CONFIG_PARTITION_ADVANCED=y
+CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION=y
+CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION_CUMANA=y
+CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION_EESOX=y
+CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION_ICS=y
+CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION_ADFS=y
+CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION_POWERTEC=y
+CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION_RISCIX=y
+CONFIG_AIX_PARTITION=y
+CONFIG_OSF_PARTITION=y
+CONFIG_AMIGA_PARTITION=y
+CONFIG_ATARI_PARTITION=y
+CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION=y
+CONFIG_MSDOS_PARTITION=y
+CONFIG_BSD_DISKLABEL=y
+CONFIG_MINIX_SUBPARTITION=y
+CONFIG_SOLARIS_X86_PARTITION=y
+CONFIG_UNIXWARE_DISKLABEL=y
+CONFIG_LDM_PARTITION=y
+CONFIG_LDM_DEBUG=y
+CONFIG_SGI_PARTITION=y
+CONFIG_ULTRIX_PARTITION=y
+CONFIG_SUN_PARTITION=y
+CONFIG_KARMA_PARTITION=y
+CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION=y
+CONFIG_SYSV68_PARTITION=y
+CONFIG_CMDLINE_PARTITION=y
+CONFIG_BLOCK_COMPAT=y
+
+#
+# IO Schedulers
+#
+CONFIG_IOSCHED_NOOP=y
+CONFIG_IOSCHED_DEADLINE=y
+CONFIG_IOSCHED_CFQ=y
+CONFIG_CFQ_GROUP_IOSCHED=y
+# CONFIG_DEFAULT_DEADLINE is not set
+CONFIG_DEFAULT_CFQ=y
+# CONFIG_DEFAULT_NOOP is not set
+CONFIG_DEFAULT_IOSCHED="cfq"
+CONFIG_PADATA=y
+CONFIG_ASN1=m
+CONFIG_INLINE_SPIN_UNLOCK_IRQ=y
+CONFIG_INLINE_READ_UNLOCK=y
+CONFIG_INLINE_READ_UNLOCK_IRQ=y
+CONFIG_INLINE_WRITE_UNLOCK=y
+CONFIG_INLINE_WRITE_UNLOCK_IRQ=y
+CONFIG_ARCH_SUPPORTS_ATOMIC_RMW=y
+CONFIG_MUTEX_SPIN_ON_OWNER=y
+CONFIG_FREEZER=y
+
+#
+# Processor type and features
+#
+CONFIG_ZONE_DMA=y
+CONFIG_SMP=y
+CONFIG_X86_X2APIC=y
+CONFIG_X86_MPPARSE=y
+CONFIG_X86_EXTENDED_PLATFORM=y
+# CONFIG_X86_NUMACHIP is not set
+# CONFIG_X86_VSMP is not set
+# CONFIG_X86_UV is not set
+# CONFIG_X86_INTEL_LPSS is not set
+CONFIG_X86_SUPPORTS_MEMORY_FAILURE=y
+CONFIG_SCHED_OMIT_FRAME_POINTER=y
+CONFIG_HYPERVISOR_GUEST=y
+CONFIG_PARAVIRT=y
+# CONFIG_PARAVIRT_DEBUG is not set
+# CONFIG_PARAVIRT_SPINLOCKS is not set
+# CONFIG_XEN is not set
+# CONFIG_XEN_PRIVILEGED_GUEST is not set
+CONFIG_KVM_GUEST=y
+# CONFIG_KVM_DEBUG_FS is not set
+# CONFIG_PARAVIRT_TIME_ACCOUNTING is not set
+CONFIG_PARAVIRT_CLOCK=y
+CONFIG_NO_BOOTMEM=y
+# CONFIG_MEMTEST is not set
+CONFIG_MK8=y
+# CONFIG_MPSC is not set
+# CONFIG_MCORE2 is not set
+# CONFIG_MATOM is not set
+# CONFIG_GENERIC_CPU is not set
+CONFIG_X86_INTERNODE_CACHE_SHIFT=6
+CONFIG_X86_L1_CACHE_SHIFT=6
+CONFIG_X86_INTEL_USERCOPY=y
+CONFIG_X86_USE_PPRO_CHECKSUM=y
+CONFIG_X86_TSC=y
+CONFIG_X86_CMPXCHG64=y
+CONFIG_X86_CMOV=y
+CONFIG_X86_MINIMUM_CPU_FAMILY=64
+CONFIG_X86_DEBUGCTLMSR=y
+CONFIG_PROCESSOR_SELECT=y
+CONFIG_CPU_SUP_INTEL=y
+CONFIG_CPU_SUP_AMD=y
+# CONFIG_CPU_SUP_CENTAUR is not set
+CONFIG_HPET_TIMER=y
+CONFIG_HPET_EMULATE_RTC=y
+CONFIG_DMI=y
+CONFIG_GART_IOMMU=y
+CONFIG_CALGARY_IOMMU=y
+CONFIG_CALGARY_IOMMU_ENABLED_BY_DEFAULT=y
+CONFIG_SWIOTLB=y
+CONFIG_IOMMU_HELPER=y
+# CONFIG_MAXSMP is not set
+CONFIG_NR_CPUS=64
+CONFIG_SCHED_SMT=y
+CONFIG_SCHED_MC=y
+CONFIG_PREEMPT_NONE=y
+# CONFIG_PREEMPT_VOLUNTARY is not set
+# CONFIG_PREEMPT is not set
+CONFIG_X86_LOCAL_APIC=y
+CONFIG_X86_IO_APIC=y
+CONFIG_X86_REROUTE_FOR_BROKEN_BOOT_IRQS=y
+CONFIG_X86_MCE=y
+CONFIG_X86_MCE_INTEL=y
+CONFIG_X86_MCE_AMD=y
+CONFIG_X86_MCE_THRESHOLD=y
+# CONFIG_X86_MCE_INJECT is not set
+CONFIG_X86_THERMAL_VECTOR=y
+# CONFIG_I8K is not set
+CONFIG_MICROCODE=y
+CONFIG_MICROCODE_INTEL=y
+CONFIG_MICROCODE_AMD=y
+CONFIG_MICROCODE_OLD_INTERFACE=y
+CONFIG_MICROCODE_INTEL_EARLY=y
+CONFIG_MICROCODE_AMD_EARLY=y
+CONFIG_MICROCODE_EARLY=y
+CONFIG_X86_MSR=y
+CONFIG_X86_CPUID=y
+CONFIG_ARCH_PHYS_ADDR_T_64BIT=y
+CONFIG_ARCH_DMA_ADDR_T_64BIT=y
+CONFIG_DIRECT_GBPAGES=y
+CONFIG_NUMA=y
+CONFIG_AMD_NUMA=y
+CONFIG_X86_64_ACPI_NUMA=y
+CONFIG_NODES_SPAN_OTHER_NODES=y
+# CONFIG_NUMA_EMU is not set
+CONFIG_NODES_SHIFT=6
+CONFIG_ARCH_SPARSEMEM_ENABLE=y
+CONFIG_ARCH_SPARSEMEM_DEFAULT=y
+CONFIG_ARCH_SELECT_MEMORY_MODEL=y
+CONFIG_ARCH_PROC_KCORE_TEXT=y
+CONFIG_ILLEGAL_POINTER_VALUE=0xdead000000000000
+CONFIG_SELECT_MEMORY_MODEL=y
+CONFIG_SPARSEMEM_MANUAL=y
+CONFIG_SPARSEMEM=y
+CONFIG_NEED_MULTIPLE_NODES=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_MEMORY_PRESENT=y
+CONFIG_SPARSEMEM_EXTREME=y
+CONFIG_SPARSEMEM_VMEMMAP_ENABLE=y
+CONFIG_SPARSEMEM_ALLOC_MEM_MAP_TOGETHER=y
+CONFIG_SPARSEMEM_VMEMMAP=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_MEMBLOCK=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_MEMBLOCK_NODE_MAP=y
+CONFIG_ARCH_DISCARD_MEMBLOCK=y
+CONFIG_MEMORY_ISOLATION=y
+# CONFIG_MOVABLE_NODE is not set
+# CONFIG_HAVE_BOOTMEM_INFO_NODE is not set
+# CONFIG_MEMORY_HOTPLUG is not set
+CONFIG_PAGEFLAGS_EXTENDED=y
+CONFIG_SPLIT_PTLOCK_CPUS=4
+CONFIG_ARCH_ENABLE_SPLIT_PMD_PTLOCK=y
+# CONFIG_COMPACTION is not set
+CONFIG_MIGRATION=y
+CONFIG_ARCH_ENABLE_HUGEPAGE_MIGRATION=y
+CONFIG_PHYS_ADDR_T_64BIT=y
+CONFIG_ZONE_DMA_FLAG=1
+CONFIG_BOUNCE=y
+CONFIG_VIRT_TO_BUS=y
+CONFIG_MMU_NOTIFIER=y
+# CONFIG_KSM is not set
+CONFIG_DEFAULT_MMAP_MIN_ADDR=4096
+CONFIG_ARCH_SUPPORTS_MEMORY_FAILURE=y
+# CONFIG_MEMORY_FAILURE is not set
+# CONFIG_TRANSPARENT_HUGEPAGE is not set
+CONFIG_CROSS_MEMORY_ATTACH=y
+# CONFIG_CLEANCACHE is not set
+CONFIG_FRONTSWAP=y
+CONFIG_CMA=y
+# CONFIG_CMA_DEBUG is not set
+# CONFIG_ZBUD is not set
+# CONFIG_ZSWAP is not set
+# CONFIG_MEM_SOFT_DIRTY is not set
+CONFIG_ZSMALLOC=y
+# CONFIG_PGTABLE_MAPPING is not set
+CONFIG_X86_CHECK_BIOS_CORRUPTION=y
+CONFIG_X86_BOOTPARAM_MEMORY_CORRUPTION_CHECK=y
+CONFIG_X86_RESERVE_LOW=64
+CONFIG_MTRR=y
+# CONFIG_MTRR_SANITIZER is not set
+CONFIG_X86_PAT=y
+CONFIG_ARCH_USES_PG_UNCACHED=y
+CONFIG_ARCH_RANDOM=y
+CONFIG_X86_SMAP=y
+CONFIG_EFI=y
+CONFIG_EFI_STUB=y
+CONFIG_SECCOMP=y
+# CONFIG_HZ_100 is not set
+# CONFIG_HZ_250 is not set
+# CONFIG_HZ_300 is not set
+CONFIG_HZ_1000=y
+CONFIG_HZ=1000
+CONFIG_SCHED_HRTICK=y
+CONFIG_KEXEC=y
+CONFIG_CRASH_DUMP=y
+# CONFIG_KEXEC_JUMP is not set
+CONFIG_PHYSICAL_START=0x1000000
+CONFIG_RELOCATABLE=y
+CONFIG_PHYSICAL_ALIGN=0x1000000
+CONFIG_HOTPLUG_CPU=y
+# CONFIG_BOOTPARAM_HOTPLUG_CPU0 is not set
+# CONFIG_DEBUG_HOTPLUG_CPU0 is not set
+# CONFIG_COMPAT_VDSO is not set
+# CONFIG_CMDLINE_BOOL is not set
+CONFIG_ARCH_ENABLE_MEMORY_HOTPLUG=y
+CONFIG_USE_PERCPU_NUMA_NODE_ID=y
+
+#
+# Power management and ACPI options
+#
+CONFIG_ARCH_HIBERNATION_HEADER=y
+CONFIG_SUSPEND=y
+CONFIG_SUSPEND_FREEZER=y
+CONFIG_HIBERNATE_CALLBACKS=y
+CONFIG_HIBERNATION=y
+CONFIG_PM_STD_PARTITION=""
+CONFIG_PM_SLEEP=y
+CONFIG_PM_SLEEP_SMP=y
+# CONFIG_PM_AUTOSLEEP is not set
+CONFIG_PM_WAKELOCKS=y
+CONFIG_PM_WAKELOCKS_LIMIT=100
+CONFIG_PM_WAKELOCKS_GC=y
+# CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME is not set
+CONFIG_PM=y
+CONFIG_PM_DEBUG=y
+# CONFIG_PM_ADVANCED_DEBUG is not set
+# CONFIG_PM_TEST_SUSPEND is not set
+CONFIG_PM_SLEEP_DEBUG=y
+CONFIG_PM_TRACE=y
+CONFIG_PM_TRACE_RTC=y
+# CONFIG_WQ_POWER_EFFICIENT_DEFAULT is not set
+CONFIG_ACPI=y
+CONFIG_ACPI_SLEEP=y
+CONFIG_ACPI_PROCFS=y
+# CONFIG_ACPI_PROCFS_POWER is not set
+CONFIG_ACPI_EC_DEBUGFS=m
+CONFIG_ACPI_AC=m
+CONFIG_ACPI_BATTERY=m
+CONFIG_ACPI_BUTTON=m
+CONFIG_ACPI_FAN=m
+CONFIG_ACPI_DOCK=y
+CONFIG_ACPI_PROCESSOR=m
+CONFIG_ACPI_HOTPLUG_CPU=y
+CONFIG_ACPI_PROCESSOR_AGGREGATOR=m
+CONFIG_ACPI_THERMAL=m
+CONFIG_ACPI_NUMA=y
+# CONFIG_ACPI_CUSTOM_DSDT is not set
+CONFIG_ACPI_INITRD_TABLE_OVERRIDE=y
+# CONFIG_ACPI_DEBUG is not set
+CONFIG_ACPI_PCI_SLOT=y
+CONFIG_X86_PM_TIMER=y
+CONFIG_ACPI_CONTAINER=y
+# CONFIG_ACPI_SBS is not set
+# CONFIG_ACPI_HED is not set
+# CONFIG_ACPI_CUSTOM_METHOD is not set
+CONFIG_ACPI_BGRT=y
+# CONFIG_ACPI_APEI is not set
+CONFIG_ACPI_EXTLOG=m
+# CONFIG_SFI is not set
+
+#
+# CPU Frequency scaling
+#
+CONFIG_CPU_FREQ=y
+CONFIG_CPU_FREQ_GOV_COMMON=y
+CONFIG_CPU_FREQ_STAT=m
+CONFIG_CPU_FREQ_STAT_DETAILS=y
+# CONFIG_CPU_FREQ_DEFAULT_GOV_PERFORMANCE is not set
+# CONFIG_CPU_FREQ_DEFAULT_GOV_POWERSAVE is not set
+CONFIG_CPU_FREQ_DEFAULT_GOV_USERSPACE=y
+# CONFIG_CPU_FREQ_DEFAULT_GOV_ONDEMAND is not set
+# CONFIG_CPU_FREQ_DEFAULT_GOV_CONSERVATIVE is not set
+CONFIG_CPU_FREQ_GOV_PERFORMANCE=m
+CONFIG_CPU_FREQ_GOV_POWERSAVE=m
+CONFIG_CPU_FREQ_GOV_USERSPACE=y
+CONFIG_CPU_FREQ_GOV_ONDEMAND=m
+CONFIG_CPU_FREQ_GOV_CONSERVATIVE=m
+
+#
+# x86 CPU frequency scaling drivers
+#
+# CONFIG_X86_INTEL_PSTATE is not set
+CONFIG_X86_PCC_CPUFREQ=m
+CONFIG_X86_ACPI_CPUFREQ=m
+CONFIG_X86_ACPI_CPUFREQ_CPB=y
+CONFIG_X86_POWERNOW_K8=m
+CONFIG_X86_AMD_FREQ_SENSITIVITY=m
+# CONFIG_X86_SPEEDSTEP_CENTRINO is not set
+# CONFIG_X86_P4_CLOCKMOD is not set
+
+#
+# shared options
+#
+# CONFIG_X86_SPEEDSTEP_LIB is not set
+
+#
+# CPU Idle
+#
+CONFIG_CPU_IDLE=y
+CONFIG_CPU_IDLE_MULTIPLE_DRIVERS=y
+CONFIG_CPU_IDLE_GOV_LADDER=y
+CONFIG_CPU_IDLE_GOV_MENU=y
+# CONFIG_ARCH_NEEDS_CPU_IDLE_COUPLED is not set
+# CONFIG_INTEL_IDLE is not set
+
+#
+# Memory power savings
+#
+# CONFIG_I7300_IDLE is not set
+
+#
+# Bus options (PCI etc.)
+#
+CONFIG_PCI=y
+CONFIG_PCI_DIRECT=y
+CONFIG_PCI_MMCONFIG=y
+CONFIG_PCI_DOMAINS=y
+# CONFIG_PCI_CNB20LE_QUIRK is not set
+CONFIG_PCIEPORTBUS=y
+# CONFIG_HOTPLUG_PCI_PCIE is not set
+CONFIG_PCIEAER=y
+# CONFIG_PCIE_ECRC is not set
+# CONFIG_PCIEAER_INJECT is not set
+CONFIG_PCIEASPM=y
+# CONFIG_PCIEASPM_DEBUG is not set
+CONFIG_PCIEASPM_DEFAULT=y
+# CONFIG_PCIEASPM_POWERSAVE is not set
+# CONFIG_PCIEASPM_PERFORMANCE is not set
+CONFIG_PCI_MSI=y
+# CONFIG_PCI_DEBUG is not set
+CONFIG_PCI_REALLOC_ENABLE_AUTO=y
+# CONFIG_PCI_STUB is not set
+CONFIG_HT_IRQ=y
+CONFIG_PCI_ATS=y
+CONFIG_PCI_IOV=y
+CONFIG_PCI_PRI=y
+CONFIG_PCI_PASID=y
+CONFIG_PCI_IOAPIC=y
+CONFIG_PCI_LABEL=y
+
+#
+# PCI host controller drivers
+#
+CONFIG_ISA_DMA_API=y
+CONFIG_AMD_NB=y
+# CONFIG_PCCARD is not set
+CONFIG_HOTPLUG_PCI=y
+CONFIG_HOTPLUG_PCI_ACPI=y
+# CONFIG_HOTPLUG_PCI_ACPI_IBM is not set
+# CONFIG_HOTPLUG_PCI_CPCI is not set
+CONFIG_HOTPLUG_PCI_SHPC=m
+# CONFIG_RAPIDIO is not set
+# CONFIG_X86_SYSFB is not set
+
+#
+# Executable file formats / Emulations
+#
+CONFIG_BINFMT_ELF=y
+CONFIG_COMPAT_BINFMT_ELF=y
+CONFIG_ARCH_BINFMT_ELF_RANDOMIZE_PIE=y
+CONFIG_CORE_DUMP_DEFAULT_ELF_HEADERS=y
+CONFIG_BINFMT_SCRIPT=y
+# CONFIG_HAVE_AOUT is not set
+CONFIG_BINFMT_MISC=m
+CONFIG_COREDUMP=y
+CONFIG_IA32_EMULATION=y
+CONFIG_IA32_AOUT=m
+# CONFIG_X86_X32 is not set
+CONFIG_COMPAT=y
+CONFIG_COMPAT_FOR_U64_ALIGNMENT=y
+CONFIG_SYSVIPC_COMPAT=y
+CONFIG_KEYS_COMPAT=y
+CONFIG_X86_DEV_DMA_OPS=y
+CONFIG_NET=y
+CONFIG_COMPAT_NETLINK_MESSAGES=y
+
+#
+# Networking options
+#
+CONFIG_PACKET=y
+CONFIG_PACKET_DIAG=m
+CONFIG_UNIX=y
+CONFIG_UNIX_DIAG=m
+CONFIG_XFRM=y
+CONFIG_XFRM_ALGO=y
+CONFIG_XFRM_USER=y
+# CONFIG_XFRM_SUB_POLICY is not set
+# CONFIG_XFRM_MIGRATE is not set
+# CONFIG_XFRM_STATISTICS is not set
+CONFIG_XFRM_IPCOMP=m
+CONFIG_NET_KEY=m
+# CONFIG_NET_KEY_MIGRATE is not set
+CONFIG_INET=y
+CONFIG_IP_MULTICAST=y
+CONFIG_IP_ADVANCED_ROUTER=y
+CONFIG_IP_FIB_TRIE_STATS=y
+CONFIG_IP_MULTIPLE_TABLES=y
+CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_MULTIPATH=y
+CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_VERBOSE=y
+CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_CLASSID=y
+CONFIG_IP_PNP=y
+CONFIG_IP_PNP_DHCP=y
+CONFIG_IP_PNP_BOOTP=y
+CONFIG_IP_PNP_RARP=y
+CONFIG_NET_IPIP=m
+CONFIG_NET_IPGRE_DEMUX=m
+CONFIG_NET_IP_TUNNEL=m
+CONFIG_NET_IPGRE=m
+CONFIG_NET_IPGRE_BROADCAST=y
+CONFIG_IP_MROUTE=y
+CONFIG_IP_MROUTE_MULTIPLE_TABLES=y
+CONFIG_IP_PIMSM_V1=y
+CONFIG_IP_PIMSM_V2=y
+CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES=y
+CONFIG_NET_IPVTI=m
+CONFIG_INET_AH=m
+CONFIG_INET_ESP=m
+CONFIG_INET_IPCOMP=m
+CONFIG_INET_XFRM_TUNNEL=m
+CONFIG_INET_TUNNEL=m
+CONFIG_INET_XFRM_MODE_TRANSPORT=m
+CONFIG_INET_XFRM_MODE_TUNNEL=m
+CONFIG_INET_XFRM_MODE_BEET=m
+CONFIG_INET_LRO=y
+CONFIG_INET_DIAG=m
+CONFIG_INET_TCP_DIAG=m
+CONFIG_INET_UDP_DIAG=m
+CONFIG_TCP_CONG_ADVANCED=y
+CONFIG_TCP_CONG_BIC=m
+CONFIG_TCP_CONG_CUBIC=m
+CONFIG_TCP_CONG_WESTWOOD=m
+CONFIG_TCP_CONG_HTCP=m
+CONFIG_TCP_CONG_HSTCP=m
+CONFIG_TCP_CONG_HYBLA=m
+CONFIG_TCP_CONG_VEGAS=m
+CONFIG_TCP_CONG_SCALABLE=m
+CONFIG_TCP_CONG_LP=m
+CONFIG_TCP_CONG_VENO=m
+CONFIG_TCP_CONG_YEAH=m
+CONFIG_TCP_CONG_ILLINOIS=m
+CONFIG_DEFAULT_RENO=y
+CONFIG_DEFAULT_TCP_CONG="reno"
+CONFIG_TCP_MD5SIG=y
+CONFIG_IPV6=y
+CONFIG_IPV6_ROUTER_PREF=y
+CONFIG_IPV6_ROUTE_INFO=y
+CONFIG_IPV6_OPTIMISTIC_DAD=y
+CONFIG_INET6_AH=m
+CONFIG_INET6_ESP=m
+CONFIG_INET6_IPCOMP=m
+CONFIG_IPV6_MIP6=m
+CONFIG_INET6_XFRM_TUNNEL=m
+CONFIG_INET6_TUNNEL=m
+CONFIG_INET6_XFRM_MODE_TRANSPORT=m
+CONFIG_INET6_XFRM_MODE_TUNNEL=m
+CONFIG_INET6_XFRM_MODE_BEET=m
+CONFIG_INET6_XFRM_MODE_ROUTEOPTIMIZATION=m
+CONFIG_IPV6_VTI=m
+CONFIG_IPV6_SIT=m
+# CONFIG_IPV6_SIT_6RD is not set
+CONFIG_IPV6_NDISC_NODETYPE=y
+CONFIG_IPV6_TUNNEL=m
+CONFIG_IPV6_GRE=m
+CONFIG_IPV6_MULTIPLE_TABLES=y
+CONFIG_IPV6_SUBTREES=y
+CONFIG_IPV6_MROUTE=y
+CONFIG_IPV6_MROUTE_MULTIPLE_TABLES=y
+CONFIG_IPV6_PIMSM_V2=y
+CONFIG_NETLABEL=y
+CONFIG_NETWORK_SECMARK=y
+# CONFIG_NETWORK_PHY_TIMESTAMPING is not set
+CONFIG_NETFILTER=y
+# CONFIG_NETFILTER_DEBUG is not set
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_ADVANCED=y
+CONFIG_BRIDGE_NETFILTER=y
+
+#
+# Core Netfilter Configuration
+#
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_NETLINK=y
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_NETLINK_ACCT=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_NETLINK_QUEUE=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_NETLINK_LOG=y
+CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK=m
+CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_MARK=y
+CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_SECMARK=y
+# CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_ZONES is not set
+CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_PROCFS=y
+CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_EVENTS=y
+CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_TIMEOUT=y
+CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_TIMESTAMP=y
+CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_LABELS=y
+CONFIG_NF_CT_PROTO_DCCP=m
+CONFIG_NF_CT_PROTO_GRE=m
+CONFIG_NF_CT_PROTO_SCTP=m
+CONFIG_NF_CT_PROTO_UDPLITE=m
+CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_AMANDA=m
+CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_FTP=m
+CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_H323=m
+CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_IRC=m
+CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_BROADCAST=m
+CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_NETBIOS_NS=m
+CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_SNMP=m
+CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_PPTP=m
+CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_SANE=m
+CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_SIP=m
+CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_TFTP=m
+CONFIG_NF_CT_NETLINK=m
+CONFIG_NF_CT_NETLINK_TIMEOUT=m
+CONFIG_NF_CT_NETLINK_HELPER=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_NETLINK_QUEUE_CT=y
+CONFIG_NF_NAT=m
+CONFIG_NF_NAT_NEEDED=y
+CONFIG_NF_NAT_PROTO_DCCP=m
+CONFIG_NF_NAT_PROTO_UDPLITE=m
+CONFIG_NF_NAT_PROTO_SCTP=m
+CONFIG_NF_NAT_AMANDA=m
+CONFIG_NF_NAT_FTP=m
+CONFIG_NF_NAT_IRC=m
+CONFIG_NF_NAT_SIP=m
+CONFIG_NF_NAT_TFTP=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_SYNPROXY=m
+CONFIG_NF_TABLES=m
+CONFIG_NF_TABLES_INET=m
+CONFIG_NFT_EXTHDR=m
+CONFIG_NFT_META=m
+CONFIG_NFT_CT=m
+CONFIG_NFT_RBTREE=m
+CONFIG_NFT_HASH=m
+CONFIG_NFT_COUNTER=m
+CONFIG_NFT_LOG=m
+CONFIG_NFT_LIMIT=m
+CONFIG_NFT_NAT=m
+CONFIG_NFT_QUEUE=m
+CONFIG_NFT_REJECT=m
+CONFIG_NFT_REJECT_INET=m
+CONFIG_NFT_COMPAT=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XTABLES=y
+
+#
+# Xtables combined modules
+#
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MARK=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_CONNMARK=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_SET=m
+
+#
+# Xtables targets
+#
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_AUDIT=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_CHECKSUM=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_CLASSIFY=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_CONNMARK=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_CONNSECMARK=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_CT=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_DSCP=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_HL=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_HMARK=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_IDLETIMER=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_LED=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_LOG=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_MARK=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_NETMAP=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_NFLOG=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_NFQUEUE=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_NOTRACK=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_RATEEST=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_REDIRECT=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_TEE=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_TPROXY=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_TRACE=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_SECMARK=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_TCPMSS=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_TCPOPTSTRIP=m
+
+#
+# Xtables matches
+#
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_ADDRTYPE=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_BPF=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_CGROUP=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_CLUSTER=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_COMMENT=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_CONNBYTES=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_CONNLABEL=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_CONNLIMIT=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_CONNMARK=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_CONNTRACK=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_CPU=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_DCCP=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_DEVGROUP=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_DSCP=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_ECN=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_ESP=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_HASHLIMIT=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_HELPER=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_HL=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_IPCOMP=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_IPRANGE=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_L2TP=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_LENGTH=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_LIMIT=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_MAC=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_MARK=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_MULTIPORT=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_NFACCT=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_OSF=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_OWNER=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_POLICY=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_PHYSDEV=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_PKTTYPE=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_QUOTA=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_RATEEST=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_REALM=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_RECENT=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_SCTP=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_SOCKET=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_STATE=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_STATISTIC=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_STRING=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_TCPMSS=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_TIME=m
+CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_U32=m
+CONFIG_IP_SET=m
+CONFIG_IP_SET_MAX=256
+CONFIG_IP_SET_BITMAP_IP=m
+CONFIG_IP_SET_BITMAP_IPMAC=m
+CONFIG_IP_SET_BITMAP_PORT=m
+CONFIG_IP_SET_HASH_IP=m
+CONFIG_IP_SET_HASH_IPPORT=m
+CONFIG_IP_SET_HASH_IPPORTIP=m
+CONFIG_IP_SET_HASH_IPPORTNET=m
+CONFIG_IP_SET_HASH_NETPORTNET=m
+CONFIG_IP_SET_HASH_NET=m
+CONFIG_IP_SET_HASH_NETNET=m
+CONFIG_IP_SET_HASH_NETPORT=m
+CONFIG_IP_SET_HASH_NETIFACE=m
+CONFIG_IP_SET_LIST_SET=m
+# CONFIG_IP_VS is not set
+
+#
+# IP: Netfilter Configuration
+#
+CONFIG_NF_DEFRAG_IPV4=m
+CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_IPV4=m
+CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_PROC_COMPAT=y
+CONFIG_NF_TABLES_IPV4=m
+CONFIG_NFT_CHAIN_ROUTE_IPV4=m
+CONFIG_NFT_CHAIN_NAT_IPV4=m
+CONFIG_NFT_REJECT_IPV4=m
+CONFIG_NF_TABLES_ARP=m
+CONFIG_IP_NF_IPTABLES=y
+CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_AH=m
+CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_ECN=m
+CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_RPFILTER=m
+CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_TTL=m
+CONFIG_IP_NF_FILTER=m
+CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_REJECT=m
+CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_SYNPROXY=m
+CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_ULOG=m
+CONFIG_NF_NAT_IPV4=m
+CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_MASQUERADE=m
+CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_NETMAP=m
+CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_REDIRECT=m
+CONFIG_NF_NAT_SNMP_BASIC=m
+CONFIG_NF_NAT_PROTO_GRE=m
+CONFIG_NF_NAT_PPTP=m
+CONFIG_NF_NAT_H323=m
+CONFIG_IP_NF_MANGLE=m
+CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_CLUSTERIP=m
+CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_ECN=m
+CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_TTL=m
+CONFIG_IP_NF_RAW=m
+CONFIG_IP_NF_SECURITY=m
+CONFIG_IP_NF_ARPTABLES=m
+CONFIG_IP_NF_ARPFILTER=m
+CONFIG_IP_NF_ARP_MANGLE=m
+
+#
+# IPv6: Netfilter Configuration
+#
+CONFIG_NF_DEFRAG_IPV6=m
+CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_IPV6=m
+CONFIG_NF_TABLES_IPV6=m
+CONFIG_NFT_CHAIN_ROUTE_IPV6=m
+CONFIG_NFT_CHAIN_NAT_IPV6=m
+CONFIG_NFT_REJECT_IPV6=m
+CONFIG_IP6_NF_IPTABLES=y
+CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_AH=m
+CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_EUI64=m
+CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_FRAG=m
+CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_OPTS=m
+CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_HL=m
+CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_IPV6HEADER=m
+CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_MH=m
+CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_RPFILTER=m
+CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_RT=m
+CONFIG_IP6_NF_TARGET_HL=m
+CONFIG_IP6_NF_FILTER=m
+CONFIG_IP6_NF_TARGET_REJECT=m
+CONFIG_IP6_NF_TARGET_SYNPROXY=m
+CONFIG_IP6_NF_MANGLE=m
+CONFIG_IP6_NF_RAW=m
+CONFIG_IP6_NF_SECURITY=m
+CONFIG_NF_NAT_IPV6=m
+CONFIG_IP6_NF_TARGET_MASQUERADE=m
+CONFIG_IP6_NF_TARGET_NPT=m
+CONFIG_NF_TABLES_BRIDGE=m
+CONFIG_BRIDGE_NF_EBTABLES=m
+CONFIG_BRIDGE_EBT_BROUTE=m
+CONFIG_BRIDGE_EBT_T_FILTER=m
+CONFIG_BRIDGE_EBT_T_NAT=m
+CONFIG_BRIDGE_EBT_802_3=m
+CONFIG_BRIDGE_EBT_AMONG=m
+CONFIG_BRIDGE_EBT_ARP=m
+CONFIG_BRIDGE_EBT_IP=m
+CONFIG_BRIDGE_EBT_IP6=m
+CONFIG_BRIDGE_EBT_LIMIT=m
+CONFIG_BRIDGE_EBT_MARK=m
+CONFIG_BRIDGE_EBT_PKTTYPE=m
+CONFIG_BRIDGE_EBT_STP=m
+CONFIG_BRIDGE_EBT_VLAN=m
+CONFIG_BRIDGE_EBT_ARPREPLY=m
+CONFIG_BRIDGE_EBT_DNAT=m
+CONFIG_BRIDGE_EBT_MARK_T=m
+CONFIG_BRIDGE_EBT_REDIRECT=m
+CONFIG_BRIDGE_EBT_SNAT=m
+CONFIG_BRIDGE_EBT_LOG=m
+CONFIG_BRIDGE_EBT_ULOG=m
+CONFIG_BRIDGE_EBT_NFLOG=m
+CONFIG_IP_DCCP=m
+CONFIG_INET_DCCP_DIAG=m
+
+#
+# DCCP CCIDs Configuration
+#
+# CONFIG_IP_DCCP_CCID2_DEBUG is not set
+CONFIG_IP_DCCP_CCID3=y
+# CONFIG_IP_DCCP_CCID3_DEBUG is not set
+CONFIG_IP_DCCP_TFRC_LIB=y
+
+#
+# DCCP Kernel Hacking
+#
+# CONFIG_IP_DCCP_DEBUG is not set
+# CONFIG_NET_DCCPPROBE is not set
+CONFIG_IP_SCTP=m
+# CONFIG_NET_SCTPPROBE is not set
+# CONFIG_SCTP_DBG_OBJCNT is not set
+CONFIG_SCTP_DEFAULT_COOKIE_HMAC_MD5=y
+# CONFIG_SCTP_DEFAULT_COOKIE_HMAC_SHA1 is not set
+# CONFIG_SCTP_DEFAULT_COOKIE_HMAC_NONE is not set
+CONFIG_SCTP_COOKIE_HMAC_MD5=y
+CONFIG_SCTP_COOKIE_HMAC_SHA1=y
+# CONFIG_RDS is not set
+# CONFIG_TIPC is not set
+# CONFIG_ATM is not set
+# CONFIG_L2TP is not set
+CONFIG_STP=m
+CONFIG_MRP=m
+CONFIG_BRIDGE=m
+CONFIG_BRIDGE_IGMP_SNOOPING=y
+CONFIG_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_NET_DSA=y
+CONFIG_NET_DSA=m
+CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_TRAILER=y
+CONFIG_VLAN_8021Q=m
+# CONFIG_VLAN_8021Q_GVRP is not set
+CONFIG_VLAN_8021Q_MVRP=y
+# CONFIG_DECNET is not set
+CONFIG_LLC=m
+# CONFIG_LLC2 is not set
+# CONFIG_IPX is not set
+# CONFIG_ATALK is not set
+# CONFIG_X25 is not set
+# CONFIG_LAPB is not set
+# CONFIG_PHONET is not set
+# CONFIG_IEEE802154 is not set
+CONFIG_NET_SCHED=y
+
+#
+# Queueing/Scheduling
+#
+CONFIG_NET_SCH_CBQ=m
+CONFIG_NET_SCH_HTB=m
+CONFIG_NET_SCH_HFSC=m
+CONFIG_NET_SCH_PRIO=m
+CONFIG_NET_SCH_MULTIQ=m
+CONFIG_NET_SCH_RED=m
+CONFIG_NET_SCH_SFB=m
+CONFIG_NET_SCH_SFQ=m
+CONFIG_NET_SCH_TEQL=m
+CONFIG_NET_SCH_TBF=m
+CONFIG_NET_SCH_GRED=m
+CONFIG_NET_SCH_DSMARK=m
+CONFIG_NET_SCH_NETEM=m
+CONFIG_NET_SCH_DRR=m
+CONFIG_NET_SCH_MQPRIO=m
+CONFIG_NET_SCH_CHOKE=m
+CONFIG_NET_SCH_QFQ=m
+CONFIG_NET_SCH_CODEL=m
+CONFIG_NET_SCH_FQ_CODEL=m
+CONFIG_NET_SCH_FQ=m
+CONFIG_NET_SCH_HHF=m
+CONFIG_NET_SCH_PIE=m
+CONFIG_NET_SCH_INGRESS=m
+CONFIG_NET_SCH_PLUG=m
+
+#
+# Classification
+#
+CONFIG_NET_CLS=y
+CONFIG_NET_CLS_BASIC=m
+CONFIG_NET_CLS_TCINDEX=m
+CONFIG_NET_CLS_ROUTE4=m
+CONFIG_NET_CLS_FW=m
+CONFIG_NET_CLS_U32=m
+CONFIG_CLS_U32_PERF=y
+CONFIG_CLS_U32_MARK=y
+CONFIG_NET_CLS_RSVP=m
+CONFIG_NET_CLS_RSVP6=m
+CONFIG_NET_CLS_FLOW=m
+CONFIG_NET_CLS_CGROUP=m
+CONFIG_NET_CLS_BPF=m
+CONFIG_NET_EMATCH=y
+CONFIG_NET_EMATCH_STACK=32
+CONFIG_NET_EMATCH_CMP=m
+CONFIG_NET_EMATCH_NBYTE=m
+CONFIG_NET_EMATCH_U32=m
+CONFIG_NET_EMATCH_META=m
+CONFIG_NET_EMATCH_TEXT=m
+CONFIG_NET_EMATCH_IPSET=m
+CONFIG_NET_CLS_ACT=y
+CONFIG_NET_ACT_POLICE=m
+CONFIG_NET_ACT_GACT=m
+CONFIG_GACT_PROB=y
+CONFIG_NET_ACT_MIRRED=m
+CONFIG_NET_ACT_IPT=m
+CONFIG_NET_ACT_NAT=m
+CONFIG_NET_ACT_PEDIT=m
+CONFIG_NET_ACT_SIMP=m
+CONFIG_NET_ACT_SKBEDIT=m
+CONFIG_NET_ACT_CSUM=m
+CONFIG_NET_CLS_IND=y
+CONFIG_NET_SCH_FIFO=y
+# CONFIG_DCB is not set
+CONFIG_DNS_RESOLVER=y
+# CONFIG_BATMAN_ADV is not set
+CONFIG_OPENVSWITCH=m
+CONFIG_OPENVSWITCH_GRE=y
+CONFIG_OPENVSWITCH_VXLAN=y
+CONFIG_VSOCKETS=m
+CONFIG_NETLINK_MMAP=y
+CONFIG_NETLINK_DIAG=m
+CONFIG_NET_MPLS_GSO=m
+# CONFIG_HSR is not set
+CONFIG_RPS=y
+CONFIG_RFS_ACCEL=y
+CONFIG_XPS=y
+CONFIG_CGROUP_NET_PRIO=m
+CONFIG_CGROUP_NET_CLASSID=y
+CONFIG_NET_RX_BUSY_POLL=y
+CONFIG_BQL=y
+# CONFIG_BPF_JIT is not set
+CONFIG_NET_FLOW_LIMIT=y
+
+#
+# Network testing
+#
+CONFIG_NET_PKTGEN=m
+CONFIG_NET_TCPPROBE=m
+CONFIG_NET_DROP_MONITOR=m
+# CONFIG_HAMRADIO is not set
+# CONFIG_CAN is not set
+# CONFIG_IRDA is not set
+# CONFIG_BT is not set
+# CONFIG_AF_RXRPC is not set
+CONFIG_FIB_RULES=y
+CONFIG_WIRELESS=y
+CONFIG_WEXT_CORE=y
+CONFIG_WEXT_PROC=y
+CONFIG_CFG80211=y
+# CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE is not set
+# CONFIG_CFG80211_DEVELOPER_WARNINGS is not set
+# CONFIG_CFG80211_REG_DEBUG is not set
+# CONFIG_CFG80211_CERTIFICATION_ONUS is not set
+CONFIG_CFG80211_DEFAULT_PS=y
+# CONFIG_CFG80211_DEBUGFS is not set
+# CONFIG_CFG80211_INTERNAL_REGDB is not set
+CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT=y
+# CONFIG_LIB80211 is not set
+CONFIG_MAC80211=y
+CONFIG_MAC80211_HAS_RC=y
+# CONFIG_MAC80211_RC_PID is not set
+CONFIG_MAC80211_RC_MINSTREL=y
+CONFIG_MAC80211_RC_MINSTREL_HT=y
+CONFIG_MAC80211_RC_DEFAULT_MINSTREL=y
+CONFIG_MAC80211_RC_DEFAULT="minstrel_ht"
+# CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH is not set
+CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS=y
+# CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS is not set
+# CONFIG_MAC80211_MESSAGE_TRACING is not set
+# CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUG_MENU is not set
+# CONFIG_WIMAX is not set
+# CONFIG_RFKILL is not set
+# CONFIG_NET_9P is not set
+# CONFIG_CAIF is not set
+# CONFIG_CEPH_LIB is not set
+# CONFIG_NFC is not set
+CONFIG_HAVE_BPF_JIT=y
+
+#
+# Device Drivers
+#
+
+#
+# Generic Driver Options
+#
+CONFIG_UEVENT_HELPER_PATH="/sbin/hotplug"
+CONFIG_DEVTMPFS=y
+CONFIG_DEVTMPFS_MOUNT=y
+CONFIG_STANDALONE=y
+CONFIG_PREVENT_FIRMWARE_BUILD=y
+CONFIG_FW_LOADER=y
+CONFIG_FIRMWARE_IN_KERNEL=y
+CONFIG_EXTRA_FIRMWARE=""
+CONFIG_FW_LOADER_USER_HELPER=y
+# CONFIG_DEBUG_DRIVER is not set
+CONFIG_DEBUG_DEVRES=y
+# CONFIG_SYS_HYPERVISOR is not set
+# CONFIG_GENERIC_CPU_DEVICES is not set
+# CONFIG_DMA_SHARED_BUFFER is not set
+
+#
+# Bus devices
+#
+CONFIG_CONNECTOR=y
+CONFIG_PROC_EVENTS=y
+# CONFIG_MTD is not set
+# CONFIG_PARPORT is not set
+CONFIG_ARCH_MIGHT_HAVE_PC_PARPORT=y
+CONFIG_PNP=y
+CONFIG_PNP_DEBUG_MESSAGES=y
+
+#
+# Protocols
+#
+CONFIG_PNPACPI=y
+CONFIG_BLK_DEV=y
+CONFIG_BLK_DEV_NULL_BLK=m
+# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_FD is not set
+# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_PCIESSD_MTIP32XX is not set
+CONFIG_ZRAM=m
+# CONFIG_ZRAM_DEBUG is not set
+# CONFIG_BLK_CPQ_CISS_DA is not set
+# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_DAC960 is not set
+# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_UMEM is not set
+# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_COW_COMMON is not set
+CONFIG_BLK_DEV_LOOP=y
+CONFIG_BLK_DEV_LOOP_MIN_COUNT=8
+# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_CRYPTOLOOP is not set
+CONFIG_BLK_DEV_DRBD=m
+# CONFIG_DRBD_FAULT_INJECTION is not set
+CONFIG_BLK_DEV_NBD=m
+# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_NVME is not set
+# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SKD is not set
+# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SX8 is not set
+CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RAM=y
+CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RAM_COUNT=16
+CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RAM_SIZE=16384
+# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_XIP is not set
+# CONFIG_CDROM_PKTCDVD is not set
+# CONFIG_ATA_OVER_ETH is not set
+CONFIG_VIRTIO_BLK=y
+# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_HD is not set
+# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RBD is not set
+# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RSXX is not set
+
+#
+# Misc devices
+#
+# CONFIG_SENSORS_LIS3LV02D is not set
+CONFIG_DUMMY_IRQ=m
+# CONFIG_IBM_ASM is not set
+# CONFIG_PHANTOM is not set
+# CONFIG_SGI_IOC4 is not set
+# CONFIG_TIFM_CORE is not set
+# CONFIG_ATMEL_SSC is not set
+# CONFIG_ENCLOSURE_SERVICES is not set
+# CONFIG_HP_ILO is not set
+CONFIG_VMWARE_BALLOON=m
+# CONFIG_PCH_PHUB is not set
+# CONFIG_SRAM is not set
+# CONFIG_C2PORT is not set
+
+#
+# EEPROM support
+#
+CONFIG_EEPROM_93CX6=m
+# CONFIG_CB710_CORE is not set
+
+#
+# Texas Instruments shared transport line discipline
+#
+
+#
+# Altera FPGA firmware download module
+#
+# CONFIG_INTEL_MEI is not set
+# CONFIG_INTEL_MEI_ME is not set
+# CONFIG_VMWARE_VMCI is not set
+
+#
+# Intel MIC Host Driver
+#
+# CONFIG_INTEL_MIC_HOST is not set
+
+#
+# Intel MIC Card Driver
+#
+# CONFIG_INTEL_MIC_CARD is not set
+# CONFIG_GENWQE is not set
+CONFIG_HAVE_IDE=y
+# CONFIG_IDE is not set
+
+#
+# SCSI device support
+#
+CONFIG_SCSI_MOD=y
+CONFIG_RAID_ATTRS=m
+CONFIG_SCSI=y
+CONFIG_SCSI_DMA=y
+# CONFIG_SCSI_TGT is not set
+# CONFIG_SCSI_NETLINK is not set
+CONFIG_SCSI_PROC_FS=y
+
+#
+# SCSI support type (disk, tape, CD-ROM)
+#
+CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SD=y
+# CONFIG_CHR_DEV_ST is not set
+# CONFIG_CHR_DEV_OSST is not set
+CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SR=y
+CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SR_VENDOR=y
+CONFIG_CHR_DEV_SG=y
+# CONFIG_CHR_DEV_SCH is not set
+# CONFIG_SCSI_MULTI_LUN is not set
+CONFIG_SCSI_CONSTANTS=y
+# CONFIG_SCSI_LOGGING is not set
+# CONFIG_SCSI_SCAN_ASYNC is not set
+
+#
+# SCSI Transports
+#
+CONFIG_SCSI_SPI_ATTRS=y
+# CONFIG_SCSI_FC_ATTRS is not set
+# CONFIG_SCSI_ISCSI_ATTRS is not set
+# CONFIG_SCSI_SAS_ATTRS is not set
+# CONFIG_SCSI_SAS_LIBSAS is not set
+# CONFIG_SCSI_SRP_ATTRS is not set
+# CONFIG_SCSI_LOWLEVEL is not set
+# CONFIG_SCSI_DH is not set
+# CONFIG_SCSI_OSD_INITIATOR is not set
+CONFIG_ATA=y
+# CONFIG_ATA_NONSTANDARD is not set
+CONFIG_ATA_VERBOSE_ERROR=y
+CONFIG_ATA_ACPI=y
+# CONFIG_SATA_ZPODD is not set
+CONFIG_SATA_PMP=y
+
+#
+# Controllers with non-SFF native interface
+#
+CONFIG_SATA_AHCI=y
+# CONFIG_SATA_AHCI_PLATFORM is not set
+# CONFIG_SATA_INIC162X is not set
+# CONFIG_SATA_ACARD_AHCI is not set
+# CONFIG_SATA_SIL24 is not set
+CONFIG_ATA_SFF=y
+
+#
+# SFF controllers with custom DMA interface
+#
+# CONFIG_PDC_ADMA is not set
+# CONFIG_SATA_QSTOR is not set
+# CONFIG_SATA_SX4 is not set
+CONFIG_ATA_BMDMA=y
+
+#
+# SATA SFF controllers with BMDMA
+#
+CONFIG_ATA_PIIX=y
+CONFIG_SATA_HIGHBANK=m
+# CONFIG_SATA_MV is not set
+# CONFIG_SATA_NV is not set
+# CONFIG_SATA_PROMISE is not set
+# CONFIG_SATA_RCAR is not set
+# CONFIG_SATA_SIL is not set
+# CONFIG_SATA_SIS is not set
+# CONFIG_SATA_SVW is not set
+# CONFIG_SATA_ULI is not set
+# CONFIG_SATA_VIA is not set
+# CONFIG_SATA_VITESSE is not set
+
+#
+# PATA SFF controllers with BMDMA
+#
+# CONFIG_PATA_ALI is not set
+CONFIG_PATA_AMD=y
+# CONFIG_PATA_ARASAN_CF is not set
+# CONFIG_PATA_ARTOP is not set
+# CONFIG_PATA_ATIIXP is not set
+# CONFIG_PATA_ATP867X is not set
+# CONFIG_PATA_CMD64X is not set
+# CONFIG_PATA_CS5520 is not set
+# CONFIG_PATA_CS5530 is not set
+# CONFIG_PATA_CS5536 is not set
+# CONFIG_PATA_CYPRESS is not set
+# CONFIG_PATA_EFAR is not set
+# CONFIG_PATA_HPT366 is not set
+# CONFIG_PATA_HPT37X is not set
+# CONFIG_PATA_HPT3X2N is not set
+# CONFIG_PATA_HPT3X3 is not set
+# CONFIG_PATA_IT8213 is not set
+# CONFIG_PATA_IT821X is not set
+# CONFIG_PATA_JMICRON is not set
+# CONFIG_PATA_MARVELL is not set
+# CONFIG_PATA_NETCELL is not set
+# CONFIG_PATA_NINJA32 is not set
+# CONFIG_PATA_NS87415 is not set
+CONFIG_PATA_OLDPIIX=y
+# CONFIG_PATA_OPTIDMA is not set
+# CONFIG_PATA_PDC2027X is not set
+# CONFIG_PATA_PDC_OLD is not set
+# CONFIG_PATA_RADISYS is not set
+# CONFIG_PATA_RDC is not set
+# CONFIG_PATA_SC1200 is not set
+CONFIG_PATA_SCH=y
+# CONFIG_PATA_SERVERWORKS is not set
+# CONFIG_PATA_SIL680 is not set
+# CONFIG_PATA_SIS is not set
+# CONFIG_PATA_TOSHIBA is not set
+# CONFIG_PATA_TRIFLEX is not set
+# CONFIG_PATA_VIA is not set
+# CONFIG_PATA_WINBOND is not set
+
+#
+# PIO-only SFF controllers
+#
+# CONFIG_PATA_CMD640_PCI is not set
+# CONFIG_PATA_MPIIX is not set
+# CONFIG_PATA_NS87410 is not set
+# CONFIG_PATA_OPTI is not set
+# CONFIG_PATA_PLATFORM is not set
+# CONFIG_PATA_RZ1000 is not set
+
+#
+# Generic fallback / legacy drivers
+#
+# CONFIG_PATA_ACPI is not set
+# CONFIG_ATA_GENERIC is not set
+# CONFIG_PATA_LEGACY is not set
+CONFIG_MD=y
+CONFIG_BLK_DEV_MD=y
+CONFIG_MD_AUTODETECT=y
+CONFIG_MD_LINEAR=m
+CONFIG_MD_RAID0=m
+CONFIG_MD_RAID1=m
+CONFIG_MD_RAID10=m
+CONFIG_MD_RAID456=m
+CONFIG_MD_MULTIPATH=m
+CONFIG_MD_FAULTY=m
+CONFIG_BCACHE=m
+# CONFIG_BCACHE_DEBUG is not set
+# CONFIG_BCACHE_CLOSURES_DEBUG is not set
+CONFIG_BLK_DEV_DM_BUILTIN=y
+CONFIG_BLK_DEV_DM=y
+# CONFIG_DM_DEBUG is not set
+CONFIG_DM_BUFIO=m
+CONFIG_DM_BIO_PRISON=m
+CONFIG_DM_PERSISTENT_DATA=m
+CONFIG_DM_DEBUG_BLOCK_STACK_TRACING=y
+CONFIG_DM_CRYPT=m
+CONFIG_DM_SNAPSHOT=m
+CONFIG_DM_THIN_PROVISIONING=m
+CONFIG_DM_CACHE=m
+CONFIG_DM_CACHE_MQ=m
+CONFIG_DM_CACHE_CLEANER=m
+CONFIG_DM_MIRROR=y
+CONFIG_DM_LOG_USERSPACE=m
+CONFIG_DM_RAID=m
+CONFIG_DM_ZERO=m
+CONFIG_DM_MULTIPATH=m
+CONFIG_DM_MULTIPATH_QL=m
+CONFIG_DM_MULTIPATH_ST=m
+CONFIG_DM_DELAY=m
+# CONFIG_DM_UEVENT is not set
+CONFIG_DM_FLAKEY=m
+CONFIG_DM_VERITY=m
+CONFIG_DM_SWITCH=m
+# CONFIG_TARGET_CORE is not set
+# CONFIG_FUSION is not set
+
+#
+# IEEE 1394 (FireWire) support
+#
+# CONFIG_FIREWIRE is not set
+# CONFIG_FIREWIRE_NOSY is not set
+# CONFIG_I2O is not set
+# CONFIG_MACINTOSH_DRIVERS is not set
+CONFIG_NETDEVICES=y
+CONFIG_MII=y
+CONFIG_NET_CORE=y
+CONFIG_BONDING=m
+CONFIG_DUMMY=m
+# CONFIG_EQUALIZER is not set
+# CONFIG_NET_FC is not set
+# CONFIG_IFB is not set
+CONFIG_NET_TEAM=m
+CONFIG_NET_TEAM_MODE_BROADCAST=m
+CONFIG_NET_TEAM_MODE_ROUNDROBIN=m
+CONFIG_NET_TEAM_MODE_RANDOM=m
+CONFIG_NET_TEAM_MODE_ACTIVEBACKUP=m
+CONFIG_NET_TEAM_MODE_LOADBALANCE=m
+CONFIG_MACVLAN=m
+# CONFIG_MACVTAP is not set
+CONFIG_VXLAN=m
+CONFIG_NETCONSOLE=y
+CONFIG_NETPOLL=y
+# CONFIG_NETPOLL_TRAP is not set
+CONFIG_NET_POLL_CONTROLLER=y
+CONFIG_NTB_NETDEV=m
+CONFIG_TUN=m
+CONFIG_VETH=m
+CONFIG_VIRTIO_NET=y
+CONFIG_NLMON=m
+# CONFIG_ARCNET is not set
+
+#
+# CAIF transport drivers
+#
+# CONFIG_VHOST_NET is not set
+
+#
+# Distributed Switch Architecture drivers
+#
+# CONFIG_NET_DSA_MV88E6XXX is not set
+CONFIG_NET_DSA_MV88E6060=m
+# CONFIG_NET_DSA_MV88E6XXX_NEED_PPU is not set
+# CONFIG_NET_DSA_MV88E6131 is not set
+# CONFIG_NET_DSA_MV88E6123_61_65 is not set
+CONFIG_ETHERNET=y
+CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_3COM=y
+# CONFIG_VORTEX is not set
+# CONFIG_TYPHOON is not set
+CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_ADAPTEC=y
+# CONFIG_ADAPTEC_STARFIRE is not set
+CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_ALTEON=y
+# CONFIG_ACENIC is not set
+CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_AMD=y
+# CONFIG_AMD8111_ETH is not set
+# CONFIG_PCNET32 is not set
+CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_ARC=y
+CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_ATHEROS=y
+# CONFIG_ATL2 is not set
+# CONFIG_ATL1 is not set
+# CONFIG_ATL1E is not set
+# CONFIG_ATL1C is not set
+# CONFIG_ALX is not set
+CONFIG_NET_CADENCE=y
+# CONFIG_ARM_AT91_ETHER is not set
+# CONFIG_MACB is not set
+CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_BROADCOM=y
+# CONFIG_B44 is not set
+# CONFIG_BNX2 is not set
+# CONFIG_CNIC is not set
+CONFIG_TIGON3=y
+# CONFIG_BNX2X is not set
+CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_BROCADE=y
+# CONFIG_BNA is not set
+CONFIG_NET_CALXEDA_XGMAC=m
+CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_CHELSIO=y
+# CONFIG_CHELSIO_T1 is not set
+# CONFIG_CHELSIO_T3 is not set
+# CONFIG_CHELSIO_T4 is not set
+# CONFIG_CHELSIO_T4VF is not set
+CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_CISCO=y
+# CONFIG_ENIC is not set
+# CONFIG_DNET is not set
+CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_DEC=y
+CONFIG_NET_TULIP=y
+# CONFIG_DE2104X is not set
+# CONFIG_TULIP is not set
+# CONFIG_DE4X5 is not set
+# CONFIG_WINBOND_840 is not set
+# CONFIG_DM9102 is not set
+# CONFIG_ULI526X is not set
+CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_DLINK=y
+# CONFIG_DL2K is not set
+# CONFIG_SUNDANCE is not set
+CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_EMULEX=y
+# CONFIG_BE2NET is not set
+CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_EXAR=y
+# CONFIG_S2IO is not set
+# CONFIG_VXGE is not set
+CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_HP=y
+# CONFIG_HP100 is not set
+CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_INTEL=y
+CONFIG_E100=y
+CONFIG_E1000=y
+# CONFIG_E1000E is not set
+# CONFIG_IGB is not set
+# CONFIG_IGBVF is not set
+# CONFIG_IXGB is not set
+# CONFIG_IXGBE is not set
+# CONFIG_IXGBEVF is not set
+# CONFIG_I40E is not set
+# CONFIG_I40EVF is not set
+CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_I825XX=y
+# CONFIG_IP1000 is not set
+# CONFIG_JME is not set
+CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_MARVELL=y
+# CONFIG_MVMDIO is not set
+# CONFIG_SKGE is not set
+CONFIG_SKY2=y
+# CONFIG_SKY2_DEBUG is not set
+CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_MELLANOX=y
+# CONFIG_MLX4_EN is not set
+# CONFIG_MLX4_CORE is not set
+# CONFIG_MLX5_CORE is not set
+CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_MICREL=y
+# CONFIG_KS8851_MLL is not set
+# CONFIG_KSZ884X_PCI is not set
+CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_MYRI=y
+# CONFIG_MYRI10GE is not set
+# CONFIG_FEALNX is not set
+CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_NATSEMI=y
+# CONFIG_NATSEMI is not set
+# CONFIG_NS83820 is not set
+CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_8390=y
+# CONFIG_NE2K_PCI is not set
+CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_NVIDIA=y
+CONFIG_FORCEDETH=y
+CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_OKI=y
+# CONFIG_PCH_GBE is not set
+# CONFIG_ETHOC is not set
+CONFIG_NET_PACKET_ENGINE=y
+# CONFIG_HAMACHI is not set
+# CONFIG_YELLOWFIN is not set
+CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_QLOGIC=y
+# CONFIG_QLA3XXX is not set
+# CONFIG_QLCNIC is not set
+# CONFIG_QLGE is not set
+# CONFIG_NETXEN_NIC is not set
+CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_REALTEK=y
+# CONFIG_8139CP is not set
+CONFIG_8139TOO=y
+CONFIG_8139TOO_PIO=y
+# CONFIG_8139TOO_TUNE_TWISTER is not set
+# CONFIG_8139TOO_8129 is not set
+# CONFIG_8139_OLD_RX_RESET is not set
+# CONFIG_R8169 is not set
+# CONFIG_SH_ETH is not set
+CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_RDC=y
+# CONFIG_R6040 is not set
+CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_SEEQ=y
+CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_SILAN=y
+# CONFIG_SC92031 is not set
+CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_SIS=y
+# CONFIG_SIS900 is not set
+# CONFIG_SIS190 is not set
+# CONFIG_SFC is not set
+CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_SMSC=y
+# CONFIG_EPIC100 is not set
+# CONFIG_SMSC911X is not set
+# CONFIG_SMSC9420 is not set
+CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_STMICRO=y
+# CONFIG_STMMAC_ETH is not set
+CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_SUN=y
+# CONFIG_HAPPYMEAL is not set
+# CONFIG_SUNGEM is not set
+# CONFIG_CASSINI is not set
+# CONFIG_NIU is not set
+CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_TEHUTI=y
+# CONFIG_TEHUTI is not set
+CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_TI=y
+# CONFIG_TLAN is not set
+CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_VIA=y
+# CONFIG_VIA_RHINE is not set
+# CONFIG_VIA_VELOCITY is not set
+CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_WIZNET=y
+CONFIG_WIZNET_W5100=m
+CONFIG_WIZNET_W5300=m
+# CONFIG_WIZNET_BUS_DIRECT is not set
+# CONFIG_WIZNET_BUS_INDIRECT is not set
+CONFIG_WIZNET_BUS_ANY=y
+CONFIG_FDDI=y
+# CONFIG_DEFXX is not set
+# CONFIG_SKFP is not set
+# CONFIG_HIPPI is not set
+# CONFIG_NET_SB1000 is not set
+CONFIG_PHYLIB=y
+
+#
+# MII PHY device drivers
+#
+# CONFIG_AT803X_PHY is not set
+CONFIG_AMD_PHY=m
+# CONFIG_MARVELL_PHY is not set
+# CONFIG_DAVICOM_PHY is not set
+# CONFIG_QSEMI_PHY is not set
+# CONFIG_LXT_PHY is not set
+# CONFIG_CICADA_PHY is not set
+# CONFIG_VITESSE_PHY is not set
+# CONFIG_SMSC_PHY is not set
+# CONFIG_BROADCOM_PHY is not set
+# CONFIG_BCM87XX_PHY is not set
+# CONFIG_ICPLUS_PHY is not set
+# CONFIG_REALTEK_PHY is not set
+# CONFIG_NATIONAL_PHY is not set
+# CONFIG_STE10XP is not set
+# CONFIG_LSI_ET1011C_PHY is not set
+# CONFIG_MICREL_PHY is not set
+# CONFIG_FIXED_PHY is not set
+# CONFIG_MDIO_BITBANG is not set
+# CONFIG_PPP is not set
+# CONFIG_SLIP is not set
+
+#
+# USB Network Adapters
+#
+# CONFIG_USB_CATC is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_KAWETH is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_PEGASUS is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_RTL8150 is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_RTL8152 is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_USBNET is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_IPHETH is not set
+CONFIG_WLAN=y
+# CONFIG_LIBERTAS_THINFIRM is not set
+# CONFIG_AIRO is not set
+# CONFIG_ATMEL is not set
+# CONFIG_AT76C50X_USB is not set
+# CONFIG_PRISM54 is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_ZD1201 is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_NET_RNDIS_WLAN is not set
+# CONFIG_RTL8180 is not set
+# CONFIG_RTL8187 is not set
+# CONFIG_ADM8211 is not set
+# CONFIG_MAC80211_HWSIM is not set
+# CONFIG_MWL8K is not set
+# CONFIG_ATH_CARDS is not set
+# CONFIG_B43 is not set
+# CONFIG_B43LEGACY is not set
+# CONFIG_BRCMSMAC is not set
+# CONFIG_BRCMFMAC is not set
+# CONFIG_HOSTAP is not set
+# CONFIG_IPW2100 is not set
+# CONFIG_IPW2200 is not set
+# CONFIG_IWLWIFI is not set
+# CONFIG_IWL4965 is not set
+# CONFIG_IWL3945 is not set
+# CONFIG_LIBERTAS is not set
+# CONFIG_HERMES is not set
+# CONFIG_P54_COMMON is not set
+# CONFIG_RT2X00 is not set
+CONFIG_RTL_CARDS=y
+# CONFIG_RTL8192CE is not set
+# CONFIG_RTL8192SE is not set
+# CONFIG_RTL8192DE is not set
+# CONFIG_RTL8723AE is not set
+# CONFIG_RTL8188EE is not set
+# CONFIG_RTL8192CU is not set
+# CONFIG_WL_TI is not set
+# CONFIG_ZD1211RW is not set
+# CONFIG_MWIFIEX is not set
+# CONFIG_CW1200 is not set
+
+#
+# Enable WiMAX (Networking options) to see the WiMAX drivers
+#
+# CONFIG_WAN is not set
+CONFIG_VMXNET3=m
+# CONFIG_ISDN is not set
+
+#
+# Input device support
+#
+CONFIG_INPUT=y
+# CONFIG_INPUT_FF_MEMLESS is not set
+CONFIG_INPUT_POLLDEV=y
+CONFIG_INPUT_SPARSEKMAP=y
+CONFIG_INPUT_MATRIXKMAP=m
+
+#
+# Userland interfaces
+#
+CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV=y
+# CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV_PSAUX is not set
+CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV_SCREEN_X=1024
+CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV_SCREEN_Y=768
+# CONFIG_INPUT_JOYDEV is not set
+CONFIG_INPUT_EVDEV=y
+# CONFIG_INPUT_EVBUG is not set
+
+#
+# Input Device Drivers
+#
+CONFIG_INPUT_KEYBOARD=y
+CONFIG_KEYBOARD_ATKBD=y
+# CONFIG_KEYBOARD_LKKBD is not set
+# CONFIG_KEYBOARD_NEWTON is not set
+# CONFIG_KEYBOARD_OPENCORES is not set
+# CONFIG_KEYBOARD_STOWAWAY is not set
+# CONFIG_KEYBOARD_SUNKBD is not set
+# CONFIG_KEYBOARD_XTKBD is not set
+CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSE=y
+CONFIG_MOUSE_PS2=y
+CONFIG_MOUSE_PS2_ALPS=y
+CONFIG_MOUSE_PS2_LOGIPS2PP=y
+CONFIG_MOUSE_PS2_SYNAPTICS=y
+CONFIG_MOUSE_PS2_CYPRESS=y
+CONFIG_MOUSE_PS2_LIFEBOOK=y
+CONFIG_MOUSE_PS2_TRACKPOINT=y
+# CONFIG_MOUSE_PS2_ELANTECH is not set
+# CONFIG_MOUSE_PS2_SENTELIC is not set
+# CONFIG_MOUSE_PS2_TOUCHKIT is not set
+# CONFIG_MOUSE_SERIAL is not set
+# CONFIG_MOUSE_APPLETOUCH is not set
+# CONFIG_MOUSE_BCM5974 is not set
+# CONFIG_MOUSE_VSXXXAA is not set
+# CONFIG_MOUSE_SYNAPTICS_USB is not set
+# CONFIG_INPUT_JOYSTICK is not set
+# CONFIG_INPUT_TABLET is not set
+# CONFIG_INPUT_TOUCHSCREEN is not set
+# CONFIG_INPUT_MISC is not set
+
+#
+# Hardware I/O ports
+#
+CONFIG_SERIO=y
+CONFIG_ARCH_MIGHT_HAVE_PC_SERIO=y
+CONFIG_SERIO_I8042=y
+CONFIG_SERIO_SERPORT=y
+# CONFIG_SERIO_CT82C710 is not set
+# CONFIG_SERIO_PCIPS2 is not set
+CONFIG_SERIO_LIBPS2=y
+# CONFIG_SERIO_RAW is not set
+# CONFIG_SERIO_ALTERA_PS2 is not set
+# CONFIG_SERIO_PS2MULT is not set
+# CONFIG_SERIO_ARC_PS2 is not set
+# CONFIG_GAMEPORT is not set
+
+#
+# Character devices
+#
+CONFIG_TTY=y
+CONFIG_VT=y
+CONFIG_CONSOLE_TRANSLATIONS=y
+CONFIG_VT_CONSOLE=y
+CONFIG_VT_CONSOLE_SLEEP=y
+CONFIG_HW_CONSOLE=y
+CONFIG_VT_HW_CONSOLE_BINDING=y
+CONFIG_UNIX98_PTYS=y
+# CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES is not set
+# CONFIG_LEGACY_PTYS is not set
+CONFIG_SERIAL_NONSTANDARD=y
+# CONFIG_ROCKETPORT is not set
+# CONFIG_CYCLADES is not set
+# CONFIG_MOXA_INTELLIO is not set
+# CONFIG_MOXA_SMARTIO is not set
+# CONFIG_SYNCLINK is not set
+# CONFIG_SYNCLINKMP is not set
+# CONFIG_SYNCLINK_GT is not set
+# CONFIG_NOZOMI is not set
+# CONFIG_ISI is not set
+# CONFIG_N_HDLC is not set
+# CONFIG_N_GSM is not set
+# CONFIG_TRACE_SINK is not set
+
+#
+# KCopy
+#
+CONFIG_KCOPY=m
+CONFIG_DEVKMEM=y
+
+#
+# Serial drivers
+#
+CONFIG_SERIAL_8250=y
+CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_DEPRECATED_OPTIONS=y
+CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_PNP=y
+CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_CONSOLE=y
+CONFIG_FIX_EARLYCON_MEM=y
+CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_DMA=y
+CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_PCI=y
+CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_NR_UARTS=32
+CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_RUNTIME_UARTS=4
+CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_EXTENDED=y
+CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_MANY_PORTS=y
+CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_SHARE_IRQ=y
+CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_DETECT_IRQ=y
+CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_RSA=y
+# CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_DW is not set
+
+#
+# Non-8250 serial port support
+#
+# CONFIG_SERIAL_MFD_HSU is not set
+CONFIG_SERIAL_CORE=y
+CONFIG_SERIAL_CORE_CONSOLE=y
+# CONFIG_SERIAL_JSM is not set
+# CONFIG_SERIAL_SCCNXP is not set
+# CONFIG_SERIAL_TIMBERDALE is not set
+# CONFIG_SERIAL_ALTERA_JTAGUART is not set
+# CONFIG_SERIAL_ALTERA_UART is not set
+# CONFIG_SERIAL_PCH_UART is not set
+# CONFIG_SERIAL_ARC is not set
+# CONFIG_SERIAL_RP2 is not set
+# CONFIG_SERIAL_FSL_LPUART is not set
+# CONFIG_TTY_PRINTK is not set
+# CONFIG_VIRTIO_CONSOLE is not set
+# CONFIG_IPMI_HANDLER is not set
+CONFIG_HW_RANDOM=y
+CONFIG_HW_RANDOM_TIMERIOMEM=m
+CONFIG_HW_RANDOM_INTEL=m
+CONFIG_HW_RANDOM_AMD=m
+CONFIG_HW_RANDOM_VIA=m
+CONFIG_HW_RANDOM_VIRTIO=y
+CONFIG_NVRAM=y
+# CONFIG_R3964 is not set
+# CONFIG_APPLICOM is not set
+# CONFIG_MWAVE is not set
+# CONFIG_RAW_DRIVER is not set
+CONFIG_HPET=y
+# CONFIG_HPET_MMAP is not set
+# CONFIG_HANGCHECK_TIMER is not set
+# CONFIG_TCG_TPM is not set
+# CONFIG_TELCLOCK is not set
+CONFIG_DEVPORT=y
+# CONFIG_I2C is not set
+# CONFIG_SPI is not set
+# CONFIG_HSI is not set
+
+#
+# PPS support
+#
+CONFIG_PPS=y
+# CONFIG_PPS_DEBUG is not set
+
+#
+# PPS clients support
+#
+CONFIG_PPS_CLIENT_KTIMER=m
+CONFIG_PPS_CLIENT_LDISC=m
+CONFIG_PPS_CLIENT_GPIO=m
+
+#
+# PPS generators support
+#
+
+#
+# PTP clock support
+#
+CONFIG_PTP_1588_CLOCK=y
+
+#
+# Enable PHYLIB and NETWORK_PHY_TIMESTAMPING to see the additional clocks.
+#
+CONFIG_PTP_1588_CLOCK_PCH=m
+CONFIG_ARCH_WANT_OPTIONAL_GPIOLIB=y
+# CONFIG_GPIOLIB is not set
+# CONFIG_W1 is not set
+CONFIG_POWER_SUPPLY=y
+# CONFIG_POWER_SUPPLY_DEBUG is not set
+# CONFIG_PDA_POWER is not set
+# CONFIG_TEST_POWER is not set
+# CONFIG_BATTERY_DS2780 is not set
+# CONFIG_BATTERY_DS2781 is not set
+# CONFIG_BATTERY_BQ27x00 is not set
+# CONFIG_CHARGER_MAX8903 is not set
+# CONFIG_POWER_RESET is not set
+# CONFIG_POWER_AVS is not set
+CONFIG_HWMON=y
+# CONFIG_HWMON_VID is not set
+# CONFIG_HWMON_DEBUG_CHIP is not set
+
+#
+# Native drivers
+#
+# CONFIG_SENSORS_ABITUGURU is not set
+# CONFIG_SENSORS_ABITUGURU3 is not set
+# CONFIG_SENSORS_K8TEMP is not set
+# CONFIG_SENSORS_K10TEMP is not set
+# CONFIG_SENSORS_FAM15H_POWER is not set
+# CONFIG_SENSORS_I5K_AMB is not set
+# CONFIG_SENSORS_F71805F is not set
+# CONFIG_SENSORS_F71882FG is not set
+# CONFIG_SENSORS_CORETEMP is not set
+# CONFIG_SENSORS_IT87 is not set
+# CONFIG_SENSORS_MAX197 is not set
+# CONFIG_SENSORS_NCT6775 is not set
+# CONFIG_SENSORS_NTC_THERMISTOR is not set
+# CONFIG_SENSORS_PC87360 is not set
+# CONFIG_SENSORS_PC87427 is not set
+# CONFIG_SENSORS_SIS5595 is not set
+# CONFIG_SENSORS_SMSC47M1 is not set
+# CONFIG_SENSORS_SMSC47B397 is not set
+# CONFIG_SENSORS_SCH56XX_COMMON is not set
+# CONFIG_SENSORS_SCH5627 is not set
+# CONFIG_SENSORS_SCH5636 is not set
+# CONFIG_SENSORS_VIA_CPUTEMP is not set
+# CONFIG_SENSORS_VIA686A is not set
+# CONFIG_SENSORS_VT1211 is not set
+# CONFIG_SENSORS_VT8231 is not set
+# CONFIG_SENSORS_W83627HF is not set
+# CONFIG_SENSORS_W83627EHF is not set
+# CONFIG_SENSORS_APPLESMC is not set
+
+#
+# ACPI drivers
+#
+# CONFIG_SENSORS_ACPI_POWER is not set
+# CONFIG_SENSORS_ATK0110 is not set
+CONFIG_THERMAL=y
+CONFIG_THERMAL_HWMON=y
+CONFIG_THERMAL_DEFAULT_GOV_STEP_WISE=y
+# CONFIG_THERMAL_DEFAULT_GOV_FAIR_SHARE is not set
+# CONFIG_THERMAL_DEFAULT_GOV_USER_SPACE is not set
+CONFIG_THERMAL_GOV_FAIR_SHARE=y
+CONFIG_THERMAL_GOV_STEP_WISE=y
+CONFIG_THERMAL_GOV_USER_SPACE=y
+CONFIG_THERMAL_EMULATION=y
+CONFIG_INTEL_POWERCLAMP=m
+CONFIG_X86_PKG_TEMP_THERMAL=m
+CONFIG_ACPI_INT3403_THERMAL=m
+
+#
+# Texas Instruments thermal drivers
+#
+CONFIG_WATCHDOG=y
+CONFIG_WATCHDOG_CORE=y
+# CONFIG_WATCHDOG_NOWAYOUT is not set
+
+#
+# Watchdog Device Drivers
+#
+# CONFIG_SOFT_WATCHDOG is not set
+# CONFIG_DW_WATCHDOG is not set
+# CONFIG_ACQUIRE_WDT is not set
+# CONFIG_ADVANTECH_WDT is not set
+# CONFIG_ALIM1535_WDT is not set
+# CONFIG_ALIM7101_WDT is not set
+# CONFIG_F71808E_WDT is not set
+# CONFIG_SP5100_TCO is not set
+# CONFIG_SC520_WDT is not set
+# CONFIG_SBC_FITPC2_WATCHDOG is not set
+# CONFIG_EUROTECH_WDT is not set
+# CONFIG_IB700_WDT is not set
+# CONFIG_IBMASR is not set
+# CONFIG_WAFER_WDT is not set
+# CONFIG_I6300ESB_WDT is not set
+# CONFIG_IE6XX_WDT is not set
+# CONFIG_ITCO_WDT is not set
+# CONFIG_IT8712F_WDT is not set
+# CONFIG_IT87_WDT is not set
+# CONFIG_HP_WATCHDOG is not set
+# CONFIG_SC1200_WDT is not set
+# CONFIG_PC87413_WDT is not set
+# CONFIG_NV_TCO is not set
+# CONFIG_60XX_WDT is not set
+# CONFIG_SBC8360_WDT is not set
+# CONFIG_CPU5_WDT is not set
+# CONFIG_SMSC_SCH311X_WDT is not set
+# CONFIG_SMSC37B787_WDT is not set
+CONFIG_VIA_WDT=m
+# CONFIG_W83627HF_WDT is not set
+# CONFIG_W83697HF_WDT is not set
+# CONFIG_W83697UG_WDT is not set
+# CONFIG_W83877F_WDT is not set
+# CONFIG_W83977F_WDT is not set
+# CONFIG_MACHZ_WDT is not set
+# CONFIG_SBC_EPX_C3_WATCHDOG is not set
+
+#
+# PCI-based Watchdog Cards
+#
+# CONFIG_PCIPCWATCHDOG is not set
+# CONFIG_WDTPCI is not set
+
+#
+# USB-based Watchdog Cards
+#
+# CONFIG_USBPCWATCHDOG is not set
+CONFIG_SSB_POSSIBLE=y
+
+#
+# Sonics Silicon Backplane
+#
+# CONFIG_SSB is not set
+CONFIG_BCMA_POSSIBLE=y
+
+#
+# Broadcom specific AMBA
+#
+# CONFIG_BCMA is not set
+
+#
+# Multifunction device drivers
+#
+# CONFIG_MFD_CORE is not set
+# CONFIG_MFD_CS5535 is not set
+# CONFIG_MFD_CROS_EC is not set
+# CONFIG_HTC_PASIC3 is not set
+# CONFIG_LPC_ICH is not set
+# CONFIG_LPC_SCH is not set
+# CONFIG_MFD_JANZ_CMODIO is not set
+# CONFIG_MFD_KEMPLD is not set
+# CONFIG_MFD_VIPERBOARD is not set
+# CONFIG_MFD_RDC321X is not set
+# CONFIG_MFD_RTSX_PCI is not set
+# CONFIG_MFD_SM501 is not set
+# CONFIG_ABX500_CORE is not set
+# CONFIG_MFD_SYSCON is not set
+# CONFIG_MFD_TI_AM335X_TSCADC is not set
+# CONFIG_MFD_TMIO is not set
+# CONFIG_MFD_VX855 is not set
+# CONFIG_REGULATOR is not set
+# CONFIG_MEDIA_SUPPORT is not set
+
+#
+# Graphics support
+#
+# CONFIG_AGP is not set
+CONFIG_VGA_ARB=y
+CONFIG_VGA_ARB_MAX_GPUS=16
+# CONFIG_VGA_SWITCHEROO is not set
+# CONFIG_DRM is not set
+# CONFIG_VGASTATE is not set
+# CONFIG_VIDEO_OUTPUT_CONTROL is not set
+# CONFIG_FB is not set
+# CONFIG_EXYNOS_VIDEO is not set
+CONFIG_BACKLIGHT_LCD_SUPPORT=y
+# CONFIG_LCD_CLASS_DEVICE is not set
+CONFIG_BACKLIGHT_CLASS_DEVICE=y
+CONFIG_BACKLIGHT_GENERIC=y
+# CONFIG_BACKLIGHT_APPLE is not set
+# CONFIG_BACKLIGHT_SAHARA is not set
+
+#
+# Console display driver support
+#
+CONFIG_VGA_CONSOLE=y
+CONFIG_VGACON_SOFT_SCROLLBACK=y
+CONFIG_VGACON_SOFT_SCROLLBACK_SIZE=64
+CONFIG_DUMMY_CONSOLE=y
+# CONFIG_SOUND is not set
+
+#
+# HID support
+#
+CONFIG_HID=m
+# CONFIG_HIDRAW is not set
+# CONFIG_UHID is not set
+CONFIG_HID_GENERIC=m
+
+#
+# Special HID drivers
+#
+# CONFIG_HID_A4TECH is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_ACRUX is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_APPLE is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_APPLEIR is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_AUREAL is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_BELKIN is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_CHERRY is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_CHICONY is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_CYPRESS is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_DRAGONRISE is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_EMS_FF is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_ELECOM is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_ELO is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_EZKEY is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_HOLTEK is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_HUION is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_KEYTOUCH is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_KYE is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_UCLOGIC is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_WALTOP is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_GYRATION is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_ICADE is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_TWINHAN is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_KENSINGTON is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_LCPOWER is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_LENOVO_TPKBD is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_LOGITECH is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_MAGICMOUSE is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_MICROSOFT is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_MONTEREY is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_MULTITOUCH is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_NTRIG is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_ORTEK is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_PANTHERLORD is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_PETALYNX is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_PICOLCD is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_PRIMAX is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_ROCCAT is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_SAITEK is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_SAMSUNG is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_SONY is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_SPEEDLINK is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_STEELSERIES is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_SUNPLUS is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_GREENASIA is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_SMARTJOYPLUS is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_TIVO is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_TOPSEED is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_THINGM is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_THRUSTMASTER is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_WACOM is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_WIIMOTE is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_XINMO is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_ZEROPLUS is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_ZYDACRON is not set
+# CONFIG_HID_SENSOR_HUB is not set
+
+#
+# USB HID support
+#
+CONFIG_USB_HID=m
+# CONFIG_HID_PID is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_HIDDEV is not set
+
+#
+# USB HID Boot Protocol drivers
+#
+# CONFIG_USB_KBD is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_MOUSE is not set
+CONFIG_USB_OHCI_LITTLE_ENDIAN=y
+CONFIG_USB_SUPPORT=y
+CONFIG_USB_COMMON=y
+CONFIG_USB_ARCH_HAS_HCD=y
+CONFIG_USB=y
+# CONFIG_USB_DEBUG is not set
+CONFIG_USB_ANNOUNCE_NEW_DEVICES=y
+
+#
+# Miscellaneous USB options
+#
+CONFIG_USB_DEFAULT_PERSIST=y
+# CONFIG_USB_DYNAMIC_MINORS is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_OTG_WHITELIST is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_OTG_BLACKLIST_HUB is not set
+CONFIG_USB_MON=y
+# CONFIG_USB_WUSB_CBAF is not set
+
+#
+# USB Host Controller Drivers
+#
+# CONFIG_USB_C67X00_HCD is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_XHCI_HCD is not set
+CONFIG_USB_EHCI_HCD=y
+# CONFIG_USB_EHCI_ROOT_HUB_TT is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TT_NEWSCHED is not set
+CONFIG_USB_EHCI_PCI=y
+# CONFIG_USB_EHCI_HCD_PLATFORM is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_OXU210HP_HCD is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_ISP116X_HCD is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_ISP1760_HCD is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_ISP1362_HCD is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_FUSBH200_HCD is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_FOTG210_HCD is not set
+CONFIG_USB_OHCI_HCD=y
+CONFIG_USB_OHCI_HCD_PCI=y
+# CONFIG_USB_OHCI_HCD_PLATFORM is not set
+CONFIG_USB_UHCI_HCD=y
+# CONFIG_USB_SL811_HCD is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_R8A66597_HCD is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_HCD_TEST_MODE is not set
+
+#
+# USB Device Class drivers
+#
+# CONFIG_USB_ACM is not set
+CONFIG_USB_PRINTER=y
+# CONFIG_USB_WDM is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_TMC is not set
+
+#
+# NOTE: USB_STORAGE depends on SCSI but BLK_DEV_SD may
+#
+
+#
+# also be needed; see USB_STORAGE Help for more info
+#
+CONFIG_USB_STORAGE=y
+# CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_DEBUG is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_REALTEK is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_DATAFAB is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_FREECOM is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_ISD200 is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_USBAT is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_SDDR09 is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_SDDR55 is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_JUMPSHOT is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_ALAUDA is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_ONETOUCH is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_KARMA is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_CYPRESS_ATACB is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_ENE_UB6250 is not set
+
+#
+# USB Imaging devices
+#
+# CONFIG_USB_MDC800 is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_MICROTEK is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_MUSB_HDRC is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_DWC3 is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_DWC2 is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_CHIPIDEA is not set
+
+#
+# USB port drivers
+#
+# CONFIG_USB_SERIAL is not set
+
+#
+# USB Miscellaneous drivers
+#
+# CONFIG_USB_EMI62 is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_EMI26 is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_ADUTUX is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_SEVSEG is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_RIO500 is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_LEGOTOWER is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_LCD is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_LED is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_CYPRESS_CY7C63 is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_CYTHERM is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_IDMOUSE is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_FTDI_ELAN is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_APPLEDISPLAY is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_SISUSBVGA is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_LD is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_TRANCEVIBRATOR is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_IOWARRIOR is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_TEST is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_EHSET_TEST_FIXTURE is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_ISIGHTFW is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_YUREX is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_EZUSB_FX2 is not set
+
+#
+# USB Physical Layer drivers
+#
+# CONFIG_USB_PHY is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_OTG_FSM is not set
+# CONFIG_NOP_USB_XCEIV is not set
+# CONFIG_SAMSUNG_USB2PHY is not set
+# CONFIG_SAMSUNG_USB3PHY is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_RCAR_PHY is not set
+# CONFIG_USB_GADGET is not set
+# CONFIG_UWB is not set
+# CONFIG_MMC is not set
+# CONFIG_MEMSTICK is not set
+CONFIG_NEW_LEDS=y
+CONFIG_LEDS_CLASS=y
+
+#
+# LED drivers
+#
+# CONFIG_LEDS_CLEVO_MAIL is not set
+# CONFIG_LEDS_INTEL_SS4200 is not set
+# CONFIG_LEDS_OT200 is not set
+
+#
+# LED Triggers
+#
+CONFIG_LEDS_TRIGGERS=y
+# CONFIG_LEDS_TRIGGER_TIMER is not set
+# CONFIG_LEDS_TRIGGER_ONESHOT is not set
+# CONFIG_LEDS_TRIGGER_HEARTBEAT is not set
+# CONFIG_LEDS_TRIGGER_BACKLIGHT is not set
+# CONFIG_LEDS_TRIGGER_CPU is not set
+# CONFIG_LEDS_TRIGGER_DEFAULT_ON is not set
+
+#
+# iptables trigger is under Netfilter config (LED target)
+#
+# CONFIG_LEDS_TRIGGER_TRANSIENT is not set
+# CONFIG_LEDS_TRIGGER_CAMERA is not set
+# CONFIG_ACCESSIBILITY is not set
+# CONFIG_INFINIBAND is not set
+CONFIG_EDAC=y
+CONFIG_EDAC_LEGACY_SYSFS=y
+# CONFIG_EDAC_DEBUG is not set
+CONFIG_EDAC_DECODE_MCE=y
+# CONFIG_EDAC_MCE_INJ is not set
+# CONFIG_EDAC_MM_EDAC is not set
+CONFIG_RTC_LIB=y
+CONFIG_RTC_CLASS=y
+# CONFIG_RTC_HCTOSYS is not set
+CONFIG_RTC_SYSTOHC=y
+CONFIG_RTC_HCTOSYS_DEVICE="rtc0"
+# CONFIG_RTC_DEBUG is not set
+
+#
+# RTC interfaces
+#
+CONFIG_RTC_INTF_SYSFS=y
+CONFIG_RTC_INTF_PROC=y
+CONFIG_RTC_INTF_DEV=y
+# CONFIG_RTC_INTF_DEV_UIE_EMUL is not set
+# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_TEST is not set
+
+#
+# SPI RTC drivers
+#
+
+#
+# Platform RTC drivers
+#
+CONFIG_RTC_DRV_CMOS=y
+# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_DS1286 is not set
+# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_DS1511 is not set
+# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_DS1553 is not set
+# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_DS1742 is not set
+# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_STK17TA8 is not set
+# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_M48T86 is not set
+# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_M48T35 is not set
+# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_M48T59 is not set
+# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_MSM6242 is not set
+# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_BQ4802 is not set
+# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_RP5C01 is not set
+# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_V3020 is not set
+# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_DS2404 is not set
+
+#
+# on-CPU RTC drivers
+#
+# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_MOXART is not set
+
+#
+# HID Sensor RTC drivers
+#
+# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_HID_SENSOR_TIME is not set
+CONFIG_DMADEVICES=y
+# CONFIG_DMADEVICES_DEBUG is not set
+
+#
+# DMA Devices
+#
+# CONFIG_INTEL_MID_DMAC is not set
+# CONFIG_INTEL_IOATDMA is not set
+# CONFIG_DW_DMAC_CORE is not set
+# CONFIG_DW_DMAC is not set
+# CONFIG_DW_DMAC_PCI is not set
+# CONFIG_TIMB_DMA is not set
+# CONFIG_PCH_DMA is not set
+CONFIG_DMA_ACPI=y
+# CONFIG_AUXDISPLAY is not set
+CONFIG_UIO=m
+CONFIG_UIO_CIF=m
+CONFIG_UIO_PDRV_GENIRQ=m
+CONFIG_UIO_DMEM_GENIRQ=m
+CONFIG_UIO_AEC=m
+CONFIG_UIO_SERCOS3=m
+CONFIG_UIO_PCI_GENERIC=m
+CONFIG_UIO_NETX=m
+# CONFIG_UIO_MF624 is not set
+CONFIG_VFIO_IOMMU_TYPE1=m
+CONFIG_VFIO=m
+CONFIG_VFIO_PCI=m
+# CONFIG_VFIO_PCI_VGA is not set
+CONFIG_VIRT_DRIVERS=y
+CONFIG_VIRTIO=y
+
+#
+# Virtio drivers
+#
+CONFIG_VIRTIO_PCI=y
+CONFIG_VIRTIO_BALLOON=y
+CONFIG_VIRTIO_MMIO=y
+# CONFIG_VIRTIO_MMIO_CMDLINE_DEVICES is not set
+
+#
+# Microsoft Hyper-V guest support
+#
+# CONFIG_HYPERV is not set
+# CONFIG_STAGING is not set
+CONFIG_X86_PLATFORM_DEVICES=y
+# CONFIG_ACERHDF is not set
+# CONFIG_ASUS_LAPTOP is not set
+# CONFIG_FUJITSU_LAPTOP is not set
+# CONFIG_FUJITSU_TABLET is not set
+# CONFIG_HP_ACCEL is not set
+# CONFIG_HP_WIRELESS is not set
+# CONFIG_PANASONIC_LAPTOP is not set
+# CONFIG_THINKPAD_ACPI is not set
+# CONFIG_SENSORS_HDAPS is not set
+# CONFIG_INTEL_MENLOW is not set
+CONFIG_EEEPC_LAPTOP=y
+# CONFIG_ACPI_WMI is not set
+# CONFIG_TOPSTAR_LAPTOP is not set
+# CONFIG_TOSHIBA_BT_RFKILL is not set
+# CONFIG_ACPI_CMPC is not set
+# CONFIG_INTEL_IPS is not set
+# CONFIG_IBM_RTL is not set
+# CONFIG_XO15_EBOOK is not set
+# CONFIG_SAMSUNG_LAPTOP is not set
+# CONFIG_SAMSUNG_Q10 is not set
+# CONFIG_APPLE_GMUX is not set
+CONFIG_INTEL_RST=m
+CONFIG_INTEL_SMARTCONNECT=m
+# CONFIG_PVPANIC is not set
+# CONFIG_CHROME_PLATFORMS is not set
+
+#
+# Hardware Spinlock drivers
+#
+CONFIG_CLKEVT_I8253=y
+CONFIG_I8253_LOCK=y
+CONFIG_CLKBLD_I8253=y
+# CONFIG_MAILBOX is not set
+CONFIG_IOMMU_API=y
+CONFIG_IOMMU_SUPPORT=y
+CONFIG_AMD_IOMMU=y
+CONFIG_AMD_IOMMU_STATS=y
+CONFIG_AMD_IOMMU_V2=m
+CONFIG_DMAR_TABLE=y
+CONFIG_INTEL_IOMMU=y
+CONFIG_INTEL_IOMMU_DEFAULT_ON=y
+CONFIG_INTEL_IOMMU_FLOPPY_WA=y
+CONFIG_IRQ_REMAP=y
+
+#
+# Remoteproc drivers
+#
+# CONFIG_STE_MODEM_RPROC is not set
+
+#
+# Rpmsg drivers
+#
+# CONFIG_PM_DEVFREQ is not set
+# CONFIG_EXTCON is not set
+# CONFIG_MEMORY is not set
+# CONFIG_IIO is not set
+CONFIG_NTB=m
+# CONFIG_VME_BUS is not set
+# CONFIG_PWM is not set
+# CONFIG_IPACK_BUS is not set
+# CONFIG_RESET_CONTROLLER is not set
+# CONFIG_FMC is not set
+
+#
+# PHY Subsystem
+#
+CONFIG_GENERIC_PHY=y
+CONFIG_PHY_EXYNOS_MIPI_VIDEO=m
+CONFIG_BCM_KONA_USB2_PHY=m
+CONFIG_POWERCAP=y
+CONFIG_INTEL_RAPL=m
+
+#
+# Firmware Drivers
+#
+# CONFIG_EDD is not set
+CONFIG_FIRMWARE_MEMMAP=y
+# CONFIG_DELL_RBU is not set
+# CONFIG_DCDBAS is not set
+CONFIG_DMIID=y
+# CONFIG_DMI_SYSFS is not set
+CONFIG_DMI_SCAN_MACHINE_NON_EFI_FALLBACK=y
+# CONFIG_ISCSI_IBFT_FIND is not set
+# CONFIG_GOOGLE_FIRMWARE is not set
+
+#
+# EFI (Extensible Firmware Interface) Support
+#
+CONFIG_EFI_VARS=y
+CONFIG_EFI_RUNTIME_MAP=y
+CONFIG_UEFI_CPER=y
+
+#
+# File systems
+#
+CONFIG_DCACHE_WORD_ACCESS=y
+CONFIG_EXT2_FS=y
+CONFIG_EXT2_FS_XATTR=y
+CONFIG_EXT2_FS_POSIX_ACL=y
+CONFIG_EXT2_FS_SECURITY=y
+# CONFIG_EXT2_FS_XIP is not set
+CONFIG_EXT3_FS=y
+# CONFIG_EXT3_DEFAULTS_TO_ORDERED is not set
+CONFIG_EXT3_FS_XATTR=y
+CONFIG_EXT3_FS_POSIX_ACL=y
+CONFIG_EXT3_FS_SECURITY=y
+CONFIG_EXT4_FS=y
+CONFIG_EXT4_FS_POSIX_ACL=y
+CONFIG_EXT4_FS_SECURITY=y
+# CONFIG_EXT4_DEBUG is not set
+CONFIG_JBD=y
+CONFIG_JBD_DEBUG=y
+CONFIG_JBD2=y
+CONFIG_JBD2_DEBUG=y
+CONFIG_FS_MBCACHE=y
+CONFIG_REISERFS_FS=m
+# CONFIG_REISERFS_CHECK is not set
+CONFIG_REISERFS_PROC_INFO=y
+CONFIG_REISERFS_FS_XATTR=y
+CONFIG_REISERFS_FS_POSIX_ACL=y
+CONFIG_REISERFS_FS_SECURITY=y
+CONFIG_JFS_FS=m
+CONFIG_JFS_POSIX_ACL=y
+CONFIG_JFS_SECURITY=y
+# CONFIG_JFS_DEBUG is not set
+CONFIG_JFS_STATISTICS=y
+CONFIG_XFS_FS=m
+CONFIG_XFS_QUOTA=y
+CONFIG_XFS_POSIX_ACL=y
+CONFIG_XFS_RT=y
+CONFIG_XFS_WARN=y
+# CONFIG_XFS_DEBUG is not set
+CONFIG_GFS2_FS=m
+# CONFIG_GFS2_FS_LOCKING_DLM is not set
+CONFIG_OCFS2_FS=m
+CONFIG_OCFS2_FS_O2CB=m
+CONFIG_OCFS2_FS_USERSPACE_CLUSTER=m
+CONFIG_OCFS2_FS_STATS=y
+CONFIG_OCFS2_DEBUG_MASKLOG=y
+CONFIG_OCFS2_DEBUG_FS=y
+CONFIG_BTRFS_FS=m
+CONFIG_BTRFS_FS_POSIX_ACL=y
+# CONFIG_BTRFS_FS_CHECK_INTEGRITY is not set
+CONFIG_BTRFS_FS_RUN_SANITY_TESTS=y
+# CONFIG_BTRFS_DEBUG is not set
+CONFIG_BTRFS_ASSERT=y
+CONFIG_NILFS2_FS=m
+CONFIG_FS_POSIX_ACL=y
+CONFIG_EXPORTFS=y
+CONFIG_FILE_LOCKING=y
+CONFIG_FSNOTIFY=y
+CONFIG_DNOTIFY=y
+CONFIG_INOTIFY_USER=y
+CONFIG_FANOTIFY=y
+CONFIG_FANOTIFY_ACCESS_PERMISSIONS=y
+CONFIG_QUOTA=y
+CONFIG_QUOTA_NETLINK_INTERFACE=y
+# CONFIG_PRINT_QUOTA_WARNING is not set
+# CONFIG_QUOTA_DEBUG is not set
+CONFIG_QUOTA_TREE=m
+# CONFIG_QFMT_V1 is not set
+CONFIG_QFMT_V2=m
+CONFIG_QUOTACTL=y
+CONFIG_QUOTACTL_COMPAT=y
+CONFIG_AUTOFS4_FS=y
+CONFIG_FUSE_FS=m
+CONFIG_CUSE=m
+
+#
+# Caches
+#
+CONFIG_FSCACHE=m
+CONFIG_FSCACHE_STATS=y
+CONFIG_FSCACHE_HISTOGRAM=y
+# CONFIG_FSCACHE_DEBUG is not set
+# CONFIG_FSCACHE_OBJECT_LIST is not set
+# CONFIG_CACHEFILES is not set
+
+#
+# CD-ROM/DVD Filesystems
+#
+CONFIG_ISO9660_FS=m
+CONFIG_JOLIET=y
+CONFIG_ZISOFS=y
+CONFIG_UDF_FS=m
+CONFIG_UDF_NLS=y
+
+#
+# DOS/FAT/NT Filesystems
+#
+CONFIG_FAT_FS=m
+CONFIG_MSDOS_FS=m
+CONFIG_VFAT_FS=m
+CONFIG_FAT_DEFAULT_CODEPAGE=437
+CONFIG_FAT_DEFAULT_IOCHARSET="iso8859-1"
+CONFIG_NTFS_FS=m
+# CONFIG_NTFS_DEBUG is not set
+CONFIG_NTFS_RW=y
+
+#
+# Pseudo filesystems
+#
+CONFIG_PROC_FS=y
+CONFIG_PROC_KCORE=y
+CONFIG_PROC_VMCORE=y
+CONFIG_PROC_SYSCTL=y
+CONFIG_PROC_PAGE_MONITOR=y
+CONFIG_SYSFS=y
+CONFIG_TMPFS=y
+CONFIG_TMPFS_POSIX_ACL=y
+CONFIG_TMPFS_XATTR=y
+CONFIG_HUGETLBFS=y
+CONFIG_HUGETLB_PAGE=y
+CONFIG_CONFIGFS_FS=m
+CONFIG_MISC_FILESYSTEMS=y
+# CONFIG_ADFS_FS is not set
+# CONFIG_AFFS_FS is not set
+# CONFIG_ECRYPT_FS is not set
+# CONFIG_HFS_FS is not set
+# CONFIG_HFSPLUS_FS is not set
+# CONFIG_BEFS_FS is not set
+# CONFIG_BFS_FS is not set
+# CONFIG_EFS_FS is not set
+CONFIG_LOGFS=m
+CONFIG_CRAMFS=m
+CONFIG_SQUASHFS=m
+CONFIG_SQUASHFS_FILE_CACHE=y
+# CONFIG_SQUASHFS_FILE_DIRECT is not set
+CONFIG_SQUASHFS_DECOMP_SINGLE=y
+# CONFIG_SQUASHFS_DECOMP_MULTI is not set
+# CONFIG_SQUASHFS_DECOMP_MULTI_PERCPU is not set
+CONFIG_SQUASHFS_XATTR=y
+CONFIG_SQUASHFS_ZLIB=y
+CONFIG_SQUASHFS_LZO=y
+CONFIG_SQUASHFS_XZ=y
+CONFIG_SQUASHFS_4K_DEVBLK_SIZE=y
+CONFIG_SQUASHFS_EMBEDDED=y
+CONFIG_SQUASHFS_FRAGMENT_CACHE_SIZE=3
+# CONFIG_VXFS_FS is not set
+# CONFIG_MINIX_FS is not set
+# CONFIG_OMFS_FS is not set
+# CONFIG_HPFS_FS is not set
+# CONFIG_QNX4FS_FS is not set
+# CONFIG_QNX6FS_FS is not set
+CONFIG_ROMFS_FS=m
+CONFIG_ROMFS_BACKED_BY_BLOCK=y
+CONFIG_ROMFS_ON_BLOCK=y
+# CONFIG_PSTORE is not set
+# CONFIG_SYSV_FS is not set
+CONFIG_UFS_FS=m
+# CONFIG_UFS_FS_WRITE is not set
+# CONFIG_UFS_DEBUG is not set
+CONFIG_F2FS_FS=m
+CONFIG_F2FS_STAT_FS=y
+CONFIG_F2FS_FS_XATTR=y
+CONFIG_F2FS_FS_POSIX_ACL=y
+CONFIG_F2FS_FS_SECURITY=y
+CONFIG_F2FS_CHECK_FS=y
+CONFIG_EFIVAR_FS=m
+CONFIG_NETWORK_FILESYSTEMS=y
+CONFIG_NFS_FS=m
+CONFIG_NFS_V2=m
+CONFIG_NFS_V3=m
+CONFIG_NFS_V3_ACL=y
+CONFIG_NFS_V4=m
+# CONFIG_NFS_SWAP is not set
+CONFIG_NFS_V4_1=y
+CONFIG_NFS_V4_2=y
+CONFIG_PNFS_FILE_LAYOUT=m
+CONFIG_PNFS_BLOCK=m
+CONFIG_NFS_V4_1_IMPLEMENTATION_ID_DOMAIN="kernel.org"
+# CONFIG_NFS_V4_1_MIGRATION is not set
+CONFIG_NFS_V4_SECURITY_LABEL=y
+# CONFIG_NFS_FSCACHE is not set
+# CONFIG_NFS_USE_LEGACY_DNS is not set
+CONFIG_NFS_USE_KERNEL_DNS=y
+CONFIG_NFS_DEBUG=y
+# CONFIG_NFSD is not set
+CONFIG_LOCKD=m
+CONFIG_LOCKD_V4=y
+CONFIG_NFS_ACL_SUPPORT=m
+CONFIG_NFS_COMMON=y
+CONFIG_SUNRPC=m
+CONFIG_SUNRPC_GSS=m
+CONFIG_SUNRPC_BACKCHANNEL=y
+CONFIG_RPCSEC_GSS_KRB5=m
+CONFIG_SUNRPC_DEBUG=y
+# CONFIG_CEPH_FS is not set
+CONFIG_CIFS=m
+CONFIG_CIFS_STATS=y
+CONFIG_CIFS_STATS2=y
+# CONFIG_CIFS_WEAK_PW_HASH is not set
+# CONFIG_CIFS_UPCALL is not set
+CONFIG_CIFS_XATTR=y
+CONFIG_CIFS_POSIX=y
+CONFIG_CIFS_ACL=y
+CONFIG_CIFS_DEBUG=y
+# CONFIG_CIFS_DEBUG2 is not set
+# CONFIG_CIFS_DFS_UPCALL is not set
+CONFIG_CIFS_SMB2=y
+CONFIG_CIFS_FSCACHE=y
+# CONFIG_NCP_FS is not set
+# CONFIG_CODA_FS is not set
+# CONFIG_AFS_FS is not set
+CONFIG_NLS=y
+CONFIG_NLS_DEFAULT="utf8"
+CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_437=y
+CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_737=m
+CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_775=m
+CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_850=m
+CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_852=m
+CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_855=m
+CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_857=m
+CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_860=m
+CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_861=m
+CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_862=m
+CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_863=m
+CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_864=m
+CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_865=m
+CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_866=m
+CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_869=m
+CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_936=m
+CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_950=m
+CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_932=m
+CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_949=m
+CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_874=m
+CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_8=m
+CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_1250=m
+CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_1251=m
+CONFIG_NLS_ASCII=y
+CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_1=y
+CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_2=m
+CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_3=m
+CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_4=m
+CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_5=m
+CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_6=m
+CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_7=m
+CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_9=m
+CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_13=m
+CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_14=m
+CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_15=y
+CONFIG_NLS_KOI8_R=m
+CONFIG_NLS_KOI8_U=m
+CONFIG_NLS_MAC_ROMAN=m
+CONFIG_NLS_MAC_CELTIC=m
+CONFIG_NLS_MAC_CENTEURO=m
+CONFIG_NLS_MAC_CROATIAN=m
+CONFIG_NLS_MAC_CYRILLIC=m
+CONFIG_NLS_MAC_GAELIC=m
+CONFIG_NLS_MAC_GREEK=m
+CONFIG_NLS_MAC_ICELAND=m
+CONFIG_NLS_MAC_INUIT=m
+CONFIG_NLS_MAC_ROMANIAN=m
+CONFIG_NLS_MAC_TURKISH=m
+CONFIG_NLS_UTF8=y
+CONFIG_DLM=m
+# CONFIG_DLM_DEBUG is not set
+
+#
+# Kernel hacking
+#
+CONFIG_TRACE_IRQFLAGS_SUPPORT=y
+
+#
+# printk and dmesg options
+#
+CONFIG_PRINTK_TIME=y
+CONFIG_DEFAULT_MESSAGE_LOGLEVEL=4
+# CONFIG_BOOT_PRINTK_DELAY is not set
+# CONFIG_DYNAMIC_DEBUG is not set
+
+#
+# Compile-time checks and compiler options
+#
+# CONFIG_DEBUG_INFO is not set
+# CONFIG_ENABLE_WARN_DEPRECATED is not set
+CONFIG_ENABLE_MUST_CHECK=y
+CONFIG_FRAME_WARN=2048
+# CONFIG_STRIP_ASM_SYMS is not set
+# CONFIG_READABLE_ASM is not set
+# CONFIG_UNUSED_SYMBOLS is not set
+CONFIG_DEBUG_FS=y
+# CONFIG_HEADERS_CHECK is not set
+# CONFIG_DEBUG_SECTION_MISMATCH is not set
+CONFIG_ARCH_WANT_FRAME_POINTERS=y
+CONFIG_FRAME_POINTER=y
+# CONFIG_DEBUG_FORCE_WEAK_PER_CPU is not set
+CONFIG_MAGIC_SYSRQ=y
+CONFIG_MAGIC_SYSRQ_DEFAULT_ENABLE=0x1
+CONFIG_DEBUG_KERNEL=y
+
+#
+# Memory Debugging
+#
+# CONFIG_DEBUG_PAGEALLOC is not set
+# CONFIG_DEBUG_OBJECTS is not set
+# CONFIG_SLUB_DEBUG_ON is not set
+# CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is not set
+CONFIG_HAVE_DEBUG_KMEMLEAK=y
+# CONFIG_DEBUG_KMEMLEAK is not set
+CONFIG_DEBUG_STACK_USAGE=y
+# CONFIG_DEBUG_VM is not set
+# CONFIG_DEBUG_VIRTUAL is not set
+# CONFIG_DEBUG_MEMORY_INIT is not set
+# CONFIG_DEBUG_PER_CPU_MAPS is not set
+CONFIG_HAVE_DEBUG_STACKOVERFLOW=y
+CONFIG_DEBUG_STACKOVERFLOW=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_ARCH_KMEMCHECK=y
+# CONFIG_KMEMCHECK is not set
+# CONFIG_DEBUG_SHIRQ is not set
+
+#
+# Debug Lockups and Hangs
+#
+# CONFIG_LOCKUP_DETECTOR is not set
+# CONFIG_DETECT_HUNG_TASK is not set
+# CONFIG_PANIC_ON_OOPS is not set
+CONFIG_PANIC_ON_OOPS_VALUE=0
+CONFIG_PANIC_TIMEOUT=0
+# CONFIG_SCHED_DEBUG is not set
+CONFIG_SCHEDSTATS=y
+CONFIG_TIMER_STATS=y
+
+#
+# Lock Debugging (spinlocks, mutexes, etc...)
+#
+# CONFIG_DEBUG_RT_MUTEXES is not set
+# CONFIG_RT_MUTEX_TESTER is not set
+# CONFIG_DEBUG_SPINLOCK is not set
+# CONFIG_DEBUG_MUTEXES is not set
+# CONFIG_DEBUG_WW_MUTEX_SLOWPATH is not set
+# CONFIG_DEBUG_LOCK_ALLOC is not set
+# CONFIG_PROVE_LOCKING is not set
+# CONFIG_LOCK_STAT is not set
+# CONFIG_DEBUG_ATOMIC_SLEEP is not set
+# CONFIG_DEBUG_LOCKING_API_SELFTESTS is not set
+CONFIG_STACKTRACE=y
+# CONFIG_DEBUG_KOBJECT is not set
+CONFIG_DEBUG_BUGVERBOSE=y
+# CONFIG_DEBUG_WRITECOUNT is not set
+# CONFIG_DEBUG_LIST is not set
+# CONFIG_DEBUG_SG is not set
+# CONFIG_DEBUG_NOTIFIERS is not set
+# CONFIG_DEBUG_CREDENTIALS is not set
+
+#
+# RCU Debugging
+#
+# CONFIG_SPARSE_RCU_POINTER is not set
+# CONFIG_RCU_TORTURE_TEST is not set
+CONFIG_RCU_CPU_STALL_TIMEOUT=60
+# CONFIG_RCU_CPU_STALL_INFO is not set
+# CONFIG_RCU_TRACE is not set
+# CONFIG_DEBUG_BLOCK_EXT_DEVT is not set
+# CONFIG_NOTIFIER_ERROR_INJECTION is not set
+# CONFIG_FAULT_INJECTION is not set
+# CONFIG_LATENCYTOP is not set
+CONFIG_ARCH_HAS_DEBUG_STRICT_USER_COPY_CHECKS=y
+# CONFIG_DEBUG_STRICT_USER_COPY_CHECKS is not set
+CONFIG_USER_STACKTRACE_SUPPORT=y
+CONFIG_NOP_TRACER=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_FUNCTION_TRACER=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_FUNCTION_GRAPH_TRACER=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_FUNCTION_GRAPH_FP_TEST=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_FUNCTION_TRACE_MCOUNT_TEST=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_DYNAMIC_FTRACE=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_DYNAMIC_FTRACE_WITH_REGS=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_FTRACE_MCOUNT_RECORD=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_SYSCALL_TRACEPOINTS=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_FENTRY=y
+CONFIG_HAVE_C_RECORDMCOUNT=y
+CONFIG_TRACE_CLOCK=y
+CONFIG_RING_BUFFER=y
+CONFIG_EVENT_TRACING=y
+CONFIG_CONTEXT_SWITCH_TRACER=y
+CONFIG_TRACING=y
+CONFIG_GENERIC_TRACER=y
+CONFIG_TRACING_SUPPORT=y
+CONFIG_FTRACE=y
+# CONFIG_FUNCTION_TRACER is not set
+# CONFIG_IRQSOFF_TRACER is not set
+# CONFIG_SCHED_TRACER is not set
+# CONFIG_FTRACE_SYSCALLS is not set
+# CONFIG_TRACER_SNAPSHOT is not set
+CONFIG_BRANCH_PROFILE_NONE=y
+# CONFIG_PROFILE_ANNOTATED_BRANCHES is not set
+# CONFIG_PROFILE_ALL_BRANCHES is not set
+# CONFIG_STACK_TRACER is not set
+CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IO_TRACE=y
+CONFIG_KPROBE_EVENT=y
+# CONFIG_UPROBE_EVENT is not set
+CONFIG_PROBE_EVENTS=y
+# CONFIG_FTRACE_STARTUP_TEST is not set
+# CONFIG_MMIOTRACE is not set
+# CONFIG_RING_BUFFER_BENCHMARK is not set
+# CONFIG_RING_BUFFER_STARTUP_TEST is not set
+
+#
+# Runtime Testing
+#
+# CONFIG_LKDTM is not set
+# CONFIG_TEST_LIST_SORT is not set
+# CONFIG_KPROBES_SANITY_TEST is not set
+# CONFIG_BACKTRACE_SELF_TEST is not set
+# CONFIG_RBTREE_TEST is not set
+# CONFIG_INTERVAL_TREE_TEST is not set
+CONFIG_PERCPU_TEST=m
+# CONFIG_ATOMIC64_SELFTEST is not set
+# CONFIG_ASYNC_RAID6_TEST is not set
+CONFIG_TEST_STRING_HELPERS=m
+# CONFIG_TEST_KSTRTOX is not set
+CONFIG_PROVIDE_OHCI1394_DMA_INIT=y
+# CONFIG_DMA_API_DEBUG is not set
+CONFIG_TEST_MODULE=m
+CONFIG_TEST_USER_COPY=m
+# CONFIG_SAMPLES is not set
+CONFIG_HAVE_ARCH_KGDB=y
+# CONFIG_KGDB is not set
+# CONFIG_STRICT_DEVMEM is not set
+CONFIG_X86_VERBOSE_BOOTUP=y
+CONFIG_EARLY_PRINTK=y
+CONFIG_EARLY_PRINTK_DBGP=y
+# CONFIG_EARLY_PRINTK_EFI is not set
+# CONFIG_X86_PTDUMP is not set
+CONFIG_DEBUG_RODATA=y
+# CONFIG_DEBUG_RODATA_TEST is not set
+# CONFIG_DEBUG_SET_MODULE_RONX is not set
+CONFIG_DEBUG_NX_TEST=m
+CONFIG_DOUBLEFAULT=y
+# CONFIG_DEBUG_TLBFLUSH is not set
+# CONFIG_IOMMU_DEBUG is not set
+# CONFIG_IOMMU_STRESS is not set
+CONFIG_HAVE_MMIOTRACE_SUPPORT=y
+# CONFIG_X86_DECODER_SELFTEST is not set
+CONFIG_IO_DELAY_TYPE_0X80=0
+CONFIG_IO_DELAY_TYPE_0XED=1
+CONFIG_IO_DELAY_TYPE_UDELAY=2
+CONFIG_IO_DELAY_TYPE_NONE=3
+CONFIG_IO_DELAY_0X80=y
+# CONFIG_IO_DELAY_0XED is not set
+# CONFIG_IO_DELAY_UDELAY is not set
+# CONFIG_IO_DELAY_NONE is not set
+CONFIG_DEFAULT_IO_DELAY_TYPE=0
+CONFIG_DEBUG_BOOT_PARAMS=y
+# CONFIG_CPA_DEBUG is not set
+CONFIG_OPTIMIZE_INLINING=y
+# CONFIG_DEBUG_NMI_SELFTEST is not set
+# CONFIG_X86_DEBUG_STATIC_CPU_HAS is not set
+
+#
+# Security options
+#
+CONFIG_KEYS=y
+# CONFIG_PERSISTENT_KEYRINGS is not set
+# CONFIG_BIG_KEYS is not set
+CONFIG_ENCRYPTED_KEYS=y
+CONFIG_KEYS_DEBUG_PROC_KEYS=y
+# CONFIG_SECURITY_DMESG_RESTRICT is not set
+CONFIG_SECURITY=y
+CONFIG_SECURITYFS=y
+CONFIG_SECURITY_NETWORK=y
+# CONFIG_SECURITY_NETWORK_XFRM is not set
+CONFIG_SECURITY_PATH=y
+# CONFIG_INTEL_TXT is not set
+CONFIG_LSM_MMAP_MIN_ADDR=65536
+CONFIG_SECURITY_SELINUX=y
+CONFIG_SECURITY_SELINUX_BOOTPARAM=y
+CONFIG_SECURITY_SELINUX_BOOTPARAM_VALUE=1
+CONFIG_SECURITY_SELINUX_DISABLE=y
+CONFIG_SECURITY_SELINUX_DEVELOP=y
+CONFIG_SECURITY_SELINUX_AVC_STATS=y
+CONFIG_SECURITY_SELINUX_CHECKREQPROT_VALUE=1
+# CONFIG_SECURITY_SELINUX_POLICYDB_VERSION_MAX is not set
+# CONFIG_SECURITY_SMACK is not set
+# CONFIG_SECURITY_TOMOYO is not set
+# CONFIG_SECURITY_APPARMOR is not set
+CONFIG_SECURITY_YAMA=y
+# CONFIG_SECURITY_YAMA_STACKED is not set
+CONFIG_INTEGRITY=y
+# CONFIG_INTEGRITY_SIGNATURE is not set
+CONFIG_INTEGRITY_AUDIT=y
+# CONFIG_IMA is not set
+CONFIG_EVM=y
+CONFIG_EVM_HMAC_VERSION=2
+CONFIG_DEFAULT_SECURITY_SELINUX=y
+# CONFIG_DEFAULT_SECURITY_YAMA is not set
+# CONFIG_DEFAULT_SECURITY_DAC is not set
+CONFIG_DEFAULT_SECURITY="selinux"
+CONFIG_XOR_BLOCKS=m
+CONFIG_ASYNC_CORE=m
+CONFIG_ASYNC_MEMCPY=m
+CONFIG_ASYNC_XOR=m
+CONFIG_ASYNC_PQ=m
+CONFIG_ASYNC_RAID6_RECOV=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO=y
+
+#
+# Crypto core or helper
+#
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_ALGAPI=y
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_ALGAPI2=y
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_AEAD=y
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_AEAD2=y
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_BLKCIPHER=y
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_BLKCIPHER2=y
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_HASH=y
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_HASH2=y
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_RNG=y
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_RNG2=y
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_PCOMP=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_PCOMP2=y
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_MANAGER=y
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_MANAGER2=y
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_MANAGER_DISABLE_TESTS=y
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_GF128MUL=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_NULL=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_PCRYPT=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_WORKQUEUE=y
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_CRYPTD=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_AUTHENC=y
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_TEST=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_ABLK_HELPER=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_GLUE_HELPER_X86=m
+
+#
+# Authenticated Encryption with Associated Data
+#
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_CCM=y
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_GCM=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_SEQIV=y
+
+#
+# Block modes
+#
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_CBC=y
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_CTR=y
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_CTS=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_ECB=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_LRW=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_PCBC=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_XTS=m
+
+#
+# Hash modes
+#
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_CMAC=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC=y
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_XCBC=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_VMAC=m
+
+#
+# Digest
+#
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_CRC32C=y
+# CONFIG_CRYPTO_CRC32C_INTEL is not set
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_CRC32=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_CRC32_PCLMUL=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_CRCT10DIF=y
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_CRCT10DIF_PCLMUL=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_GHASH=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_MD4=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_MD5=y
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_MICHAEL_MIC=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_RMD128=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_RMD160=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_RMD256=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_RMD320=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA1=y
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA1_SSSE3=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256_SSSE3=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA512_SSSE3=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256=y
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA512=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_TGR192=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_WP512=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_GHASH_CLMUL_NI_INTEL=m
+
+#
+# Ciphers
+#
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_AES=y
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_AES_X86_64=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_AES_NI_INTEL=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_ANUBIS=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_ARC4=y
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_BLOWFISH=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_BLOWFISH_COMMON=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_BLOWFISH_X86_64=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_CAMELLIA=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_CAMELLIA_X86_64=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_CAMELLIA_AESNI_AVX_X86_64=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_CAMELLIA_AESNI_AVX2_X86_64=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_CAST_COMMON=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_CAST5=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_CAST5_AVX_X86_64=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_CAST6=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_CAST6_AVX_X86_64=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_DES=y
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_FCRYPT=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_KHAZAD=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_SALSA20=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_SALSA20_X86_64=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_SEED=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_SERPENT=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_SERPENT_SSE2_X86_64=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_SERPENT_AVX_X86_64=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_SERPENT_AVX2_X86_64=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_TEA=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_TWOFISH=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_TWOFISH_COMMON=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_TWOFISH_X86_64=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_TWOFISH_X86_64_3WAY=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_TWOFISH_AVX_X86_64=m
+
+#
+# Compression
+#
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_DEFLATE=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_ZLIB=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_LZO=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_LZ4=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_LZ4HC=m
+
+#
+# Random Number Generation
+#
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_ANSI_CPRNG=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_SKCIPHER=m
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_HASH_INFO=y
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_HW=y
+# CONFIG_CRYPTO_DEV_PADLOCK is not set
+# CONFIG_CRYPTO_DEV_CCP is not set
+CONFIG_ASYMMETRIC_KEY_TYPE=m
+CONFIG_ASYMMETRIC_PUBLIC_KEY_SUBTYPE=m
+CONFIG_PUBLIC_KEY_ALGO_RSA=m
+CONFIG_X509_CERTIFICATE_PARSER=m
+CONFIG_HAVE_KVM=y
+CONFIG_VIRTUALIZATION=y
+# CONFIG_KVM is not set
+CONFIG_BINARY_PRINTF=y
+
+#
+# Library routines
+#
+CONFIG_RAID6_PQ=m
+CONFIG_BITREVERSE=y
+CONFIG_GENERIC_STRNCPY_FROM_USER=y
+CONFIG_GENERIC_STRNLEN_USER=y
+CONFIG_GENERIC_NET_UTILS=y
+CONFIG_GENERIC_FIND_FIRST_BIT=y
+CONFIG_GENERIC_PCI_IOMAP=y
+CONFIG_GENERIC_IOMAP=y
+CONFIG_GENERIC_IO=y
+CONFIG_ARCH_USE_CMPXCHG_LOCKREF=y
+CONFIG_CRC_CCITT=m
+CONFIG_CRC16=y
+CONFIG_CRC_T10DIF=m
+CONFIG_CRC_ITU_T=y
+CONFIG_CRC32=y
+CONFIG_CRC32_SELFTEST=y
+CONFIG_CRC32_SLICEBY8=y
+# CONFIG_CRC32_SLICEBY4 is not set
+# CONFIG_CRC32_SARWATE is not set
+# CONFIG_CRC32_BIT is not set
+CONFIG_CRC7=m
+CONFIG_LIBCRC32C=m
+CONFIG_CRC8=m
+# CONFIG_RANDOM32_SELFTEST is not set
+CONFIG_ZLIB_INFLATE=y
+CONFIG_ZLIB_DEFLATE=m
+CONFIG_LZO_COMPRESS=y
+CONFIG_LZO_DECOMPRESS=y
+CONFIG_LZ4_COMPRESS=m
+CONFIG_LZ4HC_COMPRESS=m
+CONFIG_LZ4_DECOMPRESS=y
+CONFIG_XZ_DEC=y
+CONFIG_XZ_DEC_X86=y
+CONFIG_XZ_DEC_POWERPC=y
+CONFIG_XZ_DEC_IA64=y
+CONFIG_XZ_DEC_ARM=y
+CONFIG_XZ_DEC_ARMTHUMB=y
+CONFIG_XZ_DEC_SPARC=y
+CONFIG_XZ_DEC_BCJ=y
+CONFIG_XZ_DEC_TEST=m
+CONFIG_DECOMPRESS_GZIP=y
+CONFIG_DECOMPRESS_BZIP2=y
+CONFIG_DECOMPRESS_LZMA=y
+CONFIG_DECOMPRESS_XZ=y
+CONFIG_DECOMPRESS_LZO=y
+CONFIG_DECOMPRESS_LZ4=y
+CONFIG_TEXTSEARCH=y
+CONFIG_TEXTSEARCH_KMP=m
+CONFIG_TEXTSEARCH_BM=m
+CONFIG_TEXTSEARCH_FSM=m
+CONFIG_BTREE=y
+CONFIG_ASSOCIATIVE_ARRAY=y
+CONFIG_HAS_IOMEM=y
+CONFIG_HAS_IOPORT=y
+CONFIG_HAS_DMA=y
+CONFIG_CPU_RMAP=y
+CONFIG_DQL=y
+CONFIG_NLATTR=y
+CONFIG_ARCH_HAS_ATOMIC64_DEC_IF_POSITIVE=y
+CONFIG_LRU_CACHE=m
+CONFIG_AVERAGE=y
+CONFIG_CLZ_TAB=y
+CONFIG_CORDIC=m
+# CONFIG_DDR is not set
+CONFIG_MPILIB=m
+CONFIG_OID_REGISTRY=m
+CONFIG_UCS2_STRING=y
}
[domain_realm]
- .mit.edu = ATHENA.MIT.EDU
mit.edu = ATHENA.MIT.EDU
- .media.mit.edu = MEDIA-LAB.MIT.EDU
- media.mit.edu = MEDIA-LAB.MIT.EDU
+ csail.mit.edu = CSAIL.MIT.EDU
.ucsc.edu = CATS.UCSC.EDU
[logging]
# same block device and the tools need to display a name for device,
# all the pathnames are matched against each item in the following
# list of regular expressions in turn and the first match is used.
- preferred_names = [ ]
+
+ # By default no preferred names are defined.
+ # preferred_names = [ ]
# Try to avoid using undescriptive /dev/dm-N names, if present.
# preferred_names = [ "^/dev/mpath/", "^/dev/mapper/mpath", "^/dev/[hs]d" ]
+ # In case no prefererred name matches or if preferred_names are not
+ # defined at all, builtin rules are used to determine the preference.
+ #
+ # The first builtin rule checks path prefixes and it gives preference
+ # based on this ordering (where "dev" depends on devices/dev setting):
+ # /dev/mapper > /dev/disk > /dev/dm-* > /dev/block
+ #
+ # If the ordering above cannot be applied, the path with fewer slashes
+ # gets preference then.
+ #
+ # If the number of slashes is the same, a symlink gets preference.
+ #
+ # Finally, if all the rules mentioned above are not applicable,
+ # lexicographical order is used over paths and the smallest one
+ # of all gets preference.
+
+
# A filter that tells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.
# The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These
# expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and
# lvmetad is used" comment that is attached to global/use_lvmetad setting.
# By default we accept every block device:
+ # filter = [ "a/.*/" ]
+
# Gentoo: we exclude /dev/nbd by default, because it makes a lot of kernel
# noise when you probed while not available.
filter = [ "r|/dev/nbd.*|", "a/.*/" ]
# in recovery situations.
ignore_suspended_devices = 0
+ # ignore_lvm_mirrors: Introduced in version 2.02.104
+ # This setting determines whether logical volumes of "mirror" segment
+ # type are scanned for LVM labels. This affects the ability of
+ # mirrors to be used as physical volumes. If 'ignore_lvm_mirrors'
+ # is set to '1', it becomes impossible to create volume groups on top
+ # of mirror logical volumes - i.e. to stack volume groups on mirrors.
+ #
+ # Allowing mirror logical volumes to be scanned (setting the value to '0')
+ # can potentially cause LVM processes and I/O to the mirror to become
+ # blocked. This is due to the way that the "mirror" segment type handles
+ # failures. In order for the hang to manifest itself, an LVM command must
+ # be run just after a failure and before the automatic LVM repair process
+ # takes place OR there must be failures in multiple mirrors in the same
+ # volume group at the same time with write failures occurring moments
+ # before a scan of the mirror's labels.
+ #
+ # Note that these scanning limitations do not apply to the LVM RAID
+ # types, like "raid1". The RAID segment types handle failures in a
+ # different way and are not subject to possible process or I/O blocking.
+ #
+ # It is encouraged that users set 'ignore_lvm_mirrors' to 1 if they
+ # are using the "mirror" segment type. Users that require volume group
+ # stacking on mirrored logical volumes should consider using the "raid1"
+ # segment type. The "raid1" segment type is not available for
+ # active/active clustered volume groups.
+ #
+ # Set to 1 to disallow stacking and thereby avoid a possible deadlock.
+ ignore_lvm_mirrors = 1
+
# During each LVM operation errors received from each device are counted.
# If the counter of a particular device exceeds the limit set here, no
# further I/O is sent to that device for the remainder of the respective
# algorithm.
maximise_cling = 1
+ # Whether to use blkid library instead of native LVM2 code to detect
+ # any existing signatures while creating new Physical Volumes and
+ # Logical Volumes. LVM2 needs to be compiled with blkid wiping support
+ # for this setting to take effect.
+ #
+ # LVM2 native detection code is currently able to recognize these signatures:
+ # - MD device signature
+ # - swap signature
+ # - LUKS signature
+ # To see the list of signatures recognized by blkid, check the output
+ # of 'blkid -k' command. The blkid can recognize more signatures than
+ # LVM2 native detection code, but due to this higher number of signatures
+ # to be recognized, it can take more time to complete the signature scan.
+ use_blkid_wiping = 1
+
+ # Set to 1 to wipe any signatures found on newly-created Logical Volumes
+ # automatically in addition to zeroing of the first KB on the LV
+ # (controlled by the -Z/--zero y option).
+ # The command line option -W/--wipesignatures takes precedence over this
+ # setting.
+ # The default is to wipe signatures when zeroing.
+ #
+ wipe_signatures_when_zeroing_new_lvs = 1
+
# Set to 1 to guarantee that mirror logs will always be placed on
# different PVs from the mirror images. This was the default
# until version 2.02.85.
mirror_logs_require_separate_pvs = 0
+ # Set to 1 to guarantee that cache_pool metadata will always be
+ # placed on different PVs from the cache_pool data.
+ cache_pool_metadata_require_separate_pvs = 0
+
+ # Specify the minimal chunk size (in kiB) for cache pool volumes.
+ # Using a chunk_size that is too large can result in wasteful use of
+ # the cache, where small reads and writes can cause large sections of
+ # an LV to be mapped into the cache. However, choosing a chunk_size
+ # that is too small can result in more overhead trying to manage the
+ # numerous chunks that become mapped into the cache. The former is
+ # more of a problem than the latter in most cases, so we default to
+ # a value that is on the smaller end of the spectrum. Supported values
+ # range from 32(kiB) to 1048576 in multiples of 32.
+ # cache_pool_chunk_size = 64
+
# Set to 1 to guarantee that thin pool metadata will always
# be placed on different PVs from the pool data.
thin_pool_metadata_require_separate_pvs = 0
# thin_pool_chunk_size_policy = "generic"
# Specify the minimal chunk size (in KB) for thin pool volumes.
- # Use of the larger chunk size may improve perfomance for plain
+ # Use of the larger chunk size may improve performance for plain
# thin volumes, however using them for snapshot volumes is less efficient,
# as it consumes more space and takes extra time for copying.
# When unset, lvm tries to estimate chunk size starting from 64KB
# Supported values are in range from 64 to 1048576.
# thin_pool_chunk_size = 64
- # Specify discards behavior of the thin pool volume.
+ # Specify discards behaviour of the thin pool volume.
# Select one of "ignore", "nopassdown", "passdown"
# thin_pool_discards = "passdown"
# Configuration of metadata backups and archiving. In LVM2 when we
# talk about a 'backup' we mean making a copy of the metadata for the
# *current* system. The 'archive' contains old metadata configurations.
-# Backups are stored in a human readeable text format.
+# Backups are stored in a human readable text format.
backup {
# Should we maintain a backup of the current metadata configuration ?
# temporarily until you update them.
si_unit_consistency = 1
+ # Whether or not to display unit suffix for sizes. This setting has
+ # no effect if the units are in human-readable form (global/units="h")
+ # in which case the suffix is always displayed.
+ suffix = 1
+
# Whether or not to communicate with the kernel device-mapper.
# Set to 0 if you want to use the tools to manipulate LVM metadata
# without activating any logical volumes.
# e.g. vgscan.lvm1 and they will stop working after you start using
# the new lvm2 on-disk metadata format.
# The default value is set when the tools are built.
- # fallback_to_lvm1 = 0
# Gentoo: the LVM tools are a seperate package.
fallback_to_lvm1 = 0
# Type 3 uses built-in clustered locking.
# Type 4 uses read-only locking which forbids any operations that might
# change metadata.
+ # Type 5 offers dummy locking for tools that do not need any locks.
+ # You should not need to set this directly: the tools will select when
+ # to use it instead of the configured locking_type. Do not use lvmetad or
+ # the kernel device-mapper driver with this locking type.
+ # It is used by the --readonly option that offers read-only access to
+ # Volume Group metadata that cannot be locked safely because it belongs to
+ # an inaccessible domain and might be in use, for example a virtual machine
+ # image or a disk that is shared by a clustered machine.
+ #
# N.B. Don't use lvmetad with locking type 3 as lvmetad is not yet
# supported in clustered environment. If use_lvmetad=1 and locking_type=3
# is set at the same time, LVM always issues a warning message about this
# "mirror" - LVM will layer the 'mirror' and 'stripe' segment types. It
# will do this by creating a mirror on top of striped sub-LVs;
# effectively creating a RAID 0+1 array. This is suboptimal
- # in terms of providing redunancy and performance. Changing to
+ # in terms of providing redundancy and performance. Changing to
# this setting is not advised.
# Specify the '--type <raid10|mirror>' option to override this default
# setting.
# Array of string options passed with thin_check command. By default,
# option "-q" is for quiet output.
# With thin_check version 2.1 or newer you can add "--ignore-non-fatal-errors"
- # to let it pass through ignoreable errors and fix them later.
+ # to let it pass through ignorable errors and fix them later.
+ # With thin_check version 3.2 or newer you should add
+ # "--clear-needs-check-flag".
#
- # thin_check_options = [ "-q" ]
+ # thin_check_options = [ "-q", "--clear-needs-check-flag" ]
# Full path of the utility called to repair a thin metadata device
# is in a state that allows it to be used.
# discards_non_power_2
# external_origin
# metadata_resize
+ # external_origin_extend
#
# thin_disabled_features = [ "discards", "block_size" ]
+
+ # Full path of the utility called to check that a cache metadata device
+ # is in a state that allows it to be used.
+ # Each time a cached LV needs to be used or after it is deactivated
+ # this utility is executed. The activation will only proceed if the utility
+ # has an exit status of 0.
+ # Set to "" to skip this check. (Not recommended.)
+ # The cache tools are available as part of the device-mapper-persistent-data
+ # package from https://github.com/jthornber/thin-provisioning-tools.
+ #
+ # cache_check_executable = "/sbin/cache_check"
+
+ # Array of string options passed with cache_check command. By default,
+ # option "-q" is for quiet output.
+ #
+ # cache_check_options = [ "-q" ]
+
+ # Full path of the utility called to repair a cache metadata device.
+ # Each time a cache metadata needs repair this utility is executed.
+ # See cache_check_executable how to obtain binaries.
+ #
+ # cache_repair_executable = "/sbin/cache_repair"
+
+ # Array of extra string options passed with cache_repair command.
+ # cache_repair_options = [ "" ]
+
+ # Full path of the utility called to dump cache metadata content.
+ # See cache_check_executable how to obtain binaries.
+ #
+ # cache_dump_executable = "/sbin/cache_dump"
}
activation {
# auto_set_activation_skip = 1
# For RAID or 'mirror' segment types, 'raid_region_size' is the
- # size (in kiB) of each:
+ # size (in KiB) of each:
# - synchronization operation when initializing
# - each copy operation when performing a 'pvmove' (using 'mirror' segtype)
# This setting has replaced 'mirror_region_size' since version 2.02.99
# are no progress reports, but the process is awoken immediately the
# operation is complete.
polling_interval = 15
+
+ # 'activation_mode' determines how Logical Volumes are activated if
+ # any devices are missing. Possible settings are:
+ #
+ # "complete" - Only allow activation of an LV if all of the Physical
+ # Volumes it uses are present. Other PVs in the Volume
+ # Group may be missing.
+ #
+ # "degraded" - Like "complete", but additionally RAID Logical Volumes of
+ # segment type raid1, raid4, raid5, radid6 and raid10 will
+ # be activated if there is no data loss, i.e. they have
+ # sufficient redundancy to present the entire addressable
+ # range of the Logical Volume.
+ #
+ # "partial" - Allows the activation of any Logical Volume even if
+ # a missing or failed PV could cause data loss with a
+ # portion of the Logical Volume inaccessible.
+ # This setting should not normally be used, but may
+ # sometimes assist with data recovery.
+ #
+ # This setting was introduced in LVM version 2.02.108. It corresponds
+ # with the '--activationmode' option for lvchange and vgchange.
+ activation_mode = "degraded"
}
+# Report settings.
+#
+# report {
+ # Align columns on report output.
+ # aligned=1
+
+ # When buffered reporting is used, the report's content is appended
+ # incrementally to include each object being reported until the report
+ # is flushed to output which normally happens at the end of command
+ # execution. Otherwise, if buffering is not used, each object is
+ # reported as soon as its processing is finished.
+ # buffered=1
+
+ # Show headings for columns on report.
+ # headings=1
+
+ # A separator to use on report after each field.
+ # separator=" "
+
+ # A separator to use for list items when reported.
+ # list_item_separator=","
+
+ # Use a field name prefix for each field reported.
+ # prefixes=0
+
+ # Quote field values when using field name prefixes.
+ # quoted=1
+
+ # Output each column as a row. If set, this also implies report/prefixes=1.
+ # colums_as_rows=0
+
+ # Use binary values "0" or "1" instead of descriptive literal values for
+ # columns that have exactly two valid values to report (not counting the
+ # "unknown" value which denotes that the value could not be determined).
+ #
+ # binary_values_as_numeric = 0
+
+ # Comma separated list of columns to sort by when reporting 'lvm devtypes' command.
+ # See 'lvm devtypes -o help' for the list of possible fields.
+ # devtypes_sort="devtype_name"
+
+ # Comma separated list of columns to report for 'lvm devtypes' command.
+ # See 'lvm devtypes -o help' for the list of possible fields.
+ # devtypes_cols="devtype_name,devtype_max_partitions,devtype_description"
+
+ # Comma separated list of columns to report for 'lvm devtypes' command in verbose mode.
+ # See 'lvm devtypes -o help' for the list of possible fields.
+ # devtypes_cols_verbose="devtype_name,devtype_max_partitions,devtype_description"
+
+ # Comma separated list of columns to sort by when reporting 'lvs' command.
+ # See 'lvs -o help' for the list of possible fields.
+ # lvs_sort="vg_name,lv_name"
+
+ # Comma separated list of columns to report for 'lvs' command.
+ # See 'lvs -o help' for the list of possible fields.
+ # lvs_cols="lv_name,vg_name,lv_attr,lv_size,pool_lv,origin,data_percent,metadata_percent,move_pv,mirror_log,copy_percent,convert_lv"
+
+ # Comma separated list of columns to report for 'lvs' command in verbose mode.
+ # See 'lvs -o help' for the list of possible fields.
+ # lvs_cols_verbose="lv_name,vg_name,seg_count,lv_attr,lv_size,lv_major,lv_minor,lv_kernel_major,lv_kernel_minor,pool_lv,origin,data_percent,metadata_percent,move_pv,copy_percent,mirror_log,convert
+
+ # Comma separated list of columns to sort by when reporting 'vgs' command.
+ # See 'vgs -o help' for the list of possible fields.
+ # vgs_sort="vg_name"
+
+ # Comma separated list of columns to report for 'vgs' command.
+ # See 'vgs -o help' for the list of possible fields.
+ # vgs_cols="vg_name,pv_count,lv_count,snap_count,vg_attr,vg_size,vg_free"
+
+ # Comma separated list of columns to report for 'vgs' command in verbose mode.
+ # See 'vgs -o help' for the list of possible fields.
+ # vgs_cols_verbose="vg_name,vg_attr,vg_extent_size,pv_count,lv_count,snap_count,vg_size,vg_free,vg_uuid,vg_profile"
+
+ # Comma separated list of columns to sort by when reporting 'pvs' command.
+ # See 'pvs -o help' for the list of possible fields.
+ # pvs_sort="pv_name"
+
+ # Comma separated list of columns to report for 'pvs' command.
+ # See 'pvs -o help' for the list of possible fields.
+ # pvs_cols="pv_name,vg_name,pv_fmt,pv_attr,pv_size,pv_free"
+
+ # Comma separated list of columns to report for 'pvs' command in verbose mode.
+ # See 'pvs -o help' for the list of possible fields.
+ # pvs_cols_verbose="pv_name,vg_name,pv_fmt,pv_attr,pv_size,pv_free,dev_size,pv_uuid"
+
+ # Comma separated list of columns to sort by when reporting 'lvs --segments' command.
+ # See 'lvs --segments -o help' for the list of possible fields.
+ # segs_sort="vg_name,lv_name,seg_start"
+
+ # Comma separated list of columns to report for 'lvs --segments' command.
+ # See 'lvs --segments -o help' for the list of possible fields.
+ # segs_cols="lv_name,vg_name,lv_attr,stripes,segtype,seg_size"
+
+ # Comma separated list of columns to report for 'lvs --segments' command in verbose mode.
+ # See 'lvs --segments -o help' for the list of possible fields.
+ # segs_cols_verbose="lv_name,vg_name,lv_attr,seg_start,seg_size,stripes,segtype,stripesize,chunksize"
+
+ # Comma separated list of columns to sort by when reporting 'pvs --segments' command.
+ # See 'pvs --segments -o help' for the list of possible fields.
+ # pvsegs_sort="pv_name,pvseg_start"
+
+ # Comma separated list of columns to sort by when reporting 'pvs --segments' command.
+ # See 'pvs --segments -o help' for the list of possible fields.
+ # pvsegs_cols="pv_name,vg_name,pv_fmt,pv_attr,pv_size,pv_free,pvseg_start,pvseg_size"
+
+ # Comma separated list of columns to sort by when reporting 'pvs --segments' command in verbose mode.
+ # See 'pvs --segments -o help' for the list of possible fields.
+ # pvsegs_cols_verbose="pv_name,vg_name,pv_fmt,pv_attr,pv_size,pv_free,pvseg_start,pvseg_size,lv_name,seg_start_pe,segtype,seg_pe_ranges"
+#}
####################
# Advanced section #
# Default number of copies of metadata to hold on each PV. 0, 1 or 2.
# You might want to override it from the command line with 0
# when running pvcreate on new PVs which are to be added to large VGs.
+
# Gentoo: enable for data safety, but PV resize is then disabled.
- #pvmetadatacopies = 2
+ # pvmetadatacopies = 2
# Default number of copies of metadata to maintain for each VG.
# If set to a non-zero value, LVM automatically chooses which of
--- /dev/null
+# This is a command profile template for the LVM2 system.
+#
+# It contains all configuration settings that are customizable by command
+# profiles. To create a new command profile, select the settings you want
+# to customize and add them in a new file named <profile_name>.profile.
+# Then install the new profile in a directory as defined by config/profile_dir
+# setting found in /etc/lvm/lvm.conf file.
+#
+# Command profiles can be referenced by using the --commandprofile option then.
+#
+# Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information about profiles and
+# general configuration file layout.
+#
+global {
+ units="h"
+ si_unit_consistency=1
+ suffix=1
+ lvdisplay_shows_full_device_path=0
+}
+report {
+ aligned=1
+ buffered=1
+ headings=1
+ separator=" "
+ list_item_separator=","
+ prefixes=0
+ quoted=1
+ colums_as_rows=0
+ binary_values_as_numeric=0
+ devtypes_sort="devtype_name"
+ devtypes_cols="devtype_name,devtype_max_partitions,devtype_description"
+ devtypes_cols_verbose="devtype_name,devtype_max_partitions,devtype_description"
+ lvs_sort="vg_name,lv_name"
+ lvs_cols="lv_name,vg_name,lv_attr,lv_size,pool_lv,origin,data_percent,metadata_percent,move_pv,mirror_log,copy_percent,convert_lv"
+ lvs_cols_verbose="lv_name,vg_name,seg_count,lv_attr,lv_size,lv_major,lv_minor,lv_kernel_major,lv_kernel_minor,pool_lv,origin,data_percent,metadata_percent,move_pv,copy_percent,mirror_log,convert_lv,lv_uuid,lv_profile"
+ vgs_sort="vg_name"
+ vgs_cols="vg_name,pv_count,lv_count,snap_count,vg_attr,vg_size,vg_free"
+ vgs_cols_verbose="vg_name,vg_attr,vg_extent_size,pv_count,lv_count,snap_count,vg_size,vg_free,vg_uuid,vg_profile"
+ pvs_sort="pv_name"
+ pvs_cols="pv_name,vg_name,pv_fmt,pv_attr,pv_size,pv_free"
+ pvs_cols_verbose="pv_name,vg_name,pv_fmt,pv_attr,pv_size,pv_free,dev_size,pv_uuid"
+ segs_sort="vg_name,lv_name,seg_start"
+ segs_cols="lv_name,vg_name,lv_attr,stripes,segtype,seg_size"
+ segs_cols_verbose="lv_name,vg_name,lv_attr,seg_start,seg_size,stripes,segtype,stripesize,chunksize"
+ pvsegs_sort="pv_name,pvseg_start"
+ pvsegs_cols="pv_name,vg_name,pv_fmt,pv_attr,pv_size,pv_free,pvseg_start,pvseg_size"
+ pvsegs_cols_verbose="pv_name,vg_name,pv_fmt,pv_attr,pv_size,pv_free,pvseg_start,pvseg_size,lv_name,seg_start_pe,segtype,seg_pe_ranges"
+}
+++ /dev/null
-# This is a default profile for the LVM2 system.
-# It contains all configuration settings that are customizable by profiles.
-#
-# To create a new profile, select the settings you want to customize
-# and put them in a new file named <profile_name>.profile. Then put this
-# file in a directory as defined by config/profile_dir setting found in
-# /etc/lvm/lvm.conf file.
-#
-# Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information about profiles and file layout.
-
-allocation {
- thin_pool_chunk_size = 64
- thin_pool_discards = "passdown"
- thin_pool_zero = 1
-}
-
-activation {
- thin_pool_autoextend_threshold = 100
- thin_pool_autoextend_percent = 20
-}
--- /dev/null
+# This is a metadata profile template for the LVM2 system.
+#
+# It contains all configuration settings that are customizable by metadata
+# profiles. To create a new metadata profile, select the settings you want
+# to customize and add them in a new file named <profile_name>.profile.
+# Then install the new profile in a directory as defined by config/profile_dir
+# setting found in /etc/lvm/lvm.conf file.
+#
+# Metadata profiles can be referenced by using the --metadataprofile LVM2
+# command line option.
+#
+# Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information about profiles and
+# general configuration file layout.
+#
+allocation {
+ thin_pool_zero=1
+ thin_pool_discards="passdown"
+ thin_pool_chunk_size_policy="generic"
+# thin_pool_chunk_size=64
+}
+activation {
+ thin_pool_autoextend_threshold=100
+ thin_pool_autoextend_percent=20
+}
--- /dev/null
+allocation {
+ thin_pool_chunk_size_policy = "generic"
+ thin_pool_zero = 1
+}
# /etc/mysql/my.cnf: The global mysql configuration file.
-# $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo-x86/dev-db/mysql/files/my.cnf-5.1,v 1.4 2013/01/20 02:40:02 robbat2 Exp $
+# $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo-x86/dev-db/mysql/files/my.cnf-5.5,v 1.3 2014/04/25 00:43:46 jmbsvicetto Exp $
# The following options will be passed to all MySQL clients
[client]
basedir = /usr
datadir = /var/lib/mysql
skip-external-locking
-key_buffer = 16M
+key_buffer_size = 16M
max_allowed_packet = 1M
table_open_cache = 64
sort_buffer_size = 512K
read_buffer_size = 256K
read_rnd_buffer_size = 512K
myisam_sort_buffer_size = 8M
-language = /usr/share/mysql/english
+lc_messages_dir = /usr/share/mysql
+#Set this to your desired error message language
+lc_messages = en_US
# security:
# using "localhost" in connects uses sockets by default
#debug = d:t:i:o,/tmp/mysqld.trace
#one-thread
-# uncomment the following directives if you are using BDB tables
-#bdb_cache_size = 4M
-#bdb_max_lock = 10000
-
# the following is the InnoDB configuration
# if you wish to disable innodb instead
# uncomment just the next line
innodb_lock_wait_timeout = 50
innodb_file_per_table
+# Uncomment this to get FEDERATED engine support
+#plugin-load=federated=ha_federated.so
+loose-federated
+
[mysqldump]
quick
max_allowed_packet = 16M
#safe-updates
[isamchk]
-key_buffer = 20M
+key_buffer_size = 20M
sort_buffer_size = 20M
read_buffer = 2M
write_buffer = 2M
[myisamchk]
-key_buffer = 20M
+key_buffer_size = 20M
sort_buffer_size = 20M
-read_buffer = 2M
-write_buffer = 2M
+read_buffer_size = 2M
+write_buffer_size = 2M
[mysqlhotcopy]
interactive-timeout
+
# Keep external commands for 31 days
max_externalcommands_age=44640
+# Keep notifications for 31 days
+max_notifications_age=44640
+
+# Keep contactnotifications for 31 days
+max_contactnotifications=44640
+
+# Keep contactnotificationmethods for 31 days
+max_contactnotificationmethods=44640
+
+# Keep logentries for 90 days
+max_logentries_age=129600
+
+# Keep acknowledgements for 31 days
+max_acknowledgements_age=44640
-# DATA PROCESSING OPTION
-# This option determines what data the NDO NEB module will process.
-# Do not mess with this option unless you know what you're doing!!!!
-# Read the source code (include/ndbxtmod.h) to determine what values
-# to use here. Values from source code should be OR'ed to get the
-# value to use here. A value of -1 will cause all data to be processed.
-# Read the source code (include/ndomod.h) and look for "NDOMOD_PROCESS_"
-# to determine what values to use here. Values from source code should
-# be OR'ed to get the value to use here. A value of -1 will cause all
-# data to be processed.
-
-data_processing_options=-1
-
+# DATA PROCESSING OPTIONS
+# These options determine what data the NDO NEB Module will process
+#
+acknowledgement_data=1
+adaptive_contact_data=1
+adaptive_host_data=1
+adaptive_program_data=1
+adaptive_service_data=1
+aggregated_status_data=1
+comment_data=1
+contact_status_data=1
+downtime_data=1
+event_handler_data=1
+external_command_data=1
+flapping_data=1
+host_check_data=1
+host_status_data=1
+log_data=1
+main_config_data=1
+notification_data=1
+object_config_data=1
+process_data=1
+program_status_data=1
+retention_data=1
+service_check_data=1
+service_status_data=1
+statechange_data=1
+system_command_data=1
+timed_event_data=1
# CONFIG OUTPUT OPTION
# Extracted from http://tools.ietf.org/id/draft-howard-rfc2307bis-02.txt
# as of 2012/05/25, by Robin H. Johnson <robbat2@gentoo.org>
#
+# Updated on 2014/05/23 by Jorge Manuel B. S. Vicetto <jmbsvicetto@gentoo.org>
+# Remove extraneous "'" characters, replace SUBSTRINGS with SUBSTR, add missing
+# MAY section to nisObject, drop authPassword as it's still not supported by
+# openldap and add SUBSTR matching rule for memberUid.
+
+# Attribute Type Definitions
+
#attributetype ( 1.3.6.1.1.1.1.0 NAME 'uidNumber'
# DESC 'An integer uniquely identifying a user in an
# administrative domain'
attributetype ( 1.3.6.1.1.1.1.2 NAME 'gecos'
DESC 'The GECOS field; the common name'
EQUALITY caseIgnoreMatch
- SUBSTRINGS caseIgnoreSubstringsMatch
+ SUBSTR caseIgnoreSubstringsMatch
SYNTAX 1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15
SINGLE-VALUE )
EQUALITY caseExactIA5Match
SYNTAX 1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.26
SINGLE-VALUE )
-
+
+
attributetype ( 1.3.6.1.1.1.1.5 NAME 'shadowLastChange'
EQUALITY integerMatch
ORDERING integerOrderingMatch
SINGLE-VALUE )
-
-
attributetype ( 1.3.6.1.1.1.1.12 NAME 'memberUid'
EQUALITY caseExactMatch
+ SUBSTR caseExactSubstringsMatch
SYNTAX 1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 )
attributetype ( 1.3.6.1.1.1.1.14 NAME 'nisNetgroupTriple'
DESC 'Netgroup triple'
EQUALITY caseIgnoreMatch
- SUBSTRINGS caseIgnoreSubstringsMatch
+ SUBSTR caseIgnoreSubstringsMatch
SYNTAX 1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 )
SINGLE-VALUE )
-
-
-
-
-
-
attributetype ( 1.3.6.1.1.1.1.19 NAME 'ipHostNumber'
DESC 'IPv4 addresses as a dotted decimal omitting leading
zeros or IPv6 addresses as defined in RFC2373'
SYNTAX 1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15{64} )
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
attributetype ( 1.3.6.1.1.1.1.27 NAME 'nisMapEntry'
DESC 'A generic NIS entry'
EQUALITY caseExactMatch
SINGLE-VALUE )
+# Object Class Definitions
objectclass ( 1.3.6.1.1.1.2.0 NAME 'posixAccount' SUP top AUXILIARY
DESC 'Abstraction of an account with POSIX attributes'
MUST ( cn $ uid $ uidNumber $ gidNumber $ homeDirectory )
- MAY ( authPassword $ userPassword $ loginShell $ gecos $
+ MAY ( userPassword $ loginShell $ gecos $
description ) )
objectclass ( 1.3.6.1.1.1.2.1 NAME 'shadowAccount' SUP top AUXILIARY
DESC 'Additional attributes for shadow passwords'
MUST uid
- MAY ( authPassword $ userPassword $ description $
+ MAY ( userPassword $ description $
shadowLastChange $ shadowMin $ shadowMax $
shadowWarning $ shadowInactive $
shadowExpire $ shadowFlag ) )
objectclass ( 1.3.6.1.1.1.2.2 NAME 'posixGroup' SUP top AUXILIARY
DESC 'Abstraction of a group of accounts'
MUST gidNumber
- MAY ( authPassword $ userPassword $ memberUid $
+ MAY ( userPassword $ memberUid $
description ) )
DESC 'Abstraction an Internet Protocol service.
Maps an IP port and protocol (such as tcp or udp)
to one or more names; the distinguished value of
- the cn attribute denotes the service's canonical
- name'
+ the cn attribute denotes the canonical name of the
+ service'
MUST ( cn $ ipServicePort $ ipServiceProtocol )
MAY description )
MAY description )
-
-
-
objectclass ( 1.3.6.1.1.1.2.5 NAME 'oncRpc' SUP top STRUCTURAL
DESC 'Abstraction of an Open Network Computing (ONC)
[RFC1057] Remote Procedure Call (RPC) binding.
This class maps an ONC RPC number to a name.
The distinguished value of the cn attribute denotes
- the RPC service canonical name'
+ the canonical name of the RPC service'
MUST ( cn $ oncRpcNumber )
MAY description )
objectclass ( 1.3.6.1.1.1.2.6 NAME 'ipHost' SUP top AUXILIARY
DESC 'Abstraction of a host, an IP device. The distinguished
- value of the cn attribute denotes the host's canonical
- name. Device SHOULD be used as a structural class'
+ value of the cn attribute denotes the canonical name of
+ the host. Device SHOULD be used as a structural class'
MUST ( cn $ ipHostNumber )
- MAY ( authPassword $ userPassword $ l $ description $
+ MAY ( userPassword $ l $ description $
manager ) )
objectclass ( 1.3.6.1.1.1.2.10 NAME 'nisObject' SUP top STRUCTURAL
DESC 'An entry in a NIS map'
MUST ( cn $ nisMapEntry $ nisMapName )
+ MAY description )
objectclass ( 1.3.6.1.1.1.2.11 NAME 'ieee802Device' SUP top AUXILIARY
MAY macAddress )
-
-
-
objectclass ( 1.3.6.1.1.1.2.12 NAME 'bootableDevice' SUP top AUXILIARY
DESC 'A device with boot parameters; device SHOULD be
used as a structural class'
MAY ( businessCategory $ seeAlso $ owner $ ou $ o $
description $ member ) )
-
-
-
-
~dev-perl/Catalyst-Authentication-Credential-HTTP-1.15.0
~dev-perl/Catalyst-Authentication-Store-DBIx-Class-0.130.0
~dev-perl/Catalyst-Component-InstancePerContext-0.001001
+~dev-perl/Catalyst-Component-InstancePerContext-0.1.1
~dev-perl/Catalyst-Controller-ActionRole-0.15
~dev-perl/Catalyst-Devel-1.360.0
~dev-perl/Catalyst-DispatchType-Regex-5.900.320
~dev-perl/Catalyst-Plugin-Authentication-0.100.180
~dev-perl/Catalyst-Plugin-ConfigLoader-0.300.0
~dev-perl/Catalyst-Plugin-I18N-0.10
+~dev-perl/Catalyst-Plugin-I18N-0.100.0
~dev-perl/Catalyst-Plugin-Session-0.320.0
~dev-perl/Catalyst-Plugin-Session-State-Cookie-0.17
~dev-perl/Catalyst-Plugin-Session-State-Cookie-0.170.0
~dev-perl/Catalyst-Plugin-Session-Store-File-0.18
~dev-perl/Catalyst-Plugin-Session-Store-File-0.180.0
~dev-perl/Catalyst-Plugin-StackTrace-0.110.0
+~dev-perl/Catalyst-Plugin-StackTrace-0.120.0
~dev-perl/Catalyst-Plugin-Static-Simple-0.290.0
~dev-perl/Catalyst-Plugin-Unicode-Encoding-1.300.0
~dev-perl/Catalyst-Runtime-5.900.70
~dev-perl/Devel-Declare-0.6.14
~dev-perl/Devel-GlobalDestruction-0.120.0
~dev-perl/Devel-LexAlias-0.40.0
+~dev-perl/Devel-LexAlias-0.50.0
~dev-perl/Devel-NYTProf-4.60.0
~dev-perl/Devel-NYTProf-5.50.0
~dev-perl/Devel-PartialDump-0.150.0
~media-libs/freetype-2.4.11
~net-analyzer/ndoutils-1.4_beta9
+~net-analyzer/ndoutils-2.0.0
~net-analyzer/tcptrace-6.6.7
~net-fs/autofs-5.0.6
~net-nds/phpldapadmin-1.2.3
~net-libs/libnetfilter_log-1.0.1
+~net-libs/libtirpc-0.2.5
~perl-core/CPAN-1.960.0
~perl-core/Devel-PPPort-3.19
~perl-core/File-Path-2.08
~perl-core/IPC-Cmd-0.720.0
~perl-core/Module-Build-0.400.700
+~perl-core/Module-Build-0.420.0
~perl-core/Module-CoreList-2.41
+~perl-core/Module-CoreList-5.21.1
~perl-core/Module-Load-0.180.0
~perl-core/Module-Load-Conditional-0.400
~perl-core/parent-0.225.0
~virtual/perl-File-Path-2.08
~virtual/perl-IPC-Cmd-0.720.0
~virtual/perl-Module-Build-0.400.700
+~virtual/perl-Module-Build-0.420.0
~virtual/perl-Module-CoreList-2.41
+~virtual/perl-Module-CoreList-5.21.1
~virtual/perl-Module-Load-0.180.0
~virtual/perl-Module-Load-Conditional-0.400
~virtual/perl-Params-Check-0.26
dev-libs/libmemcached -doc tcmalloc
dev-libs/libusb -doc
dev-libs/nss utils
-dev-libs/openssl rfc3779
+dev-libs/openssl -kerberos rfc3779
dev-libs/yaz icu
dev-perl/Catalyst-Action-REST php xml config-general data-taxi freezethaw json
net-misc/openssh X509
net-misc/openvpn down-root iproute2
-net-nds/openldap experimental overlays
+net-nds/openldap experimental -kerberos overlays
net-print/cups dbus
--- /dev/null
+-- PROFTPD-MIB { iso org(3) dod(6) internet(1) private(4) enterprises(1) 17852 }
+
+PROFTPD-MIB DEFINITIONS ::= BEGIN
+--
+-- $Id: PROFTPD-MIB.txt,v 1.1 2013/05/15 15:20:25 castaglia Exp $
+--
+
+IMPORTS
+ enterprises, Integer32, Unsigned32, TimeTicks, Gauge32, Counter32,
+ MODULE-IDENTITY, NOTIFICATION-TYPE, OBJECT-TYPE
+ FROM SNMPv2-SMI
+
+ DisplayString
+ FROM SNMPv2-TC;
+
+proftpd OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { enterprises 17852 }
+modules OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { proftpd 2 }
+
+snmpModule MODULE-IDENTITY
+ LAST-UPDATED "1110130000Z"
+ ORGANIZATION "The ProFTPD Project"
+ CONTACT-INFO
+ " ProFTPD Project
+
+ E-mail: core@proftpd.org"
+ DESCRIPTION
+ "ProFTPD MIB defined for the monitoring of the ProFTPD
+ file transfer server. See http://www.proftpd.org/."
+
+ ::= { modules 2 }
+
+--
+-- OID Assignments
+--
+ connection OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { snmpModule 0 }
+
+ daemon OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { snmpModule 1 }
+ daemonNotifications OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { daemon 13 }
+
+ timeouts OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { snmpModule 2 }
+
+ ftp OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { snmpModule 3 }
+ sessions OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { ftp 1 }
+ logins OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { ftp 2 }
+ dataTransfers OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { ftp 3 }
+ ftpNotifications OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { ftp 4 }
+
+ snmp OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { snmpModule 4 }
+
+ ftps OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { snmpModule 5 }
+ tlsSessions OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { ftps 1 }
+ tlsLogins OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { ftps 2 }
+ tlsDataTransfers OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { ftps 3 }
+
+ ssh OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { snmpModule 6 }
+ sshSessions OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { ssh 1 }
+ sshLogins OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { ssh 2 }
+
+ sftp OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { snmpModule 7 }
+ sftpSessions OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { sftp 1 }
+ sftpDataTransfers OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { sftp 2 }
+
+ scp OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { snmpModule 8 }
+ scpSessions OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { scp 1 }
+ scpDataTransfers OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { scp 2 }
+
+ ban OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { snmpModule 9 }
+ banConnections OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { ban 1 }
+ banBans OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { ban 2 }
+
+--
+-- connection arc
+--
+ serverName OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX DisplayString
+ MAX-ACCESS accessible-for-notify
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " ServerName of server to which client connected "
+ ::= { connection 1 }
+
+ serverAddress OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX DisplayString
+ MAX-ACCESS accessible-for-notify
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " IP address of server to which client connected "
+ ::= { connection 2 }
+
+ serverPort OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Integer32
+ MAX-ACCESS accessible-for-notify
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Port of server to which client connected "
+ ::= { connection 3 }
+
+ clientAddress OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX DisplayString
+ MAX-ACCESS accessible-for-notify
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " IP address of connected client "
+ ::= { connection 4 }
+
+ processId OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Integer32
+ MAX-ACCESS accessible-for-notify
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " ID of process handling the client/server connection "
+ ::= { connection 5 }
+
+ userName OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX DisplayString
+ MAX-ACCESS accessible-for-notify
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " User name for connecting client "
+ ::= { connection 6 }
+
+ protocol OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX DisplayString
+ MAX-ACCESS accessible-for-notify
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Protocol in use by the client to the server "
+ ::= { connection 7 }
+
+--
+-- daemon arc
+--
+ software OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX DisplayString
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Server software name "
+ ::= { daemon 1 }
+
+ softwareVersion OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX DisplayString
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Server software version "
+ ::= { daemon 2 }
+
+ admin OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX DisplayString
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Server administrator email address "
+ ::= { daemon 3 }
+
+ uptime OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX TimeTicks
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " The uptime of the proftpd daemon in timeticks "
+ ::= { daemon 4 }
+
+ vhostCount OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Integer32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Count of configured virtual hosts "
+ ::= { daemon 5 }
+
+ connectionCount OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Gauge32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Count of currently connected clients "
+ ::= { daemon 6 }
+
+ connectionTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of connections from clients "
+ ::= { daemon 7 }
+
+ connectionRefusedTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of refused connections from clients "
+ ::= { daemon 8 }
+
+ restartCount OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of times the server has been restarted "
+ ::= { daemon 9 }
+
+ segfaultCount OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of segfaults seen by connected sessions "
+ ::= { daemon 10 }
+
+ maxInstancesLimitCount OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of times the MaxInstances limit has been reached "
+ ::= { daemon 11 }
+
+ maxInstancesConfig OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Integer32
+ MAX-ACCESS accessible-for-notify
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Configured MaxInstances limit for the daemon "
+ ::= { daemon 12 }
+
+-- NOTE: daemon.13 is the start of the daemon notifications arc
+
+--
+-- daemon.daemonNotifications arc
+--
+ maxInstancesExceeded NOTIFICATION-TYPE
+ OBJECTS { maxInstancesConfig }
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Notification of when MaxInstances limit exceeded "
+ ::= { daemonNotifications 1 }
+
+--
+-- ftp arc
+--
+
+--
+-- ftp.sessions arc
+--
+ sessionCount OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Gauge32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Count of current FTP sessions "
+ ::= { sessions 1 }
+
+ sessionTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of FTP sessions "
+ ::= { sessions 2 }
+
+ commandInvalidTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of invalid FTP commands seen "
+ ::= { sessions 3 }
+
+--
+-- ftp.logins arc
+--
+ loginTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of successful FTP logins "
+ ::= { logins 1 }
+
+ loginFailedTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of failed FTP logins "
+ ::= { logins 2 }
+
+ loginBadUserTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of failed FTP logins due to unknown user "
+ ::= { logins 3 }
+
+ loginBadPasswordTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of failed FTP logins due to bad/wrong password "
+ ::= { logins 4 }
+
+ loginGeneralErrorTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of failed FTP logins due to config/other issues "
+ ::= { logins 5 }
+
+ anonLoginCount OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Gauge32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Count of current anonymous FTP logins "
+ ::= { logins 6 }
+
+ anonLoginTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of anonymous FTP logins "
+ ::= { logins 7 }
+
+--
+-- ftp.dataTransfers arc
+--
+ dirListCount OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Gauge32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Count of directories being listed via FTP "
+ ::= { dataTransfers 1 }
+
+ dirListTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of directories successfully listed via FTP "
+ ::= { dataTransfers 2 }
+
+ dirListFailedTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of directory list failures via FTP "
+ ::= { dataTransfers 3 }
+
+ fileUploadCount OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Gauge32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Count of files being uploaded via FTP "
+ ::= { dataTransfers 4 }
+
+ fileUploadTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of files uploaded successfully via FTP "
+ ::= { dataTransfers 5 }
+
+ fileUploadFailedTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of file upload failures via FTP "
+ ::= { dataTransfers 6 }
+
+ fileDownloadCount OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Gauge32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Count of directories being listed via FTP "
+ ::= { dataTransfers 7 }
+
+ fileDownloadTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of files downloaded successfully via FTP "
+ ::= { dataTransfers 8 }
+
+ fileDownloadFailedTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of file download failures via FTP "
+ ::= { dataTransfers 9 }
+
+ kbUploadTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of KB uploaded via FTP "
+ ::= { dataTransfers 10 }
+
+ kbDownloadTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of KB downloaded via FTP "
+ ::= { dataTransfers 11 }
+
+--
+-- ftp.timeouts arc
+--
+ idleTimeoutTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of times TimeoutIdle was reached "
+ ::= { timeouts 1 }
+
+ loginTimeoutTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of times TimeoutLogin was reached "
+ ::= { timeouts 2 }
+
+ noTransferTimeoutTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of times TimeoutNoTransfer was reached "
+ ::= { timeouts 3 }
+
+ stalledTimeoutTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of times TimeoutStalled was reached "
+ ::= { timeouts 4 }
+
+--
+-- ftp.notifications arc
+--
+ loginFailedBadPassword NOTIFICATION-TYPE
+ OBJECTS { serverName,
+ serverAddress,
+ serverPort,
+ clientAddress,
+ processId,
+ userName,
+ protocol }
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Notification of a client using a bad password "
+ ::= { ftpNotifications 1 }
+
+ loginFailedBadUser NOTIFICATION-TYPE
+ OBJECTS { serverName,
+ serverAddress,
+ serverPort,
+ clientAddress,
+ processId,
+ userName,
+ protocol }
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Notification of a client using a bad/unknown user name "
+ ::= { ftpNotifications 2 }
+
+-- maxLoginAttemptsExceeded
+-- loginFailedMaxClientsExceeded
+-- loginFailedMaxClientsPerClassExceeded
+-- loginFailedMaxClientsPerHostExceeded
+-- loginFailedMaxClientsPerUserExceeded
+-- loginFailedMaxHostsPerUserExceeded
+
+--
+-- snmp arc
+--
+ packetsReceivedTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of SNMP packets received "
+ ::= { snmp 1 }
+
+ packetsSentTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of SNMP packets sent "
+ ::= { snmp 2 }
+
+ trapsSentTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of SNMP traps/notifications sent "
+ ::= { snmp 3 }
+
+ packetsAuthFailedTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of SNMP packets failing authentication check "
+ ::= { snmp 4 }
+
+ packetsDroppedTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of SNMP packets dropped "
+ ::= { snmp 5 }
+
+--
+-- ftps arc
+--
+
+--
+-- ftps.tlsSessions arc
+--
+ sessionCount OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Gauge32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Count of current FTPS sessions "
+ ::= { tlsSessions 1 }
+
+ sessionTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of FTPS sessions "
+ ::= { tlsSessions 2 }
+
+ ctrlHandshakeFailureTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of failed SSL/TLS handshakes seen on control connections "
+ ::= { tlsSessions 3 }
+
+ dataHandshakeFailureTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of failed SSL/TLS handshakes seen on data connections "
+ ::= { tlsSessions 4 }
+
+ clearCommandChannelTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of successful CCC (Clear Command Channel) FTP commands "
+ ::= { tlsSessions 5 }
+
+ clearCommandChannelFailedTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of failed CCC (Clear Command Channel) FTP commands "
+ ::= { tlsSessions 6 }
+
+ verifyClientTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of successful client cert verifications "
+ ::= { tlsSessions 7 }
+
+ verifyClientFailedTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of failed client cert verifications "
+ ::= { tlsSessions 8 }
+
+--
+-- ftps.tlsLogins arc
+--
+ loginTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of successful FTPS logins "
+ ::= { tlsLogins 1 }
+
+ loginFailedTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of failed FTPS logins "
+ ::= { tlsLogins 2 }
+
+ loginBadUserTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of failed FTPS logins due to unknown user "
+ ::= { tlsLogins 3 }
+
+ loginBadPasswordTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of failed FTPS logins due to bad/wrong password "
+ ::= { tlsLogins 4 }
+
+ loginGeneralErrorTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of failed FTPS logins due to config/other issues "
+ ::= { tlsLogins 5 }
+
+ loginCertTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of FTPS logins succeeding due to the client cert (e.g. AllowDotLogin, TLSUserName, etc) "
+ ::= { tlsLogins 6 }
+
+--
+-- ftps.tlsDataTransfers arc
+--
+ dirListCount OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Gauge32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Count of directories being listed via FTPS "
+ ::= { tlsDataTransfers 1 }
+
+ dirListTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of directories successfully listed via FTPS "
+ ::= { tlsDataTransfers 2 }
+
+ dirListFailedTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of directory list failures via FTPS "
+ ::= { tlsDataTransfers 3 }
+
+ fileUploadCount OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Gauge32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Count of files being uploaded via FTPS "
+ ::= { tlsDataTransfers 4 }
+
+ fileUploadTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of files uploaded successfully via FTPS "
+ ::= { tlsDataTransfers 5 }
+
+ fileUploadFailedTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of file upload failures via FTPS "
+ ::= { tlsDataTransfers 6 }
+
+ fileDownloadCount OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Gauge32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Count of directories being listed via FTPS "
+ ::= { tlsDataTransfers 7 }
+
+ fileDownloadTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of files downloaded successfully via FTPS "
+ ::= { tlsDataTransfers 8 }
+
+ fileDownloadFailedTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of file download failures via FTPS "
+ ::= { tlsDataTransfers 9 }
+
+ kbUploadTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of KB uploaded via FTPS "
+ ::= { tlsDataTransfers 10 }
+
+ kbDownloadTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of KB downloaded via FTPS "
+ ::= { tlsDataTransfers 11 }
+
+--
+-- ssh arc
+--
+
+--
+-- ssh.sshSessions arc
+--
+ keyExchangeFailureTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of SSH2 key exchange failures "
+ ::= { sshSessions 1 }
+
+ clientCompressionTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of SSH2 sessions using client-to-server compression "
+ ::= { sshSessions 2 }
+
+ serverCompressionTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of SSH2 sessions using server-to-client compression "
+ ::= { sshSessions 3 }
+
+--
+-- ssh.sshLogins arc
+--
+ hostbasedAuthTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of SSH2 sessions authenticated using hostbased authentication "
+ ::= { sshLogins 1 }
+
+ hostbasedAuthFailureTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of SSH2 hostbased authentication failures "
+ ::= { sshLogins 2 }
+
+ keyboardInteractiveAuthTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of SSH2 sessions authenticated using keyboard-interactive authentication "
+ ::= { sshLogins 3 }
+
+ keyboardInteractiveAuthFailureTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of SSH2 keyboard-interactive authentication failures "
+ ::= { sshLogins 4 }
+
+ passwordAuthTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of SSH2 sessions authenticated using password authentication "
+ ::= { sshLogins 5 }
+
+ passwordAuthFailureTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of SSH2 password authentication failures "
+ ::= { sshLogins 6 }
+
+ publickeyAuthTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of SSH2 sessions authenticated using publickey authentication "
+ ::= { sshLogins 7 }
+
+ publickeyAuthFailureTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of SSH2 publickey authentication failures "
+ ::= { sshLogins 8 }
+
+--
+-- sftp arc
+--
+
+--
+-- sftp.sftpSessions arc
+--
+ sessionCount OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Gauge32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Count of current SFTP sessions "
+ ::= { sftpSessions 1 }
+
+ sessionTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of SFTP sessions "
+ ::= { sftpSessions 2 }
+
+ protocolVersion3Total OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of sessions using SFTP version 3 "
+ ::= { sftpSessions 3 }
+
+ protocolVersion4Total OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of sessions using SFTP version 4 "
+ ::= { sftpSessions 4 }
+
+ protocolVersion5Total OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of sessions using SFTP version 5 "
+ ::= { sftpSessions 5 }
+
+ protocolVersion6Total OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of sessions using SFTP version 6 "
+ ::= { sftpSessions 6 }
+
+--
+-- sftp.sftpDataTransfers arc
+--
+ dirListCount OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Gauge32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Count of directories being listed via SFTP "
+ ::= { sftpDataTransfers 1 }
+
+ dirListTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of directories successfully listed via SFTP "
+ ::= { sftpDataTransfers 2 }
+
+ dirListFailedTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of directory list failures via SFTP "
+ ::= { sftpDataTransfers 3 }
+
+ fileUploadCount OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Gauge32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Count of files being uploaded via SFTP "
+ ::= { sftpDataTransfers 4 }
+
+ fileUploadTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of files uploaded successfully via SFTP "
+ ::= { sftpDataTransfers 5 }
+
+ fileUploadFailedTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of file upload failures via SFTP "
+ ::= { sftpDataTransfers 6 }
+
+ fileDownloadCount OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Gauge32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Count of directories being listed via SFTP "
+ ::= { sftpDataTransfers 7 }
+
+ fileDownloadTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of files downloaded successfully via SFTP "
+ ::= { sftpDataTransfers 8 }
+
+ fileDownloadFailedTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of file download failures via SFTP "
+ ::= { sftpDataTransfers 9 }
+
+ kbUploadTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of KB uploaded via SFTP "
+ ::= { sftpDataTransfers 10 }
+
+ kbDownloadTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of KB downloaded via SFTP "
+ ::= { sftpDataTransfers 11 }
+
+--
+-- scp arc
+--
+
+--
+-- scp.scpSessions arc
+--
+ sessionCount OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Gauge32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Count of current SCP sessions "
+ ::= { scpSessions 1 }
+
+ sessionTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of SCP sessions "
+ ::= { scpSessions 2 }
+
+--
+-- scp.scpDataTransfers arc
+--
+ fileUploadCount OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Gauge32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Count of files being uploaded via SCP "
+ ::= { scpDataTransfers 1 }
+
+ fileUploadTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of files uploaded successfully via SCP "
+ ::= { scpDataTransfers 2 }
+
+ fileUploadFailedTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of file upload failures via SCP "
+ ::= { scpDataTransfers 3 }
+
+ fileDownloadCount OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Gauge32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Count of directories being listed via SCP "
+ ::= { scpDataTransfers 4 }
+
+ fileDownloadTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of files downloaded successfully via SCP "
+ ::= { scpDataTransfers 5 }
+
+ fileDownloadFailedTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of file download failures via SCP "
+ ::= { scpDataTransfers 6 }
+
+ kbUploadTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of KB uploaded via SCP "
+ ::= { scpDataTransfers 7 }
+
+ kbDownloadTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of KB downloaded via SCP "
+ ::= { scpDataTransfers 8 }
+
+--
+-- ban arc
+--
+
+--
+-- ban.connections arc
+--
+ connectionBannedTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of connections rejected by bans "
+ ::= { banConnections 1 }
+
+ userBannedTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of users rejected by user-specific bans "
+ ::= { banConnections 2 }
+
+ hostBannedTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of hosts rejected by host-specific bans "
+ ::= { banConnections 3 }
+
+ classBannedTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of connection classes rejected by class-specific bans "
+ ::= { banConnections 4 }
+
+--
+-- ban.bans arc
+--
+ banCount OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Gauge32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Count of current bans in effect "
+ ::= { banBans 1 }
+
+ banTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of bans ever effected "
+ ::= { banBans 2 }
+
+ userBanCount OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Gauge32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Count of current user-specific bans in effect "
+ ::= { banBans 3 }
+
+ userBanTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of user-specific bans ever effected "
+ ::= { banBans 4 }
+
+ hostBanCount OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Gauge32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Count of current host-specific bans in effect "
+ ::= { banBans 5 }
+
+ hostBanTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of host-specific bans ever effected "
+ ::= { banBans 6 }
+
+ classBanCount OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Gauge32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Count of current class-specific bans in effect "
+ ::= { banBans 7 }
+
+ classBanTotal OBJECT-TYPE
+ SYNTAX Counter32
+ MAX-ACCESS read-only
+ STATUS current
+ DESCRIPTION
+ " Total number of class-specific bans ever effected "
+ ::= { banBans 8 }
+
+-- end of PROFTPD-MIB
+--
+END
+
#
# The file was generated using the following OpenSSL command:
#
-# openssl dhparam -outform PEM -2|-5 1024|1536|2048|3072|4096 >> dhparams.pem
+# openssl dhparam -outform PEM -2|-5 1024|1536|2048|3072|4096|6144|7680|8192 >> dhparams.pem
#
# Note that these DH parameters should be refreshed every so often (e.g.
-# every few years). These parameters were last updated on 2008-09-07.
+# every few years). These parameters were last updated on 2013-01-14.
+# 1024-bit DH group params
-----BEGIN DH PARAMETERS-----
-MIGHAoGBAL1klKb7HRp8xd5Q/bg8V3ZwqUg3IHtYt8Wj3gnWqvNYoWvfm29E7XTd
-Quxo6gbqELBhjvHjZL3LRcvoG+fkXvtni5AW/3cImU2V1NOu6r6GqZTPmbMx0S/2
-XN0fij5kELsXN0GWhMnd+//3seg2qxqeSDvuAPo6s5mP/i61nIFLAgEC
+MIGHAoGBALbvOMiSzkUDxrpE0v150A1+hi9R0xSbwk2nyGBHznfZtvi3prJWIZwS
+5WPTZI9QCUCGIfGt8xfVrzzzfmruEFUZK9Tz27mR+7dPiet3c51niPIOrBlUCeTB
+Kz/urIJMeUcoUcDSbIeajAyLfwkWvLP44i/n7fDW9rsuzef6Eq+bAgEC
-----END DH PARAMETERS-----
-----BEGIN DH PARAMETERS-----
-MIIBCAKCAQEAlWOEyCrWQg2fe22ZF/Uhjjl+kOBRkfsGz+ClmJqZ25V8OSv6gkFS
-UjOQ50n7L2yP1qyVxeez63dP18IFtqAZMCUav/BbMgt1LooHDmjCIkU7kJVp9r/b
-0lpawVygzrfhf8X+0CqoZ0AOr++jl6x/k2vTpJbWhbGI04ZC9LFDB4tg9o8MLuK4
-0EPjsyfNtq+MbcuZXe6N0fxC1UB1ioBEzS4jVyfB0mqwcXOUxCLh4ejtXX/IL46Q
-RjRR3P52AdO+L+0CRRQhrYyf4bllkDhHs82V5xdQ/a7+ZRbsvHDb9JDFTZhexMhw
-Y/tSBQ8blmE50dioe6VlYkGLA+e7vqaJIwIBAg==
------END DH PARAMETERS-----
------BEGIN DH PARAMETERS-----
-MIHHAoHBALOPItPXrqsiUjPIuJJp6VujphDhwZm4ppzhANDLc0kvphQQ4/QqbNZd
-G2QLKzC7R/HPX0JWsYk0sbqnxQ3sc22M8qzlSWNDQv7yaFRGTKmLWDQIyfTM7EnI
-oGCP5uKBcRgkFnBtrNMTD2vCCXWb/7CZvMGEYFK+GNIvGGAnGzuwlM4ZpaOXnW5v
-oDFCoeKip3lhrrQ/VXPfqYs2wVTrEtBrFUmqBmQ9U3R+sNOrx03Fjne2EuwCxhxn
-/YoKL/FV1wIBBQ==
------END DH PARAMETERS-----
------BEGIN DH PARAMETERS-----
-MIGHAoGBAJTimNd8/geU7EhynM43DgfsK16oJF7NZWIUUdRc704eKwaCaqEYKyYz
-aA7NMBTT8HEpLHvmBK7KOzY9nn7J4Po+Y8HoV5UUpl23WtwePceaTZ2S7oDkXnLy
-JLK9oAQOOsJeNnvSYSs9k263MPoHWyh67VqATWwrsnH0YiXdUU4LAgEF
------END DH PARAMETERS-----
------BEGIN DH PARAMETERS-----
-MIGHAoGBAK9UWSbL+3jV2SPvE28dK11Evdi9813vfTV49TS1xCGRhHMQKFmpCHQP
-GIa/kbrONOkJ7WbRVQHuohN3K6XOzBDlvBLx59pOL5KWE0KX5y5tiCbpksyJ6jnL
-84yi95u/zHiWQi9eAbFI8K40sR7KC0YXq1gqBTW04o4DT6746LqjAgEC
------END DH PARAMETERS-----
------BEGIN DH PARAMETERS-----
-MIHHAoHBANwf0HdsXC5BkFrUv80XYQl84eZIRbcllfBU466t2DNWw6kDl9ArsTYo
-LVhoAbws1SSqtQWtlDNg+cJ9SWIFRKS8RrNoHzacJvWH1utJFwtNtOYdnOSnyxzt
-caQwSH4pKm1S+4TwMHG1js1n9IcNEkADa0VHTsEZWhGvMYqZ9LsRsTf167lYvJ5B
-GVJnN8RxThkRUl23iE2Wa/5I9lNQeAVb9BAVZCMw9p/1/IWkAzC2571TGQE6oXfR
-hAMNXHDHKwIBAg==
------END DH PARAMETERS-----
------BEGIN DH PARAMETERS-----
-MIGHAoGBAJVRHDXca5zLOiUtl8dCD56IoIlppP6jmF2WAeE11GapRy9IT7LhdZTl
-Ku1ZB/vnBL3sRsRjksgv7gWH5Zqo4kVWmsDDqErWW0b7z7WpvP3KpS5nMYGnT86C
-nGVzE2/kOtdtul+QAhTDzdbm+kHhjHoH5OX0STto0GB2uXbHkWB7AgEC
------END DH PARAMETERS-----
------BEGIN DH PARAMETERS-----
-MIHHAoHBAOQWHYV1Q6nICm4gcSthgCvEnatBfN/sZpC3vQD6rc6Dp1R9WhiVdKML
-kRABgYwKSP/+xq37Qs0uyFz2ir3EPxk5u/Rkx76770KqFBM7hx5MuMeivK3Qw9qo
-6tkbco7K0ZE7YGCgyy4b++rhfhyNhbI3qprxN1h4WPxouFXYjyXNVZq9mFe0gbPD
-0xA7yHzsJvU6gQ/RuhChhqCiirjmfnuSE7ej0fdW2hXIzwThnz7AiAqP0VNQiHBd
-/K9hLRGqmwIBAg==
------END DH PARAMETERS-----
------BEGIN DH PARAMETERS-----
-MIGHAoGBAJ5fowbgIsajHjtkHicf1EpLP/OoYoexGHWvKEB9KdoXNKSTXmSYcagP
-gm3axwtp7CbmpzcNipc8MfIMQEozkwsvsy/h5fgVIxfeKvPaA9oA8PCwZ8kIVzaf
-vkVxPWRu+Azd0I+DULJuEwBqUDd4cJE1WQ2BFIdaH5nz7X2ATPePAgEF
------END DH PARAMETERS-----
------BEGIN DH PARAMETERS-----
-MIIBCAKCAQEA8tUOZyM0dTIj0ehiRUeX5Y5S/BNl2HLbQHxcYtb/vpDM58ebADuC
-xSESbYcjAxBXbppWZOlDFP5VWr/fTd+5357MQvlFMZM32GLUidrF82Ur9u/GN3jX
-w1Z3TO7tOiIp2uxXbRvlJhUE0O+/G+pvnQsmbS0aBFDmZdd+u7HBa/3LIAlbBpdg
-aPiEgbXM5E52F5BK/5L47KKAzSLCgH7YxVFyWgKXicryMgJ3Kh0+gMVTBF+9iw6/
-n5Eam0m8f9bry2mE3Gi8ROebIHNYCa+JaUytLPD/kXRAbU5lUXp7eE2DO90+OhJa
-wjEMoNGY1OTbNLaXg3WkhF2PPxQoTSTfAwIBAg==
------END DH PARAMETERS-----
------BEGIN DH PARAMETERS-----
-MIICCAKCAgEAiWDATfwSP6kPZTeSaLlu4IV5gW1nsutKK1l/CQVbNHxDFtt/JeIT
-cppatvo239b0bfgVApt1+i5SY+z0LeU+1RG2s3pgaASeCYz0CxogYEF2/v7Byrtx
-HOtNu9qeJH2mR2m0pZsV3ob6wtIXAbGI/JQkbuLTmsa90pLr8kJZ6vHk3N+71ZWG
-ndHwYn4iM23bFo4gQ92qgBMfeLrfCDaHvTdKNpIEyPLTLiSwSq+TuOPApGJ3s7qV
-pV3vx51QcCQN7EjMt5i2yjIHJwxI3ivRsGCQPgphHy1mfNoY9e3OrDX6fvhKaaPV
-r7EUc2uF1Qd74no9pUsco5NZqC+vNc9pqIRuV0WP68L2VyIxZDxaWsS4F01w7JAT
-syfswu3IwlNUdk4EAE8JaVviqhTCfdYgJ6j4N7xvpOm03tJycbLcDmNKSuVWvKx7
-9r51Wjc4ItRG+MCdKGMzQ8SJlN/ZK2Xb78E2WDVYoaai2VCbdx/rbT3kIGEckYIU
-l81rNYVFiYTw3Zo/+kh5IUPYs83OplMf4YUixc+jDRXELbR4hLeV/5teyl6qC7RY
-abbrBvvDqw1wj8IeVm5Cf6SJGXX6inFTRzsRMmv/UgnYUg44Ysw7iRfgP81uXfWb
-3St3OxGYsfZf5sgDTvWD27UFOndAlQS4iZGvX9t+zT8h0/EBBh/+U6MCAQU=
------END DH PARAMETERS-----
------BEGIN DH PARAMETERS-----
-MIGHAoGBANX1fgb+NbhP/B1UBb2K5uj1+26LXi3+ng2SRUQJiNQT12OhzEPnIiCV
-F3VTbFjmp9gd8ReJNAMzImSS1XVw9iMYClsRxkctygprYe0oi+Wx8xb1sAaJmnxQ
-Oz4pwKBbaz2/pwykVkSYO+/3Fcgb176FFbwdzM9icXLb5IkpgKpDAgEC
------END DH PARAMETERS-----
------BEGIN DH PARAMETERS-----
-MIIDCAKCAwEAjkFOPge0h7o3ogiTDJgkwk85Xwkqd+kFM1NVy4HFZXUcPH2B+f2X
-rwrhuzGbDNURS0QCtVsTdJSMY4qfNhYZBeHi8bpfZSZ93KivUJaSi1E3hF+8mJey
-MC7Byi0rYdZSORd2n7oomqMNR/CIMBSgct05+CHbmnNWi1fqsnfdsjESV8b/Gu+4
-oJP6mdazE0jOjOcX1o0/fiQVQDM8+krSbvOA/DXabUAEU5n4X1bO909aUIJL9M99
-aAUN8w11uAy50elGgu2y/A+Ap7kgrCgQ4A2/OyRmq5+MBgILIq7L7HWxA72wKc5Q
-iNNBLjSySFmUf8kT4yo1PpO8j5kSqJT5KXG8Q8FxvECww5vuKC4mNA1E13ITnDgf
-qcG1KfIT1hTW1GXSoqYQfO4kVmUk5AnKK6K4eUFVZkZWE2Kys17YsYepG6TKxCU6
-xBwcivDoKqr0NQ/8NLerdNOurDj7myurWsh7l9RJIDSuTCHOPysy+5xvE1upQBSh
-BxtRXKL6cQ3yTqo4Tqg6hrYACcNatXyPBbF1B0dF7uQ1O+Qjdrg4WHF296T4YKTF
-aa73jb+x/DAMXUejLVDb6Oi6wapYVUZtLIgY9ezToPNnTtMISNISNesZZGb166Dj
-+k9InPD60Yk0wjQge2CRAUrlMOrOuSpUkYLXPzqQT7wYTZLuxXdpJXqdjrcg6ru+
-e95vBSluapMezMtRF0ZBZSPq9NuKez37gqB4XuxYWyXK1Zt6ler8U5WO6iEPsotF
-h69pKvuTYbtP20SF2nZYDxbHgGjXugnjI6rD6plYih97Y5Nak6IvuYA3F+FAtpXr
-kS3qbDBKIsPkNtyXOaUuQY0PZZRzl1+0upSdkmewyAz3qoC5dzb19xBfHrvpwUjc
-kBhmkYzole3dUQuxVU1Eu+zlq0VPedOAJdhZs7BDDnOWRZwd14teo6hhxuleT8Of
-fA1zSuozB/YNpGxdtYt5XMO3kNR4gNsurDz/5JWxRaz21QxpFVodZmy5WHeddj79
-aMXQhuG1qpc7AgEC
------END DH PARAMETERS-----
------BEGIN DH PARAMETERS-----
-MIIECAKCBAEA2uLCDvJnPy9O5w9VnUJWlXlo6/bUZbYSCqgsUUHU3ZUyWZV00M/h
-SFECq78SvsqeVpdDqLkaiq667AsmXUkIcZIfPfp/lgwsxcPjOICQItxYWqs6OauO
-QmY9OTeIXzEt+XSoGIW7r6mJcPFbs2CGI5VOMcdCDeIAQC3PP66ZHjwnifqjpmPK
-6fXCa9imq35EE5SAc+zBgf2Tv14TR5T0sHzViMxVSo2tAyTu5vmZJebZk2S9Kj4M
-CotC7Hv+Xj7zO1gxQns3ourbaRfPh/C6uQgBNBOBbVcCYHSbzuGYn0B4xm7et6c0
-3rXFLpf7x0kka0sG/6PMLYI7qCztqVa/e3SupG1S69CsY+UiwKUxjZlPYz4DelHT
-IfJ0Anz6qQqSkdr4b8HcSL0X4OCAci1xpC/9OW1Tx4iW2fXr8TYIhY1+aE63ARyn
-qpWFfWhE8usd61UyHeVjHWgugYhjHAUgW/2iGS1O8gZz7tcuq20IuOvWennbvRgq
-8j9QyRIgNcoSj41Y8Tm89pOxFHkuU6UeQ9B7sgMjCi2g3baehKKGVRbH+SC2SVm7
-yKEAcyx4fKKlNkOxivX4gVAo8GtEWguVIo0e/bqBDqf8L+PyGdbbJ7E+oiJ00hiS
-UU+go6WBwrrbgxwvbZBFQb4RDZukYe89kmwIV0cmLd4CUWkg04ABH1C39AoGvfAh
-e5oFk+1omSQNMDKVlW4EZ8C9ZiaC89R1DNijk4SWkNQJKl6R3DSy++Papsh+b3tb
-Ct/OujxcuuNeURy5P526IAZ+5aOq9WYwHrcfGGgp19Mq/f1M4JGvHd7C7+T4PHLL
-Vulu3OubOT3Le1q7c0gzw43hlGj0dAImvJYOdQymHBmQYmMgRjVSYHkZQLXkLhAR
-v2dGQnlA91AMLu8/WLgzilPORSbTf2zFujVbbRdXlBoQA5bj8A/aQCaHfZFV313z
-c5VgfwwGFx56NH7wRmVaIu6yTnCLro1mBv4/grH/KZa88+gYhbOFtlkkPVmnr+dA
-mexO24xVLOY+AU6Pqxae6NBT+FCbGPNM6xb0L4UMnD3hLbKf9+S1u5uCeNYtFtXx
-PYkwp42MMM5sXRcEOFncEoEf+g0EckYceV2SlyqLpxGYg1fT74gp6AooBPAtHAko
-5QuqvQqf8IwnP5iHYOGkuzPSVyTgknK0nRYvipC2T+3zlBBHj/vSwCQvXSY/zym4
-572KJXxdoBT9ZYjW5m9pKb636Ai2bh0tnAVbyZRuDWP5v/MbBs7lXYh+dNLhLkpu
-vWvGa6JMHp5GYlfSgpD0JZhu93/RshPc6GgizJyHbgKvDNzHyYUzSZQ7PzSKU83O
-f4pMJdYHvuGVdOJG7nwIYouX8t/zYxQzOwIBBQ==
+MIGHAoGBAM5hpw0SGB0LHC0hN3Cp2rwnRPQtgvywaj1Ju3odzswLaxYriqQODBCH
+psywSpi5WAU2R/WUITW5VWLHlI7HpCJwNXG9s9GmHTelCGvBEd/c63jJlL6VjyOe
+M2OW+RDONoNFTXXVMmPayuUq3vfWFPGcSRZg5CI+d4Xma4eRPRxbAgEF
+-----END DH PARAMETERS-----
+-----BEGIN DH PARAMETERS-----
+MIGHAoGBAKP/HXSZf3Pbpczrl3tvL9L5g+vWsoBQWFA0PglX/RUV7wd/hgiRdcJG
+MXktBIkBDxtdKZM5JKu8d99e5Lmbw6puluLF1lA8ZJ/lcIhojnDWQZ8bFBXx2DJ9
+DpDMMX/htR8u+cnPxeKDw2gnKjuN39Ku+1IdBLYSl9iu4GEwk9rDAgEC
+-----END DH PARAMETERS-----
+-----BEGIN DH PARAMETERS-----
+MIGHAoGBAMLOI4dbum16dz3CVufbtZ/90kC92QElRU2yfEwQdxsufkcYd+uEPgfx
+vD0PCMdCl2zAHfMjMtGCrb+8pTiO2eaC/4/wd6z0LUciawZo/dSE3n7S+D51ZH1I
+IN1OyvIhMMBq+DyujB6t9jUlrpXriXdcvmv78R83uT6TwwhFtRXnAgEF
+-----END DH PARAMETERS-----
+-----BEGIN DH PARAMETERS-----
+MIGHAoGBAO7i+5IQHjs6tHh5LXAwvD3XXgxyE6j7e1KWmgHDFg6GeEo2UZLu07Zt
+Ynu9srvka3KsnzdDEqtQgZk9C1aRMpqYoy0DFptVHNFjyhydIwB23Eh5a5xmpCzg
+X4yDC+2ADrU2PC0M+T8FuAOWvd3VBBrnm3msoRBRy26IKBAeDi5jAgEC
+-----END DH PARAMETERS-----
+-----BEGIN DH PARAMETERS-----
+MIGHAoGBAIBl4JEof+IcUS/j+PnkmeYNLUtGwi/PrQ4xv5Q3V0aiy/qIOX8yYFIA
+gwBidaoqPkG0CAAYO9o8gvFhHfJHd8B296mYybSHSGI2G6TVP3xdZYNmqG1lAqd/
+Vqmj+CvmkYsgacDVD6P8yOLrF6gzBb9PxVNOFqPhNX/0yOXBr6YTAgEF
+-----END DH PARAMETERS-----
+
+# 1536-bit DH group params
+-----BEGIN DH PARAMETERS-----
+MIHHAoHBAJkp+TbtcuMfeImd5XIA7pKwGjtrcVtNpRXB4wlRbpJpbGGQcyCe65MJ
+Kmxs8sndPv1S19fTH+3Fcp9jl7JmChHs+TcWqIpvmrBFRZ/5N2bf2fgimi7hSWWF
+JwFdb9zpxUNWbAcNnR/jZdqQ61wweyUT0sfGPH+0xNRbtc1Ct1E95o4+7Os82Lh1
+TKokivVwwBf9m2vmCFEXDTgW0bLLqNRH1CQ8juEiw6i/zabmkutPPhKN0uxA7j75
++eMc/DVzlwIBBQ==
+-----END DH PARAMETERS-----
+-----BEGIN DH PARAMETERS-----
+MIHHAoHBAKhfKa4EANC76yzSGF+/8UKQnSzjhMDyqOmWlrvb66CTe4T6gTtpECkm
+8KDmxuN3HrlXgkEQoMh4rgazpx3UG0z8T6aqQXFZmAVMK/Yp++9H/EzJhTyntJ31
+hz3QqkoZgznvKx2vF+Gmx7C4imd+EIi7b/Lz/yw1P3wIGt1t3rznudc46BfPbRMf
+7sEQ20na5PEY5XwX3V9u2X61HM4YGto9XuNVL3uU70bxW6pceFBzdzVEadnXaJyW
+00bevXWw2wIBAg==
+-----END DH PARAMETERS-----
+-----BEGIN DH PARAMETERS-----
+MIHHAoHBANdeoQj9jcGLATPLTqI4vpKMgqJ5fuOe+8yiVVTmDGuNzDL7lDj5JMSF
+lrpG99IPVb6Cy+kSAyO/PBbTkj9nPzls42GKmABjb3PHYiDIBcYq4xfP7Z/PEH9J
+YIT/9PQVqVRFPHnzdZcXtaS3H6ve6npiwvgwPCNz7s7MX9C153XF99T0qCA8L/a+
+KsnKD2aaqsxi/6Njr7sBly9l6qre70lONzeOLzcwQSRq9l2pjSMEekJPY6E3yPPy
+MA4GLMlaKwIBAg==
+-----END DH PARAMETERS-----
+
+# 2048-bit DH group params
+-----BEGIN DH PARAMETERS-----
+MIIBCAKCAQEA6Y/KjtYFfcVooSk1p2pvVbqttLQNsMIC5t9GSyWlfCBoFPqffXsm
+XVkXuy3k8zAjrdL3rGx5/+c5wlYfVAzz/q3rUR+mFEPQKgkvHKUFy0ubG0Wp/dBI
+KZ+vkK+CK0NToKAdXv8G3TfCefw9dI/Nzy2j/wxlUFapFwnZocPXUlgQd52mdCsX
+ACqZ5imBZcNQzwcEKTr2jen2l+NE2CKs8nJFVwcSlsFPqEB+7Yh1GwZik1wmBxrT
+PwPMrTk1u9CqttF7aTZBHjn++e4TkqrQs1J04s0LjdvzNVaEcUfPPiTH+68KpMwj
+NcAuMC6BV3L42Cald1HocD18s07VPcqiUwIBAg==
+-----END DH PARAMETERS-----
+-----BEGIN DH PARAMETERS-----
+MIIBCAKCAQEAo+GoaemZ9KjBgLgwGZuObOQ/hQSoK1Aka/fPoSk3ECokqb0KeeI4
+Ai8YVup6WIJigf//UTZFgHXENUsJM3sSTKHe5l7LtQIkb2oPQFfzTpp2OOMceRkK
+eXpgDYBct0T0KDAJXV4uB+l6PZfL4cOLfSMNCKTg2ptGGLbbqYPLd7LNwudpe1wO
+0KB1GFEkB2ZEPTIkQx2W1ia5EHta5zlXRqa962Rbo1t5fdiM3whVTqlgKNNC5/zv
+wH7vHqyJyqVOKQyjXPsT95iBTo1GsXRz8oLXchrTybs7yfilve1eTCnQKfiZHqKw
+50XSRbAiSV8ephW8mbwCOLthruMKT7GDTwIBBQ==
+-----END DH PARAMETERS-----
+
+# 3072-bit DH group params
+-----BEGIN DH PARAMETERS-----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+-----END DH PARAMETERS-----
+
+# 4096-bit DH group params
+-----BEGIN DH PARAMETERS-----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=
+-----END DH PARAMETERS-----
+
+# 6144-bit DH group params
+-----BEGIN DH PARAMETERS-----
+MIIDCAKCAwEA7WbPJRW6ZqHQQo6DFNV/exYBDYXTgHI8sOtX4ZsmckeLnn4MNWDx
+rHymGA6EJqz7Iu3tlPqrZnAe/mOXJZVnWMdDrXaqufXCWA1GA1nOBsX2zjEAA4Yr
+kOtE2JyNQ647gVWkZlAPNB1f0Tt4wuR2jvzMYmV+mcMfxurBoOhki7SibHs2UEvb
+iFwJQM11b5W5NRQZpKnIpU6hWPGZMkSIBX7sIoMX9y/a0BVFqAXS8rLgmWh5RcQu
+WqZPyZWHh+ctKaR3YPHyxX1kKUdFMxZVwXmnDJJeeT7NiNZd5OSJ5Z26XBoZufED
+kzvpWigSJmMmfKXaGcxExrizRSBjjAPhc784yXZcnwR2nJB3svvuCnbfO6aoIbVF
+78FtqXFiKd75mGTrPTdgfQH3OdjTaFZUp5JScpCfNwtDaWtvbgQ5x8dfxHcu/7CL
+W9SeEvlCOwWiFvd0BkE4kRElUIzzLh0ufHHEhywkVGZIicL1qz+eeeTX8V6FmdRC
+u2xHK5VtT2/yTMtDA48J5H7YTrSOiC+kgmaud5EAhxMidg4QqJa8jZYJIZpvwsEw
+AC3mUv36RkJIhuePybaoa1U1TwSWwGg2dHqidQ6gXv0t+AXxxicKFBiKKMN7DxKo
+DgA5asnrUv4Z/bfMU4yGgU3gkiJ7Sczra5N6UEJhCBScBbCI+KUXSsWpeZd2dwim
+ELxyC2Da7wIYqJhe9KYRXOoauRUy+LMBzwbKQ7nS2Abw5zON5ANlR/KJJ4H+D19+
+LN7WDc1Z8SoF59wbboAmNKjTuUV3Whh0GZuxnd88Fw7DoSWIMe++DoxIvdCRwrFz
+Ra/20ZCi99N96IX4r0WocACIG4ukPUInsup2qxMS7757gzcabD2T24irn9N9aJDf
+BefKcId/iJBFRK/loSOXT4jcyTWQqID+spA9VhIcuGEBir21R29fU9fActctWOby
+URKTuULh6Wqaf46B4suoL8jmvtyEJIwZ6zzD7mWLKv1665UD9SbKciKoy2CQ+AfC
+wnKl1+O4DPcbAgEC
+-----END DH PARAMETERS-----
+
+# 7680-bit DH group params
+-----BEGIN DH PARAMETERS-----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+-----END DH PARAMETERS-----
+
+# 8192-bit DH group params
+-----BEGIN DH PARAMETERS-----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-----END DH PARAMETERS-----
#
# This is the main configuration file for Rootkit Hunter.
#
-# You can either modify this file directly, or you can create a local
-# configuration file. The local file must be named 'rkhunter.conf.local',
-# and must reside in the same directory as this file. Please modify one
-# or both files to your own requirements. It is suggested that the
-# command 'rkhunter -C' is run after any changes have been made.
+# You can modify this file directly, or you can create a local configuration
+# file. The local file must be named 'rkhunter.conf.local', and must reside
+# in the same directory as this file. Alternatively you can create a directory,
+# named 'rkhunter.d', which also must be in the same directory as this
+# configuration file. Within the 'rkhunter.d' directory you can place further
+# configuration files. There is no restriction on the file names used, other
+# than they must end in '.conf'.
+#
+# Please modify the configuration file(s) to your own requirements. It is
+# recommended that the command 'rkhunter -C' is run after any changes have
+# been made.
#
# Please review the documentation before posting bug reports or questions.
-# To report bugs, obtain updates, or provide patches or comments, please go to:
-# http://rkhunter.sourceforge.net
+# To report bugs, obtain updates, or provide patches or comments, please go
+# to: http://rkhunter.sourceforge.net
#
-# To ask questions about rkhunter, please use the rkhunter-users mailing list.
-# Note this is a moderated list: please subscribe before posting.
+# To ask questions about rkhunter, please use the 'rkhunter-users' mailing list.
+# Note that this is a moderated list, so please subscribe before posting.
#
-# Lines beginning with a hash (#), and blank lines, are ignored.
-# End-of-line comments are not supported.
+# In the configuration files, lines beginning with a hash (#), and blank lines,
+# are ignored. Also, end-of-line comments are not supported.
#
-# Most of the following options need only be specified once. If
-# they appear more than once, then the last one seen will be used.
-# Some options are allowed to appear more than once, and the text
-# describing the option will say if this is so.
+# Any of the configuration options may appear more than once. However, several
+# options only take one value, and so the last one seen will be used. Some
+# options are allowed to appear more than once, and the text describing the
+# option will say if this is so. These configuration options will, in effect,
+# have their values concatenated together. To delete a previously specified
+# option list, specify the option with no value (that is, a null string).
#
-# Some of the options are space-separated lists of pathnames. If
-# wildcard characters (globbing) are allowed in the list, then the
+# Some of the options are space-separated lists, others, typically those
+# specifying pathnames, are newline-separated lists. These must be entered
+# as one item per line. Quotes must not be used to surround the pathname.
+#
+# For example, to specify two pathnames, '/tmp/abc' and '/tmp/xyz', for an
+# option: XXX=/tmp/abc (correct)
+# XXX=/tmp/xyz
+#
+# XXX="/tmp/abc" (incorrect)
+# XXX="/tmp/xyz"
+#
+# XXX=/tmp/abc /tmp/xyz (incorrect)
+# or XXX="/tmp/abc /tmp/xyz" (incorrect)
+# or XXX="/tmp/abc" "/tmp/xyz" (incorrect)
+#
+# The last three examples are being configured as space-separated lists,
+# which is incorrect, generally, for options specifying pathnames. They
+# should be configured with one entry per line as in the first example.
+#
+# If wildcard characters (globbing) are allowed for an option, then the
# text describing the option will say so.
#
-# Space-separated lists may be enclosed by quotes, but these must only
-# appear at the start and end of the list, not in the middle.
+# Space-separated lists may be enclosed by quotes, although they are not
+# required. If they are used, then they must only appear at the start and
+# end of the list, not in the middle.
+#
+# For example: XXX=abc def gh (correct)
+# XXX="abc def gh" (correct)
+# XXX="abc" "def" "gh" (incorrect)
#
-# For example: XXX="abc def gh" (correct)
-# XXX="abc" "def" "gh" (incorrect)
+# Space-separated lists may also be entered simply as one entry per line.
+#
+# For example: XXX=abc (correct)
+# XXX=def
+# XXX="gh"
+#
+# If a configuration option is never set, then the program will assume a
+# default value. The text describing the option will state the default value.
+# If there is no default, then rkhunter will calculate a value or pathname
+# to use.
#
INSTALLDIR=/usr
#
-# If this option is set to 1, it specifies that the mirrors file
+# If this option is set to '1', it specifies that the mirrors file
# ('mirrors.dat'), which is used when the '--update' and '--versioncheck'
-# options are used, is to be rotated. Rotating the entries in the file
-# allows a basic form of load-balancing between the mirror sites whenever
-# the above options are used.
-# If the option is set to 0, then the mirrors will be treated as if in
-# a priority list. That is, the first mirror listed will always be used
-# first. The second mirror will only be used if the first mirror fails,
-# the third mirror will only be used if the second mirror fails, and so on.
+# options are used, is to be rotated. Rotating the entries in the file allows
+# a basic form of load-balancing between the mirror sites whenever the above
+# options are used.
+#
+# If the option is set to '0', then the mirrors will be treated as if in a
+# priority list. That is, the first mirror listed will always be used first.
+# The second mirror will only be used if the first mirror fails, the third
+# mirror will only be used if the second mirror fails, and so on.
#
# If the mirrors file is read-only, then the '--versioncheck' command-line
-# option can only be used if this option is set to 0.
+# option can only be used if this option is set to '0'.
+#
+# The default value is '1'.
#
ROTATE_MIRRORS=1
#
-# If this option is set to 1, it specifies that when the '--update'
-# option is used, then the mirrors file is to be checked for updates
-# as well. If the current mirrors file contains any local mirrors,
-# these will be prepended to the updated file.
-# If this option is set to 0, the mirrors file can only be updated
-# manually. This may be useful if only using local mirrors.
+# If this option is set to '1', it specifies that when the '--update' option is
+# used, then the mirrors file is to be checked for updates as well. If the
+# current mirrors file contains any local mirrors, these will be prepended to
+# the updated file. If this option is set to '0', the mirrors file can only be
+# updated manually. This may be useful if only using local mirrors.
+#
+# The default value is '1'.
#
UPDATE_MIRRORS=1
#
-# The MIRRORS_MODE option tells rkhunter which mirrors are to be
-# used when the '--update' or '--versioncheck' command-line options
-# are given. Possible values are:
-# 0 - use any mirror (the default)
+# The MIRRORS_MODE option tells rkhunter which mirrors are to be used when
+# the '--update' or '--versioncheck' command-line options are given.
+# Possible values are:
+# 0 - use any mirror
# 1 - only use local mirrors
# 2 - only use remote mirrors
#
-# Local and remote mirrors can be defined in the mirrors file
-# by using the 'local=' and 'remote=' keywords respectively.
+# Local and remote mirrors can be defined in the mirrors file by using the
+# 'local=' and 'remote=' keywords respectively.
+#
+# The default value is '0'.
#
MIRRORS_MODE=0
#
-# Email a message to this address if a warning is found when the
-# system is being checked. Multiple addresses may be specified
-# simply be separating them with a space. Setting this option to
-# null disables the option.
+# Email a message to this address if a warning is found when the system is
+# being checked. Multiple addresses may be specified simply be separating
+# them with a space. To disable the option, simply set it to the null string
+# or comment it out.
#
-# NOTE: This option should be present in the configuration file.
+# The option may be specified more than once.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+# Also see the MAIL_CMD option.
#
#MAIL-ON-WARNING=me@mydomain root@mydomain
-MAIL-ON-WARNING=""
+MAIL-ON-WARNING=frank@brehm-online.com
#
-# Specify the mail command to use if MAIL-ON-WARNING is set.
+# This option specifies the mail command to use if MAIL-ON-WARNING is set.
#
-# NOTE: Double quotes are not required around the command, but
-# are required around the subject line if it contains spaces.
+# NOTE: Double quotes are not required around the command, but are required
+# around the subject line if it contains spaces.
+#
+# The default is to use the 'mail' command, with a subject line
+# of '[rkhunter] Warnings found for ${HOST_NAME}'.
#
MAIL_CMD=mail -s "[rkhunter] Warnings found for ${HOST_NAME}"
#
-# Specify the temporary directory to use.
+# This option specifies the directory to use for temporary files.
+#
+# NOTE: Do not use '/tmp' as your temporary directory. Some important files
+# will be written to this directory, so be sure that the directory permissions
+# are secure.
#
-# NOTE: Do not use /tmp as your temporary directory. Some
-# important files will be written to this directory, so be
-# sure that the directory permissions are tight.
+# The installer program will set the default directory. If this default is
+# subsequently commented out or removed, then the program will assume a
+# default directory beneath the installation directory.
#
TMPDIR=/var/lib/rkhunter/tmp
#
-# Specify the database directory to use.
+# This option specifies the database directory to use.
+#
+# The installer program will set the default directory. If this default is
+# subsequently commented out or removed, then the program will assume a
+# default directory beneath the installation directory.
#
DBDIR=/var/lib/rkhunter/db
#
-# Specify the script directory to use.
+# This option specifies the script directory to use.
+#
+# The installer program will set the default directory. If this default is
+# subsequently commented out or removed, then the program will not run.
#
SCRIPTDIR=/usr/lib/rkhunter/scripts
#
-# This option can be used to modify the command directory list used
-# by rkhunter to locate commands (that is, its PATH). By default
-# this will be the root PATH, and an internal list of some common
-# command directories.
+# This option can be used to modify the command directory list used by rkhunter
+# to locate commands (that is, its PATH). By default this will be the root PATH,
+# and an internal list of some common command directories.
+#
+# Any directories specified here will, by default, be appended to the default
+# list. However, if a directory name begins with the '+' character, then that
+# directory will be prepended to the list (that is, it will be put at the start
+# of the list).
#
-# Any directories specified here will, by default, be appended to the
-# default list. However, if a directory name begins with the '+'
-# character, then that directory will be prepended to the list (that
-# is, it will be put at the start of the list).
+# This is a space-separated list of directory names. The option may be
+# specified more than once.
#
-# This is a space-separated list of directory names. The option may
-# be specified more than once.
+# The default value is based on the root account PATH environment variable.
#
-#BINDIR="/bin /usr/bin /sbin /usr/sbin"
-#BINDIR="+/usr/local/bin +/usr/local/sbin"
+#BINDIR=/bin /usr/bin /sbin /usr/sbin
+#BINDIR=+/usr/local/bin +/usr/local/sbin
#
-# Specify the default language to use. This should be similar
-# to the ISO 639 language code.
+# This option specifies the default language to use. This should be similar to
+# the ISO 639 language code.
#
# NOTE: Please ensure that the language you specify is supported.
# For a list of supported languages use the following command:
#
# rkhunter --lang en --list languages
#
+# The default language is 'en' (English).
+#
#LANGUAGE=en
LANGUAGE=de
#
-# This option is a space-separated list of the languages that are to
-# be updated when the '--update' option is used. If unset, then all
-# the languages will be updated. If none of the languages are to be
-# updated, then set this option to just 'en'.
+# This option is a space-separated list of the languages that are to be updated
+# when the '--update' option is used. If unset, then all the languages will be
+# updated. If none of the languages are to be updated, then set this option to
+# just 'en'.
+#
+# The default language, specified by the LANGUAGE option, and the English (en)
+# language file will always be updated regardless of this option.
#
-# The default is for all the languages to be updated. The default
-# language, specified above, and the English (en) language file will
-# always be updated regardless of this option.
+# This option may be specified more than once.
+#
+# The default value is the null string, indicating that all the language files
+# will be updated.
#
UPDATE_LANG=""
#
-# Specify the log file pathname.
+# This option specifies the log file pathname. The file will be created if it
+# does not initially exist. If the option is unset, then the program will
+# display a message each time it is run saying that the default value is being
+# used.
#
-# NOTE: This option should be present in the configuration file.
+# The default value is '/var/log/rkhunter.log'.
#
LOGFILE=/var/log/rkhunter.log
#
-# Set the following option to 1 if the log file is to be appended to
-# whenever rkhunter is run.
+# Set this option to '1' if the log file is to be appended to whenever rkhunter
+# is run. A value of '0' will cause a new log file to be created whenever the
+# program is run.
+#
+# The default value is '0'.
#
APPEND_LOG=1
#
-# Set the following option to 1 if the log file is to be copied when
-# rkhunter finishes and an error or warning has occurred. The copied
-# log file name will be appended with the current date and time
-# (in YYYY-MM-DD_HH:MM:SS format).
+# Set the following option to '1' if the log file is to be copied when rkhunter
+# finishes and an error or warning has occurred. The copied log file name will
+# be appended with the current date and time (in YYYY-MM-DD_HH:MM:SS format).
# For example: rkhunter.log.2009-04-21_00:57:51
+# If the option value is '0', then the log file will not be copied regardless
+# of whether any errors or warnings occurred.
+#
+# The default value is '0'.
#
-COPY_LOG_ON_ERROR=0
+#COPY_LOG_ON_ERROR=0
#
-# Set the following option to enable the rkhunter check start and finish
-# times to be logged by syslog. Warning messages will also be logged.
-# The value of the option must be a standard syslog facility and
-# priority, separated by a dot. For example:
+# Set the following option to enable the rkhunter check start and finish times
+# to be logged by syslog. Warning messages will also be logged. The value of
+# the option must be a standard syslog facility and priority, separated by a
+# dot. For example:
#
# USE_SYSLOG=authpriv.warning
#
-# Setting the value to 'none', or just leaving the option commented out,
+# Setting the value to 'NONE', or just leaving the option commented out,
# disables the use of syslog.
#
+# The default value is not to use syslog.
+#
#USE_SYSLOG=authpriv.notice
#
-# Set the following option to 1 if the second colour set is to be used.
-# This can be useful if your screen uses black characters on a white
-# background (for example, a PC instead of a server).
+# Set the following option to '1' if the second colour set is to be used. This
+# can be useful if your screen uses black characters on a white background
+# (for example, a PC instead of a server). A value of '0' will cause the default
+# colour set to be used.
+#
+# The default value is '0'.
#
-COLOR_SET2=0
+#COLOR_SET2=0
#
-# Set the following option to 0 if rkhunter should not detect if X is
-# being used. If X is detected as being used, then the second colour
-# set will automatically be used.
+# Set the following option to '0' if rkhunter should not detect if X is being
+# used. If X is detected as being used, then the second colour set will
+# automatically be used. If set to '1', then the use of X will be detected.
+#
+# The default value is '0'.
#
AUTO_X_DETECT=1
#
-# Set the following option to 1 if it is wanted that any 'Whitelisted'
-# results are shown in white rather than green. For colour set 2 users,
-# setting this option will cause the result to be shown in black.
+# Set the following option to '1' if it is wanted that any 'Whitelisted' results
+# are shown in white rather than green. For colour set 2 users, setting this
+# option will cause the result to be shown in black. Setting the option to '0'
+# causes whitelisted results to be displayed in green.
+#
+# The default value is '0'.
#
WHITELISTED_IS_WHITE=0
#
# The following option is checked against the SSH configuration file
-# 'PermitRootLogin' option. A warning will be displayed if they do not
-# match. However, if a value has not been set in the SSH configuration
-# file, then a value here of 'unset' can be used to avoid warning messages.
-# This option has a default value of 'no'.
+# 'PermitRootLogin' option. A warning will be displayed if they do not match.
+# However, if a value has not been set in the SSH configuration file, then a
+# value here of 'unset' can be used to avoid warning messages.
+#
+# The default value is 'no'.
#
ALLOW_SSH_ROOT_USER=yes
# to use the SSH-1 protocol (for instance for AFS token passing or Kerberos4
# authentication). If the 'Protocol' option has not been set in the SSH
# configuration file, then a value of '2' may be set here in order to
-# suppress a warning message. This option has a default value of '0'.
+# suppress a warning message. A value of '0' indicates that the use of
+# SSH-1 is not allowed.
+#
+# The default value is '0'.
#
-ALLOW_SSH_PROT_V1=0
+#ALLOW_SSH_PROT_V1=0
#
# This setting tells rkhunter the directory containing the SSH configuration
# file. This setting will be worked out by rkhunter, and so should not
# usually need to be set.
#
+# This option has no default value.
+#
#SSH_CONFIG_DIR=/etc/ssh
#
-# These two options determine which tests are to be performed.
-# The ENABLE_TESTS option can use the word 'all' to refer to all the
-# available tests. The DISABLE_TESTS option can use the word 'none' to
-# mean that no tests are disabled. The list of disabled tests is applied to
-# the list of enabled tests. Both options are space-separated lists of test
-# names. The currently available test names can be seen by using the command
-# 'rkhunter --list tests'.
+# These two options determine which tests are to be performed. The ENABLE_TESTS
+# option can use the word 'ALL' to refer to all of the available tests. The
+# DISABLE_TESTS option can use the word 'NONE' to mean that no tests are
+# disabled. The list of disabled tests is applied to the list of enabled tests.
#
-# The program defaults are to enable all tests and disable none. However, if
-# either of the options below are specified, then they will override the
-# program defaults.
+# Both options are space-separated lists of test names, and both options may
+# be specified more than once. The currently available test names can be seen
+# by using the command 'rkhunter --list tests'.
#
# The supplied configuration file has some tests already disabled, and these
-# are tests that will be used only occasionally, can be considered
-# "advanced" or that are prone to produce more than the average number of
-# false-positives.
+# are tests that will be used only occasionally, can be considered 'advanced'
+# or that are prone to produce more than the average number of false-positives.
#
# Please read the README file for more details about enabling and disabling
# tests, the test names, and how rkhunter behaves when these options are used.
#
-ENABLE_TESTS="all"
-DISABLE_TESTS="suspscan hidden_ports hidden_procs deleted_files packet_cap_apps"
-
+# The default values are to enable all tests and to disable none. However, if
+# either of the options below are specified, then they will override the
+# program defaults.
#
-# The HASH_FUNC option can be used to specify the command to use
-# for the file hash value check. It can be specified as just the
-# command name or the full pathname. If just the command name is
-# given, and it is one of MD5, SHA1, SHA224, SHA256, SHA384 or
-# SHA512, then rkhunter will first look for the relevant command,
-# such as 'sha256sum', and then for 'sha256'. If neither of these
-# are found, it will then look to see if a perl module has been
-# installed which will support the relevant hash function. To see
-# which perl modules have been installed use the command
-# 'rkhunter --list perl'.
+ENABLE_TESTS=ALL
+DISABLE_TESTS=suspscan hidden_ports hidden_procs deleted_files packet_cap_apps
+
#
-# The default is SHA1, or MD5 if SHA1 cannot be found.
+# The HASH_CMD option can be used to specify the command to use for the file
+# properties hash value check. It can be specified as just the command name or
+# the full pathname. If just the command name is given, and it is one of MD5,
+# SHA1, SHA224, SHA256, SHA384 or SHA512, then rkhunter will first look for the
+# relevant command, such as 'sha256sum', and then for 'sha256'. If neither of
+# these are found, it will then look to see if a perl module has been installed
+# which will support the relevant hash function. To see which perl modules have
+# been installed use the command 'rkhunter --list perl'.
#
-# Systems using prelinking are restricted to using either the
-# SHA1 or MD5 function.
+# Systems using prelinking are restricted to using either the SHA1 or MD5
+# function.
#
-# A value of 'NONE' (in uppercase) can be specified to indicate that
-# no hash function should be used. Rootkit Hunter will detect this and
-# automatically disable the file hash checks.
+# A value of 'NONE' (in uppercase) can be specified to indicate that no hash
+# function should be used. Rkhunter will detect this, and automatically disable
+# the file properties hash check test.
#
# Examples:
-# For Solaris 9 : HASH_FUNC=gmd5sum
-# For Solaris 10: HASH_FUNC=sha1sum
-# For AIX (>5.2): HASH_FUNC="csum -hMD5"
-# For NetBSD : HASH_FUNC="cksum -a sha512"
+# For Solaris 9 : HASH_CMD=gmd5sum
+# For Solaris 10: HASH_CMD=sha1sum
+# For AIX (>5.2): HASH_CMD="csum -hMD5"
+# For NetBSD : HASH_CMD="cksum -a sha512"
+#
+# NOTE: Whenever this option is changed 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run.
#
-# NOTE: If the hash function is changed then you MUST run rkhunter with
-# the '--propupd' option to rebuild the file properties database.
+# The default value is the SHA1 function, or MD5 if SHA1 cannot be found.
#
-#HASH_FUNC=sha1sum
+# Also see the HASH_FLD_IDX option.
+#
+#HASH_CMD=sha1sum
#
-# The HASH_FLD_IDX option specifies which field from the HASH_FUNC
-# command output contains the hash value. The fields are assumed to
-# be space-separated. The default value is 1, but for *BSD users
-# rkhunter will, by default, use a value of 4 if the HASH_FUNC option
-# has not been set. The option value must be an integer greater
-# than zero.
+# The HASH_FLD_IDX option specifies which field from the HASH_CMD command
+# output contains the hash value. The fields are assumed to be space-separated.
+#
+# The option value must be an integer greater than zero.
+#
+# The default value is '1', but for *BSD users rkhunter will, by default, use a
+# value of '4' if the HASH_CMD option has not been set.
#
#HASH_FLD_IDX=4
#
-# The PKGMGR option tells rkhunter to use the specified package manager
-# to obtain the file property information. This is used when updating
-# the file properties file ('rkhunter.dat'), and when running the file
-# properties check. For RedHat/RPM-based systems, 'RPM' can be used to
-# get information from the RPM database. For Debian-based systems 'DPKG'
-# can be used, for *BSD systems 'BSD' can be used, and for Solaris
-# systems 'SOLARIS' can be used. No value, or a value of 'NONE',
-# indicates that no package manager is to be used. The default is 'NONE'.
+# The PKGMGR option tells rkhunter to use the specified package manager to
+# obtain the file property information. This is used when updating the file
+# properties file ('rkhunter.dat'), and when running the file properties check.
+# For RedHat/RPM-based systems, 'RPM' can be used to get information from the
+# RPM database. For Debian-based systems 'DPKG' can be used, for *BSD systems
+# 'BSD' can be used, and for Solaris systems 'SOLARIS' can be used. No value,
+# or a value of 'NONE', indicates that no package manager is to be used.
#
-# The current package managers, except 'SOLARIS', store the file hash
-# values using an MD5 hash function. The Solaris package manager includes
-# a checksum value, but this is not used by default (see USE_SUNSUM below).
+# The current package managers, except 'SOLARIS', store the file hash values
+# using an MD5 hash function. The Solaris package manager includes a checksum
+# value, but this is not used by default (see USE_SUNSUM below).
#
# The 'DPKG' and 'BSD' package managers only provide MD5 hash values.
# The 'RPM' package manager additionally provides values for the inode,
# most of the values, similar to 'RPM', but not the inode number.
#
# For any file not part of a package, rkhunter will revert to using the
-# HASH_FUNC hash function instead.
+# HASH_CMD hash function instead.
+#
+# NOTE: Whenever this option is changed 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run.
+#
+# The default value is 'NONE'.
#
-# Whenever this option is changed 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run.
+# Also see the PKGMGR_NO_VRFY and USE_SUNSUM options.
#
#PKGMGR=NONE
#
-# It is possible that a file which is part of a package may be modified
-# by the administrator. Typically this occurs for configuration files.
-# However, the package manager may list the file as being modified. For
-# the RPM package manager this may well depend on how the package was
-# built. This option specifies those pathnames which are to be exempt
-# from the package manager verification process, and which will be treated
-# as non-packaged files. As such, the file properties are still checked.
+# It is possible that a file, which is part of a package, may have been
+# modified by the administrator. Typically this occurs for configuration
+# files. However, the package manager may list the file as being modified.
+# For the RPM package manager this may well depend on how the package was
+# built. This option specifies a pathname which is to be exempt from the
+# package manager verification process, and which will be treated
+# as a non-packaged file. As such, the file properties are still checked.
#
# This option only takes effect if the PKGMGR option has been set, and
# is not 'NONE'.
#
-# This is a space-separated list of pathnames. The option may
-# be specified more than once.
+# This option may be specified more than once.
#
-# Whenever this option is changed 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run.
+# NOTE: Whenever this option is changed 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
#
#PKGMGR_NO_VRFY=""
#
-# This option can be used to tell rkhunter to ignore any prelink
-# dependency errors for the given commands. However, a warning will also
-# be issued if the error does not occur for a given command. As such
-# this option must only be used on commands which experience a persistent
-# problem.
+# If the 'SOLARIS' package manager is used, then it is possible to use the
+# checksum (hash) value stored for a file. However, this is only a 16-bit
+# checksum, and as such is not nearly as secure as, for example, a SHA-2 value.
+# If the option is set to '0', then the checksum is not used and the hash
+# function given by HASH_CMD is used instead. To enable this option, set its
+# value to '1'. The Solaris 'sum' command must be present on the system if this
+# option is used.
+#
+# The default value is '0'.
+#
+#USE_SUNSUM=0
+
+#
+# This option can be used to tell rkhunter to ignore any prelink dependency
+# errors for the given commands. However, a warning will also be issued if the
+# error does not occur for a given command. As such this option must only be
+# used on commands which experience a persistent problem.
#
# Short-term prelink dependency errors can usually be resolved simply by
# running the 'prelink' command on the given pathname.
#
-# NOTE: The command 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run whenever this option
-# is changed.
-#
# This is a space-separated list of command pathnames. The option can be
# specified more than once.
#
-#IGNORE_PRELINK_DEP_ERR="/bin/ps /usr/bin/top"
-
+# NOTE: Whenever this option is changed 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run.
#
-# If the 'SOLARIS' package manager is used, then it is possible to use
-# the checksum (hash) value stored for a file. However, this is only a
-# 16-bit checksum, and as such is not nearly as secure as, for example,
-# a SHA-2 value. For that reason, the checksum is not used by default,
-# and the hash function given by HASH_FUNC is used instead. To enable
-# this option, set its value to 1. The Solaris 'sum' command must be
-# present on the system if this option is used.
+# The default value is the null string.
#
-#USE_SUNSUM=0
+#IGNORE_PRELINK_DEP_ERR=/bin/ps /usr/bin/top
#
-# This option is a space-separated list of commands, directories and file
-# pathnames which will be included in the file properties checks.
-# This option can be specified more than once.
+# These options specify a command, directory or file pathname which will be
+# included or excluded in the file properties checks.
+#
+# For the USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS option, simple command names - for example,
+# 'top' - and directory names are added to the internal list of directories to
+# be searched for each of the command names in the command list. Additionally,
+# full pathnames to files, which need not be commands, may be given. Any files
+# or directories which are already part of the internal lists will be silently
+# ignored from the configuration.
+#
+# For the USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS option, wildcards are allowed, except for
+# simple command names.
+# For example, 'top*' cannot be given, but '/usr/bin/top*' is allowed.
+#
+# Specific files may be excluded by using the EXCLUDE_USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS
+# option. Wildcards may be used with this option.
+#
+# By combining these two options, and using wildcards, whole directories can be
+# excluded. For example:
#
-# Whenever this option is changed, 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run.
+# USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/etc/*
+# USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/etc/*/*
+# EXCLUDE_USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/etc/rc?.d/*
#
-# Simple command names - for example, 'top' - and directory names are
-# added to the internal list of directories to be searched for each of
-# the command names in the command list. Additionally, full pathnames
-# to files, which need not be commands, may be given. Any files or
-# directories which are already part of the internal lists will be
+# This will look for files in the first two directory levels of '/etc'. However,
+# anything in '/etc/rc0.d', '/etc/rc1.d', '/etc/rc2.d' and so on, will be
+# excluded.
+#
+# NOTE: Only files and directories which have been added by the user, and are
+# not part of the internal lists, can be excluded. So, for example, it is not
+# possible to exclude the 'ps' command by using '/bin/ps'. These will be
# silently ignored from the configuration.
#
-# Normal globbing wildcards are allowed, except for simple command names.
-# For example, 'top*' cannot be given, but '/usr/bin/top*' is allowed.
+# Both options can be specified more than once.
+#
+# NOTE: Whenever these options are changed 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run.
+#
+# The default value for both options is the null string.
+#
+#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=top
+#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/usr/local/sbin
+#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/etc/rkhunter.conf
+#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/etc/rkhunter.conf.local
+#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/var/lib/rkhunter/db/*
+#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/var/lib/rkhunter/db/i18n/*
+#EXCLUDE_USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/opt/ps*
+#EXCLUDE_USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/var/lib/rkhunter/db/mirrors.dat
+#EXCLUDE_USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/var/lib/rkhunter/db/rkhunter*
+
+#
+# This option whitelists files and directories from existing, or not existing,
+# on the system at the time of testing. This option is used when the
+# configuration file options themselves are checked, and during the file
+# properties check, the hidden files and directories checks, and the filesystem
+# check of the '/dev' directory.
+#
+# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcards.
+# Be aware though that this is probably not what you want to do as the
+# wildcarding will be expanded after files have been deleted. As such
+# deleted files won't be whitelisted if wildcarded.
#
-# Specific files may be excluded by preceding their name with an
-# exclamation mark (!). For example, '!/opt/top'. By combining this
-# with wildcarding, whole directories can be excluded. For example,
-# '/etc/* /etc/*/* !/etc/rc?.d/*'. This will look for files in the first
-# two directory levels of '/etc'. However, anything in '/etc/rc0.d',
-# '/etc/rc1.d', '/etc/rc2.d' and so on, will be excluded.
-#
-# NOTE: Only files and directories which have been added by the user,
-# and are not part of the internal lists, can be excluded. So, for
-# example, it is not possible to exclude the 'ps' command by using
-# '!/bin/ps'. These will be silently ignored from the configuration.
-#
-#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS="top /usr/local/sbin !/opt/ps*"
-#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS="/etc/rkhunter.conf"
-#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS="/etc/rkhunter.conf.local"
-#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS="/var/lib/rkhunter/db/*"
-#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS="!/var/lib/rkhunter/db/mirrors.dat"
-#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS="!/var/lib/rkhunter/db/rkhunter*"
-#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS="/var/lib/rkhunter/db/i18n/*"
-
-#
-# This option whitelists files and directories from existing,
-# or not existing, on the system at the time of testing. This
-# option is used when the configuration file options themselves
-# are checked, and during the file properties check, the hidden
-# files and directories checks, and the filesystem check of the
-# '/dev' directory.
-#
-# This is a space-separated list of pathnames. The option may be
-# specified more than once. The option may use wildcard characters,
-# but be aware that this is probably not what you want to do as the
-# wildcarding will be expanded after files have been deleted. As
-# such deleted files won't be whitelisted if wildcarded.
-#
-# NOTE: The user must take into consideration how often the file will
-# appear and disappear from the system in relation to how often
-# rkhunter is run. If the file appears, and disappears, too often
-# then rkhunter may not notice this. All it will see is that the file
-# has changed. The inode-number and DTM will certainly be different
-# for each new file, and rkhunter will report this.
+# NOTE: The user must take into consideration how often the file will appear
+# and disappear from the system in relation to how often rkhunter is run. If
+# the file appears, and disappears, too often then rkhunter may not notice
+# this. All it will see is that the file has changed. The inode-number and DTM
+# will certainly be different for each new file, and rkhunter will report this.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
#
#EXISTWHITELIST=""
#
-# Whitelist various attributes of the specified files.
-# The attributes are those of the 'attributes' test.
-# Specifying a file name here does not include it being
-# whitelisted for the write permission test (see below).
+# Whitelist various attributes of the specified file. The attributes are those
+# of the 'attributes' test. Specifying a file name here does not include it
+# being whitelisted for the write permission test (see below).
+#
+# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters.
#
-# This is a space-separated list of filenames. The option may
-# be specified more than once. The option may use wildcard
-# characters.
+# The default value is the null string.
#
-#ATTRWHITELIST="/bin/ps /usr/bin/date"
+#ATTRWHITELIST=/usr/bin/date
#
-# Allow the specified commands to have the 'others'
-# (world) permission have the write-bit set.
+# Allow the specified file to have the 'others' (world) permission have the
+# write-bit set. For example, files with permissions r-xr-xrwx or rwxrwxrwx.
#
-# For example, files with permissions r-xr-xrwx
-# or rwxrwxrwx.
+# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters.
#
-# This is a space-separated list of filenames. The option may
-# be specified more than once. The option may use wildcard
-# characters.
+# The default value is the null string.
#
-#WRITEWHITELIST="/bin/ps /usr/bin/date"
+#WRITEWHITELIST=/usr/bin/date
#
-# Allow the specified commands to be scripts.
+# Allow the specified file to be a script.
+#
+# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters.
#
-# This is a space-separated list of filenames. The option may
-# be specified more than once. The option may use wildcard
-# characters.
+# The default value is the null string.
#
-#SCRIPTWHITELIST="/sbin/ifup /sbin/ifdown"
-#SCRIPTWHITELIST="/usr/bin/groups"
+#SCRIPTWHITELIST=/usr/bin/groups
#
-# Allow the specified commands to have the immutable attribute set.
+# Allow the specified file to have the immutable attribute set.
#
-# This is a space-separated list of filenames. The option may
-# be specified more than once. The option may use wildcard
-# characters.
+# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters.
#
-#IMMUTWHITELIST="/sbin/ifup /sbin/ifdown"
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#IMMUTWHITELIST=/sbin/ifdown
#
-# If this option is set to 1, then the immutable-bit test is
-# reversed. That is, the files are expected to have the bit set.
+# If this option is set to '1', then the immutable-bit test is reversed. That
+# is, the files are expected to have the bit set. A value of '0' means that the
+# immutable-bit should not be set.
+#
+# The default value is '0'.
#
IMMUTABLE_SET=0
#
-# Allow the specified hidden directories to be whitelisted.
+# Allow the specified hidden directory to be whitelisted.
+#
+# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters.
#
-# This is a space-separated list of directory pathnames.
-# The option may be specified more than once. The option
-# may use wildcard characters.
+# The default value is the null string.
#
-#ALLOWHIDDENDIR="/etc/.java"
-#ALLOWHIDDENDIR="/dev/.udev /dev/.udevdb /dev/.udev.tdb"
-#ALLOWHIDDENDIR="/dev/.static"
-#ALLOWHIDDENDIR="/dev/.initramfs"
-#ALLOWHIDDENDIR="/dev/.SRC-unix"
-#ALLOWHIDDENDIR="/dev/.mdadm"
+#ALLOWHIDDENDIR=/etc/.java
+#ALLOWHIDDENDIR=/dev/.udev
+#ALLOWHIDDENDIR=/dev/.udevdb
+#ALLOWHIDDENDIR=/dev/.mdadm
#
-# Allow the specified hidden files to be whitelisted.
+# Allow the specified hidden file to be whitelisted.
#
-# This is a space-separated list of filenames. The option may
-# be specified more than once. The option may use wildcard
-# characters.
+# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
#
-#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/etc/.java"
-#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/usr/share/man/man1/..1.gz"
-#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/etc/.pwd.lock"
-#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/etc/.init.state"
-#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/lib/.libcrypto.so.0.9.8e.hmac /lib/.libcrypto.so.6.hmac"
-#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/lib/.libssl.so.0.9.8e.hmac /lib/.libssl.so.6.hmac"
-#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/usr/bin/.fipscheck.hmac"
-#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/usr/bin/.ssh.hmac"
-#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/usr/lib/.libfipscheck.so.1.1.0.hmac"
-#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/usr/lib/.libfipscheck.so.1.hmac"
-#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/usr/lib/.libgcrypt.so.11.hmac"
-#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/usr/lib/hmaccalc/sha1hmac.hmac"
-#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/usr/lib/hmaccalc/sha256hmac.hmac"
-#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/usr/lib/hmaccalc/sha384hmac.hmac"
-#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/usr/lib/hmaccalc/sha512hmac.hmac"
-#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/usr/sbin/.sshd.hmac"
+#ALLOWHIDDENFILE=/usr/share/man/man1/..1.gz
+#ALLOWHIDDENFILE=/usr/bin/.fipscheck.hmac
+#ALLOWHIDDENFILE=/usr/bin/.ssh.hmac
+#ALLOWHIDDENFILE=/usr/lib/.libfipscheck.so.1.1.0.hmac
+#ALLOWHIDDENFILE=/usr/lib/hmaccalc/sha1hmac.hmac
+#ALLOWHIDDENFILE=/usr/lib/hmaccalc/sha256hmac.hmac
+#ALLOWHIDDENFILE=/usr/sbin/.sshd.hmac
#
-# Allow the specified processes to use deleted files. The
-# process name may be followed by a colon-separated list of
-# full pathnames. The process will then only be whitelisted
-# if it is using one of the given files. For example:
+# Allow the specified process to use deleted files. The process name may be
+# followed by a colon-separated list of full pathnames. The process will then
+# only be whitelisted if it is using one of the given files. For example:
+#
+# ALLOWPROCDELFILE=/usr/libexec/gconfd-2:/tmp/abc:/var/tmp/xyz
#
-# ALLOWPROCDELFILE="/usr/libexec/gconfd-2:/tmp/abc:/var/tmp/xyz"
+# This option may be specified more than once. It may also use wildcards, but
+# only in the file names.
#
-# This is a space-separated list of process names. The option
-# may be specified more than once. The option may use wildcard
-# characters, but only in the file names.
+# The default value is the null string.
#
-#ALLOWPROCDELFILE="/sbin/cardmgr /usr/sbin/gpm:/etc/X11/abc"
-#ALLOWPROCDELFILE="/usr/libexec/gconfd-2"
-#ALLOWPROCDELFILE="/usr/sbin/mysqld:/tmp/ib*"
+#ALLOWPROCDELFILE=/sbin/cardmgr
+#ALLOWPROCDELFILE=/usr/sbin/mysqld:/tmp/ib*
#
-# Allow the specified processes to listen on any network interface.
+# Allow the specified process to listen on any network interface.
+#
+# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters.
#
-# This is a space-separated list of process names. The option
-# may be specified more than once.
+# The default value is the null string.
#
-#ALLOWPROCLISTEN="/sbin/dhclient /usr/bin/dhcpcd"
-#ALLOWPROCLISTEN="/usr/sbin/pppoe /usr/sbin/tcpdump"
-#ALLOWPROCLISTEN="/usr/sbin/snort-plain"
-#ALLOWPROCLISTEN="/usr/local/bin/wpa_supplicant"
+#ALLOWPROCLISTEN=/sbin/dhclient
+#ALLOWPROCLISTEN=/usr/bin/dhcpcd
+#ALLOWPROCLISTEN=/usr/sbin/tcpdump
+#ALLOWPROCLISTEN=/usr/sbin/snort-plain
#
# Allow the specified network interfaces to be in promiscuous mode.
#
-# This is a space-separated list of interface names. The option may
-# be specified more than once.
+# This is a space-separated list of interface names. The option may be
+# specified more than once.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
#
-#ALLOWPROMISCIF="eth0"
+#ALLOWPROMISCIF=eth0
#
-# SCAN_MODE_DEV governs how we scan '/dev' for suspicious files.
-# The two allowed options are: THOROUGH or LAZY.
-# If commented out we do a THOROUGH scan which will increase the runtime.
-# Even though this adds to the running time it is highly recommended to
-# leave it like this.
+# This option specifies how rkhunter should scan the '/dev' directory for
+# suspicious files. The only allowed values are 'THOROUGH' and 'LAZY'.
+#
+# A THOROUGH scan will increase the overall runtime of rkhunter. Despite this,
+# it is highly recommended that this value is used.
+#
+# The default value is 'THOROUGH'.
+#
+# Also see the ALLOWDEVFILE option.
#
#SCAN_MODE_DEV=THOROUGH
#
-# The PHALANX2_DIRTEST option is used to indicate if the Phalanx2 test is to
-# perform a basic check, or a more thorough check. If the option is set to 0,
-# then a basic check is performed. If it is set to 1, then all the directries
-# in the /etc and /usr directories are scanned. The default value is 0. Users
-# should note that setting this option to 1 will cause the test to take longer
-# to complete.
+# Allow the specified file to be present in the '/dev' directory, and not
+# regarded as suspicious.
#
-PHALANX2_DIRTEST=0
+# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#ALLOWDEVFILE=/dev/shm/pulse-shm-*
+#ALLOWDEVFILE=/dev/shm/sem.ADBE_*
#
-# Allow the specified files to be present in the /dev directory,
-# and not regarded as suspicious.
+# This option is used to indicate if the Phalanx2 test is to perform a basic
+# check, or a more thorough check. If the option is set to '0', then a basic
+# check is performed. If it is set to '1', then all the directories in the
+# '/etc' and '/usr' directories are scanned.
+#
+# NOTE: Setting this option to '1' will cause the test to take longer
+# to complete.
#
-# This is a space-separated list of pathnames. The option may
-# be specified more than once. The option may use wildcard
-# characters.
+# The default value is '0'.
#
-#ALLOWDEVFILE="/dev/shm/pulse-shm-*"
-#ALLOWDEVFILE="/dev/shm/sem.ADBE_*"
+PHALANX2_DIRTEST=0
#
-# This setting tells rkhunter where the inetd configuration
-# file is located.
+# This option tells rkhunter where the inetd configuration file is located.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
#
#INETD_CONF_PATH=/etc/inetd.conf
#
-# Allow the following enabled inetd services.
+# This option allows the specified enabled inetd services.
#
-# This is a space-separated list of service names. The option may
-# be specified more than once.
+# This is a space-separated list of service names. The option may be specified
+# more than once.
#
# For non-Solaris users the simple service name should be used.
# For example:
# For example:
#
# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=imaps
-# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC="/usr/sbin/rpc.metad /usr/sbin/rpc.metamhd"
+# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=/usr/sbin/rpc.metad /usr/sbin/rpc.metamhd
#
# For Solaris 10 users the service/FMRI name should be used. For example:
#
# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=/application/font/stfsloader
# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=/network/rpc-100235_1/rpc_ticotsord
#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
#INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=echo
#
-# This setting tells rkhunter where the xinetd configuration
-# file is located.
+# This option tells rkhunter where the xinetd configuration file is located.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
#
#XINETD_CONF_PATH=/etc/xinetd.conf
#
-# Allow the following enabled xinetd services. Whilst it would be
-# nice to use the service names themselves, at the time of testing
-# we only have the pathname available. As such, these entries are
-# the xinetd file pathnames.
+# This option allows the specified enabled xinetd services. Whilst it would be
+# nice to use the service names themselves, at the time of testing we only have
+# the pathname available. As such, these entries are the xinetd file pathnames.
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of service names. The option may be specified
+# more than once.
#
-# This is a space-separated list of service names. The option may
-# be specified more than once.
+# The default value is the null string.
#
#XINETD_ALLOWED_SVC=/etc/xinetd.d/echo
#
-# This option tells rkhunter the local system startup file pathnames.
-# The directories will be searched for files. By default rkhunter
-# will use certain filenames and directories. If the option is set
-# to 'none', then certain tests will be skipped.
+# This option tells rkhunter the local system startup file pathnames. The
+# directories will be searched for files. By default rkhunter will try and
+# determine were the startup files are located. If the option is set to 'NONE',
+# then certain tests will be skipped.
#
-# This is a space-separated list of file and directory pathnames.
-# The option may be specified more than once. The option may use
-# wildcard characters.
+# This is a space-separated list of file and directory pathnames. The option
+# may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters.
#
-#STARTUP_PATHS="/etc/rc.d /etc/rc.local"
+# This option has no default value.
+#
+#STARTUP_PATHS=/etc/rc.d /etc/rc.local
#
-# This setting tells rkhunter the pathname to the file containing the
-# user account passwords. This setting will be worked out by rkhunter,
-# and so should not usually need to be set. Users of TCB shadow files
-# should not set this option.
+# This option tells rkhunter the pathname to the file containing the user
+# account passwords. This setting will be worked out by rkhunter, and so
+# should not usually need to be set. Users of TCB shadow files should not
+# set this option.
+#
+# This option has no default value.
#
#PASSWORD_FILE=/etc/shadow
#
-# Allow the following accounts to be root equivalent. These accounts
-# will have a UID value of zero. The 'root' account does not need to
-# be listed as it is automatically whitelisted.
+# This option allows the specified accounts to be root equivalent. These
+# accounts will have a UID value of zero. The 'root' account does not need
+# to be listed as it is automatically whitelisted.
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of account names. The option may be specified
+# more than once.
#
-# This is a space-separated list of account names. The option may
-# be specified more than once.
+# NOTE: For *BSD systems you will probably need to use this option for the
+# 'toor' account.
#
-# NOTE: For *BSD systems you will probably need to use this option
-# for the 'toor' account.
+# The default value is the null string.
#
-#UID0_ACCOUNTS="toor rooty"
+#UID0_ACCOUNTS=toor rooty
#
-# Allow the following accounts to have no password. NIS/YP entries do
-# not need to be listed as they are automatically whitelisted.
+# This option allows the specified accounts to have no password. NIS/YP entries
+# do not need to be listed as they are automatically whitelisted.
#
-# This is a space-separated list of account names. The option may
-# be specified more than once.
+# This is a space-separated list of account names. The option may be specified
+# more than once.
#
-#PWDLESS_ACCOUNTS="abc"
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#PWDLESS_ACCOUNTS=abc
#
-# This setting tells rkhunter the pathname to the syslog configuration
-# file. This setting will be worked out by rkhunter, and so should not
-# usually need to be set. A value of 'NONE' can be used to indicate
-# that there is no configuration file, but that the syslog daemon process
-# may be running.
+# This option tells rkhunter the pathname to the syslog configuration file.
+# This setting will be worked out by rkhunter, and so should not usually need
+# to be set. A value of 'NONE' can be used to indicate that there is no
+# configuration file, but that the syslog daemon process may be running.
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of pathnames. The option may be specified
+# more than once.
#
-# This is a space-separated list of pathnames. The option may
-# be specified more than once.
+# This option has no default value.
#
#SYSLOG_CONFIG_FILE=/etc/syslog.conf
#
-# This option permits the use of syslog remote logging.
+# If this option is set to '1', then the use of syslog remote logging is
+# permitted. A value of '0' disallows the use of remote logging.
+#
+# The default value is '0'.
#
ALLOW_SYSLOG_REMOTE_LOGGING=0
#
-# Allow the following applications, or a specific version of an application,
-# to be whitelisted. This option may be specified more than once, and is a
-# space-separated list consisting of the application names. If a specific
-# version is to be whitelisted, then the name must be followed by a colon
-# and then the version number. For example:
+# This option allows the specified applications, or a specific version of an
+# application, to be whitelisted. If a specific version is to be whitelisted,
+# then the name must be followed by a colon and then the version number.
+# For example:
+#
+# APP_WHITELIST=openssl:0.9.7d gpg httpd:1.3.29
#
-# APP_WHITELIST="openssl:0.9.7d gpg httpd:1.3.29"
+# This is a space-separated list of pathnames. The option may be specified
+# more than once.
#
-# Note above that for the Apache web server, the name 'httpd' is used.
+# The default value is the null string.
#
#APP_WHITELIST=""
#
-# Scan for suspicious files in directories containing temporary files and
-# directories posing a relatively higher risk due to user write access.
-# Please do not enable by default as suspscan is CPU and I/O intensive and prone to
-# producing false positives. Do review all settings before usage.
-# Also be aware that running suspscan in combination with verbose logging on,
-# RKH's default, will show all ignored files.
-# Please consider adding all directories the user the (web)server runs as has
-# write access to including the document root (example: "/var/www") and log
-# directories (example: "/var/log/httpd").
-#
-# This is a space-separated list of directory pathnames.
-# The option may be specified more than once.
+# Set this option to scan for suspicious files in directories which pose a
+# relatively higher risk due to user write access.
+#
+# Please do not enable the 'suspscan' test by default as it is CPU and I/O
+# intensive, and prone to producing false positives. Do review all settings
+# before usage. Also be aware that running 'suspscan' in combination with
+# verbose logging on, rkhunter's default, will show all ignored files.
+#
+# Please consider adding all directories the user the (web)server runs as,
+# and has write access to, including the document root (e.g: '/var/www') and
+# log directories (e.g: '/var/log/httpd').
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of directory pathnames. The option may be
+# specified more than once.
+#
+# The default value is the '/tmp' and '/var/tmp' directories.
#
-#SUSPSCAN_DIRS="/tmp /var/tmp"
+#SUSPSCAN_DIRS=/tmp /var/tmp
#
-# Directory for temporary files. A memory-based one is better (faster).
-# Do not use a directory name that is listed in SUSPSCAN_DIRS.
-# Please make sure you have a tempfs mounted and the directory exists.
+# This option specifies the directory for temporary files used by the
+# 'suspscan' test. A memory-based directory, such as a tempfs filesystem, is
+# better (faster). Do not use a directory name that is listed in SUSPSCAN_DIRS
+# as that is highly likely to cause false-positive results.
+#
+# The default value is '/dev/shm'.
#
SUSPSCAN_TEMP=/dev/shm
#
-# Maximum filesize in bytes. Files larger than this will not be inspected.
-# Do make sure you have enough space left in your temporary files directory.
+# This option specifies the 'suspscan' test maximum filesize in bytes. Files
+# larger than this will not be inspected. Do make sure you have enough space
+# available in your temporary files directory.
+#
+# The default value is '1024000'.
#
SUSPSCAN_MAXSIZE=10240000
#
-# Score threshold. Below this value no hits will be reported.
-# A value of "200" seems "good" after testing on malware. Please adjust
-# locally if necessary.
+# This option specifies the 'suspscan' test score threshold. Below this value
+# no hits will be reported.
+#
+# The default value is '200'.
#
SUSPSCAN_THRESH=200
#
-# The following option can be used to whitelist network ports which
-# are known to have been used by malware. This option may be specified
-# more than once. The option is a space-separated list of one or more
-# of four types of whitelisting. These are:
+# The following options can be used to whitelist network ports which are known
+# to have been used by malware.
#
-# 1) a 'protocol:port' pair (e.g. TCP:25)
-# 2) a pathname to an executable (e.g. /usr/sbin/squid)
-# 3) a combined pathname, protocol and port
-# (e.g. /usr/sbin/squid:TCP:3801)
-# 4) an asterisk ('*')
+# The PORT_WHITELIST option is a space-separated list of one or more of two
+# types of whitelisting. These are:
#
-# Only the UDP or TCP protocol may be specified, and the port number
-# must be between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
+# 1) a 'protocol:port' pair
+# 2) an asterisk ('*')
#
-# The asterisk can be used to indicate that any executable which rkhunter
-# can locate as a command, is whitelisted. (See BINDIR in this file.)
+# Only the UDP or TCP protocol may be specified, and the port number must be
+# between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
#
-# For example:
+# The asterisk can be used to indicate that any executable which rkhunter can
+# locate as a command, is whitelisted. (Also see BINDIR)
+#
+# The PORT_PATH_WHITELIST option specifies one of two types of whitelisting.
+# These are:
#
-# PORT_WHITELIST="/home/user1/abc /opt/xyz TCP:2001 UDP:32011"
+# 1) a pathname to an executable
+# 2) a combined pathname, protocol and port
#
-# NOTE: In order to whitelist a pathname, or use the asterisk option,
-# the 'lsof' command must be present.
+# As above, the protocol can only be TCP or UDP, and the port number must be
+# between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
+#
+# Examples:
+#
+# PORT_WHITELIST=TCP:2001 UDP:32011
+# PORT_PATH_WHITELIST=/usr/sbin/squid
+# PORT_PATH_WHITELIST=/usr/sbin/squid:TCP:3801
+#
+# NOTE: In order to whitelist a pathname, or use the asterisk option, the
+# 'lsof' command must be present.
+#
+# Both options may be specified more than once.
+#
+# The default value for both options is the null string.
#
#PORT_WHITELIST=""
+#PORT_PATH_WHITELIST=""
+
+#
+# The following option can be used to tell rkhunter where the operating system
+# 'release' file is located. This file contains information specifying the
+# current O/S version. RKH will store this information, and check to see if it
+# has changed between each run. If it has changed, then the user is warned that
+# RKH may issue warning messages until RKH has been run with the '--propupd'
+# option.
+#
+# Since the contents of the file vary according to the O/S distribution, RKH
+# will perform different actions when it detects the file itself. As such, this
+# option should not be set unless necessary. If this option is specified, then
+# RKH will assume the O/S release information is on the first non-blank line of
+# the file.
+#
+# This option has no default value.
+#
+# Also see the WARN_ON_OS_CHANGE and UPDT_ON_OS_CHANGE options.
+#
+#OS_VERSION_FILE=/etc/release
#
-# The following option can be used to tell rkhunter where the operating
-# system 'release' file is located. This file contains information
-# specifying the current O/S version. RKH will store this information
-# itself, and check to see if it has changed between each run. If it has
-# changed, then the user is warned that RKH may issue warning messages
-# until RKH has been run with the '--propupd' option.
+# Set the following option to '0' if you do not want to receive a warning if any
+# O/S information has changed since the last run of 'rkhunter --propupd'. The
+# warnings occur during the file properties check. Setting a value of '1' will
+# cause rkhunter to issue a warning if something has changed.
#
-# Since the contents of the file vary according to the O/S distribution,
-# RKH will perform different actions when it detects the file itself. As
-# such, this option should not be set unless necessary. If this option is
-# specified, then RKH will assume the O/S release information is on the
-# first non-blank line of the file.
+# The default value is '1'.
#
-#OS_VERSION_FILE="/etc/release"
+#WARN_ON_OS_CHANGE=1
#
-# The following two options can be used to whitelist files and directories
-# that would normally be flagged with a warning during the various rootkit
-# and malware checks. If the file or directory name contains a space, then
-# the percent character ('%') must be used instead. Only existing files and
-# directories can be specified, and these must be full pathnames not links.
+# Set the following option to '1' if you want rkhunter to automatically run a
+# file properties update ('--propupd') if the O/S has changed. Detection of an
+# O/S change occurs during the file properties check. Setting a value of '0'
+# will cause rkhunter not to do an automatic update.
+#
+# WARNING: Only set this option if you are sure that the update will work
+# correctly. That is, that the database directory is writeable, that a valid
+# hash function is available, and so on. This can usually be checked simply by
+# running 'rkhunter --propupd' at least once.
+#
+# The default value is '0'.
+#
+#UPDT_ON_OS_CHANGE=0
+
+#
+# The following two options can be used to whitelist files and directories that
+# would normally be flagged with a warning during the various rootkit and
+# malware checks. Only existing files and directories can be specified, and
+# these must be full pathnames not links.
#
# Additionally, the RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST option may include a string after the
# file name (separated by a colon). This will then only whitelist that string
# in that file (as part of the malware checks). For example:
#
-# RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST="/etc/rc.local:hdparm"
+# RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST=/etc/rc.local:hdparm
#
# If the option list includes the filename on its own as well, then the file
# will be whitelisted from rootkit checks of the files existence, but still
# only the specific string within the file will be whitelisted. For example:
#
-# RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST="/etc/rc.local:hdparm /etc/rc.local"
+# RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST=/etc/rc.local
+# RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST=/etc/rc.local:hdparm
#
# To whitelist a file from the existence checks, but not from the strings
-# checks, then include the filename on its own and on its own but with
-# just a colon appended. For example:
+# checks, then include the filename on its own and on its own but with just
+# a colon appended. For example:
#
-# RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST="/etc/rc.local /etc/rc.local:"
+# RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST=/etc/rc.local
+# RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST=/etc/rc.local:
#
# NOTE: It is recommended that if you whitelist any files, then you include
# those files in the file properties check. See the USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS
# configuration option.
#
-# These are space-separated lists of file and directory pathnames.
-# The options may be specified more than once.
+# Both of these options may be specified more than once.
+#
+# For both options the default value is the null string.
#
#RTKT_DIR_WHITELIST=""
#RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST=""
# those files in the file properties check. See the USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS
# configuration option.
#
-# This is a space-separated list of library pathnames.
-# The option may be specified more than once.
+# This option is a space-separated list of library pathnames. The option may be
+# specified more than once.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
#
-#SHARED_LIB_WHITELIST="/lib/snoopy.so"
+#SHARED_LIB_WHITELIST=/lib/snoopy.so
#
# To force rkhunter to use the supplied script for the 'stat' or 'readlink'
-# command, then the following two options can be used. The value must be
-# set to 'BUILTIN'.
+# command the following two options can be used. The value must be set to
+# 'BUILTIN'.
#
# NOTE: IRIX users will probably need to enable STAT_CMD.
#
+# For both options the default value is the null string.
+#
#STAT_CMD=BUILTIN
#READLINK_CMD=BUILTIN
# failing that the 'perl' command, to display the date and time in a
# human-readable format as well. This option may be used if some other command
# should be used instead. The given command must understand the '%s' and
-# 'seconds ago' options found in the GNU date command.
+# 'seconds ago' options found in the GNU 'date' command.
#
# A value of 'NONE' may be used to request that only the epoch seconds be shown.
# A value of 'PERL' may be used to force rkhunter to use the 'perl' command, if
# it is present.
#
+# This option has no default value.
+#
#EPOCH_DATE_CMD=""
#
-# This setting tells rkhunter the directory containing the available
-# Linux kernel modules. This setting will be worked out by rkhunter,
-# and so should not usually need to be set.
+# This setting tells rkhunter the directory containing the available Linux
+# kernel modules. This setting will be worked out by rkhunter, and so should
+# not usually need to be set.
+#
+# This option has no default value.
#
#MODULES_DIR=""
#
# WEB_CMD="/opt/bin/dlfile --timeout 5m -q"
#
-# *BSD users may want to use the 'ftp' command, provided that it supports
-# the HTTP protocol:
+# *BSD users may want to use the 'ftp' command, provided that it supports the
+# HTTP protocol:
#
# WEB_CMD="ftp -o -"
#
-#WEB_CMD=""
-
-#
-# Set the following option to 0 if you do not want to receive a warning if
-# any O/S information has changed since the last run of 'rkhunter --propupd'.
-# The warnings occur during the file properties check. The default is to
-# issue a warning if something has changed.
-#
-#WARN_ON_OS_CHANGE=1
-
-#
-# Set the following option to 1 if you want rkhunter to automatically run
-# a file properties update ('--propupd') if the O/S has changed. Detection
-# of an O/S change occurs during the file properties check. The default is
-# not to do an automatic update.
-#
-# WARNING: Only set this option if you are sure that the update will work
-# correctly. That is, that the database directory is writeable, that a valid
-# hash function is available, and so on. This can usually be checked simply
-# by running 'rkhunter --propupd' at least once.
+# This option has no default value.
#
-#UPDT_ON_OS_CHANGE=0
+#WEB_CMD=""
#
-# Set the following option to 1 if locking is to be used when rkhunter runs.
+# Set the following option to '1' if locking is to be used when rkhunter runs.
# The lock is set just before logging starts, and is removed when the program
# ends. It is used to prevent items such as the log file, and the file
# properties file, from becoming corrupted if rkhunter is running more than
# once. The mechanism used is to simply create a lock file in the TMPDIR
# directory. If the lock file already exists, because rkhunter is already
# running, then the current process simply loops around sleeping for 10 seconds
-# and then retrying the lock.
+# and then retrying the lock. A value of '0' means not to use locking.
+#
+# The default value is '0'.
#
-# The default is not to use locking.
+# Also see the LOCK_TIMEOUT and SHOW_LOCK_MSGS options.
#
USE_LOCKING=0
# If locking is used, then rkhunter may have to wait to get the lock file.
# This option sets the total amount of time, in seconds, that rkhunter should
# wait. It will retry the lock every 10 seconds, until either it obtains the
-# lock or the timeout value has been reached. If no value is set, then a
-# default of 300 seconds (5 minutes) is used.
+# lock or the timeout value has been reached.
+#
+# The default value is 300 seconds (5 minutes).
#
LOCK_TIMEOUT=300
#
# If locking is used, then rkhunter may be doing nothing for some time if it
-# has to wait for the lock. Some simple messages are echo'd to the users screen
-# to let them know that rkhunter is waiting for the lock. Set this option to 0
-# if the messages are not to be displayed. The default is to show them.
+# has to wait for the lock. If this option is set to '1', then some simple
+# messages are echoed to the users screen to let them know that rkhunter is
+# waiting for the lock. Set this option to '0' if the messages are not to be
+# displayed.
+#
+# The default value is '1'.
#
SHOW_LOCK_MSGS=1
#
-# If the option SCANROOTKITMODE is set to "THOROUGH" the scanrootkit() function
-# will search (on a per rootkit basis) for filenames in all of the directories (as defined
-# by the result of running 'find / -xdev'). While still not optimal, as it
-# still searches for only file names as opposed to file contents, this is one step away
-# from the rigidity of searching in known (evidence) or default (installation) locations.
+# If this option is set to 'THOROUGH' then rkhunter will search (on a per
+# rootkit basis) for filenames in all of the directories (as defined by the
+# result of running 'find / -xdev'). While still not optimal, as it still
+# searches for only file names as opposed to file contents, this is one step
+# away from the rigidity of searching in known (evidence) or default
+# (installation) locations.
#
# THIS OPTION SHOULD NOT BE ENABLED BY DEFAULT.
#
-# You should only activate this feature as part of a more thorough investigation which
-# should be based on relevant best practices and procedures.
+# You should only activate this feature as part of a more thorough
+# investigation, which should be based on relevant best practices and
+# procedures.
+#
+# Enabling this feature implies you have the knowledge to interpret the
+# results properly.
#
-# Enabling this feature implies you have the knowledge to interpret the results properly.
+# The default value is the null string.
#
#SCANROOTKITMODE=THOROUGH
#
-# The following option can be set to the name(s) of the tests the 'unhide' command is
-# to use. In order to maintain compatibility with older versions of 'unhide', this
-# option defaults to 'sys'. Options such as '-m' and '-v' may also be specified, but
-# will only take effect when they are seen. The test names are a space-separated list,
-# and will be executed in the order given.
+# The following option can be set to the name(s) of the tests the 'unhide'
+# command is to use. Options such as '-m' and '-v' may be specified, but will
+# only take effect when they are seen. The test names are a space-separated
+# list, and will be executed in the order given.
#
-#UNHIDE_TESTS="sys"
+# This option may be specified more than once.
+#
+# The default value is 'sys' in order to maintain compatibility with older
+# versions of 'unhide'.
+#
+#UNHIDE_TESTS=sys
#
-# If both the C 'unhide', and Ruby 'unhide.rb', programs exist on the system, then it
-# is possible to disable the execution of one of the programs if desired. By default
-# rkhunter will look for both programs, and execute each of them as they are found.
-# If the value of this option is 0, then both programs will be executed if they are
-# present. A value of 1 will disable execution of the C 'unhide' program, and a value
-# of 2 will disable the Ruby 'unhide.rb' program. The default value is 0. To disable
-# both programs, then disable the 'hidden_procs' test.
+# The following option can be used to set options for the 'unhide-tcp' command.
+# The options are space-separated.
+#
+# This option may be specified more than once.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#UNHIDETCP_OPTS=""
+
+#
+# If both the C 'unhide', and Ruby 'unhide.rb', programs exist on the system,
+# then it is possible to disable the execution of one of the programs if
+# desired. By default rkhunter will look for both programs, and execute each
+# of them as they are found. If the value of this option is '0', then both
+# programs will be executed if they are present. A value of '1' will disable
+# execution of the C 'unhide' program, and a value of '2' will disable the Ruby
+# 'unhide.rb' program. To disable both programs, then disable the
+# 'hidden_procs' test.
+#
+# The default value is '0'.
#
#DISABLE_UNHIDE=0
+
+#
+# This option can be set to either '0' or '1'. If set to '1' then the summary,
+# shown after rkhunter has run, will display the actual number of warnings
+# found. If it is set to '0', then the summary will simply indicate that
+# 'One or more' warnings were found. If no warnings were found, and this option
+# is set to '1', then a "0" will be shown. If the option is set to '0', then
+# the words 'No warnings' will be shown.
+#
+# The default value is '0'.
+#
+#SHOW_SUMMARY_WARNINGS_NUMBER=0
+
+#
+# This option is used to determine where, if anywhere, the summary scan time is
+# displayed. A value of '0' indicates that it should not be displayed anywhere.
+# A value of '1' indicates that the time should only appear on the screen, and a
+# value of '2' that it should only appear in the log file. A value of '3'
+# indicates that the time taken should appear both on the screen and in the log
+# file.
+#
+# The default value is '3'.
+#
+#SHOW_SUMMARY_TIME=3
+
+#
+# The two options below may be used to check if a file is missing or empty
+# (that is, it has a size of zero). The EMPTY_LOGFILES option will also check
+# if the file is missing, since that can be interpreted as a file of no size.
+# However, the file will only be reported as missing if the MISSING_LOGFILES
+# option hasn't already done this.
+#
+# Both options are space-separated lists of pathnames, and may be specified
+# more than once.
+#
+# NOTE: Log files are usually 'rotated' by some mechanism. At that time it is
+# perfectly possible for the file to be either missing or empty. As such these
+# options may produce false-positive warnings when log files are rotated.
+#
+# For both options the default value is the null string.
+#
+#EMPTY_LOGFILES=""
+#MISSING_LOGFILES=""
--- /dev/null
+#
+# This is the main configuration file for Rootkit Hunter.
+#
+# You can modify this file directly, or you can create a local configuration
+# file. The local file must be named 'rkhunter.conf.local', and must reside
+# in the same directory as this file. Alternatively you can create a directory,
+# named 'rkhunter.d', which also must be in the same directory as this
+# configuration file. Within the 'rkhunter.d' directory you can place further
+# configuration files. There is no restriction on the file names used, other
+# than they must end in '.conf'.
+#
+# Please modify the configuration file(s) to your own requirements. It is
+# recommended that the command 'rkhunter -C' is run after any changes have
+# been made.
+#
+# Please review the documentation before posting bug reports or questions.
+# To report bugs, obtain updates, or provide patches or comments, please go
+# to: http://rkhunter.sourceforge.net
+#
+# To ask questions about rkhunter, please use the 'rkhunter-users' mailing list.
+# Note that this is a moderated list, so please subscribe before posting.
+#
+# In the configuration files, lines beginning with a hash (#), and blank lines,
+# are ignored. Also, end-of-line comments are not supported.
+#
+# Any of the configuration options may appear more than once. However, several
+# options only take one value, and so the last one seen will be used. Some
+# options are allowed to appear more than once, and the text describing the
+# option will say if this is so. These configuration options will, in effect,
+# have their values concatenated together. To delete a previously specified
+# option list, specify the option with no value (that is, a null string).
+#
+# Some of the options are space-separated lists, others, typically those
+# specifying pathnames, are newline-separated lists. These must be entered
+# as one item per line. Quotes must not be used to surround the pathname.
+#
+# For example, to specify two pathnames, '/tmp/abc' and '/tmp/xyz', for an
+# option: XXX=/tmp/abc (correct)
+# XXX=/tmp/xyz
+#
+# XXX="/tmp/abc" (incorrect)
+# XXX="/tmp/xyz"
+#
+# XXX=/tmp/abc /tmp/xyz (incorrect)
+# or XXX="/tmp/abc /tmp/xyz" (incorrect)
+# or XXX="/tmp/abc" "/tmp/xyz" (incorrect)
+#
+# The last three examples are being configured as space-separated lists,
+# which is incorrect, generally, for options specifying pathnames. They
+# should be configured with one entry per line as in the first example.
+#
+# If wildcard characters (globbing) are allowed for an option, then the
+# text describing the option will say so.
+#
+# Space-separated lists may be enclosed by quotes, although they are not
+# required. If they are used, then they must only appear at the start and
+# end of the list, not in the middle.
+#
+# For example: XXX=abc def gh (correct)
+# XXX="abc def gh" (correct)
+# XXX="abc" "def" "gh" (incorrect)
+#
+# Space-separated lists may also be entered simply as one entry per line.
+#
+# For example: XXX=abc (correct)
+# XXX=def
+# XXX="gh"
+#
+# If a configuration option is never set, then the program will assume a
+# default value. The text describing the option will state the default value.
+# If there is no default, then rkhunter will calculate a value or pathname
+# to use.
+#
+
+INSTALLDIR=/usr
+
+#
+# If this option is set to '1', it specifies that the mirrors file
+# ('mirrors.dat'), which is used when the '--update' and '--versioncheck'
+# options are used, is to be rotated. Rotating the entries in the file allows
+# a basic form of load-balancing between the mirror sites whenever the above
+# options are used.
+#
+# If the option is set to '0', then the mirrors will be treated as if in a
+# priority list. That is, the first mirror listed will always be used first.
+# The second mirror will only be used if the first mirror fails, the third
+# mirror will only be used if the second mirror fails, and so on.
+#
+# If the mirrors file is read-only, then the '--versioncheck' command-line
+# option can only be used if this option is set to '0'.
+#
+# The default value is '1'.
+#
+#ROTATE_MIRRORS=1
+
+#
+# If this option is set to '1', it specifies that when the '--update' option is
+# used, then the mirrors file is to be checked for updates as well. If the
+# current mirrors file contains any local mirrors, these will be prepended to
+# the updated file. If this option is set to '0', the mirrors file can only be
+# updated manually. This may be useful if only using local mirrors.
+#
+# The default value is '1'.
+#
+#UPDATE_MIRRORS=1
+
+#
+# The MIRRORS_MODE option tells rkhunter which mirrors are to be used when
+# the '--update' or '--versioncheck' command-line options are given.
+# Possible values are:
+# 0 - use any mirror
+# 1 - only use local mirrors
+# 2 - only use remote mirrors
+#
+# Local and remote mirrors can be defined in the mirrors file by using the
+# 'local=' and 'remote=' keywords respectively.
+#
+# The default value is '0'.
+#
+#MIRRORS_MODE=0
+
+#
+# Email a message to this address if a warning is found when the system is
+# being checked. Multiple addresses may be specified simply be separating
+# them with a space. To disable the option, simply set it to the null string
+# or comment it out.
+#
+# The option may be specified more than once.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+# Also see the MAIL_CMD option.
+#
+#MAIL-ON-WARNING=me@mydomain root@mydomain
+
+#
+# This option specifies the mail command to use if MAIL-ON-WARNING is set.
+#
+# NOTE: Double quotes are not required around the command, but are required
+# around the subject line if it contains spaces.
+#
+# The default is to use the 'mail' command, with a subject line
+# of '[rkhunter] Warnings found for ${HOST_NAME}'.
+#
+#MAIL_CMD=mail -s "[rkhunter] Warnings found for ${HOST_NAME}"
+
+#
+# This option specifies the directory to use for temporary files.
+#
+# NOTE: Do not use '/tmp' as your temporary directory. Some important files
+# will be written to this directory, so be sure that the directory permissions
+# are secure.
+#
+# The installer program will set the default directory. If this default is
+# subsequently commented out or removed, then the program will assume a
+# default directory beneath the installation directory.
+#
+TMPDIR=/var/lib/rkhunter/tmp
+
+#
+# This option specifies the database directory to use.
+#
+# The installer program will set the default directory. If this default is
+# subsequently commented out or removed, then the program will assume a
+# default directory beneath the installation directory.
+#
+DBDIR=/var/lib/rkhunter/db
+
+#
+# This option specifies the script directory to use.
+#
+# The installer program will set the default directory. If this default is
+# subsequently commented out or removed, then the program will not run.
+#
+SCRIPTDIR=/usr/lib/rkhunter/scripts
+
+#
+# This option can be used to modify the command directory list used by rkhunter
+# to locate commands (that is, its PATH). By default this will be the root PATH,
+# and an internal list of some common command directories.
+#
+# Any directories specified here will, by default, be appended to the default
+# list. However, if a directory name begins with the '+' character, then that
+# directory will be prepended to the list (that is, it will be put at the start
+# of the list).
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of directory names. The option may be
+# specified more than once.
+#
+# The default value is based on the root account PATH environment variable.
+#
+#BINDIR=/bin /usr/bin /sbin /usr/sbin
+#BINDIR=+/usr/local/bin +/usr/local/sbin
+
+#
+# This option specifies the default language to use. This should be similar to
+# the ISO 639 language code.
+#
+# NOTE: Please ensure that the language you specify is supported.
+# For a list of supported languages use the following command:
+#
+# rkhunter --lang en --list languages
+#
+# The default language is 'en' (English).
+#
+#LANGUAGE=en
+
+#
+# This option is a space-separated list of the languages that are to be updated
+# when the '--update' option is used. If unset, then all the languages will be
+# updated. If none of the languages are to be updated, then set this option to
+# just 'en'.
+#
+# The default language, specified by the LANGUAGE option, and the English (en)
+# language file will always be updated regardless of this option.
+#
+# This option may be specified more than once.
+#
+# The default value is the null string, indicating that all the language files
+# will be updated.
+#
+#UPDATE_LANG=""
+
+#
+# This option specifies the log file pathname. The file will be created if it
+# does not initially exist. If the option is unset, then the program will
+# display a message each time it is run saying that the default value is being
+# used.
+#
+# The default value is '/var/log/rkhunter.log'.
+#
+LOGFILE=/var/log/rkhunter.log
+
+#
+# Set this option to '1' if the log file is to be appended to whenever rkhunter
+# is run. A value of '0' will cause a new log file to be created whenever the
+# program is run.
+#
+# The default value is '0'.
+#
+#APPEND_LOG=0
+
+#
+# Set the following option to '1' if the log file is to be copied when rkhunter
+# finishes and an error or warning has occurred. The copied log file name will
+# be appended with the current date and time (in YYYY-MM-DD_HH:MM:SS format).
+# For example: rkhunter.log.2009-04-21_00:57:51
+# If the option value is '0', then the log file will not be copied regardless
+# of whether any errors or warnings occurred.
+#
+# The default value is '0'.
+#
+#COPY_LOG_ON_ERROR=0
+
+#
+# Set the following option to enable the rkhunter check start and finish times
+# to be logged by syslog. Warning messages will also be logged. The value of
+# the option must be a standard syslog facility and priority, separated by a
+# dot. For example:
+#
+# USE_SYSLOG=authpriv.warning
+#
+# Setting the value to 'NONE', or just leaving the option commented out,
+# disables the use of syslog.
+#
+# The default value is not to use syslog.
+#
+#USE_SYSLOG=authpriv.notice
+
+#
+# Set the following option to '1' if the second colour set is to be used. This
+# can be useful if your screen uses black characters on a white background
+# (for example, a PC instead of a server). A value of '0' will cause the default
+# colour set to be used.
+#
+# The default value is '0'.
+#
+#COLOR_SET2=0
+
+#
+# Set the following option to '0' if rkhunter should not detect if X is being
+# used. If X is detected as being used, then the second colour set will
+# automatically be used. If set to '1', then the use of X will be detected.
+#
+# The default value is '0'.
+#
+AUTO_X_DETECT=1
+
+#
+# Set the following option to '1' if it is wanted that any 'Whitelisted' results
+# are shown in white rather than green. For colour set 2 users, setting this
+# option will cause the result to be shown in black. Setting the option to '0'
+# causes whitelisted results to be displayed in green.
+#
+# The default value is '0'.
+#
+#WHITELISTED_IS_WHITE=0
+
+#
+# The following option is checked against the SSH configuration file
+# 'PermitRootLogin' option. A warning will be displayed if they do not match.
+# However, if a value has not been set in the SSH configuration file, then a
+# value here of 'unset' can be used to avoid warning messages.
+#
+# The default value is 'no'.
+#
+#ALLOW_SSH_ROOT_USER=no
+
+#
+# Set this option to '1' to allow the use of the SSH-1 protocol, but note
+# that theoretically it is weaker, and therefore less secure, than the
+# SSH-2 protocol. Do not modify this option unless you have good reasons
+# to use the SSH-1 protocol (for instance for AFS token passing or Kerberos4
+# authentication). If the 'Protocol' option has not been set in the SSH
+# configuration file, then a value of '2' may be set here in order to
+# suppress a warning message. A value of '0' indicates that the use of
+# SSH-1 is not allowed.
+#
+# The default value is '0'.
+#
+#ALLOW_SSH_PROT_V1=0
+
+#
+# This setting tells rkhunter the directory containing the SSH configuration
+# file. This setting will be worked out by rkhunter, and so should not
+# usually need to be set.
+#
+# This option has no default value.
+#
+#SSH_CONFIG_DIR=/etc/ssh
+
+#
+# These two options determine which tests are to be performed. The ENABLE_TESTS
+# option can use the word 'ALL' to refer to all of the available tests. The
+# DISABLE_TESTS option can use the word 'NONE' to mean that no tests are
+# disabled. The list of disabled tests is applied to the list of enabled tests.
+#
+# Both options are space-separated lists of test names, and both options may
+# be specified more than once. The currently available test names can be seen
+# by using the command 'rkhunter --list tests'.
+#
+# The supplied configuration file has some tests already disabled, and these
+# are tests that will be used only occasionally, can be considered 'advanced'
+# or that are prone to produce more than the average number of false-positives.
+#
+# Please read the README file for more details about enabling and disabling
+# tests, the test names, and how rkhunter behaves when these options are used.
+#
+# The default values are to enable all tests and to disable none. However, if
+# either of the options below are specified, then they will override the
+# program defaults.
+#
+ENABLE_TESTS=ALL
+DISABLE_TESTS=suspscan hidden_ports hidden_procs deleted_files packet_cap_apps
+
+#
+# The HASH_CMD option can be used to specify the command to use for the file
+# properties hash value check. It can be specified as just the command name or
+# the full pathname. If just the command name is given, and it is one of MD5,
+# SHA1, SHA224, SHA256, SHA384 or SHA512, then rkhunter will first look for the
+# relevant command, such as 'sha256sum', and then for 'sha256'. If neither of
+# these are found, it will then look to see if a perl module has been installed
+# which will support the relevant hash function. To see which perl modules have
+# been installed use the command 'rkhunter --list perl'.
+#
+# Systems using prelinking are restricted to using either the SHA1 or MD5
+# function.
+#
+# A value of 'NONE' (in uppercase) can be specified to indicate that no hash
+# function should be used. Rkhunter will detect this, and automatically disable
+# the file properties hash check test.
+#
+# Examples:
+# For Solaris 9 : HASH_CMD=gmd5sum
+# For Solaris 10: HASH_CMD=sha1sum
+# For AIX (>5.2): HASH_CMD="csum -hMD5"
+# For NetBSD : HASH_CMD="cksum -a sha512"
+#
+# NOTE: Whenever this option is changed 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run.
+#
+# The default value is the SHA1 function, or MD5 if SHA1 cannot be found.
+#
+# Also see the HASH_FLD_IDX option.
+#
+#HASH_CMD=sha1sum
+
+#
+# The HASH_FLD_IDX option specifies which field from the HASH_CMD command
+# output contains the hash value. The fields are assumed to be space-separated.
+#
+# The option value must be an integer greater than zero.
+#
+# The default value is '1', but for *BSD users rkhunter will, by default, use a
+# value of '4' if the HASH_CMD option has not been set.
+#
+#HASH_FLD_IDX=4
+
+#
+# The PKGMGR option tells rkhunter to use the specified package manager to
+# obtain the file property information. This is used when updating the file
+# properties file ('rkhunter.dat'), and when running the file properties check.
+# For RedHat/RPM-based systems, 'RPM' can be used to get information from the
+# RPM database. For Debian-based systems 'DPKG' can be used, for *BSD systems
+# 'BSD' can be used, and for Solaris systems 'SOLARIS' can be used. No value,
+# or a value of 'NONE', indicates that no package manager is to be used.
+#
+# The current package managers, except 'SOLARIS', store the file hash values
+# using an MD5 hash function. The Solaris package manager includes a checksum
+# value, but this is not used by default (see USE_SUNSUM below).
+#
+# The 'DPKG' and 'BSD' package managers only provide MD5 hash values.
+# The 'RPM' package manager additionally provides values for the inode,
+# file permissions, uid, gid and other values. The 'SOLARIS' also provides
+# most of the values, similar to 'RPM', but not the inode number.
+#
+# For any file not part of a package, rkhunter will revert to using the
+# HASH_CMD hash function instead.
+#
+# NOTE: Whenever this option is changed 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run.
+#
+# The default value is 'NONE'.
+#
+# Also see the PKGMGR_NO_VRFY and USE_SUNSUM options.
+#
+#PKGMGR=NONE
+
+#
+# It is possible that a file, which is part of a package, may have been
+# modified by the administrator. Typically this occurs for configuration
+# files. However, the package manager may list the file as being modified.
+# For the RPM package manager this may well depend on how the package was
+# built. This option specifies a pathname which is to be exempt from the
+# package manager verification process, and which will be treated
+# as a non-packaged file. As such, the file properties are still checked.
+#
+# This option only takes effect if the PKGMGR option has been set, and
+# is not 'NONE'.
+#
+# This option may be specified more than once.
+#
+# NOTE: Whenever this option is changed 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#PKGMGR_NO_VRFY=""
+
+#
+# If the 'SOLARIS' package manager is used, then it is possible to use the
+# checksum (hash) value stored for a file. However, this is only a 16-bit
+# checksum, and as such is not nearly as secure as, for example, a SHA-2 value.
+# If the option is set to '0', then the checksum is not used and the hash
+# function given by HASH_CMD is used instead. To enable this option, set its
+# value to '1'. The Solaris 'sum' command must be present on the system if this
+# option is used.
+#
+# The default value is '0'.
+#
+#USE_SUNSUM=0
+
+#
+# This option can be used to tell rkhunter to ignore any prelink dependency
+# errors for the given commands. However, a warning will also be issued if the
+# error does not occur for a given command. As such this option must only be
+# used on commands which experience a persistent problem.
+#
+# Short-term prelink dependency errors can usually be resolved simply by
+# running the 'prelink' command on the given pathname.
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of command pathnames. The option can be
+# specified more than once.
+#
+# NOTE: Whenever this option is changed 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#IGNORE_PRELINK_DEP_ERR=/bin/ps /usr/bin/top
+
+#
+# These options specify a command, directory or file pathname which will be
+# included or excluded in the file properties checks.
+#
+# For the USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS option, simple command names - for example,
+# 'top' - and directory names are added to the internal list of directories to
+# be searched for each of the command names in the command list. Additionally,
+# full pathnames to files, which need not be commands, may be given. Any files
+# or directories which are already part of the internal lists will be silently
+# ignored from the configuration.
+#
+# For the USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS option, wildcards are allowed, except for
+# simple command names.
+# For example, 'top*' cannot be given, but '/usr/bin/top*' is allowed.
+#
+# Specific files may be excluded by using the EXCLUDE_USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS
+# option. Wildcards may be used with this option.
+#
+# By combining these two options, and using wildcards, whole directories can be
+# excluded. For example:
+#
+# USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/etc/*
+# USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/etc/*/*
+# EXCLUDE_USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/etc/rc?.d/*
+#
+# This will look for files in the first two directory levels of '/etc'. However,
+# anything in '/etc/rc0.d', '/etc/rc1.d', '/etc/rc2.d' and so on, will be
+# excluded.
+#
+# NOTE: Only files and directories which have been added by the user, and are
+# not part of the internal lists, can be excluded. So, for example, it is not
+# possible to exclude the 'ps' command by using '/bin/ps'. These will be
+# silently ignored from the configuration.
+#
+# Both options can be specified more than once.
+#
+# NOTE: Whenever these options are changed 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run.
+#
+# The default value for both options is the null string.
+#
+#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=top
+#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/usr/local/sbin
+#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/etc/rkhunter.conf
+#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/etc/rkhunter.conf.local
+#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/var/lib/rkhunter/db/*
+#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/var/lib/rkhunter/db/i18n/*
+#EXCLUDE_USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/opt/ps*
+#EXCLUDE_USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/var/lib/rkhunter/db/mirrors.dat
+#EXCLUDE_USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/var/lib/rkhunter/db/rkhunter*
+
+#
+# This option whitelists files and directories from existing, or not existing,
+# on the system at the time of testing. This option is used when the
+# configuration file options themselves are checked, and during the file
+# properties check, the hidden files and directories checks, and the filesystem
+# check of the '/dev' directory.
+#
+# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcards.
+# Be aware though that this is probably not what you want to do as the
+# wildcarding will be expanded after files have been deleted. As such
+# deleted files won't be whitelisted if wildcarded.
+#
+# NOTE: The user must take into consideration how often the file will appear
+# and disappear from the system in relation to how often rkhunter is run. If
+# the file appears, and disappears, too often then rkhunter may not notice
+# this. All it will see is that the file has changed. The inode-number and DTM
+# will certainly be different for each new file, and rkhunter will report this.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#EXISTWHITELIST=""
+
+#
+# Whitelist various attributes of the specified file. The attributes are those
+# of the 'attributes' test. Specifying a file name here does not include it
+# being whitelisted for the write permission test (see below).
+#
+# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#ATTRWHITELIST=/usr/bin/date
+
+#
+# Allow the specified file to have the 'others' (world) permission have the
+# write-bit set. For example, files with permissions r-xr-xrwx or rwxrwxrwx.
+#
+# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#WRITEWHITELIST=/usr/bin/date
+
+#
+# Allow the specified file to be a script.
+#
+# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#SCRIPTWHITELIST=/usr/bin/groups
+
+#
+# Allow the specified file to have the immutable attribute set.
+#
+# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#IMMUTWHITELIST=/sbin/ifdown
+
+#
+# If this option is set to '1', then the immutable-bit test is reversed. That
+# is, the files are expected to have the bit set. A value of '0' means that the
+# immutable-bit should not be set.
+#
+# The default value is '0'.
+#
+#IMMUTABLE_SET=0
+
+#
+# Allow the specified hidden directory to be whitelisted.
+#
+# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#ALLOWHIDDENDIR=/etc/.java
+#ALLOWHIDDENDIR=/dev/.udev
+#ALLOWHIDDENDIR=/dev/.udevdb
+#ALLOWHIDDENDIR=/dev/.mdadm
+
+#
+# Allow the specified hidden file to be whitelisted.
+#
+# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#ALLOWHIDDENFILE=/usr/share/man/man1/..1.gz
+#ALLOWHIDDENFILE=/usr/bin/.fipscheck.hmac
+#ALLOWHIDDENFILE=/usr/bin/.ssh.hmac
+#ALLOWHIDDENFILE=/usr/lib/.libfipscheck.so.1.1.0.hmac
+#ALLOWHIDDENFILE=/usr/lib/hmaccalc/sha1hmac.hmac
+#ALLOWHIDDENFILE=/usr/lib/hmaccalc/sha256hmac.hmac
+#ALLOWHIDDENFILE=/usr/sbin/.sshd.hmac
+
+#
+# Allow the specified process to use deleted files. The process name may be
+# followed by a colon-separated list of full pathnames. The process will then
+# only be whitelisted if it is using one of the given files. For example:
+#
+# ALLOWPROCDELFILE=/usr/libexec/gconfd-2:/tmp/abc:/var/tmp/xyz
+#
+# This option may be specified more than once. It may also use wildcards, but
+# only in the file names.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#ALLOWPROCDELFILE=/sbin/cardmgr
+#ALLOWPROCDELFILE=/usr/sbin/mysqld:/tmp/ib*
+
+#
+# Allow the specified process to listen on any network interface.
+#
+# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#ALLOWPROCLISTEN=/sbin/dhclient
+#ALLOWPROCLISTEN=/usr/bin/dhcpcd
+#ALLOWPROCLISTEN=/usr/sbin/tcpdump
+#ALLOWPROCLISTEN=/usr/sbin/snort-plain
+
+#
+# Allow the specified network interfaces to be in promiscuous mode.
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of interface names. The option may be
+# specified more than once.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#ALLOWPROMISCIF=eth0
+
+#
+# This option specifies how rkhunter should scan the '/dev' directory for
+# suspicious files. The only allowed values are 'THOROUGH' and 'LAZY'.
+#
+# A THOROUGH scan will increase the overall runtime of rkhunter. Despite this,
+# it is highly recommended that this value is used.
+#
+# The default value is 'THOROUGH'.
+#
+# Also see the ALLOWDEVFILE option.
+#
+#SCAN_MODE_DEV=THOROUGH
+
+#
+# Allow the specified file to be present in the '/dev' directory, and not
+# regarded as suspicious.
+#
+# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#ALLOWDEVFILE=/dev/shm/pulse-shm-*
+#ALLOWDEVFILE=/dev/shm/sem.ADBE_*
+
+#
+# This option is used to indicate if the Phalanx2 test is to perform a basic
+# check, or a more thorough check. If the option is set to '0', then a basic
+# check is performed. If it is set to '1', then all the directories in the
+# '/etc' and '/usr' directories are scanned.
+#
+# NOTE: Setting this option to '1' will cause the test to take longer
+# to complete.
+#
+# The default value is '0'.
+#
+#PHALANX2_DIRTEST=0
+
+#
+# This option tells rkhunter where the inetd configuration file is located.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#INETD_CONF_PATH=/etc/inetd.conf
+
+#
+# This option allows the specified enabled inetd services.
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of service names. The option may be specified
+# more than once.
+#
+# For non-Solaris users the simple service name should be used.
+# For example:
+#
+# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=echo
+#
+# For Solaris 9 users the simple service name should also be used, but
+# if it is an RPC service, then the executable pathname should be used.
+# For example:
+#
+# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=imaps
+# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=/usr/sbin/rpc.metad /usr/sbin/rpc.metamhd
+#
+# For Solaris 10 users the service/FMRI name should be used. For example:
+#
+# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=/network/rpc/meta
+# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=/network/rpc/metamed
+# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=/application/font/stfsloader
+# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=/network/rpc-100235_1/rpc_ticotsord
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=echo
+
+#
+# This option tells rkhunter where the xinetd configuration file is located.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#XINETD_CONF_PATH=/etc/xinetd.conf
+
+#
+# This option allows the specified enabled xinetd services. Whilst it would be
+# nice to use the service names themselves, at the time of testing we only have
+# the pathname available. As such, these entries are the xinetd file pathnames.
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of service names. The option may be specified
+# more than once.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#XINETD_ALLOWED_SVC=/etc/xinetd.d/echo
+
+#
+# This option tells rkhunter the local system startup file pathnames. The
+# directories will be searched for files. By default rkhunter will try and
+# determine were the startup files are located. If the option is set to 'NONE',
+# then certain tests will be skipped.
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of file and directory pathnames. The option
+# may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters.
+#
+# This option has no default value.
+#
+#STARTUP_PATHS=/etc/rc.d /etc/rc.local
+
+#
+# This option tells rkhunter the pathname to the file containing the user
+# account passwords. This setting will be worked out by rkhunter, and so
+# should not usually need to be set. Users of TCB shadow files should not
+# set this option.
+#
+# This option has no default value.
+#
+#PASSWORD_FILE=/etc/shadow
+
+#
+# This option allows the specified accounts to be root equivalent. These
+# accounts will have a UID value of zero. The 'root' account does not need
+# to be listed as it is automatically whitelisted.
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of account names. The option may be specified
+# more than once.
+#
+# NOTE: For *BSD systems you will probably need to use this option for the
+# 'toor' account.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#UID0_ACCOUNTS=toor rooty
+
+#
+# This option allows the specified accounts to have no password. NIS/YP entries
+# do not need to be listed as they are automatically whitelisted.
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of account names. The option may be specified
+# more than once.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#PWDLESS_ACCOUNTS=abc
+
+#
+# This option tells rkhunter the pathname to the syslog configuration file.
+# This setting will be worked out by rkhunter, and so should not usually need
+# to be set. A value of 'NONE' can be used to indicate that there is no
+# configuration file, but that the syslog daemon process may be running.
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of pathnames. The option may be specified
+# more than once.
+#
+# This option has no default value.
+#
+#SYSLOG_CONFIG_FILE=/etc/syslog.conf
+
+#
+# If this option is set to '1', then the use of syslog remote logging is
+# permitted. A value of '0' disallows the use of remote logging.
+#
+# The default value is '0'.
+#
+#ALLOW_SYSLOG_REMOTE_LOGGING=0
+
+#
+# This option allows the specified applications, or a specific version of an
+# application, to be whitelisted. If a specific version is to be whitelisted,
+# then the name must be followed by a colon and then the version number.
+# For example:
+#
+# APP_WHITELIST=openssl:0.9.7d gpg httpd:1.3.29
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of pathnames. The option may be specified
+# more than once.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#APP_WHITELIST=""
+
+#
+# Set this option to scan for suspicious files in directories which pose a
+# relatively higher risk due to user write access.
+#
+# Please do not enable the 'suspscan' test by default as it is CPU and I/O
+# intensive, and prone to producing false positives. Do review all settings
+# before usage. Also be aware that running 'suspscan' in combination with
+# verbose logging on, rkhunter's default, will show all ignored files.
+#
+# Please consider adding all directories the user the (web)server runs as,
+# and has write access to, including the document root (e.g: '/var/www') and
+# log directories (e.g: '/var/log/httpd').
+#
+# This is a space-separated list of directory pathnames. The option may be
+# specified more than once.
+#
+# The default value is the '/tmp' and '/var/tmp' directories.
+#
+#SUSPSCAN_DIRS=/tmp /var/tmp
+
+#
+# This option specifies the directory for temporary files used by the
+# 'suspscan' test. A memory-based directory, such as a tempfs filesystem, is
+# better (faster). Do not use a directory name that is listed in SUSPSCAN_DIRS
+# as that is highly likely to cause false-positive results.
+#
+# The default value is '/dev/shm'.
+#
+#SUSPSCAN_TEMP=/dev/shm
+
+#
+# This option specifies the 'suspscan' test maximum filesize in bytes. Files
+# larger than this will not be inspected. Do make sure you have enough space
+# available in your temporary files directory.
+#
+# The default value is '1024000'.
+#
+#SUSPSCAN_MAXSIZE=10240000
+
+#
+# This option specifies the 'suspscan' test score threshold. Below this value
+# no hits will be reported.
+#
+# The default value is '200'.
+#
+#SUSPSCAN_THRESH=200
+
+#
+# The following options can be used to whitelist network ports which are known
+# to have been used by malware.
+#
+# The PORT_WHITELIST option is a space-separated list of one or more of two
+# types of whitelisting. These are:
+#
+# 1) a 'protocol:port' pair
+# 2) an asterisk ('*')
+#
+# Only the UDP or TCP protocol may be specified, and the port number must be
+# between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
+#
+# The asterisk can be used to indicate that any executable which rkhunter can
+# locate as a command, is whitelisted. (Also see BINDIR)
+#
+# The PORT_PATH_WHITELIST option specifies one of two types of whitelisting.
+# These are:
+#
+# 1) a pathname to an executable
+# 2) a combined pathname, protocol and port
+#
+# As above, the protocol can only be TCP or UDP, and the port number must be
+# between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
+#
+# Examples:
+#
+# PORT_WHITELIST=TCP:2001 UDP:32011
+# PORT_PATH_WHITELIST=/usr/sbin/squid
+# PORT_PATH_WHITELIST=/usr/sbin/squid:TCP:3801
+#
+# NOTE: In order to whitelist a pathname, or use the asterisk option, the
+# 'lsof' command must be present.
+#
+# Both options may be specified more than once.
+#
+# The default value for both options is the null string.
+#
+#PORT_WHITELIST=""
+#PORT_PATH_WHITELIST=""
+
+#
+# The following option can be used to tell rkhunter where the operating system
+# 'release' file is located. This file contains information specifying the
+# current O/S version. RKH will store this information, and check to see if it
+# has changed between each run. If it has changed, then the user is warned that
+# RKH may issue warning messages until RKH has been run with the '--propupd'
+# option.
+#
+# Since the contents of the file vary according to the O/S distribution, RKH
+# will perform different actions when it detects the file itself. As such, this
+# option should not be set unless necessary. If this option is specified, then
+# RKH will assume the O/S release information is on the first non-blank line of
+# the file.
+#
+# This option has no default value.
+#
+# Also see the WARN_ON_OS_CHANGE and UPDT_ON_OS_CHANGE options.
+#
+#OS_VERSION_FILE=/etc/release
+
+#
+# Set the following option to '0' if you do not want to receive a warning if any
+# O/S information has changed since the last run of 'rkhunter --propupd'. The
+# warnings occur during the file properties check. Setting a value of '1' will
+# cause rkhunter to issue a warning if something has changed.
+#
+# The default value is '1'.
+#
+#WARN_ON_OS_CHANGE=1
+
+#
+# Set the following option to '1' if you want rkhunter to automatically run a
+# file properties update ('--propupd') if the O/S has changed. Detection of an
+# O/S change occurs during the file properties check. Setting a value of '0'
+# will cause rkhunter not to do an automatic update.
+#
+# WARNING: Only set this option if you are sure that the update will work
+# correctly. That is, that the database directory is writeable, that a valid
+# hash function is available, and so on. This can usually be checked simply by
+# running 'rkhunter --propupd' at least once.
+#
+# The default value is '0'.
+#
+#UPDT_ON_OS_CHANGE=0
+
+#
+# The following two options can be used to whitelist files and directories that
+# would normally be flagged with a warning during the various rootkit and
+# malware checks. Only existing files and directories can be specified, and
+# these must be full pathnames not links.
+#
+# Additionally, the RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST option may include a string after the
+# file name (separated by a colon). This will then only whitelist that string
+# in that file (as part of the malware checks). For example:
+#
+# RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST=/etc/rc.local:hdparm
+#
+# If the option list includes the filename on its own as well, then the file
+# will be whitelisted from rootkit checks of the files existence, but still
+# only the specific string within the file will be whitelisted. For example:
+#
+# RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST=/etc/rc.local
+# RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST=/etc/rc.local:hdparm
+#
+# To whitelist a file from the existence checks, but not from the strings
+# checks, then include the filename on its own and on its own but with just
+# a colon appended. For example:
+#
+# RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST=/etc/rc.local
+# RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST=/etc/rc.local:
+#
+# NOTE: It is recommended that if you whitelist any files, then you include
+# those files in the file properties check. See the USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS
+# configuration option.
+#
+# Both of these options may be specified more than once.
+#
+# For both options the default value is the null string.
+#
+#RTKT_DIR_WHITELIST=""
+#RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST=""
+
+#
+# The following option can be used to whitelist shared library files that would
+# normally be flagged with a warning during the preloaded shared library check.
+# These library pathnames usually exist in the '/etc/ld.so.preload' file or in
+# the LD_PRELOAD environment variable.
+#
+# NOTE: It is recommended that if you whitelist any files, then you include
+# those files in the file properties check. See the USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS
+# configuration option.
+#
+# This option is a space-separated list of library pathnames. The option may be
+# specified more than once.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#SHARED_LIB_WHITELIST=/lib/snoopy.so
+
+#
+# To force rkhunter to use the supplied script for the 'stat' or 'readlink'
+# command the following two options can be used. The value must be set to
+# 'BUILTIN'.
+#
+# NOTE: IRIX users will probably need to enable STAT_CMD.
+#
+# For both options the default value is the null string.
+#
+#STAT_CMD=BUILTIN
+#READLINK_CMD=BUILTIN
+
+#
+# In the file properties test any modification date/time is displayed as the
+# number of epoch seconds. Rkhunter will try and use the 'date' command, or
+# failing that the 'perl' command, to display the date and time in a
+# human-readable format as well. This option may be used if some other command
+# should be used instead. The given command must understand the '%s' and
+# 'seconds ago' options found in the GNU 'date' command.
+#
+# A value of 'NONE' may be used to request that only the epoch seconds be shown.
+# A value of 'PERL' may be used to force rkhunter to use the 'perl' command, if
+# it is present.
+#
+# This option has no default value.
+#
+#EPOCH_DATE_CMD=""
+
+#
+# This setting tells rkhunter the directory containing the available Linux
+# kernel modules. This setting will be worked out by rkhunter, and so should
+# not usually need to be set.
+#
+# This option has no default value.
+#
+#MODULES_DIR=""
+
+#
+# The following option can be set to a command which rkhunter will use when
+# downloading files from the Internet - that is, when the '--update' or
+# '--versioncheck' option is used. The command can take options.
+#
+# This allows the user to use a command other than the one automatically
+# selected by rkhunter, but still one which it already knows about.
+# For example:
+#
+# WEB_CMD=curl
+#
+# Alternatively, the user may specify a completely new command. However, note
+# that rkhunter expects the downloaded file to be written to stdout, and that
+# everything written to stderr is ignored. For example:
+#
+# WEB_CMD="/opt/bin/dlfile --timeout 5m -q"
+#
+# *BSD users may want to use the 'ftp' command, provided that it supports the
+# HTTP protocol:
+#
+# WEB_CMD="ftp -o -"
+#
+# This option has no default value.
+#
+#WEB_CMD=""
+
+#
+# Set the following option to '1' if locking is to be used when rkhunter runs.
+# The lock is set just before logging starts, and is removed when the program
+# ends. It is used to prevent items such as the log file, and the file
+# properties file, from becoming corrupted if rkhunter is running more than
+# once. The mechanism used is to simply create a lock file in the TMPDIR
+# directory. If the lock file already exists, because rkhunter is already
+# running, then the current process simply loops around sleeping for 10 seconds
+# and then retrying the lock. A value of '0' means not to use locking.
+#
+# The default value is '0'.
+#
+# Also see the LOCK_TIMEOUT and SHOW_LOCK_MSGS options.
+#
+#USE_LOCKING=0
+
+#
+# If locking is used, then rkhunter may have to wait to get the lock file.
+# This option sets the total amount of time, in seconds, that rkhunter should
+# wait. It will retry the lock every 10 seconds, until either it obtains the
+# lock or the timeout value has been reached.
+#
+# The default value is 300 seconds (5 minutes).
+#
+#LOCK_TIMEOUT=300
+
+#
+# If locking is used, then rkhunter may be doing nothing for some time if it
+# has to wait for the lock. If this option is set to '1', then some simple
+# messages are echoed to the users screen to let them know that rkhunter is
+# waiting for the lock. Set this option to '0' if the messages are not to be
+# displayed.
+#
+# The default value is '1'.
+#
+#SHOW_LOCK_MSGS=1
+
+#
+# If this option is set to 'THOROUGH' then rkhunter will search (on a per
+# rootkit basis) for filenames in all of the directories (as defined by the
+# result of running 'find / -xdev'). While still not optimal, as it still
+# searches for only file names as opposed to file contents, this is one step
+# away from the rigidity of searching in known (evidence) or default
+# (installation) locations.
+#
+# THIS OPTION SHOULD NOT BE ENABLED BY DEFAULT.
+#
+# You should only activate this feature as part of a more thorough
+# investigation, which should be based on relevant best practices and
+# procedures.
+#
+# Enabling this feature implies you have the knowledge to interpret the
+# results properly.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#SCANROOTKITMODE=THOROUGH
+
+#
+# The following option can be set to the name(s) of the tests the 'unhide'
+# command is to use. Options such as '-m' and '-v' may be specified, but will
+# only take effect when they are seen. The test names are a space-separated
+# list, and will be executed in the order given.
+#
+# This option may be specified more than once.
+#
+# The default value is 'sys' in order to maintain compatibility with older
+# versions of 'unhide'.
+#
+#UNHIDE_TESTS=sys
+
+#
+# The following option can be used to set options for the 'unhide-tcp' command.
+# The options are space-separated.
+#
+# This option may be specified more than once.
+#
+# The default value is the null string.
+#
+#UNHIDETCP_OPTS=""
+
+#
+# If both the C 'unhide', and Ruby 'unhide.rb', programs exist on the system,
+# then it is possible to disable the execution of one of the programs if
+# desired. By default rkhunter will look for both programs, and execute each
+# of them as they are found. If the value of this option is '0', then both
+# programs will be executed if they are present. A value of '1' will disable
+# execution of the C 'unhide' program, and a value of '2' will disable the Ruby
+# 'unhide.rb' program. To disable both programs, then disable the
+# 'hidden_procs' test.
+#
+# The default value is '0'.
+#
+#DISABLE_UNHIDE=0
+
+#
+# This option can be set to either '0' or '1'. If set to '1' then the summary,
+# shown after rkhunter has run, will display the actual number of warnings
+# found. If it is set to '0', then the summary will simply indicate that
+# 'One or more' warnings were found. If no warnings were found, and this option
+# is set to '1', then a "0" will be shown. If the option is set to '0', then
+# the words 'No warnings' will be shown.
+#
+# The default value is '0'.
+#
+#SHOW_SUMMARY_WARNINGS_NUMBER=0
+
+#
+# This option is used to determine where, if anywhere, the summary scan time is
+# displayed. A value of '0' indicates that it should not be displayed anywhere.
+# A value of '1' indicates that the time should only appear on the screen, and a
+# value of '2' that it should only appear in the log file. A value of '3'
+# indicates that the time taken should appear both on the screen and in the log
+# file.
+#
+# The default value is '3'.
+#
+#SHOW_SUMMARY_TIME=3
+
+#
+# The two options below may be used to check if a file is missing or empty
+# (that is, it has a size of zero). The EMPTY_LOGFILES option will also check
+# if the file is missing, since that can be interpreted as a file of no size.
+# However, the file will only be reported as missing if the MISSING_LOGFILES
+# option hasn't already done this.
+#
+# Both options are space-separated lists of pathnames, and may be specified
+# more than once.
+#
+# NOTE: Log files are usually 'rotated' by some mechanism. At that time it is
+# perfectly possible for the file to be either missing or empty. As such these
+# options may produce false-positive warnings when log files are rotated.
+#
+# For both options the default value is the null string.
+#
+#EMPTY_LOGFILES=""
+#MISSING_LOGFILES=""
#
#Where:
#<domain> can be:
-# - an user name
+# - a user name
# - a group name, with @group syntax
# - the wildcard *, for default entry
# - the wildcard %, can be also used with %group syntax,
CATALOG "/etc/sgml/xml-docbook-4.3.cat"
CATALOG "/etc/sgml/xml-docbook-4.4.cat"
CATALOG "/etc/sgml/xml-docbook-4.5.cat"
-CATALOG "/etc/sgml/linuxdoc.cat"
CATALOG "/etc/sgml/openjade-1.3.2.cat"
+CATALOG "/etc/sgml/linuxdoc.cat"
% ls-R -- filename database for kpathsea; do not change this line.
./:
.:
-dvipdfm
dvipdfmx
-dvips.d
fmtutil.d
language.dat.d
language.dat.lua.d
language.def.d
ls-R
-tex
texmf.d
updmap.d
web2c
web2c.d
-./dvipdfm:
-config
-
-./dvipdfm/config:
-
./dvipdfmx:
dvipdfmx.cfg
-./dvips.d:
-
./fmtutil.d:
format.texlive-basic.cnf
format.texlive-latex.cnf
.keep_app-text_texlive-core-0
-./tex:
-latex
-
-./tex/latex:
-HA-prosper.d
-adrconv.d
-akletter.d
-altfont.d
-bardiag.d
-bhcexam.d
-catoptions.d
-cdpbundl.d
-contour.d
-coverpage.d
-csquotes.d
-dinbrief.d
-draftcopy.d
-endfloat.d
-facsimile.d
-flashcards.d
-foilhtml.d
-frankenstein.d
-guitlogo.d
-ifmslide.d
-keyreader.d
-lettrine.d
-ltxdockit.d
-mlist.d
-morehype.d
-nag.d
-nicetext
-nicetext.d
-nomencl.d
-pagerange.d
-pdfslide.d
-pdfwin.d
-pict2e.d
-plweb.d
-polyglot.d
-preview.d
-psfragx.d
-rcsinfo.d
-refstyle.d
-rmpage.d
-skb.d
-standalone.d
-subfigure.d
-swimgraf.d
-texpower.d
-tkz-base.d
-typeface.d
-yagusylo.d
-ydoc.d
-
-./tex/latex/HA-prosper.d:
-HA-prosper.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/adrconv.d:
-adrdir.cfg
-adrplaner.cfg
-adrsmall.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/akletter.d:
-akfax.cfg
-akletter.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/altfont.d:
-altfont.cfg
-psfont.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/bardiag.d:
-bardiag.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/bhcexam.d:
-BHCexam.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/catoptions.d:
-catoptions-guide.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/cdpbundl.d:
-cdpshues.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/contour.d:
-contour.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/coverpage.d:
-CoverPage.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/csquotes.d:
-csquotes.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/dinbrief.d:
-dinbrief.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/draftcopy.d:
-draftcopy.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/endfloat.d:
-efxmpl.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/facsimile.d:
-fac-de.cfg
-fac-en.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/flashcards.d:
-avery5371.cfg
-avery5388.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/foilhtml.d:
-foilhtml.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/frankenstein.d:
-abbrevs.cfg
-compsci.cfg
-slemph.cfg
-titles.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/guitlogo.d:
-guit.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/ifmslide.d:
-ifmslide.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/keyreader.d:
-keyreader-guide.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/lettrine.d:
-lettrine.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/ltxdockit.d:
-ltxdockit.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/mlist.d:
-mlist.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/morehype.d:
-blogdot.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/nag.d:
-nag-abort.cfg
-nag-experimental.cfg
-nag-l2tabu.cfg
-nag-orthodox.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/nicetext:
-run.d
-
-./tex/latex/nicetext/run.d:
-atari.cfg
-copyfile.cfg
-fdtxttex.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/nicetext.d:
-makedoc.cfg
-mdoccorr.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/nomencl.d:
-sample01.cfg
-sample02.cfg
-sample04.cfg
-sample05.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/pagerange.d:
-pagerange-guide.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/pdfslide.d:
-pdfslide.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/pdfwin.d:
-pdfwin.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/pict2e.d:
-pict2e.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/plweb.d:
-pl.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/polyglot.d:
-polyglot.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/preview.d:
-prauctex.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/psfragx.d:
-psfragx.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/rcsinfo.d:
-rcsinfo.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/refstyle.d:
-refstyle.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/rmpage.d:
-rmpgen.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/skb.d:
-skb.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/standalone.d:
-standalone.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/subfigure.d:
-subfigure.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/swimgraf.d:
-swimgraf.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/texpower.d:
-tpcolors.cfg
-tpoptions.cfg
-tpsettings.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/tkz-base.d:
-tkz-base.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/typeface.d:
-typeface.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/yagusylo.d:
-yagusylo.cfg
-
-./tex/latex/ydoc.d:
-ydoc.cfg
-
./texmf.d:
00header.cnf
05searchpaths.cnf
texlive-basic.cfg
texlive-fontsrecommended.cfg
texlive-latex.cfg
-texlive-latexextra.cfg
-texlive-pictures.cfg
./web2c:
.keep_app-text_texlive-core-0
+++ /dev/null
-%%
-%% This is file `HA-prosper.cfg',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% HA-prosper.dtx (with options: `config')
-%%
-%% ------------------------------------------
-%% Copyright (C) 2003-2004 by Hendri Adriaens
-%% ------------------------------------------
-%%
-%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2
-%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%% The latest version of this license is in:
-%%
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%
-%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%% version 1999/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%%
-%% Global defaults of HA-prosper.
-%% ==============================
-%%
-%% You can change this file but be careful since it will
-%% affect all of your presentations. See for more information
-%% the documentation of the HA-prosper package.
-%%
-\HAPsetup{%
- lf=,
- rf=,
- trans=\@defaultTransition,
- template=slide,
- sstart=1,
- stype=0,
- iacolor=lightgray,
- tsnav=FullScreen,
- nsnav=ShowBookmarks,
- sn={-~p.~\thepage\ifallPages/\totalpages\fi},
- counters=
-}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `HA-prosper.cfg'.
+++ /dev/null
-%%
-%% This is file `adrdir.cfg',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% adrconv.dtx (with options: `cfg,dir')
-%% Copyright 2006, 2010 Axel Kielhorn
-%%
-%% This file will generate fast loadable files from adrconv.dtx when
-%% run through LaTeX or TeX.
-%%
-%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%% The latest version of this license is in
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%% version 2003/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%% This file is part of the adrconv bundle.
-%%
-%% The adrconv bundle consists at least of the files adrconv.dtx,
-%% adrconv.ins and adrguide.tex.
-%%
-%% adrguide.dtx
-%% Copyright 2006, 2010 Axel Kielhorn
-\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi
-\ProvidesFile{%
- adrdir%
- .cfg%
- }
- [2010/04/02 v1.3 LaTeX2e
- adrconv configuration file]
-\setlength{\paperwidth}{105mm}
-\setlength{\textwidth}{85mm}
-\setlength{\leftfield}{50mm}
-\setlength{\rightfield}{30mm}
-\addtolength{\evensidemargin}{9mm}
-\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{\paperwidth}
-\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{-9mm}
-\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{-\textwidth}
-\setlength{\adrindent}{1em}
-\addtolength{\leftfield}{-\adrindent}
-\setlength{\paperheight}{148mm}
-\setlength{\textheight}{112mm}
-\setlength{\headheight}{1.25\baselineskip}
-\setlength{\headsep}{0.25\baselineskip}
-\setlength{\footskip}{1.50\baselineskip}
-\setlength{\topmargin}{-1in}
-\addtolength{\topmargin}{8mm}
-\setlength{\marginparwidth}{0in}
-\setlength{\marginparsep}{0in}
-\setlength{\marginparpush}{0in}
-\setlength{\parskip}{0.5\baselineskip}
-\setlength{\parindent}{0in}
-\typeout{%
- ********************************************************************%
- ^^J^^J%
- DVIDVI Options:^^J%
- Front:^^J%
- 1st Step (2 x A6 at A5)^^J%
- -l xx -m 4:-1,2^^J%
- 2nd Step (2 x A5 at A4)^^J%
- -m 2:0,1(0mm,148mm)^^J%
- ^^J%
- Back:^^J%
- 1st Step^^J%
- -l xx -r -m 4:-3,0^^J%
- 2nd Step^^J%
- -m 2:1,0(0mm,148mm)^^J%
- ^^J%
- xx must be the result of a multiplication with 4.^^J%
- ^^J%
- ********************************************************************
- }
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `adrdir.cfg'.
+++ /dev/null
-%%
-%% This is file `adrplaner.cfg',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% adrconv.dtx (with options: `cfg,planer')
-%% Copyright 2006, 2010 Axel Kielhorn
-%%
-%% This file will generate fast loadable files from adrconv.dtx when
-%% run through LaTeX or TeX.
-%%
-%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%% The latest version of this license is in
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%% version 2003/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%% This file is part of the adrconv bundle.
-%%
-%% The adrconv bundle consists at least of the files adrconv.dtx,
-%% adrconv.ins and adrguide.tex.
-%%
-%% adrguide.dtx
-%% Copyright 2006, 2010 Axel Kielhorn
-\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi
-\ProvidesFile{%
- adrplaner
- .cfg%
- }
- [2010/04/02 v1.3 LaTeX2e
- adrconv configuration file]
-\setlength{\paperwidth}{95mm}
-\setlength{\textwidth}{70mm}
-\setlength{\leftfield}{45mm}
-\setlength{\rightfield}{25mm}
-\addtolength{\evensidemargin}{12mm}
-\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{12mm}
-\setlength{\adrindent}{1em}
-\addtolength{\leftfield}{-\adrindent}
-\setlength{\paperheight}{172mm}
-\setlength{\textheight}{148mm}
-\setlength{\headheight}{1.25\baselineskip}
-\setlength{\headsep}{0.25\baselineskip}
-\setlength{\footskip}{1.50\baselineskip}
-\setlength{\topmargin}{-1in}
-\addtolength{\topmargin}{7mm}
-\setlength{\marginparwidth}{0in}
-\setlength{\marginparsep}{0in}
-\setlength{\marginparpush}{0in}
-\setlength{\parskip}{0.5\baselineskip}
-\setlength{\parindent}{0in}
-\typeout{%
- ********************************************************************%
- ^^J^^J%
- DVIDVI Options:^^J%
- Front:^^J%
- -l 24 -m 6:0(4mm,0mm),2(99mm,0mm),4(192mm,0mm)
- ^^J%
- Back:^^J%
- -l 24 -r -m 6:5(8mm,0mm),3(103mm,0mm),1(198mm,0mm)
- ^^J%
- ^^J%
- ********************************************************************
- }
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `adrplaner.cfg'.
+++ /dev/null
-%%
-%% This is file `adrsmall.cfg',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% adrconv.dtx (with options: `cfg,small')
-%% Copyright 2006, 2010 Axel Kielhorn
-%%
-%% This file will generate fast loadable files from adrconv.dtx when
-%% run through LaTeX or TeX.
-%%
-%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%% The latest version of this license is in
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%% version 2003/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%% This file is part of the adrconv bundle.
-%%
-%% The adrconv bundle consists at least of the files adrconv.dtx,
-%% adrconv.ins and adrguide.tex.
-%%
-%% adrguide.dtx
-%% Copyright 2006, 2010 Axel Kielhorn
-\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi
-\ProvidesFile{%
- adrsmall
- .cfg%
- }
- [2010/04/02 v1.3 LaTeX2e
- adrconv configuration file]
-\setlength{\paperwidth}{87mm}
-\setlength{\textwidth}{75mm}
-\setlength{\leftfield}{45mm}
-\setlength{\rightfield}{30mm}
-\addtolength{\evensidemargin}{9mm}
-\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{\paperwidth}
-\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{-9mm}
-\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{-\textwidth}
-\setlength{\adrindent}{1em}
-\addtolength{\leftfield}{-\adrindent}
-\setlength{\paperheight}{148mm}
-\setlength{\textheight}{112mm}
-\setlength{\headheight}{1.25\baselineskip}
-\setlength{\headsep}{0.25\baselineskip}
-\setlength{\footskip}{1.50\baselineskip}
-\setlength{\topmargin}{-1in}
-\addtolength{\topmargin}{7mm}
-\setlength{\marginparwidth}{0in}
-\setlength{\marginparsep}{0in}
-\setlength{\marginparpush}{0in}
-\setlength{\parskip}{0.5\baselineskip}
-\setlength{\parindent}{0in}
-\typeout{%
- ********************************************************************%
- ^^J^^J%
- DVIDVI Options:^^J%
- Front:^^J%
- 1st Step (2 x callenders at A5)^^J%
- -l xx -m 4:-1,2^^J%
- 2nd Step (2 x A5 at A4)^^J%
- -m 2:0,1(0mm,148mm)^^J%
- ^^J%
- Back:^^J%
- 1st Step^^J%
- -l xx -r -m 4:-3,0^^J%
- 2nd Step^^J%
- -m 2:1,0(0mm,148mm)^^J%
- ^^J%
- xx must be the result of a multiplication with 4.^^J%
- Cut 36 mm from one side and tack in the middle.^^J%
- ^^J%
- ********************************************************************
- }
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `adrsmall.cfg'.
+++ /dev/null
-%%% Use sans-serif fonts, they are better readable when scaning the
-%%% printed document
-
-\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{cmss}
-\normalfont
-
-\input{akletter.cfg}
-
-%%% Return address
-%%% one line version
-%%% There is no cmss7, use a larger font
-%%% N.B.: There is a ecss0700 use it if you have the EC fonts
-\sbox{\firmreturn}
- {\underline{\fontsize{8}{10pt}\selectfont
- \hskip5mm Mein Name \textperiodcentered Meine Stra{\ss}e 1
- \textperiodcentered D--12345 Meindorf\hskip5mm}}
+++ /dev/null
-\makeatletter
-%% This is myletter.cfg
-%%
-%% You should modify this file to correspond to
-%% the site where it is used.
-%% It may be a good idea to input this file into the
-%% the personal configuration file.
-%% Thus only names have to be redefined, the official
-%% letterhead is kept in this file and changes for everyone
-%% when the masterfile is changed.
-%%
-%% You may include logos and other graphic-material into
-%% your letterhead:
-%%
-%%\RequirePackage[dvips]{graphics}
-
-%% You may redefine the following variables
-%%
-
-%\renewcommand*{\yourrefname} {Ihr Zeichen:}
-%\renewcommand*{\yourmailname} {Ihr Schreiben vom:}
-%\renewcommand*{\myrefname} {Unser Zeichen:}
-%\renewcommand*{\mymailname} {Unser Schreiben vom:}
-%\renewcommand*{\customername} {Kundennummer }
-%\renewcommand*{\invoicename} {Rechnungsnummer }
-%\renewcommand*{\subjectname} {} %{Betr.}
-%\renewcommand*{\ccname} {Kopien an:}
-%\renewcommand*{\enclname} {Anlagen:}
-%\renewcommand*{\headtoname} {An}
-%\renewcommand*{\datename} {Datum}
-%\renewcommand*{\pagename} {Seite}
-%\renewcommand*{\telephonename} {Telefon}
-%\renewcommand*{\telefaxname} {FAX}
-
-% This may be neccessary for babel:
-
-% \let\savedcaptions\captionsgerman
-% \def\captionsgerman{\savedcaptions
-% \renewcommand*{\myrefname} {Mein Zeichen:}
-% }
-
-
-%%% Top of first page: left
-\sbox{\FIRM}
- {\parbox[t]{\leftfield}
- {\bfseries\fontsize{17.28}{22pt}\selectfont%
- Mein Name\hfill}}
-
-%%% Top of every other page
-\sbox{\firm}
- {\fontsize{10}{12pt}\selectfont\normalfont
- Mein Name}
-
-%% The normal page-layout for the following page does not contain a
-%% footer. In fact the layout is rather primitive. So if you want to
-%% include some fancy text, your corporate logo or whatever, you have
-%% to redefine the pagestyle. You may have to adjust the textheight if
-%% the footer becomes too large. Of course you can use fancyhdr or
-%% scrpage if you need a more powerful tool.
-
-% \if@twoside % Twoside definition
-% \def\ps@headings{%
-% \def\@oddfoot{\hfil Text on the odd page}
-% \def\@evenfoot{Text on the even page\hfil}
-% \def\@oddhead{\usebox{\firm}
-% \headfont\hfil\@date\hfil\pagename\ \pnumfont\thepage}%
-% \let\@evenhead\@oddhead}
-% \else % Oneside definition
-% \def\ps@headings{%
-% \def\@oddfoot{\hfil Text for one-side layout\hfill}
-% \def\@oddhead{\usebox{\firm}
-% \headfont\hfil\@date\hfil\pagename\ \pnumfont\thepage}}
-% \fi
-
-
-%%% Top of first page: right
-\sbox{\firmaddress}
-% Use either Text:
- {\parbox[t]{\rightfield}{%
- \fontsize{9}{10pt}\selectfont\normalfont
- Meine Stra{\ss}e 1\\ 12345 Meindorf}}
-% or graphic:
-%{\includegraphics{ourlogo}}
-
-%% and remember to adjust FIRM and firmaddress:
-
-%%% Top of first page: left + right
-%%% You may want to adjust the raisebox
-\sbox{\FIRMHEAD}
- {\usebox{\FIRM}\raisebox{3mm}{\usebox{\firmaddress}}}
-
-%%% Return address
-%%% one line version
-\sbox{\firmreturn}
- {\underline{\fontsize{7}{8pt}\selectfont
- \hskip5mm Mein Name \textperiodcentered Meine Stra{\ss}e 1
- \textperiodcentered D--12345 Meindorf\hskip5mm}}
-
-%%% two line version
-%\sbox{\firmreturn}
-% {\underline{
-% \slshape\fontsize{7}{8pt}\selectfont
-% \hskip3mm\parbox{65mm}
-% {\makebox[65mm][c]
-% {Fachschaft -- Maschinenbau \textperiodcentered
-% \mbox{\raise .75ex \hbox{c}\kern -.15em /\kern -.125em
-% \smash{\lower .3ex \hbox{o}}}
-% AStA TU Braunschweig}
-% \makebox[65mm][c]
-% {Katharinenstra{\ss}e 1 \textperiodcentered D--38106 Braunschweig}}
-% \hskip3mm}}
-
-%%% Firstpage footer
-%%% The code should be controlled by @banklo
-\sbox{\firmfoot}
- {\fontsize{9}{11pt}\selectfont
-%%% The following line may look nice in a FAX.CFG :-)
-%%% If you have a bad telephone-line try snail-mail!\\
- \if@banklo
- \ifnum\language = \l@german
- Bankverbindung:
- \hspace{5mm}
- \parbox[t]{\rightfield}{\raggedright
- Undeutsche Landesbank Frankfurt,
- BLZ~123\,456\,78, Konto~1\,111\,007\\}%
- \hspace{5mm}
- \parbox[t]{\rightfield}{\raggedright
- Die Sparkasse Meindorf,
- BLZ~007\,123\,10, Konto~08\,15\\}
- \fi
- \fi}
-
-%%% Text displayed below the header on the right side
-%%% This should be controlled by @bankhi
-%%% This is the only place that will be re-evaluated for
-%%% every letter! Everything that changes for different
-%%% letters (in the same document) must go either here
-%%% or in the ref-line.
-\newcommand{\rightbox}%
- {\parbox[t]{\rightfield}%
- {\fontsize{9}{11pt}\selectfont
- \raggedright
- \ifx\fromname\@empty
- \else
- \ifnum \language = \l@german
- Sachbearbeiter:
- \fi
- \fromname\\
- \fi
- \ifx\telephonenum\@empty
- \ifnum \language = \l@german
- \telephonename: 040 / 44\,17\,77
- \else
- \telephonename: 49--40--44\,17\,77
- \fi
- \else
- \telephonename: \telephonenum
- \fi\\[1.5ex]
- \ifx\telefaxnum\@empty
- \ifnum \language = \l@german
- \telefaxname: 040 / 44\,17\,77
- \else
- \telefaxname: 49--40--44\,17\,77
- \fi
- \else
- \telefaxname: \telefaxnum
- \fi\\[1.5ex]
- \ifx\@email\@empty
- e-mail: Mein-Name@ insert.your.domain.here
- \else
- e-mail: \@email
- \fi\\[1.5ex]
- \if@bankhi
- \ifnum \language = \l@german
- Bankverbindung:\\[1ex]
- Undeutsche Landesbank Frankfurt,
- BLZ~123\,456\,78, Konto~1\,111\,007\\[.5ex]
- Die Sparkasse L\"uneburg,
- BLZ~007\,123\,10, Konto~08\,15 \\[.5ex]
- \fi
- \fi
-
-
- %% Finally fixed it!
- %% If you want to have the date here, set the
- %% rightdate options.
- %% (With a big excuse to Markus and many others, who
- %% had to wait that long)
- \if@rightdate
- \vspace{0.5ex}
- \normalsize\@date
- \fi
- }}
-
-
-%% The labels defined in myletter.cls are what my printer likes:
-%% Onecolumn, 100mm * 50mm, 3mm separation.
-%% If you have different lables edit here:
-
-%\renewcommand*{\startlabels}{\labelcount\z@
-% \pagestyle{empty}
-% \let\@texttop\relax
-% \setlength\parsep {0\p@}
-%% The margins are calculated from the 1in,1in point,
-%% thus negative values if the margins schould be smaller
-% \topmargin -60\p@
-% \headsep \z@
-% \oddsidemargin -35\p@
-% \evensidemargin -35\p@
-% \textheight 10in
-% \@colht\textheight \@colroom\textheight \vsize\textheight
-% \textwidth 550\p@
-% You may have to increase columnsep if you use twocolumn labels
-% This is what letter.cls uses.
-% \columnsep 26\p@
-% This does almost nothing since there is an explicit fontsize-command
-% in the text written.
-% \ifcase \@ptsize\relax
-% \normalsize
-% \or
-% \small
-% \or
-% \footnotesize
-% \fi
-% \baselineskip \z@
-% \lineskip \z@
-% \boxmaxdepth \z@
-% \parindent \z@
-% This is obvious, isn't it?
-% \twocolumn
-% \relax}
-
-%% This is how the label printed will look like.
-%% Note that specialmail will be written to the .aux-file
-%% when the letter is processed. The width used here is
-%% what letter.cls uses.
-
-%\renewcommand*{\mlabel}[2]{%
-% \parbox[b][2in][c]{3in}{%
-% \strut\ignorespaces\usebox{\firmreturn}\\
-% \fontsize{12}{14pt}\selectfont
-% \parbox[t][1.2in][c]{3in}{#2}
-% }\par%
-%}
-
-\makeatother
-\endinput
+++ /dev/null
-%%
-%% This is file `altfont.cfg',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% altfont.dtx (with options: `config')
-%%
-%% altfont: A LaTeX2e package for using alternative fonts
-%% Copyright (C) 1996 Sebastian Marius Kirsch <sebastian_kirsch@kl.maus.de>
-%%
-%% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-%% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-%% the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-%% (at your option) any later version.
-%%
-%% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-%% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-%% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-%% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%%
-%% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-%% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-%% Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-%%
-\def\fileversion{1.1} % ^^A -*-latex-*-
-\def\filedate{1996/07/02}
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-%%
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesFile{altfont.cfg}%
- [\filedate\space v\fileversion\space Local configuration for altfont.sty]
-\DefaultRMFont{ptm}
-\DefaultSFFont{phv}
-\DefaultTTFont{pcr}
-\AvailableRMFont{times}{ptm}
-\AvailableRMFont{palatino}{ppl}
-\AvailableRMFont{newcent}{pnc}
-
-\AvailableSFFont{helv}{phv}
-\AvailableSFFont{gill}{pgs}
-
-\AvailableTTFont{courier}{pcr}
-
-\AvailableFont[\altfontenc{T1}]{dco}{cmor}{cmoss}{cmott}
-\AvailableFont[\altfontenc{OT1}%
- \DeclareFontSubstitution{OT1}{pnr}{m}{n}%
- \renewcommand{\bfdefault}{b}%
- \renewcommand{\itdefault}{sl}]{pandora}{pnr}{pnss}{pntt}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `altfont.cfg'.
+++ /dev/null
-%%
-%% This is file `psfont.cfg',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% psfont.dtx (with options: `config')
-%%
-%% psfont: A LaTeX2e package for using PostScript fonts
-%% Copyright (C) 1996 Sebastian Marius Kirsch <sebastian_kirsch@kl.maus.de>
-%%
-%% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-%% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-%% the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-%% (at your option) any later version.
-%%
-%% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-%% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-%% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-%% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%%
-%% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-%% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-%% Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-%%
-\def\fileversion{1.1}
-\def\filedate{1996/06/30}
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-%%
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesFile{psfont.cfg}
- [\filedate\space v\fileversion\space Local configuration for psfont.sty]
-\DefaultRMFont{ptm}
-\DefaultSFFont{phv}
-\DefaultTTFont{pcr}
-\AvailableRMFont{times}{ptm}
-\AvailableRMFont{palatino}{ppl}
-\AvailableRMFont{newcent}{pnc}
-
-\AvailableSFFont{helv}{phv}
-\AvailableSFFont{gill}{pgs}
-
-\AvailableTTFont{courier}{pcr}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `psfont.cfg'.
+++ /dev/null
-% New colors defined
-\definecolor{brown}{rgb}{.65, .16, .16}
-
-\definecolor{lightblue}{rgb}{.68, .85, .9}
-\definecolor{lightred}{rgb}{1.0, .65, .65}
-
-\definecolor{darkyellow}{rgb}{0.6, 0.6, 0.3}
-
-\definecolor{palegreen}{rgb}{.6, .98, .6}
-\definecolor{pink}{rgb}{1, .75, .8}
-\definecolor{wheat}{rgb}{.96, .87, .7}
-\definecolor{verylightgray}{gray}{0.95}
-
-
-\newcommand{\arrowheight}{\dbar}
-\newcommand{\arrowwidth}{\dbar}
-
-\newcommand{\ARbot}{0}
-\newcommand{\RECTmid}{0}
-\newcommand{\RECTwidth}{0.7} % 70% from \dbar
-\newcommand{\RECTleft}{0}
-\newcommand{\RECTright}{0}
-
-\newcommand{\mytempx}{0}
-\newcommand{\mytempxx}{0}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% Additional bar primitives %
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\newcommand{\barArrowRect}[6][fillstyle=solid]
-{\ifthenelse{\bdorientation = \bdvert}
- {\FPfadd{\mytempx}{#2}{#4}
- \FPdiv{\RECTmid}{\mytempx}{2}
-
- \FPfsub{\ARbot}{#5}{\arrowheight}
-
- \FPmul{\mytempx}{\dbar}{\RECTwidth}
- \FPdiv{\mytempxx}{\mytempx}{2}
- \FPfsub{\RECTleft}{\RECTmid}{\mytempxx}
- \FPfadd{\RECTright}{\RECTmid}{\mytempxx}
-
- \psframe[linestyle=none,fillcolor=#6,linecolor=#6,#1](\RECTleft,#3)(\RECTright,\ARbot)
- \pspolygon[fillcolor=#6,linecolor=#6,#1](#2,\ARbot)(\RECTmid,#5)(#4,\ARbot)(#2,\ARbot)
- }
- {\FPfadd{\mytempx}{#3}{#5}
- \FPdiv{\RECTmid}{\mytempx}{2}
- \FPfsub{\ARbot}{#4}{\arrowheight}
- \FPmul{\mytempx}{\dbar}{\RECTwidth}
- \FPdiv{\mytempxx}{\mytempx}{2}
- \FPfsub{\RECTleft}{\RECTmid}{\mytempxx}
- \FPfadd{\RECTright}{\RECTmid}{\mytempxx}
- \psframe[linestyle=none,fillcolor=#6,linecolor=#6,#1](#2,\RECTleft)(\ARbot,\RECTright)
- \pspolygon[fillcolor=#6,linecolor=#6,#1](\ARbot,#3)(#4,\RECTmid)(\ARbot,#5)(\ARbot,#3)
- }
-}
-%---------------------------------------
-\newcommand{\barGradRect}[6][fillstyle=gradient]
-{\ifthenelse{\bdorientation = \bdvert}
- {\psframe[gradbegin=#6,gradend=white,gradmidpoint=1,gradangle=45,
- fillstyle=gradient,linestyle=none,linecolor=#6](#2,#3)(#4,#5)
- }
- {\psframe[gradbegin=#6,gradend=white,gradmidpoint=1,gradangle=-45,
- fillstyle=gradient,linestyle=none,linecolor=#6](#2,#3)(#4,#5)
- }
-}
-
-\newcommand{\barGradMidRect}[6][fillstyle=gradient]
-{\ifthenelse{\bdorientation = \bdvert}
- {\psframe[gradbegin=#6,gradend=white,gradmidpoint=0.3,gradangle=90,
- fillstyle=gradient,linestyle=none,linecolor=#6](#2,#3)(#4,#5)
- }
- {\psframe[gradbegin=#6,gradend=white,gradmidpoint=0.3,gradangle=0,
- fillstyle=gradient,linestyle=none,linecolor=#6](#2,#3)(#4,#5)
- }
-}
-%---------------------------------------
-\newcommand{\barGradCylinder}[6][fillstyle=gradient]
-{ \FPmul{\xtd}{\dbar}{\tdx}
- \FPmul{\ytd}{\dbar}{\tdy}
-
- \FPdiv{\elRx}{\dbar}{2}
- \FPdiv{\elRy}{\ytd}{2}
-
- \ifthenelse{\bdorientation = \bdvert}
- {
- \FPfadd{\tmpvar}{#2}{#4}
- \FPdiv{\xtda}{\tmpvar}{2} % Xcenter of the bottom ellipse
- \FPdiv{\tmpvar}{\ytd}{2}
- \FPfadd{\ytda}{\tmpvar}{#3} % Ycenter of the bottom ellipse
- \newpsstyle{gradcylstyle}{gradbegin=#6,gradend=white,gradmidpoint=0.25,gradangle=90,fillstyle=gradient,linestyle=none,linecolor=#6}
- % Draw the bottom ellipse
- \psellipse[style=gradcylstyle](\xtda,\ytda)(\elRx,\elRy)
- \FPdiv{\tmpvar}{\ytd}{2}
- \FPfadd{\ytdb}{\tmpvar}{#5} % Ycenter of the top ellipse
- % Draw the rectangle
- \psframe[style=gradcylstyle](#2,\ytda)(#4,\ytdb)
- % Draw the top ellipse
- \psellipse[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=#6,linecolor=#6](\xtda,\ytdb)(\elRx,\elRy)
- }
- { \FPfadd{\tmpvar}{#3}{#5}
- \FPdiv{\ytda}{\tmpvar}{2}
- \FPdiv{\tmpvar}{\ytd}{2}
- \FPfadd{\xtda}{\tmpvar}{#2}
- \newpsstyle{gradcylstyle}{gradbegin=#6,gradend=white,gradmidpoint=0.25,gradangle=0,fillstyle=gradient,linestyle=none,linecolor=#6}
- % Draw the left ellipse
- \psellipse[style=gradcylstyle](\xtda,\ytda,)(\elRy,\elRx)
- \FPdiv{\tmpvar}{\ytd}{2}
- \FPfadd{\ytdb}{\tmpvar}{#4}
- % Draw the rectangle
- \psframe[style=gradcylstyle](\xtda,#3)(\ytdb,#5)
- % Draw the right ellipse
- \psellipse[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=#6,linecolor=#6](\ytdb,\ytda)(\elRy,\elRx)
- }
-}
-%---------------------------------------
-\newcommand{\barCoil}[6][qq]
-{\ifthenelse{\bdorientation = \bdvert}
- {\FPfadd{\mytempx}{#2}{#4}
- \FPdiv{\RECTmid}{\mytempx}{2}
- \pscoil[linecolor=#6,linewidth=3pt]{->}(\RECTmid,#3)(\RECTmid,#5)
- }
- {\FPfadd{\mytempx}{#3}{#5}
- \FPdiv{\RECTmid}{\mytempx}{2}
- \pscoil[linecolor=#5,linewidth=3pt]{->}(#2,\RECTmid)(#4,\RECTmid)
- }
-}
+++ /dev/null
-%%
-%% This is file `BHCexam.cfg',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% BHCexam.dtx (with options: `cfg')
-%%
-%% This is a generated file.
-%%
-%% Copyright (C) 2011 by Charles Bao <charley792@gmail.com>
-%%
-%% This file was generated from file(s) of the BHCexam package project.
-%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-%%
-%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2
-%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%% The latest version of this license is in
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%% version 1999/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%% This is the configuration file of the BHCexam package with LaTeX2e.
-%%
-\ProvidesFile{BHCexam.cfg}
- [2011/07/27 v0.2 BHCexam
- configuration file]
-
-
-
-\def\@biaoti{2011年全国普通高等学校招生统一考试(上海卷)}
-\def\@kemu{数学(理科)}
-\def\@zongfen{150}
-\def\@shijian{120}
-\def\@tiankong@zongfen{56}
-\def\@tiankong@tishu{14}
-\def\@tiankong@fen{4}
-\def\@xuanze@zongfen{16}
-\def\@xuanze@tishu{4}
-\def\@xuanze@fen{4}
-\def\@jianda@zongfen{78}
-\def\@jianda@tishu{5}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `BHCexam.cfg'.
+++ /dev/null
-\ProvidesFile{catoptions-guide.cfg}%
- [2011/12/17 v0.2.7b Configuration file for catoptions-guide.tex (AM)]
-
-\cptloadpackages{%
- xwatermark|printwatermark;
- array;
- colortbl;
- ltablex;
-}
-\keepXColumns
-
-\fancypagenos[%
- showonpageone = false,
- showpagenumbers = true,
- showheadrule = true,
- showfootrule = false,
- yposition = -.42\paperheight,
- xposition = 0,
- scale = 1,
- angle = 0,
- left-header = The \textcolor{macrocolor}{catoptions} package,
- style = \textsc{Page~\thepage~of~\pageref{xwmlastpage}},
- right-header = \ttcl{black}{\today}
-]
-
-\amltxoptions{%
- geometryoptions = {left=3cm,right=3cm,top=2.5cm,%
- bottom=2.5cm,includeheadfoot},
- reviewdocument = false,
- parindent = false,
- toc = false,
- frontpagestyle = empty,
- pretitleskip = 0ex,
- posttitleskip = 1ex,
- presuptitleskip = 15ex,
- postsuptitleskip = 0ex,
- presubtitleskip = 0ex,
- postsubtitleskip = -\baselineskip,
- loadnatbib = {numbers,sort&compress},
- cmdcolor = xmagenta1,
- stylecolor = xgreen1,
- speccolor = teal,
- sectionheadcolor = blue
-}
-\def\otherchars{\quoted{other} characters\sspace}
-\ltsnewletcs*\sectionbreak\medbreak
-\AtBeginDocument{\renewdef*\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}}
-
-\newwatermark
-[page=1,fontfamily=phv,fontsize=11pt,fontseries=m,textalign=center,
- coordunit=pc,textwidth=\hsize,textangle=0,textscale=1.8,textxpos=0,
- textypos=32.5]{\xwmfadingtext[textcolor=blue,boxcolor=red,
- scale=1.8,height=1.5ex,letterwidth=7.8mm]{catoptions}\\[1ex]%
- \ttcl{blue}{\resizebox{.5\width}{!}{Setting up
- {\tt\string\futurelet} characters, securing catcodes,
- and parsing options}}%
-}
-
-\newwatermark
-[page=1,fontfamily=phv,fontsize=10pt,fontseries=m,color=black,textalign=center,
- coordunit=pc,textwidth=\hsize,textangle=0,textscale=1,textxpos=0,textypos=24]{%
- \ltscitation[author={Michael J. Downes, 1958--2003},textcolor=black,leftmargin=0em,
- fonttype=\small]{%
- The \pkgg'{pcatcode} functionality would work best if it were built into the
- \usecsn{latex2e} kernel, but it cannot be usefully added to the kernel now without
- adversely affecting document compatibility across different systems. This package
- therefore modifies one or two of the low-level package-loading functions defined
- by the kernel. Theoretically speaking, the \pkgg'{pcatcode} itself has to guard against
- the
- kind of catcode problems that it is intended to circumvent. If you would like a
- nice little \texnician's exercise, try your hand, before looking at the code of the
- \pkgg'{pcatcode}, at the task that I set for myself: find the minimal set of catcode
- assumptions that one has to make before attempting to establish normalcy, where normalcy is
- defined as the state at the end of the \latex kernel, just before the last
- \hx{\makeatother}. This is the state that may normally be expected at the
- beginning of a \hx{\documentclass} file, if the \latex format file does not
- have any extensions (\eg, \pkgm{babel}) compiled in.
- }%
-}
-
-\endinput
-
-%%% End of file catoptions-guide.cfg %%%
+++ /dev/null
-%%
-%% This is file `cdpshues.cfg',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% cdpbundl.dtx (with options: `config')
-%%
-%% This is a generated file.
-%% It is part of a work named "C.D.P. Bundle".
-%%
-%% Copyright (C) 1999-2006 by Gustavo MEZZETTI <mezzetti@math.unipd.it>.
-%%
-%% The C.D.P. Bundle may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%% The latest version of this license is in
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%% version 2003/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%% The C.D.P. Bundle has the LPPL maintenance status
-%% "author-maintained".
-%%
-%% The file `manifest.txt' that comes along with this file specifies
-%% what the C.D.P. Bundle consists of; more precisely, it explains how
-%% the locutions "Work" and "Compiled Work", used in the LaTeX Project
-%% Public License, are to be interpreted in the case of this work.
-%%
-%% Note that the distribution of this file alone is "distribution of
-%% only part of the Work" in the sense of the LaTeX Project Public
-%% License, and is not allowed.
-%%
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-%%%
-%%% The argument of the "\DeclareCDPSealHuesDefault" command contains
-%%% the name (w/o extension) of the default color definition file:
-\DeclareCDPSealHuesDefault{cdpshues}
-
-====================
-EXPLANATORY COMMENTS
-====================
-
-This file is special in that the cdpaddon package stops reading it as
-soon as it encounters the first "\DeclareCDPSealHuesDefault" command:
-all subsequent lines are ignored, and can hence contain explanatory
-comments, just like these. To save disk space (although, in this era
-of gigabytes, this is not a compelling issue!), you can, if you want,
-delete all lines in this file except the one which contains the first
-occurrence of a "\DeclareCDPSealHuesDefault" command (12 lines above);
-but if you do so, please be sure to read them before deleting them!
-(Anyway, I think it is a good idea to leave the comments in place.)
-
-The "\DeclareCDPSealHuesDefault" command has one argument, in which
-you should put the name of a default file from which the definitions
-of the hues for the C.D.P. seal are read when no other file has been
-indicated in the options passed to the cdpaddon package. Note that
-the extension ".def" is automatically added to the name; therefore,
-you **must** leave it out in the name given as the argument of the
-"\DeclareCDPSealHuesDefault" command.
-
-The C.D.P. Bundle comes with some definition files already included;
-their names are listed below, without the extension ".def" (each one
-is packaged in a "\DeclareCDPSealHuesDefault" command):
-
-\DeclareCDPSealHuesDefault{cdpshues-example}
-\DeclareCDPSealHuesDefault{epson-stylus-740}
-\DeclareCDPSealHuesDefault{hp-laserjet-4500}
-
-To make one of these files the default one, copy (or move) the line
-containing its name to the top of the file, so that its becomes the
-first line (yes, even above the opening comments, those four dozens
-lines starting with "%%": let us keep things easy!).
-
-If you write a new definition file, you can make it the default by
-writing a similar "\DeclareCDPSealHuesDefault" command and putting it
-in the first line of this file (above the opening comments, why not).
-Remember that only the first such command appearing in this file is
-taken into consideration: all subsequent lines are ignored.
-
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `cdpshues.cfg'.
+++ /dev/null
-%%
-%% This is file `contour.cfg',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% contour.dtx (with options: `cfgfile')
-%%
-%% contour package configuration file
-%%
-%% Copyright 2004 Harald Harders
-%%
-%% This program can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms
-%% of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN
-%% archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either
-%% version 1 of the License, or any later version.
-%%
-%% h.harders@tu-bs.de
-%%
-\ProvidesFile{contour.cfg}
- [2004/11/18 v2.14 Print contoured text (HH, MH)]
- % Select an appropriate default driver
-\begingroup
- \chardef\x=0 %
- % check pdfTeX
- \@ifundefined{pdfoutput}{}{%
- \ifcase\pdfoutput
- \else
- \chardef\x=1 %
- \fi
- }%
- % check VTeX
- \@ifundefined{OpMode}{}{%
- \chardef\x=2 %
- }%
-\expandafter\endgroup
-\ifcase\x
- % default case
- \ExecuteOptions{dvips}%
-\or
- % pdfTeX is running in pdf mode
- \ExecuteOptions{pdftex}%
-\else
- % VTeX is running
- \ExecuteOptions{vtex}%
-\fi
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `contour.cfg'.
+++ /dev/null
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%
-%% Config file for ExtraTitlePage
-%%
-%% This file "CoverPage.cfg" is read by "CoverPage.sty"
-%% (if it exists). Use it to define default settings, e.g. for your
-%% institute or your group logo.
-%%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-%% set institute
-%% (the only information which cannot be extracted from BibTeX entry)
-\CoverPageSetup{institute = {Institute of Applied Nonsense}}
-
-%% redefine header, body, or footer with \renewcommand
-\renewcommand{\CoverPageHeader}{%
- \LARGE\bfseries%
- \dotfill{} This is my header \dotfill}
-\renewcommand{\CoverPageFooterLogo}{%
- \Huge\sffamily%
- L-O-G-O}
-
-%% These are "our" settings:
-%%\CoverPageSetup{institute = {Institute of Imaging and Computer Vision\\
-%% RWTH Aachen University, 52056 Aachen, Germany\\
-%% tel: +49 241 80 27860, fax: +49 241 80 22200\\
-%% web: www.lfb.rwth-aachen.de}}
-%%\renewcommand{\CoverPageHeader}{\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{lfbheader}}
-%%\renewcommand{\CoverPageFooterLogo}{\includegraphics[width=.35\textwidth]{rwthlogo}}
+++ /dev/null
-% $Id: csquotes.cfg,v 5.1d 2011/10/22 19:17:39 lehman stable $
-
-\ProvidesFile{csquotes.cfg}
-
-% Put your definitions here.
-
-\endinput
-
-% What follows are examples of what you will typically do in this
-% file. Note that you need to move the examples above \endinput if
-% you want to try them out.
-
-% PRESETTING PACKAGE OPTIONS
-
-% Use \ExecuteQuoteOptions to preset package options if you are not
-% satisfied with the built-in defaults. Options given here will be
-% processed before any options specified in the document preamble,
-% so you can still override them in the preamble.
-
-\ExecuteQuoteOptions{strict=true,autostyle=try}
-
-% CHANGING THE DEFAULT PARAMETERS
-
-% Even if you modify the package defaults here, all preset values
-% may still be changed in the document preamble as usual. The
-% following values are the built-in package defaults:
-
-\SetBlockEnvironment{quote}
-\SetBlockThreshold{3}
-\SetCiteCommand{\cite}
-
-% SETTING UP A NEW QUOTE STYLE
-
-% Here's an example of a new quote style with several variants (look
-% up \DeclareQuoteStyle in the manual for all the details):
-
-\DeclareQuoteStyle[quotes]{example}% [variant]{style}
- {\textquotedblleft}% opening outer mark
- {\textquotedblright}% closing outer mark
- {\textquoteleft}% opening inner mark
- {\textquoteright}% closing inner mark
-\DeclareQuoteStyle[quotes*]{example}
- {\quotedblbase}
- {\textquotedblright}
- [0.1em]% kern adjoining marks
- {\quotesinglbase}
- {\textquoteright}
-\DeclareQuoteStyle[everypar]{example}
- {\guillemotleft}
- [\guilsinglleft]% middle outer mark
- {\guillemotright}
- {\textquotedblleft}
- [\textquoteleft]% middle inner mark
- {\textquotedblright}
-
-% Defining the default variant of the style:
-
-\DeclareQuoteAlias[quotes]{example}{example}
-
-% Defining a second-level alias:
-
-\DeclareQuoteAlias{example}{demo}
-
-% Adding a package option for the style:
-
-\DeclareQuoteOption{example}
-
-% DEFINING SHORT COMMAND NAMES
-
-% The names of all macros which csquotes provides by default are
-% rather verbose. They are meant to be self-explanatory. You may
-% find names like \hyphentextquote a bit too verbose, however,
-% especially if you use them frequently. It is very easy to define
-% shorter command names on top of the verbose ones. The trick is to
-% exclude the arguments such that the short definition is a simple
-% pointer to the full name:
-%
-% \newcommand*{\htquote}{\hyphentextquote}
-%
-% Here are a few useful shorthands:
-
-\newcommand*{\tquote}{\textquote}
-\newcommand*{\tcquote}{\textcquote}
-
-\newcommand*{\bquote}{\blockquote}
-\newcommand*{\bcquote}{\blockcquote}
-
-% You can even include language switches in the definition of the
-% short command form:
-%
-% \newcommand*{\usquote}{\hyphentextquote{american}}
-%
-% That, however, will not work as expected if you try to use the
-% starred version because
-%
-% \usquote*{quotation}
-%
-% will not yield
-%
-% \hyphentextquote*{american}{quotation}
-%
-% but rather
-%
-% \hyphentextquote{american}*{quotation}
-%
-% which is invalid syntax. The following little macro takes care of
-% that. If you prefix a definition which consists of a macro name
-% and one argument with \@checkstar, it will check if the starred
-% version of the command was requested and rearrange the syntax
-% accordingly:
-
-\newrobustcmd*{\@checkstar}[2]{%
- \@ifstar{#1*{#2}}{#1{#2}}}
-
-% If we define our \usquote shorthand like that:
-%
-% \newcommand*{\usquote}{\@checkstar\hyphentextquote{american}}
-%
-% then
-%
-% \usquote*{quotation}
-%
-% will correctly yield
-%
-% \hyphentextquote*{american}{quotation}
-%
-% Here are a few useful shorthands:
-
-\newrobustcmd*{\dequote}{%
- \@checkstar\hyphenquote{german}}
-\newrobustcmd*{\frquote}{%
- \@checkstar\hyphenquote{french}}
-\newrobustcmd*{\ukquote}{%
- \@checkstar\hyphenquote{british}}
-\newrobustcmd*{\usquote}{%
- \@checkstar\hyphenquote{american}}
-
-\newrobustcmd*{\detquote}{%
- \@checkstar\hyphentextquote{german}}
-\newrobustcmd*{\frtquote}{%
- \@checkstar\hyphentextquote{french}}
-\newrobustcmd*{\uktquote}{%
- \@checkstar\hyphentextquote{british}}
-\newrobustcmd*{\ustquote}{%
- \@checkstar\hyphentextquote{american}}
-
-\newrobustcmd*{\debquote}{%
- \@checkstar\hyphenblockquote{german}}
-\newrobustcmd*{\frbquote}{%
- \@checkstar\hyphenblockquote{french}}
-\newrobustcmd*{\ukbquote}{%
- \@checkstar\hyphenblockquote{british}}
-\newrobustcmd*{\usbquote}{%
- \@checkstar\hyphenblockquote{american}}
-
-\newrobustcmd*{\detcquote}{%
- \@checkstar\hyphentextcquote{german}}
-\newrobustcmd*{\frtcquote}{%
- \@checkstar\hyphentextcquote{french}}
-\newrobustcmd*{\uktcquote}{%
- \@checkstar\hyphentextcquote{british}}
-\newrobustcmd*{\ustcquote}{%
- \@checkstar\hyphentextcquote{american}}
-
-\newrobustcmd*{\debcquote}{%
- \@checkstar\hyphenblockcquote{german}}
-\newrobustcmd*{\frbcquote}{%
- \@checkstar\hyphenblockcquote{french}}
-\newrobustcmd*{\ukbcquote}{%
- \@checkstar\hyphenblockcquote{british}}
-\newrobustcmd*{\usbcquote}{%
- \@checkstar\hyphenblockcquote{american}}
-
-% It is also possible to define shorter environment names. In this
-% case, the opening part of the environment definition should be the
-% verbose environment name with a backslash; the closing definition
-% should be the verbose name preceded by 'end' plus a backslash:
-
-\newenvironment*{dquote}
- {\displayquote}
- {\enddisplayquote}
-
-\newenvironment*{dcquote}
- {\displaycquote}
- {\enddisplaycquote}
-
-% Short environment definitions may also include language switches.
-% In this case, the language name is included in the opening part of
-% the environment definition. Here are a few useful examples:
-
-\newenvironment*{dedquote}
- {\hyphendisplayquote{german}}
- {\endhyphendisplayquote}
-\newenvironment*{frdquote}
- {\hyphendisplayquote{french}}
- {\endhyphendisplayquote}
-\newenvironment*{ukdquote}
- {\hyphendisplayquote{british}}
- {\endhyphendisplayquote}
-\newenvironment*{usdquote}
- {\hyphendisplayquote{american}}
- {\endhyphendisplayquote}
-
-\newenvironment*{dedcquote}
- {\hyphendisplaycquote{german}}
- {\endhyphendisplaycquote}
-\newenvironment*{frdcquote}
- {\hyphendisplaycquote{french}}
- {\endhyphendisplaycquote}
-\newenvironment*{ukdcquote}
- {\hyphendisplaycquote{british}}
- {\endhyphendisplaycquote}
-\newenvironment*{usdcquote}
- {\hyphendisplaycquote{american}}
- {\endhyphendisplaycquote}
-
-% DEFINING ENVIRONMENTS FOR PARAGRAPH QUOTATIONS
-
-% Here are some alternative environments for paragraph quotations
-% (block and display). The first one decreases the font size of
-% the 'quote' environment by one step:
-
-\RequirePackage{relsize}
-
-\newenvironment*{smallquote}
- {\quote\smaller}
- {\endquote}
-
-\SetBlockEnvironment{smallquote}
-
-% This environment forces indentation after all paragraph quotations:
-
-\newenvironment*{paraquote}
- {\begingroup\quote}
- {\endquote\endgroup}
-
-\SetBlockEnvironment{paraquote}
-
-% The last environment combines the previous ones:
-
-\RequirePackage{relsize}
-
-\newenvironment*{smallparaquote}
- {\begingroup\quote\smaller}
- {\endquote\endgroup}
-
-\SetBlockEnvironment{smallparaquote}
-
-\endinput
+++ /dev/null
-%%
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-%%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-% Example configuration file
-%
-% This file is input by the last command of the class `dinbrief'
-%
-%\setaddressllhpos{100truemm}
-%\setaddressllvpos{96truemm}
-%\setaddressllcorner{20truemm}{72truemm}
-%\addressstd
-%\nobackaddressrule
-%\nowindowrules
-%\address{R\"udiger Kurz\\ % Package `german' not yet loaded!
-% Am See 1\\
-% 76133 Karlsruhe}
-%\backaddress{R.~Kurz, Am See 1, 76133 Karslruhe}
-%\place{Gralsruhe}
-%\phone{(0127)}{806-0815}
-%\signature{R\"udiger Kurz}
-%\setbottomtexttop{284.9truemm}
-%\bottomtext{%
-% \makebox[\textwidth][c]{\small\sf
-% Bankverbindung $\cdot$ Kreissparkasse Gralsruhe %
-% (BLZ~999~500~00) 98~765~4}}
+++ /dev/null
-%%
-%% This is file `draftcopy.cfg',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% draftcopy.doc (with options: `config')
-%%
-%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
-%%
-%% For the copyright see the source file.
-%%
-%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed
-%% with new filenames distinct from draftcopy.cfg.
-%%
-%% For distribution of the original source see the terms
-%% for copying and modification in the file draftcopy.doc.
-%%
-%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the
-%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the
-%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be
-%% in the same archive or directory.)
-\iffalse
-\fi
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-\ifx\OpMode\undefined
-\ExecuteOptions{dvips}
-\else
-\ExecuteOptions{vtex}
-\fi
-
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `draftcopy.cfg'.
+++ /dev/null
-%%
-%% This is file `efxmpl.cfg',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% endfloat.dtx (with options: `config')
-%%
-%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
-%% This is part of a set of tools (or better yet, experiments) written
-%% by Jeff Goldberg (jeffrey@goldmark.org), who is writting this
-%% not only for it utility value, but as part of the process of learning
-%% LaTeX. These tools are far from perfect, and comments are welcome.
-%%
-%% The usual disclaimers apply: If it doesn't work right that's your
-%% problem (but do let me know).
-%%
-%% The usual GNU-style conditions apply: If you change it, you take
-%% the blame; if you pass it on, pass on all present condiditions;
-%%
-\def\filename{endfloat}
-\def\fileversion{v2.5d}
-\def\filedate{2011/12/25}
-\def\docdate{2011/12/05}
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-%%
-%% Description: LaTeX style to put figures and tables at end of article
-%% Keywords: LaTeX, style-option, float, figure, table
-%% Authors: James Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu>,
-%% Jeff Goldberg <jeffrey@goldmark.org>,
-%% Axel Sommerfeldt <axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm>
-%% Maintainer: Jeff Goldberg <jeffrey@goldmark.org>
-%% Latest Version: Version 2.5 <November 2011>
-\RequirePackage{rotating}
-\DeclareDelayedFloatFlavor{sidewaysfigure}{figure}
-\DeclareDelayedFloatFlavor{sidewaystable}{table}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `efxmpl.cfg'.
+++ /dev/null
-%%
-%% This is file `fac-de.cfg',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% facsimile.dtx (with options: `configuration')
-%%
-%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
-%%
-%% For the copyright see the source file.
-%%
-%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed
-%% with new filenames distinct from fac-de.cfg.
-%%
-%% For distribution of the original source see the terms
-%% for copying and modification in the file facsimile.dtx.
-%%
-%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the
-%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the
-%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be
-%% in the same archive or directory.)
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-%%
-\makeatletter
-\@ifpackageloaded{babel}{}{
- \renewcommand{\iflanguage}[3]{%
- \def\paramone{german}\def\paramtwo{#1}
- \ifx\paramone\paramtwo\else
- \errmessage{internal error in facsimile.cfg}\fi
- \@ifpackageloaded{german}{#2}{#3}}
-}
-\makeatother
-
-\iflanguage{german}{
-\renewcommand{\faxnotetext}{Dieses Fax wurde von einem
- Faxmodem aus gesendet. Wenn Sie auf dieses Fax antworten
- wollen, rufen Sie erst an, damit sichergestellt werden kann,
- da\ss{} das Faxmodem bereit ist, die Sendung zu empfangen.}
-
-\faxfrom{%
- \begin{tabular}{rl}
- von: & Peter Meier\\
- Adresse: & Hauptstra\ss e 7\\
- & 28182 Musterstadt\\
- Telefon/Fax: & 08\,67\,/\,65\,53\,4\\
- \end{tabular}}
-}{
-\renewcommand{\faxnotetext}{This message was sent using a fax
- modem. When replying to this fax, phone first, so the fax
- modem and PC can be switched on, and prepared for fax
- reception.}
-
-\faxfrom{%
- \begin{tabular}{rl}
- from: & Peter Meier\\
- address: & Hauptstra\ss e 7\\
- & 27182 Musterstadt\\
- & Germany\\
- phone/fax: & +49-867-65534\\
- \end{tabular}}
-}
-
-\usepackage{mathptmx}\boldmath
-\usepackage{helvet}
-\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{\sfdefault}\rmfamily
-
-\IfFileExists{signatur.eps}{
- \usepackage[dvips]{graphicx}
- \renewcommand{\closinghook}{\includegraphics{signatur}\\}
-}
-{
- \message{signatur.eps not found!}
-}
-
-\author{Peter Meier}
-
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `fac-de.cfg'.
+++ /dev/null
-%%
-%% This is file `fac-en.cfg',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% facsimile.dtx (with options: `coreconfiguration')
-%%
-%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
-%%
-%% For the copyright see the source file.
-%%
-%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed
-%% with new filenames distinct from fac-en.cfg.
-%%
-%% For distribution of the original source see the terms
-%% for copying and modification in the file facsimile.dtx.
-%%
-%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the
-%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the
-%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be
-%% in the same archive or directory.)
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-%%
-\faxfrom{%
- \begin{tabular}{rl}
- from: & Bugs Bunny\\
- address: & ACME Street 42\\
- & 90210 Toontown\\
- & USA\\
- phone/fax: & +1-555-314159\\
- \end{tabular}}
-
-\author{Bugs Bunny}
-
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `fac-en.cfg'.
+++ /dev/null
-%%
-%% This is file `avery5371.cfg',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% flashcards.dtx (with options: `avery5371')
-%%
-%% FlashCards LaTeX2e Class for Typesetting Double Sided Cards
-%% Copyright (C) 2000 Alexander M. Budge <ambudge@mit.edu>
-%%
-%% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-%% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-%% the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-%% (at your option) any later version.
-%%
-%% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-%% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-%% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-%% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%%
-%% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-%% along with this program (the file COPYING); if not, write to the
-%% Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-%%
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-%%
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1996/12/01]
-\ProvidesFile{avery5371.cfg}
-\newcommand{\cardpapermode}{portrait}
-\newcommand{\cardpaper}{letterpaper}
-\newcommand{\cardrows}{5}
-\newcommand{\cardcolumns}{2}
-\setlength{\cardheight}{2.0in}
-\setlength{\cardwidth}{3.5in}
-\setlength{\topoffset}{0.50in}
-\setlength{\oddoffset}{0.75in}
-\setlength{\evenoffset}{0.75in}
-
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `avery5371.cfg'.
+++ /dev/null
-%%
-%% This is file `avery5388.cfg',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% flashcards.dtx (with options: `avery5388')
-%%
-%% FlashCards LaTeX2e Class for Typesetting Double Sided Cards
-%% Copyright (C) 2000 Alexander M. Budge <ambudge@mit.edu>
-%%
-%% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-%% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-%% the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-%% (at your option) any later version.
-%%
-%% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-%% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-%% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-%% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%%
-%% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-%% along with this program (the file COPYING); if not, write to the
-%% Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-%%
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-%%
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1996/12/01]
-\ProvidesFile{avery5388.cfg}
-\newcommand{\cardpapermode}{portrait}
-\newcommand{\cardpaper}{letterpaper}
-\newcommand{\cardrows}{3}
-\newcommand{\cardcolumns}{1}
-\setlength{\cardheight}{3.0in}
-\setlength{\cardwidth}{5.0in}
-\setlength{\topoffset}{1.0in}
-\setlength{\oddoffset}{1.75in}
-\setlength{\evenoffset}{1.75in}
-
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `avery5388.cfg'.
+++ /dev/null
-%%
-%% This is file `foilhtml.cfg',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% foilhtml.dtx (with options: `cfg')
-%%
-%% The first part of this file contains default options for your site.
-%% The second part (inside AtEndOfPackage declaration) should contain
-%% customization commands specific to your site.
-%%
-%% Good luck
-%%
-%% The default options go here
-%%
-\ExecuteOptions{nopagesintoc}
-%%
-\AtEndOfPackage{\setcounter{secnumdepth}{0} % Customization goes here
-}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `foilhtml.cfg'.
+++ /dev/null
-% \iffalse
-%%
-% Even if you don't want any code in this file, leave the empty file, or else
-% loading the \package{abbrevs} package will consume extra time as it searches
-% for this file.
-%%
-% \fi
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fileinfo{Abbrevs package configuration}
-\def\fileversion{v1.2}
-\def\filedate{2001/08/31}
-\def\docdate{1997/10/18}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesFile{abbrevs.cfg}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \AddToCheckSum{25}
-%
-% \section{\cname{DateMarkSize}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\DateMarkSize}
-% I like to use this definition instead of the one in the main file, but I
-% didn't want to require \package{abbrevs} to depend on \package{relsize}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{relsize}
-\def\DateMarkSize {%
- \relsize{-1}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \section{Backwards compatibility}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\TMNewCategory}
-% \begin{macro}{\TMDefineAbbrevPlain}
-% This can be uncommented to deal with anything you might have written that
-% referred to these variables before I changed their names.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-% \newlet\TMNewCategory\NewAbbrevCategory
-% \newlet\TMDefineAbbrevPlain\TMDefineAbbrevStandard
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \section{Suggestions}
-%
-% Here are ideas commented out that you might want to try.
-%
-% You can learn a helpful general strategy about how to work with hooks in
-% \LaTeX{} from this example. If you put the inhibitor directly into
-% \cs\PreFootnote, you could never take it out without either losing whatever
-% else had been put into \cs\PreFootnote, or using some thorny procedure that
-% stepped through the macro and removed just the inhibitor (you don't want to
-% try that). If you add a ``subhook'' to \cs\PreFootnote, you can turn the
-% subhook on or off without even knowing what else in in \cs\PreFootnote. You
-% can't redefine \cs\TMInhibitSwitchingtrue. A \cs\newcommand would work as
-% well as the \cs\newlet here, a tad less efficient.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-% \newlet\FootnoteTMHook\TMInhibitSwitchingtrue
-% \addto@macro\PreFootnote {%
-% \FootnoteTMHook
-% }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% To undo the effect later, say \code{\let\FootnoteTMHook\relax} or
-% \code{\global\let}\lips as appropriate.
-%
-% \part{Testing}
-%
-% \ResetAbbrevs{All}
-%
-% I'm presently writing a dissertation on \beckett. Although there is
-% comparatively little biographical material available, it is well known that
-% he spent several years under the wing of \joyce, another of the great writers
-% in English this century. \joyce and \beckett, it is curious, like other
-% great writers, both had trouble with their vision, and both were exiles in
-% some sense. One of my favorite pieces by \beckett is \worst, a short work
-% written in the 1980's not long before his death: ``Fail again. Fail
-% better.'' \worst is lyric and exalting to me. A work I feel is underrated
-% is the radio play \fall (all but his three long plays are collected in \csp).
-% It's extremely funny, and very touchingly compassionate. Because it is a
-% radio play, it loses less from performance to reading. I would recommend
-% \fall to anyone. His later plays (and fiction) are famously enigmatic, but
-% with a little practice, it is not hard to see the same lyric beauty and
-% compassion. Take the brief television play \nacht (in \csp of course), which
-% has no dialogue, only a few murmured bars of the Schubert song, also brief,
-% and also called \nacht---it's one of the most hauntingly beautiful few
-% minutes of music I've ever heard, and I particularly recommend Cheryl
-% Studer's recording on Deutsche Grammophone. Every other recording I've heard
-% plays too fast.
-%
-% \ResetAbbrevs{All}
-%
-% \joyceshort is short for \joyce, not \joyce Smith.
-%
-% \ResetAbbrevs{All}
-%
-% Now some more rigious and boring testing. Each pair should be identical.
-%
-% \newbook\aaa{initial}[subsequent]
-% \newname\www{tmacro}[tmacro-subsequent]
-%
-% {\parindent0pt
-%
-% ^^A\def\ldebug#1{\tracingmacros#1\tracingcommands#1\VerboseErrors\relax}
-% \let\ldebug\Gobble
-%
-% \textit{\textitswitch{initial} hello}\\
-% \ldebug1\relax
-% \textit{\aaa hello}
-% \ldebug0\relax
-%
-% \textup{\textitswitch{subsequent} hello}\\
-% \ldebug1\relax
-% \textup{\aaa hello}
-% \ldebug0\relax
-%
-% \textit{subsequent}~tie\\
-% \ldebug1\relax
-% \aaa~tie
-% \ldebug0\relax
-%
-% \textit{subsequent} regular text\\
-% \ldebug1\relax
-% \aaa regular text
-% \ldebug0\relax
-%
-% \textit{subsequent}: colon\\
-% \ldebug1\relax
-% \aaa: colon
-% \ldebug0\relax
-%
-% \textit{subsequent}; semicolon\\
-% \ldebug1\relax
-% \aaa; semicolon
-% \ldebug0\relax
-%
-% \textit{subsequent}. Period.\\
-% \ldebug1\relax
-% \aaa. Period.
-% \ldebug0\relax
-%
-% \textit{subsequent}! Exclamation point.\\
-% \ldebug1\relax
-% \aaa! Exclamation point.
-% \ldebug0\relax
-%
-% \textit{subsequent}? Question mark.\\
-% \ldebug1\relax
-% \aaa? Question mark.
-% \ldebug0\relax
-%
-% \textit{subsequent}-hyphen.\\
-% \ldebug1\relax
-% \aaa-hyphen.
-% \ldebug0\relax
-%
-% \textit{subsequent} \texttt{texttt}\\
-% \ldebug1\relax
-% \aaa \texttt{texttt}
-% \ldebug0\relax
-%
-% \textit{subsequent} (leftparen)\\
-% \ldebug1\relax
-% \aaa (leftparen)
-% \ldebug0\relax
-%
-% (\textit{subsequent}) rightparen\\
-% \ldebug1\relax
-% (\aaa) rightparen
-% \ldebug0\relax
-%
-% \textit{subsequent}, comma\\
-% \ldebug1\relax
-% \aaa, comma.
-% \ldebug0\relax
-%
-% \textit{subsequent} tmacro\\
-% \ldebug1\relax
-% \aaa \www
-% \ldebug0\relax
-%
-% \textit{subsequent}'s face\\
-% \ldebug1\relax
-% \aaa's face
-% \ldebug0\relax
-%
-% \textit{subsequent} ``quote''\\
-% \ldebug1\relax
-% \aaa ``quote''
-% \ldebug0\relax
-%
-% \textit{subsequent} [leftbracket]\\
-% \ldebug1\relax
-% \aaa [leftbracket]
-% \ldebug0\relax
-%
-% [\textit{subsequent}] rightbracket\\
-% \ldebug1\relax
-% [\aaa] rightbracket
-% \ldebug0\relax
-%
-% \textit{subsequent}{open group}\\
-% \ldebug1\relax
-% \aaa {opengroup}
-% \ldebug0\relax
-%
-% {\textit{subsequent}} close group\\
-% \ldebug1\relax
-% {\aaa} close group
-% \ldebug0\relax
-%
-% \textit{subsequent} \{realbrace\}\\
-% \ldebug1\relax
-% \aaa \{realbrace\}
-% \ldebug0\relax
-%
-% \textit{subsequent} 666 number\\
-% \ldebug1\relax
-% \aaa 666 number
-% \ldebug0\relax
-%
-% \textit{subsequent} $x=y^2$ math\\
-% \ldebug1\relax
-% \aaa $x=y^2$ math
-% \ldebug0\relax
-%
-% \textit{subsequent} \$realdollar\\
-% \ldebug1\relax
-% \aaa \$realdollar
-% \ldebug0\relax
-%
-% \textit{subsequent} \#numbersign\\
-% \ldebug1\relax
-% \aaa \#numbersign
-% \ldebug0\relax
-%
-% \textit{subsequent}/slash\\
-% \ldebug1\relax
-% \aaa /slash
-% \ldebug0\relax
-%
-% \textit{subsequent}\/ italic correction\\
-% \ldebug1\relax
-% \aaa \/ italic correction
-% \ldebug0\relax
-%
-% \textit{subsequent}\ explicit space\\
-% \ldebug1\relax
-% \aaa \ explicit space
-% \ldebug0\relax
-%
-% \textit{subsequent}\space \cs\space\\
-% \ldebug1\relax
-% \aaa \space \cs\space
-% \ldebug0\relax
-%
-% \makeatletter
-%
-% \textit{subsequent}\@xobeysp \cname{@xobeysp}\\
-% \ldebug1\relax
-% \aaa \@xobeysp \cname{@xobeysp}
-% \ldebug0\relax
-%
-% \def\ACRcnta{1}
-% \def\ACRcntb{3}
-% \acromake{CIA}{{\ttfamily CIA}}{Central Intelligence Agency}
-% \newcommand\TMacromakebugit {%
-% \Debug1
-% \typeout{CIA \expandafter\meaning\csname CIA\endcsname}
-% \typeout{LONG \expandafter\meaning\csname CIAlong \endcsname}
-% \typeout{SHORT \expandafter\meaning\csname CIAshort \endcsname}
-% \typeout{secondary \expandafter\meaning\csname CIAsecondary \endcsname}
-% }
-%
-% The \CIA is overthrowing Nigeria.
-%
-% The \CIA is watching in your window right now.
-%
-% The \CIA will stop that missile.
-%
-% The \CIA! The \CIA! The \CIA. The \CIA guys.
-%
-% Resetting Acromake abbrevs.
-% \TMResetAcromake
-%
-% The \CIA! The \CIA! The \CIA. The \CIA guys.
-%
-% } ^^A closes testing group?
+++ /dev/null
-% \iffalse
-%%
-% Even if you don't want any code in this file, leave the empty file, or else
-% loading the \package{compsci} package will consume extra time as it searches
-% for this file.
-%%
-% \fi
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fileinfo{Compsci package configuration}
-\def\fileversion{v1.2}
-\def\filedate{2001/08/31}
-\def\docdate{2001/08/31}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \AddToCheckSum{45}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesFile{compsci.cfg}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\ALaTeX}
-% \begin{macro}{\Frankenstein}
-% \begin{macro}{\monster}
-% \begin{macro}{\CTAN}
-% \begin{macro}{\kpse}
-% \begin{macro}{\gemacs}
-% \begin{macro}{\auctex}
-% \begin{macro}{\nts}
-% \begin{macro}{\MakeIndex}
-% \begin{macro}{\etex}
-% \begin{macro}{\LaTeXiii}
-% \begin{macro}{\idvi}
-% Various program names.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newprogram\Frankenstein{Frankenstein}
-\newlet\monster\Frankenstein
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \todo{Hmm, \ALaTeX{} kernel uses \cs\DeclareRobustCommand. What does
-% \LaTeX{} kernel do?}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%\requirecommand\ALaTeX {%
-\defcommand\ALaTeX {%
- A\LaTeX%
-}
-\newabbrev\ctan{CTAN}
-\newprogram\kpse{kpathsea}
-\newprogram\gemacs{\textrm{GNU} Emacs}
-\newprogram\auctex{AUC-\TeX}
-\newprogram\nts{$\cal NTS$}
-\newprogram\MakeIndex{{\normalshape\em Makeindex\/}}
-\newprogram\etex{e-\TeX}
-\newprogram\LaTeXiii{\LaTeX~3}
-\newprogram\idvi{IDVI}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+++ /dev/null
-% \iffalse
-%%
-% Even if you don't want any code in this file, leave the empty file, or else
-% loading the \package{slemph} package will consume extra time as it searches
-% for this file.
-%%
-% \fi
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fileinfo{slemph package configuration}
-\def\fileversion{v1.0}
-\def\filedate{1996/01/24}
-\def\docdate{1996/01/24}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \AddToCheckSum{12}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesFile{slemph.cfg}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\em}
-% Slanted emphasis.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\em\slswitch
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-
+++ /dev/null
-% \iffalse
-%%
-% Even if you don't want any code in this file, leave the empty file, or else
-% loading the \package{titles} package will consume extra time as it searches
-% for this file.
-%%
-% \fi
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fileinfo{titles package configuration}
-\def\fileversion{v1.4}
-\def\filedate{2001/08/31}
-\def\docdate{2001/08/31}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \AddToCheckSum{24}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesFile{titles.cfg}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \section{User Customization}
-%
-% Put your own alterations and additions here. For example.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-% \let\word\textslswitch
- \newlet\longpoem\textitswitch
- \newlet\film\textitswitch
- \newlet\essaytitle\Wrapquotes
- \newlet\chaptertitle\Wrapquotes
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \part{Testing}
-%
-% \begingroup
-% \setlength\parindent{0pt}
-% \raggedright
-%
-% \subsection{Question and exclamation marks}
-%
-% \newcommand\TestQE [1] {%
-% Test string: [#1]\qquad Result:
-% \IfQuestionOrExclamation{#1}
-% {Question or Exclamation}
-% {Declarative}
-% }
-%
-% \TestQE{%
-% Title%
-% }
-%
-% \TestQE{%
-% Title?%
-% }
-%
-% \TestQE{%
-% Title!%
-% }
-%
-% \TestQE{%
-% Title??%
-% }
-%
-% \TestQE{%
-% Title!!%
-% }
-%
-% \TestQE{%
-% Title? Title%
-% }
-%
-% \TestQE{%
-% Title! Title%
-% }
-%
-% \TestQE{%
-% Title!?%
-% }
-%
-% \TestQE{%
-% Title?!%
-% }
-%
-% \TestQE{%
-% Title? Title?%
-% }
-%
-% \TestQE{%
-% Title? Title!%
-% }
-%
-% \TestQE{%
-% Title! Title?%
-% }
-%
-% \TestQE{%
-% Title?? Title%
-% }
-%
-% \TestQE{%
-% Title!! Title%
-% }
-%
-% \subsection{Plain}
-%
-% \book{Book Title}. Test.
-%
-% \book{Book Title}, test.
-%
-% \book{Book Title}; test.
-%
-% \book{Book Title} test.
-%
-% \play{Play Title}. Test.
-%
-% ``Play Title.'' Test.
-%
-% \play{Play Title}, test.
-%
-% ``Play Title,'' test.
-%
-% \play{Play Title}; test.
-%
-% ``Play Title''; test.
-%
-% \play{Play Title} test.
-%
-% ``Play Title'' test.
-%
-% \play{title}~tie
-%
-% ``title''~tie
-%
-% \play{title}\ explicit space
-%
-% ``title''\ explicit space
-%
-% \play{title}\space \cs\space
-%
-% ``title''\space \cs\space
-%
-% \play{title}/slash
-%
-% ``title''/slash
-%
-% \play{title}\/ italcorr
-%
-% ``title''\/ italcorr
-%
-% \newpage {\makeatletter
-%
-% \play{title}\@xobeysp xobey
-%
-% }
-%
-% {\makeatletter
-%
-% ``title''\@xobeysp xobey
-%
-% }
-% \subsection{Nested beginnings}
-%
-%%
-%
-% \book{\book{Book Title} begins first book title} and
-% outside.
-%
-% \book{\book{Book Title}, begins first book title}, and
-% outside.
-%
-% \book{\book{Book Title}. begins first book title}. and
-% outside.
-%
-% \book{\book{Book Title}; begins first book title}; and
-% outside.
-%
-%%
-%
-% \book{\play{Play Title} begins first book title} and
-% outside.
-%
-% \book{\play{Play Title}, begins first book title}, and
-% outside.
-%
-% \book{\play{Play Title}. begins first book title}. and
-% outside.
-%
-% \book{\play{Play Title}; begins first book title}; and
-% outside.
-%
-%%
-%
-% \play{\book{Book Title} begins first play title} and
-% outside.
-%
-% \play{\book{Book Title}, begins first play title}, and
-% outside.
-%
-% \play{\book{Book Title}. begins first play title}. and
-% outside.
-%
-% \play{\book{Book Title}; begins first play title}; and
-% outside.
-%
-%%
-%
-% \play{\play{Play Title} begins first play title} and
-% outside.
-%
-% \play{\play{Play Title}, begins first play title}, and
-% outside.
-%
-% \play{\play{Play Title}. begins first play title}. and
-% outside.
-%
-% \play{\play{Play Title}; begins first play title}; and
-% outside.
-%
-%%
-% \subsection{Nested endings}
-%
-% There are too many cases I think to test them all. I'm testing to
-% three levels of nesting.
-%
-% This is a \book{Book Title including \book{Book Title including
-% \book{Book Title}} and ending first one} and outside.
-%
-% This is a \book{Book Title including \book{Book Title including
-% \book{Book Title}}, and ending first one}, and outside.
-%
-% This is a \book{Book Title including \book{Book Title including
-% \book{Book Title}}. and ending first one}. and outside.
-%
-% This is a \book{Book Title including \book{Book Title including
-% \book{Book Title}}; and ending first one}; and outside.
-%
-%%
-%
-% This is a \book{Book Title including \book{Book Title including
-% \play{Play Title}} and ending first one} and outside.
-%
-% This is a \book{Book Title including \book{Book Title including
-% \play{Play Title}}, and ending first one}, and outside.
-%
-% This is a \book{Book Title including \book{Book Title including
-% \play{Play Title}}. and ending first one}. and outside.
-%
-% This is a \book{Book Title including \book{Book Title including
-% \play{Play Title}}; and ending first one}; and outside.
-%
-%%
-%
-% This is a \book{Book Title including \play{Play Title including
-% \book{Book Title}} and ending first one} and outside.
-%
-% This is a \book{Book Title including \play{Play Title including
-% \book{Book Title}}, and ending first one}, and outside.
-%
-% This is a \book{Book Title including \play{Play Title including
-% \book{Book Title}}. and ending first one}. and outside.
-%
-% This is a \book{Book Title including \play{Play Title including
-% \book{Book Title}}; and ending first one}; and outside.
-%
-%%
-%
-% This is a \book{Book Title including \play{Play Title including
-% \play{Play Title}} and ending first one} and outside.
-%
-% This is a \book{Book Title including \play{Play Title including
-% \play{Play Title}}, and ending first one}, and outside.
-%
-% This is a \book{Book Title including \play{Play Title including
-% \play{Play Title}}. and ending first one}. and outside.
-%
-% This is a \book{Book Title including \play{Play Title including
-% \play{Play Title}}; and ending first one}; and outside.
-%
-%%
-%
-% This is a \play{Play Title including \play{Play Title including
-% \play{Play Title}} and ending first one} and outside.
-%
-% This is a \play{Play Title including \play{Play Title including
-% \play{Play Title}}, and ending first one}, and outside.
-%
-% This is a \play{Play Title including \play{Play Title including
-% \play{Play Title}}. and ending first one}. and outside.
-%
-% This is a \play{Play Title including \play{Play Title including
-% \play{Play Title}}; and ending first one}; and outside.
-%
-%%
-%
-% This is a \play{Play Title including \play{Play Title including
-% \book{Book Title}} and ending first one} and outside.
-%
-% This is a \play{Play Title including \play{Play Title including
-% \book{Book Title}}, and ending first one}, and outside.
-%
-% This is a \play{Play Title including \play{Play Title including
-% \book{Book Title}}. and ending first one}. and outside.
-%
-% This is a \play{Play Title including \play{Play Title including
-% \book{Book Title}}; and ending first one}; and outside.
-%
-%%
-%
-% This is a \play{Play Title including \book{Book Title including
-% \play{Play Title}} and ending first one} and outside.
-%
-% This is a \play{Play Title including \book{Book Title including
-% \play{Play Title}}, and ending first one}, and outside.
-%
-% This is a \play{Play Title including \book{Book Title including
-% \play{Play Title}}. and ending first one}. and outside.
-%
-% This is a \play{Play Title including \book{Book Title including
-% \play{Play Title}}; and ending first one}; and outside.
-%
-%%
-%
-% This is a \play{Play Title including \book{Book Title including
-% \book{Book Title}} and ending first one} and outside.
-%
-% This is a \play{Play Title including \book{Book Title including
-% \book{Book Title}}, and ending first one}, and outside.
-%
-% This is a \play{Play Title including \book{Book Title including
-% \book{Book Title}}. and ending first one}. and outside.
-%
-% This is a \play{Play Title including \book{Book Title including
-% \book{Book Title}}; and ending first one}; and outside.
-%
-%%
-%
-% \subsection{double and single nosuck}
-% \newcommand\note [1] {%
-% \medskip{\bfseries #1:}%
-% }
-%
-% \note{OS=open-single\quad OD=open-double\quad CS=close-single\quad
-% CD=close-double
-%
-% The following pairs of lines in medium weight roman should look identical.
-%
-% The line in typewriter font is the source text.
-%
-% The following line in medium weight roman is what that source produces.
-%
-% The third line is what the second line \emph{ought} to produce}
-%
-% |The word \WrapquotesDN{quoted} is quoted.|
-%
-% The word \WrapquotesDN{quoted} is quoted.
-%
-% The word ``quoted'' is quoted.
-%
-% \medskip
-% |The word \WrapquotesSN{scare} is in scare quotes.|
-%
-% The word \WrapquotesSN{scare} is in scare quotes.
-%
-% The word `scare' is in scare quotes.
-%
-% \note{Nesting with no abuttment}
-%
-% |\WrapquotesDN{The \WrapquotesSN{quick} brown fox \WrapquotesDN{jumped} over the lazy dogs.}|
-%
-% \WrapquotesDN{The \WrapquotesSN{quick} brown fox \WrapquotesDN{jumped} over the lazy dogs.}
-%
-% ``The `quick' brown fox ``jumped'' over the lazy dogs.''
-%
-% \medskip
-% |\WrapquotesSN{The \WrapquotesSN{quick} brown fox \WrapquotesDN{jumped} over the lazy dogs.}|
-%
-% \WrapquotesSN{The \WrapquotesSN{quick} brown fox \WrapquotesDN{jumped} over the lazy dogs.}
-%
-% `The `quick' brown fox ``jumped'' over the laxy dogs.'
-%
-% \note{OS+OS, CD+CS}
-%
-% |\WrapquotesSN{\WrapquotesSN{The quick} brown fox jumped over the \WrapquotesDN{lazy dogs.}}|
-%
-% \WrapquotesSN{\WrapquotesSN{The quick} brown fox jumped over the \WrapquotesDN{lazy dogs.}}
-%
-% `\,`The quick brown fox jumped over the ``lazy dogs.''\,'
-%
-% \note{OS+OD, CD+CS}
-%
-% |\WrapquotesSN{\WrapquotesDN{The quick} brown fox jumped over the \WrapquotesSN{lazy dogs.}}|
-%
-% \WrapquotesSN{\WrapquotesDN{The quick} brown fox jumped over the \WrapquotesSN{lazy dogs.}}
-%
-% `\,``The quick'' brown fox jumped over the `lazy dogs.'\,'
-%
-% \note{OD+OD, CS+CD}
-%
-% |\WrapquotesDN{\WrapquotesDN{The quick} brown fox jumped over the \WrapquotesSN{lazy dogs.}}|
-%
-% \WrapquotesDN{\WrapquotesDN{The quick} brown fox jumped over the \WrapquotesSN{lazy dogs.}}
-%
-% ``\,``The quick'' brown fox jumped over the `lazy dogs.'\,''
-%
-% \note{OS+OD, CS+CS}
-%
-% |\WrapquotesSN{\WrapquotesDN{The quick} brown fox jumped over the \WrapquotesSN{lazy dogs.}}|
-%
-% \WrapquotesSN{\WrapquotesDN{The quick} brown fox jumped over the \WrapquotesSN{lazy dogs.}}
-%
-% `\,``The quick'' brown fox jumped over the `lazy dogs.'\,'
-%
-% \endgroup
+++ /dev/null
-%%
-%% This is file `guit.cfg',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% guit.dtx (with options: `cfg')
-%%
-%% Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2009 Gruppo Utilizzatori Italiani di TeX
-%%
-%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
-%% version 1.3a of this license or (at your option) any
-%% later version.
-%% The latest version of the license is in
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%
-%% Author: Emanuele Vicentini
-%% (emanuelevicentini at yahoo dot it)
-%%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained".
-%%
-%% This work consists of the files: README.txt, guit.dtx, guit.ins and the
-%% derived files guit.sty, guit.cfg and guittest.tex
-%%
-\ProvidesFile{guit.cfg}[2009/07/31 v0.9.1 File di configurazione di guit.sty]
-%% Esempi:
-%% \GuITcolor{1, 0, 1, 0.6}
-%% \DeclareGuITLogoCommand{ptm}{-0.27em}{0.5475ex}{-0.125em}{-0.125em}
-%% \DeclareGuITLogoCommand{ptm}[bx]{-0.345em}{0.68ex}{-0.125em}{-0.125em}
-%% \DeclareGuITLogoCommand{ppl}{-0.276em}{0.717ex}{-0.125em}{-0.125em}
-%% \DeclareGuITLogoCommand{ppl}[bx]{-0.33em}{0.689ex}{-0.125em}{-0.125em}
-%% \DeclareGuITLogoCommand{pnc}{-0.322em}{0.678ex}{-0.125em}{-0.125em}
-%% \DeclareGuITLogoCommand{pnc}[bx]{-0.36em}{0.656ex}{-0.125em}{-0.125em}
-%% \DeclareGuITLogoCommand{put}{-0.285em}{0.61ex}{-0.125em}{-0.125em}
-%% \AliasGuITLogoCommand{put}{bx}{put}{m}
-%% \DeclareGuITLogoCommand{bch}{-0.28em}{0.58ex}{-0.125em}{-0.125em}
-%% \DeclareGuITLogoCommand{bch}[bx]{-0.31em}{0.56ex}{-0.125em}{-0.125em}
-%% \DeclareGuITLogoCommand{pbk}{-0.3em}{0.59ex}{-0.125em}{-0.125em}
-%% \DeclareGuITLogoCommand{pbk}[bx]{-0.34em}{0.52ex}{-0.125em}{-0.125em}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `guit.cfg'.
+++ /dev/null
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%
-%% This is file `ifmslide.cfg',
-%%
-%% File: ifmslide.sty Copyright (c) 2000-2010, Thomas Emmel
-%% ifmslide.cfg Copyright (c) 2000-2010, Thomas Emmel
-%% <thomas@family-emmel.de>
-%%
-%
-% This package may be distributed and/or modified under the
-% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2
-% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-% The latest version of this license is in
-% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-% version 1999/12/01 or later.
-%
-% This package consists of the files ifmslide.sty and ifmslide.cfg
-%
-% PLEASE READ NOTE in ifmslide.sty
-%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%
-% The configuration file may copied to a local place and changed
-% for personal purposes without restriction.
-%
-% The global configuration file can be modified to set global
-% values like the logo and baseurl etc.
-%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% logo for the panel
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
- \panellogo{ifmlogoc}
- \logourl{http://www.mechanik.tu-darmstadt.de}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% buttons for style "button"
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
- \OnButton{button1e}{button1c}
- \OffButton{buttonge}{buttongc}
- \DraftButton{buttonee}{buttonec}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% background. Switch it on or off with \showbackground and
-% \hidebackground
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \background{athenep1}
- \background{}
-
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% hyperref setup
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \hypersetup{baseurl={http://www.mechanik.tu-darmstadt.de/}}
- \hypersetup{pdfcreator={PDFLaTeX with ifmslide}}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% colors
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
- \definecolor{background}{gray}{.8}
- \definecolor{panelbackground}{rgb}{0.1255,0.1608,0.4510}
- \definecolor{frame}{rgb}{0.1255,0.1608,0.4510}
- \if@button
- \definecolor{button}{rgb}{0.1255,0.1608,.4510}
- \definecolor{pagecounter}{rgb}{.3019,.7216,.7019}
- \else
- \definecolor{pagecounter}{rgb}{0.1255,0.1608,.4510}
- \definecolor{button}{rgb}{.3019,.7216,.7019}
- \fi
- \definecolor{buttondisable}{gray}{.7}
-% \definecolor{section1}{rgb}{.3019,.7216,.7019}
-% \definecolor{section2}{rgb}{0,.5,.7}
-% \definecolor{section3}{rgb}{0,.5,.4}
- \definecolor{section1}{rgb}{0,0,.9}
- \definecolor{section2}{rgb}{0,0.2,.8}
- \definecolor{section3}{rgb}{0,.5,.5}
- \definecolor{section4}{rgb}{0,0,0}
- \definecolor{section5}{rgb}{.5,.5,.3}
- \definecolor{menucolor}{rgb}{1,.25,0}
- \definecolor{paleblue}{rgb}{0,0,0.1}
-
-%% titlepagecolors
- \definecolor{org}{rgb}{0.1255,0.1608,.4510}
- \definecolor{title}{rgb}{0,0,1}
- \definecolor{author}{rgb}{0.1255,0.1608,.4510}
- \definecolor{address}{rgb}{0.1255,0.1608,.4510}
- \definecolor{notes}{rgb}{0.1255,0.1608,.4510}
- \definecolor{url}{rgb}{.1019,.1216,.7019}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% OK, now we have the size.. be careful!
-% 187x270mm is the only realy tested -> for A4 paper.
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
- \SlideHeightOverAll{187mm}
- \SlideWidthOverAll{270mm}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% margins inside the main frame l,r,t,b
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
- \setInsideMargin{6mm}{6mm}{4mm}{6mm}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% size of the panel: width for vertical panel,
-% height for horiz. panel
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
- \panelwidth{26mm}
- \panelheight{12mm}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% and now ladies and gentlemen ... set them free
-% there is a switch for the logo and for the buttons to put them
-% to every place on the slide!!! Try it ....
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \releasebutton
-\catchbutton
-% \releaselogo
-\catchlogo
-
-% here are the position and the sizes
-
-%\buttonsize(xmaxsize,ymaxsize)(hshift,vshift)
-% hshift and vshift are the distance between the buttons in mm
-\buttonsize(13mm,4mm)(10,10)
-
-%\freebutton(xpos,ypos)[direction]
-% xpos and ypos in mm, direction is h or v
-\freebutton(28,26)[v]
-
-%\freelogo(xpos,ypos)[width]
-% xpos and ypos in mm, width of the logo
-\freelogo(28,25)[2cm]
-
-% and last but not least the pagecounter - switch it off, it is so lonely
-\pagecounter[on] % or [off]
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% put a wallpaper behind the panel ...
-% This feature is absolute alpha and only added to show the
-% possiblities of ifmslide...
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%% Clip the last slide to lly,llx,urx,ury (see graphicx)
-% \paneltile[on](0,160,200,200){aqua_ravines}
-\paneltile[off](,,,){}% to switch it off
+++ /dev/null
-\ProvidesFile{keyreader-guide.cfg}%
- [2012/01/14 v0.0.3 Configuration file for keyreader-guide (AM)]
-
-\amltxoptions{%
- geometryoptions = {left=3cm,right=3cm,top=2.5cm,%
- bottom=2.5cm,includeheadfoot},
- reviewdocument = false,
- parindent = false,
- toc = false,
- frontpagestyle = empty,
- pretitleskip = 0ex,
- posttitleskip = 1ex,
- presuptitleskip = 0ex,
- postsuptitleskip = 0ex,
- presubtitleskip = 0ex,
- postsubtitleskip = 0ex,
- natbiboptions = {numbers,sort&compress},
- cmdcolor = xmagenta1,
- stylecolor = xgreen1,
- speccolor = teal,
- sectionheadcolor = blue
-}
-\fancypagenos[%
- textalign = center,
- show-on-page-one = false,
- show-page-numbers = true,
- show-headrule = true,
- show-footrule = false,
- y-position = -.44\paperheight,
- x-position = 0,
- scale = 1,
- angle = 0,
- style = \textsc{Page~\thepage~of~\pageref{xwmlastpage}},
- left-header = The \textcolor{macrocolor}{keyreader} package,
- right-header = \ttcl{black}{\today}
-]
-
-\newwatermark
-[page=1,fontfamily=phv,fontsize=11pt,fontseries=m,align=center,
- coordunit=pc,width=.978\paperwidth,angle=0,scale=1,xpos=-.62,ypos=31.2]{%
- \xwmcolorbox[framesep=5pt,framerule=2pt,fillcolor=white,
- outerframecolor=Orange,innerframecolor=brown,textalign=justified,
- width=.978\paperwidth]{%
- \normalfont\small\color{black}\vspace*{-1ex}%
- \parbox{.95\paperwidth}{%
- \vspace*{2ex}%
- \begin{center}%
- \sffamily\bfseries
- \scalebox{4}{The \textcolor{blue}{keyreader} Package\titleref{t1,t2}}%
- \endgraf\vspace*{1ex}%
- \scalebox{2}{A robust interface to \pkg'{xkeyval}}%
- \endgraf\vspace*{1ex}%
- {\normalsize\normalfont\sffamily
- \copyright\ Ahmed Musa 2010-\number\year}%
- \end{center}%
- \vspace*{2ex}%
- }%
- }%
-}
-
-\endinput
+++ /dev/null
-%% lettrine.cfg: configuration file for lettrine.sty
-%%
-%% If you want to customize lettrine, please *do not* hack into the
-%% code, copy this file to the directory where lettrine.sty lies
-%% and customize it as you like.
-%%
-%% Uncomment these lines and change the parameters' values to fit
-%% your needs (see lettrine.dtx).
-%%
-%%\setcounter{DefaultLines}{2}
-%%
-%% These are *decimal* numbers:
-%%\renewcommand{\DefaultLoversize}{0}
-%%\renewcommand{\DefaultLraise}{0}
-%%\renewcommand{\DefaultLhang}{0}
-%%
-%% These are *lengths* (don't forget the unit):
-%%\setlength{\DefaultFindent}{0pt}
-%%\setlength{\DefaultNindent}{0.5em}
-%%\setlength{\DefaultSlope}{0mm}
-%%
-%% This is a *flag* (value=true/false):
-%%\LettrineImagefalse
-%%
-%% In case you want to set parameters for some letters
-%% in file `optfile.cfl'
-%%\renewcommand{\DefaultOptionsFile}{optfile.cfl}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `lettrine.cfg'.
+++ /dev/null
-% $Id: ltxdockit.cfg,v 1.2d 2011/03/25 20:33:14 lehman stable $
-
-\ProvidesFile{ltxdockit.cfg}
-[\ltd@rcsid $Id: ltxdockit.cfg,v 1.2d 2011/03/25 20:33:14 lehman stable $
- ltxdockit configuration (DFSG-free)]
-
-\RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc}
-\RequirePackage{lmodern}
-\RequirePackage{helvet}
-\RequirePackage{charter}
-
-\catcode`\"=\active
-\AtEndPreamble{%
- \@ifpackageloaded{babel}
- {\iflanguage{american}
- {\expandafter\initiate@active@char\expandafter{\string"}%
- \declare@shorthand{american}{"=}{\penalty\@M-\hskip\z@skip}%
- \addto\extrasamerican{\languageshorthands{american}\bbl@activate{"}}%
- \addto\noextrasamerican{\bbl@deactivate{"}}}
- {}}
- {}}
-\catcode`\"=12
-
-\newrobustcmd*{\tex}{TeX\xspace}
-\newrobustcmd*{\etex}{\mbox{e-TeX}\xspace}
-\newrobustcmd*{\pdftex}{pdf\-\tex}
-\newrobustcmd*{\xetex}{Xe\-\tex}
-\newrobustcmd*{\luatex}{Lua\-\tex}
-\newrobustcmd*{\latex}{La\kern-0.07em TeX\xspace}
-\newrobustcmd*{\pdflatex}{pdf\-\latex}
-\newrobustcmd*{\xelatex}{Xe\-\latex}
-\newrobustcmd*{\lualatex}{Lua\-\latex}
-\newrobustcmd*{\bibtex}{Bib\kern-0.07em TeX\xspace}
-\newrobustcmd*{\lppl}{\latex Project Public License\xspace}
-\newrobustcmd*{\pdf}{\acr{PDF}\xspace}
-\newrobustcmd*{\utf}{\mbox{\acr{UTF}-8}\xspace}
-\newcommand*{\ie}{i.\,e.,\xspace}
-\newcommand*{\eg}{e.\,g.,\xspace}
-
-\pdfstringdefDisableCommands{%
- \def\tex{TeX\xspace}%
- \def\etex{e-TeX\xspace}%
- \def\xetex{XeTeX\xspace}%
- \def\latex{LaTeX\xspace}%
- \def\xelatex{XeLaTeX\xspace}%
- \def\bibtex{BibTeX\xspace}%
- \def\lppl{LaTeX Project Public License\xspace}%
- \def\pdf{PDF\xspace}%
- \def\utf{UTF-8\xspace}%
- \def\ie{i.e.,\xspace}%
- \def\eg{e.g.,\xspace}%
-}
-
-% tables
-
-\newcommand*{\tablesetup}{%
- \let\verbatim@font\displayverbfont
- \footnotesize}
-
-% layout
-
-\setcounter{totalnumber}{1}
-\setcounter{secnumdepth}{3}
-\setcounter{tocdepth}{2}
-\AtBeginToc{\setcounter{tocdepth}{2}}
-\AtEndToc{\setcounter{tocdepth}{5}}
-\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{1cm}
-\setlength{\columnsep}{2em}
-\setlength{\multicolsep}{0pt}
-\clubpenalty6000\relax
-\widowpenalty\@M
-
-\renewcommand*{\labelenumi}{\theenumi.}
-\renewcommand*{\labelenumii}{\theenumii)}
-
-\renewcommand*{\verbatimfont}{\ttfamily}
-\renewcommand*{\displayverbfont}{\ttfamily}
-\renewcommand*{\marglistfont}{\spotcolor\sffamily\small}
-\renewcommand*{\margnotefont}{\sffamily\small}
-\renewcommand*{\optionlistfont}{\spotcolor\sffamily\displayverbfont}
-\renewcommand*{\ltxsyntaxfont}{\ttfamily}
-\renewcommand*{\ltxsyntaxlabelfont}{\spotcolor\displayverbfont}
-\renewcommand*{\changelogfont}{\normalfont}
-\renewcommand*{\changeloglabelfont}{\spotcolor\sffamily\bfseries}
-
-% no-ops
-
-\providecommand*{\textln}[1]{#1}
-
-\endinput
+++ /dev/null
-%%
-%% This is file `mlist.cfg',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% mlist.dtx (with options: `defaults')
-%%
-%% __________________________________
-%% Copyright (C) 2007 Will Robertson
-%%
-%% License information appended.
-%%
-%%
-\mlistsetup{%
- sep={,},
- sepsep={;},
- wrapcmd=\mlistparen,
- wrapone={}{},
- dots=\dots,
- dot={\,\cdot\,},
- elemcmd=\mlistelem,
- headcmd=\mathbf,
- index={},
- headhook={},
-}
-\newmlist\vect[
- wrapcmd=\mlistparen,
- wraponecmd=\mlistnowrap,
- elemcmd=\mlistsub,
- headcmd=\mathbf,
-]
-\newmlist\matr[
- sep=&,
- sepsep=\\,
- wrap={\begin{bmatrix}}
- {\end{bmatrix}},
-]
-\newmlist\func[
- headcmd=\mlisthead,
- wrapcmd=\mlistheadparen,
- wraponecmd,
-]
-\newmlist\mset[
- headcmd=\mathbb,
- sep=\times,
- wrapcmd=\mlistsup,
- wraponecmd,
-]
-\newmset\setR{R}
-\newmset\setC{C}
-\newmset\setN{N}
-\newmset\setZ{Z}
-%%
-%% Copyright (C) 2007 by Will Robertson <wspr81@gmail.com>
-%%
-%% Distributable under the LaTeX Project Public License,
-%% version 1.3c or higher (your choice). The latest version of
-%% this license is at: http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%
-%% This work is "maintained" (as per LPPL maintenance status)
-%% by Will Robertson.
-%%
-%% This work consists of the file mlist.dtx
-%% and the derived files mlist.pdf,
-%% mlist.sty,
-%% mlist.cfg, and
-%% mlist.ins.
-%%
-%%
-%% End of file `mlist.cfg'.
+++ /dev/null
-\ProvidesFile{blogdot.cfg}[2011/10/21 local blogdot.sty config]
-%% (U.L.:) For my 1024$\times$600 screen
-%% (with Mozilla Firefox~3.6.22 for Ubuntu canonical~-~1.0),
-%% the following choice of `\leftpagemargin' worked best
-%% for my goal of 640px type area width.
-%% (Finally it turned out that I needed more.)
-%% When I increased it, actually the left margin shrunk.
-%% I am not an HTML expert. I also tried increasing
-%% body width (and "center" value of @align), in vain.
-\renewcommand*{\leftpagemargin}{176}
-% \renewcommand*{\rightpagemargin}{\leftpagemargin}
-% \renewcommand*{\upperpagemargin}{80}
-%% I prepared my presentation for a screen of
-%% 600px height and tried to confine myself to a
-%% type area height of 440px; a lower margin of 504px would hide
-%% the next "page"/"slide" even on a screen 1024px high:
-% \renewcommand*{\lowerpagemargin}{504}
-% \renewcommand*{\typeareawidth}{640}
-% \renewcommand*{\typeareaheight}{440}
-% \ShowBlogDotBorders
-% \ShowBlogDotFrame
-%% Overall background color:
-% \renewcommand*{\bodybgcolor}{\#ffffff}
-%% Language choices:
-% \input{lang-de.fdf}
-% \input{lang-en.fdf}
-%% ... `blogdot.cfg' may be a good idea for general settings;
-%% recompiling the presentation of a given document source
-%% `<job>.tex' may better be controlled in a file `<job>.cfg' ...
-%%
-%% Open CTAN files: %% 2011/10/21
-% \usemirrorctan
-% \usecurrdirctan
-%% Stop processing this file:
-\endinput
+++ /dev/null
-%%
-%% This is file `nag-abort.cfg',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% nag.dtx (with options: `abortnag')
-%% This is a generated file.
-%%
-%% This file is part of the `nag' package.
-%% The `nag' package has the LPPL maintenance status: maintained.
-%% Current Maintainer is Ulrich M. Schwarz, ulmi@absatzen.de
-%%
-%% Copyright (C) 2005-8 by Ulrich M. Schwarz.
-%%
-%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
-%% version 1.3a of this license or (at your option) any later
-%% version. The latest version of this license is in:
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%
-\ProvidesFile{nag-abort.cfg}
- [2007/11/10 v0.2 treat complaints as errors (ulmi)]
-\DeclareRobustCommand\nag@warn[1]{%
- \addtocounter{nag@sins}{1}%
- \PackageError{nag}{#1}{#1}%
-}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\nag@warnNoLine[1]{%
- \addtocounter{nag@sins}{1}%
- \PackageError{nag}{#1}{#1}%
-}
-%%X Local Variables:
-%%X mode: latex
-%%X End:
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `nag-abort.cfg'.
+++ /dev/null
-%%
-%% This is file `nag-experimental.cfg',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% nag.dtx (with options: `experimentalnag')
-%% This is a generated file.
-%%
-%% This file is part of the `nag' package.
-%% The `nag' package has the LPPL maintenance status: maintained.
-%% Current Maintainer is Ulrich M. Schwarz, ulmi@absatzen.de
-%%
-%% Copyright (C) 2005-8 by Ulrich M. Schwarz.
-%%
-%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
-%% version 1.3a of this license or (at your option) any later
-%% version. The latest version of this license is in:
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%
-\ProvidesFile{nag-experimental.cfg}
- [2009/07/04 v0.62alpha2 experimental additions to nag (ulmi)]
-\long\def\nag@protected@dontwrite#1#2#3%
- {\write\m@ne{}%
- \def\nag@line{#3}%
- \@onelevel@sanitize\nag@line
- \PackageInfo{nag}{%
- \string\nofiles\space in effect.
- Did not write line \MessageBreak
- `\nag@line'
- }%
- \if@nobreak\ifvmode\nobreak\fi\fi}%
-
-\if@filesw
- \def\nofiles{%
- \@fileswfalse
- \typeout{No auxiliary output files.^^J}%
- \global\let\protected@write=\nag@protected@dontwrite
- \let\makeindex\relax
- \let\makeglossary\relax}
-\else
- % already \nofiles.
- \global\let\protected@write=\nag@protected@dontwrite
-\fi
-\gdef\ch@ck#1#2#3{%
- \ifnum\count1#1<#2\else
- \errhelp{%
- eTeX has more counters, dimens, etc., maybe
- that will help.
- }
- \errmessage{No room for a new #3}%
-\fi}
-\def\@testdef #1#2#3{%
- \def\reserved@a{#3}%
- \expandafter \ifx \csname #1@#2\endcsname\reserved@a
- \else
- \@tempswatrue
- \begingroup
- \@onelevel@sanitize\reserved@a
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\nag@tmpb\csname #1@#2\endcsname
- \ifx\nag@tmpb\relax
- \let\nag@tmpb\@empty
- \else
- \@onelevel@sanitize\nag@tmpb
- \fi
- \PackageInfo{nag}{%
- Label `#2' appears to have changed from\MessageBreak
- `\nag@tmpb'\MessageBreak
- to `\reserved@a'
- }%
- \endgroup
- \fi}
-\let\@xa\expandafter
-\newif\ifnag@dofloatsizecheck
-\newif\ifnag@allfloatpositionsfailed
-\newcommand\nag@allfloatsizechecks{}%
-\newcommand\nag@onefloatsizecheck[2]{%
- % #1 is size fraction of textheight,
- % #2 is position to say in warning.
- \ifdim \ht\@currbox>#1\textheight
- \@tempdima -#1\textheight
- \advance \@tempdima \ht\@currbox
- \PackageInfo{nag}{Float too large for #2 by \the\@tempdima}%
- % note we do not truncate.
- % also, it's too late to add "p" now.
- \else
- \nag@allfloatpositionsfailedfalse
- \fi
-}
-\renewcommand\@largefloatcheck{%
- \ifdim \ht\@currbox>\textheight
- \@tempdima -\textheight
- \advance \@tempdima \ht\@currbox
- \@latex@warning {Float too large for page by \the\@tempdima}%
- \ht\@currbox \textheight
- \fi
- %% the preceding is the original check.
- \nag@dofloatsizechecktrue
- \nag@allfloatpositionsfailedtrue
- \def\nag@allfloatsizechecks{}%
- \@xa\@xa\@xa\@tfor\@xa\@xa\@xa\nag@fltsz@tmp\@xa\@xa\@xa:\@xa\@xa\@xa=\csname @fps\endcsname\do{%
- \ifx\nag@fltsz@tmp\relax
- \nag@dofloatsizecheckfalse
- \fi
- \if\nag@fltsz@tmp !
- \nag@dofloatsizecheckfalse
- \else
- \if\nag@fltsz@tmp t
- \g@addto@macro\nag@allfloatsizechecks
- {\nag@onefloatsizecheck{\topfraction}{top of page}}%
- \else
- \if\nag@fltsz@tmp b
- \g@addto@macro\nag@allfloatsizechecks
- {\nag@onefloatsizecheck{\bottomfraction}{bottom of page}}%
- \else
- \if\nag@fltsz@tmp p
- \nag@allfloatpositionsfailedfalse
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
- }%
- \ifnag@dofloatsizecheck
- \nag@allfloatsizechecks
- \ifnag@allfloatpositionsfailed
- \nag@warn{All float specifiers `\@fps' won't work}%
- \fi
- \fi
-}%
-\def\@input#1{%
- \IfFileExists{#1}{\@@input\@filef@und}{%
- \typeout{No file #1.}
- \@latex@warning{File `#1' not found}
- %{The file `#1' was requested but not found }
- \protected@edef\nag@nofile{File `#1' requested, but not found}%
- \@xa\AtEndDocument\@xa{%
- \@xa\@latex@info@no@line\@xa{%
- \nag@nofile
- }%
- }%
-}}%
-\def\@input@#1{\InputIfFileExists{#1}{}{%
- \typeout{No file #1.}
- \@latex@warning{File `#1' not found}
- {The file `#1' was requested but not found }
- \edef\nag@nofile{File `#1' requested, but not found}%
- \@xa\AtEndDocument\@xa{%
- \@xa\@latex@info@no@line\@xa{%
- \nag@nofile
- }%
- }%
-}}%
-%%X Local Variables:
-%%X mode: latex
-%%X End:
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `nag-experimental.cfg'.
+++ /dev/null
-%%
-%% This is file `nag-l2tabu.cfg',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% nag.dtx (with options: `l2tabunag')
-%% This is a generated file.
-%%
-%% This file is part of the `nag' package.
-%% The `nag' package has the LPPL maintenance status: maintained.
-%% Current Maintainer is Ulrich M. Schwarz, ulmi@absatzen.de
-%%
-%% Copyright (C) 2005-8 by Ulrich M. Schwarz.
-%%
-%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
-%% version 1.3a of this license or (at your option) any later
-%% version. The latest version of this license is in:
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%
-\ProvidesFile{nag-l2tabu.cfg}
- [2010/05/17 v2.11 l2tabu rules for nag.sty (ulmi)]
-%%
-%% The sins.
-%%
-%% Section numbers refer to l2tabuen 1.7 revised/enlarged dated 2004OCT24
-%% \S 1.1
-\ObsoletePackage{a4wide}{the \lq a4paper\rq\space class option}
-\ObsoletePackage{a4}{the \lq a4paper\rq\space class option}
-%% \S 1.2--1.5 cannot reasonably be checked programmatically
-%% \S 1.6
-\def\nag@doubledollar{$$}%$$
-\def\nag@singledollar{$}%$
-\def\nag@expanding@voodoo#1#2#3{\relax\relax\nag@singledollar}
-
-\def\nag@maybedispmath{%
- \texorpdfstring{%
- %% in TeX context, do tricky stuff.
- \ifinner\expandafter\@firstoftwo
- \else\expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi
- {%% in inner mode, $$ is an empty formula, so no testing wanted.
- \nag@singledollar}%
- {%%
- \ifx\protect\@typeset@protect\expandafter\@firstoftwo
- \else\expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi
- {%% normal case: looks like typesetting
- %% protect against strictly expanding context
- %% like TeX' \message: the first expanding voodoo will expand,
- %% removing the rest, inserting \relax\relax$ instead. This is
- %% not totally transparent, but \let\relax\relax is as close
- %% to a no-op as we can get.
- \let\nag@expanding@voodoo\nag@expanding@voodoo
- \protect\nag@maybe@dispmath}%
- {%% some other case, hide ourselves
- \nag@singledollar}%
- }%
- }{%
- %% in pdf context, just be a math shift. This creates the "math
- %% shift not allowed" warnings we all love.
- \nag@singledollar
- }%
-}
-\AtBeginDocument{\providecommand\texorpdfstring{\@firstoftwo}}
-\AtBeginDocument{\catcode`$\active}%$
-\AtEndDocument{\catcode`$=3\relax}
-\def\nag@quark{\nag@quark}
-\bgroup
- \catcode`$\active%$
- \gdef\nag@maybe@dispmath{%
- \bgroup
- \let\@sptoken\nag@quark% prevent skipping of spaces
- \@ifnextchar${%$%
- \ifmmode
- % we already warned upon entering.
- \else
- \nag@warn{%
- \nag@doubledollar...\nag@doubledollar\space is obsolete.\MessageBreak
- Use \string\[...\string\] et al. instead}%
- \fi
- \egroup\expandafter\nag@doubledollar\@gobble
- }{%
- \egroup\nag@singledollar
- }%
- }
- % we do the assignment here, which means any package that redefines
- % \$ as well will silently disable us. This is a feature.
- \global\let$\nag@maybedispmath%$
-\egroup
-%% new in 2.1alpha1: more compat testing. Version control keywords are dollar-delimited.
-%% all five implementations get it wrong.
-\AtBeginDocument{%
- \@ifpackageloaded{rcs}{%
- % this redefinition is functionally equivalent,
- % but does not share actual code.
- \renewcommand\RCS{\bgroup%
- \catcode`\_ =\active
- \catcode`\$=3 % this line added for compatibility.
- \csname RCS_get_argument\endcsname
- }
- \PackageInfo{nag}{rcs.sty hack applied}%
- }{}%
- \@ifpackageloaded{svninfo}{%
- \g@addto@macro\@svnBeginRead{\catcode`\$ 3 }%
- \PackageInfo{nag}{svninfo.sty hack applied}%
- }{}%
- \@ifpackageloaded{svn}{%
- \PackageInfo{nag}{svn.sty is broken: disabling dollar check}%
- \catcode`\$ 3
- }{}%
- \@ifpackageloaded{rcsinfo}{%
- \PackageInfo{nag}{rcsinfo.sty is broken: disabling dollar check}%
- \catcode`\$ 3
- }{}%
- \@ifpackageloaded{pgf}{%
- \PackageInfo{nag}{pgf.sty is broken: disabling dollar check}%
- \catcode`\$ 3
- }{}%
-}
-
-%% \S 1.7 cannot reasonably be checked programmatically
-%% \S 1.8 \sloppy is called by parbox, among others, and would
-%% give many spurious warnings.
-%% \S 2.1.1
-\ObsoleteCS[an old LaTeX 2.09 command]{bf}
- {\protect\bfseries\space or \protect\textbf}
-\ObsoleteCS[an old LaTeX 2.09 command]{it}
- {\protect\itshape\space or \protect\textit}
-\ObsoleteCS[an old LaTeX 2.09 command]{rm}
- {\protect\rmfamily\space or \protect\textrm}
-\ObsoleteCS[an old LaTeX 2.09 command]{sc}
- {\protect\scshape\space or \protect\textsc}
-\ObsoleteCS[an old LaTeX 2.09 command]{sf}
- {\protect\sffamily\space or \protect\textsf}
-\ObsoleteCS[an old LaTeX 2.09 command]{sl}
- {\protect\slshape\space or \protect\textsl}
-\ObsoleteCS[an old LaTeX 2.09 command]{tt}
- {\protect\ttfamily\space or \protect\texttt}
-\ObsoleteCS[an old LaTeX 2.09 command]{cal}
- {\protect\mathcal}% Hmm, this is not in l2tabu?
-%% \S 2.1.2
-%% Gone with 1.8 because this never worked for the kernel \frac anyway.
-%% \ObsoleteCS[TeX]{over}{\protect\frac}
-%% \ObsoleteCS[TeX]{choose}{\protect\frac\space or amsmath's \protect\binom}
-%% \S 2.1.3
-\ObsoleteCS[TeX]{centerline}{\protect\centering\space or center environment}
-%% \S 2.2.1
-\ObsoleteClass{scrlettr}{the scrlttr2 package}
-%% \S 2.2.2
-\ObsoletePackage{epsf}{the graphicx package}
-\ObsoletePackage{psfig}{the graphicx package}
-\ObsoletePackage[deprecated]{epsfig}{the graphicx package directly}
-%% \S 2.2.3
-\ObsoletePackage{doublespace}{the setspace package}
-%% \S 2.2.4
-\ObsoletePackage{fancyheadings}{the fancyhdr or scrpage2 packages}
-\ObsoletePackage{scrpage}{the scrpage2 package}
-%% \S 2.2.5
-\ObsoletePackage{isolatin}{the inputenc package with option latin1}
-\ObsoletePackage{umlaut}{the inputenc package with suitable option
- (latin1, utf8 ...)}
-\ObsoletePackage{isolatin1}{the inputenc package with option latin1}
-%% \S 2.2.6
-\ObsoletePackage{t1enc}{the fontenc package with option T1}
-%% \S 2.2.7 we don't check for bst yet.
-%% (This is in l2tabu 1.8)
-\ObsoletePackage{caption2}{the caption package v3.0 or later}
-%% \S 2.3.1-3
-\ObsoletePackage{times}
- {the mathptmx, helvet (option scaled=.9), courier packages}
-\ObsoletePackage{pslatex}
- {the mathptmx, helvet (option scaled=.9), courier packages}
-\ObsoletePackage{mathptm}
- {the mathptmx package}
-%% \S 2.3.4-5
-\ObsoletePackage{palatino}
- {the mathpazo, helvet (option scaled=.95), courier packages}
-\ObsoletePackage{mathpple}{the mathpazo package}
-%% \S 2.3.6 can't be checked
-%% \S 2.3.7
-\ObsoletePackage{euler}{the eulervm package}
-\ObsoletePackage{utopia}{the fourier package}
-%% \S 3.1
-\NagDeclareFloat{figure}\NagDeclareFloat{table}%
-\g@addto@macro\nag@labels{,label,caption@xlabel}%
-\nag@prepend{endcenter}{%
- \ifx\@captype\@undefined\else
- \nag@warn{\lq center\rq\space environment in \@captype.\MessageBreak
- Maybe you want \protect\centering\space instead}%
- \fi
-}%
-%% The latter two are used by KOMA-Script, the last by hypcap.
-\g@addto@macro\nag@captions{,caption,captionabove,captionbelow,hc@caption,topcaption}%
-
-%% \S 3.2
-\NotAnEnvironment{appendix}%
-%% In the same vein:
-\@for\sectioning:=frontmatter,mainmatter,backmatter\do{%
- \expandafter\NotAnEnvironment\expandafter{\sectioning}%
-}
-%% \S 3.3
-%% It's more trouble than it's worth to have another warning for
-%% align*, since it passes through align.
-\ObsoleteEnv{eqnarray}{amsmath's align}
-%% \S 3.4 -- nothing to be done --
-%%X Local Variables:
-%%X mode: latex
-%%X End:
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `nag-l2tabu.cfg'.
+++ /dev/null
-%%
-%% This is file `nag-orthodox.cfg',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% nag.dtx (with options: `orthodoxnag')
-%% This is a generated file.
-%%
-%% This file is part of the `nag' package.
-%% The `nag' package has the LPPL maintenance status: maintained.
-%% Current Maintainer is Ulrich M. Schwarz, ulmi@absatzen.de
-%%
-%% Copyright (C) 2005-8 by Ulrich M. Schwarz.
-%%
-%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
-%% version 1.3a of this license or (at your option) any later
-%% version. The latest version of this license is in:
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%
-\ProvidesFile{nag-orthodox.cfg}
- [2006/04/19 v1.8 strict rules for nag.sty (ulmi)]
-\@for\fontcmd:=tiny,small,footnotesize,normalsize,large,Large,%
- LARGE,huge,Huge\do{%
- \expandafter\NotAnEnvironment\expandafter{\fontcmd}%
-}%
-\@for\fontcmd:=sffamily,rmfamily,ttfamily,%
- bfseries,mdseries,scshape,%
- itshape,upshape\do{%
- \expandafter\NotAnEnvironment\expandafter{\fontcmd}%
-}%
-\@for\justsw:=centering,raggedleft,raggedright,%
- RaggedLeft,RaggedRight\do{%
- \expandafter\NotAnEnvironment\expandafter{\justsw}%
-}
-\@for\justenv:=center,flushleft,flushright\do{%
- \expandafter\NotASwitch\expandafter{\justenv}%
-}
-%%X Local Variables:
-%%X mode: latex
-%%X End:
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `nag-orthodox.cfg'.
+++ /dev/null
-\ProvidesFile{makedoc.cfg}[2012/05/10 documentation settings]
-
-\author{Uwe L\"uck\thanks{\url{http://contact-ednotes.sty.de.vu}}}
-% \author{Uwe L\"uck---{\tt http://contact-ednotes.sty.de.vu}}
-
-%% hyperref:
-\RequirePackage{ifpdf}
-\usepackage[%
- \ifpdf
-% bookmarks=false, %% 2010/12/22
-% bookmarksnumbered,
- bookmarksopen, %% 2011/01/24!?
- bookmarksopenlevel=2, %% 2011/01/23
-% pdfpagemode=UseNone,
-% pdfstartpage=10,
-% pdfstartview=FitH,
- pdfstartview=0 0 100, %% 2011/08/22
- pdffitwindow=true, %% 2011/08/22
- citebordercolor={ .6 1 .6},
- filebordercolor={1 .6 1},
- linkbordercolor={1 .9 .7},
- urlbordercolor={ .7 1 1}, %% playing 2011/01/24
- \else
- draft
- \fi
-]{hyperref}
-%% metadata, |\MDkeywords|, |\MDkeywordsstring|, |\printMDkeywords|
-%% 2011/08/22:
-\makeatletter
- \newcommand*{\MDkeywords}[1]{%
- \gdef\MDkeywordsstring{#1}%
- \hypersetup{pdfkeywords=\MDkeywordsstring}%% TODO!?
- }
- \@onlypreamble\MDkeywords
- \newcommand*{\MDaddtoabstract}[1]{% %% 2012/05/10
- \par\smallskip\noindent
- \strong{#1:}\quad\ignorespaces}
- \newcommand*{\printMDkeywords}{%
- \MDaddtoabstract{Keywords}%
- \MDkeywordsstring
- \global\let\MDkeywordsstring\relax
- }
- \newenvironment{MDabstract}
- {\abstract\noindent
- \hspace{1sp}%% for niceverb
- \ignorespaces}
- {\@ifundefined{MDkeywordsstring}%
- {}%
- {\printMDkeywords}%
- \endabstract}
-\makeatother
-\hypersetup{%
- pdfauthor={Uwe L\374ck}%
-}
-
-\RequirePackage{niceverb}[2011/01/24]
-\RequirePackage{readprov} %% 2010/12/08
-\RequirePackage{hypertoc} %% 2011/01/23
-\RequirePackage{texlinks} %% 2011/01/24
-\RequirePackage{relsize} %% 2011/06/27
-\RequirePackage{color} %% 2011/08/06
-\makeatletter
- \@ifdefinable{strong}
- {\let\strong\textbf} %% 2011/01/24
- \@ifdefinable{file}
- {\let\file\texttt} %% 2011/05/23
- \@ifdefinable{acro}
- {\let\acro\textsmaller} %% 2011/05/23
- \@ifdefinable{\meta}
- {\let\meta\textit} %% 2011/07/22
- \@ifdefinable{\pkg} %% corr. 2011/11/20
- {\let\pkg\textsf} %% 2011/11/09
- \@ifdefinable{\code}
- {\let\code\texttt} %% 2011/11/20
- \ifpdf
- \pdfstringdefDisableCommands{%
- \let\acro\textrm
- \let\file\textrm %% 2011/11/09
- \let\code\textrm %% 2011/11/20
- \let\pkg \textrm %% 2012/03/23
- }
- \fi
- %% TODO 2011/07/22 -> `htlogml.sty'
-\makeatother
-
-\errorcontextlines=4
-\pagestyle{headings}
-
-\endinput
-
+++ /dev/null
-\ProvidesFile{mdoccorr.cfg}[2011/12/03 %% 2012/05/10 shorter:
- makedoc local typographical corrections]
-%% ... also demonstrates 'niceverb.sty'---see the typeset
-%% documentation of the present file in `makedoc.pdf'.
-%%
-%% |\SetPatternCodes{<commands>}| redefines
-%% `\PatternCodes' to be used in parsing and replacing
-%% (some ``sanitizing"). %% improved line breaks 2010/03/29
-\SetPatternCodes{\MakeOther\\\MakeOther\ }
-%% |\StartPrependingChain| initializes setup of a replacement
-%% chain:
-\StartPrependingChain
-%% |\PrependExpandableAllReplacer*{<find>}{<subst>}|:
-\PrependExpandableAllReplacer*{etc. }{etc.\ }
-%% ... you can keep inter-sentence space after `etc.'
-%% by a code line break.
-\PrependExpandableAllReplacer*{Cf. }{Cf.\ } %% 2011/01/12
-\PrependExpandableAllReplacer*{cf. }{cf.\ } %% corr. 2010/03/23
-%% ... but think of `cf.~'. Don't leave `cf.' at code line end!
-\PrependExpandableAllReplacer*{->}{$\to$} %% 2010/11/06
-\PrependExpandableAllReplacer*{<-}{$\gets$} %% 2010/11/06
-% \PrependExpandableAllReplacer{...}{...}{$\dots$}
-%% Allow extra space at line end (bug fix `{}' 2011/12/03):
-\PrependExpandableAllReplacer*{...}{\textellipsis\unkern{}}
-%% 2011/10/13: original `\dots' correct before punctuation:
-% \PrependExpandableAllReplacer{dots,}{...,}{\dots,}
-\PrependExpandableAllReplacer*{...)}{\dots)} %% 2011/10/25
-\PrependExpandableAllReplacer*{...:}{\dots:}
-\PrependExpandableAllReplacer*{... }{\textellipsis\unkern\ }
-\PrependExpandableAllReplacer*{TODO}{\textcolor{blue}{TODO}}
-%% ... chain starts here, and here |\MakeDocCorrectHook| (silently)
-%% enters through a default variant |\SetCorrectHookJobLast|
-%% of |\SetCorrectHookJob{<id>}|:
-\SetCorrectHookJobLast
-%% |\ResetPatternCodes| resets `\PatternCodes' to their default
-%% value (which is `\fdPatternCodes'):
-\ResetPatternCodes
-%% ... restores 'fifinddo' default.
-\endinput
-
-HISTORY
-2009/04/05 with makedoc v0.2
-2010/03/11 broke some too long code lines
-2010/03/16 rendered `mdoccorr.cfg'
-2010/03/22 try \Prepend...
-2010/03/23 corrected `cf'
-2010/03/29 use \SetPatternCodes etc.
-2010/11/06 <- and ->
-2010/11/24 `...' ``symmetric variant" of `\textellipsis';
- \StartPrependingChain, no more \MakeExpandableAllreplacer
-2011/01/27 blue "TODO"
-2011/09/13 \providecommand for dialogues
-2011/10/13 \MDtwodots, without \PXAR, `...,' `...:'
-2011/10/25 \textellipsis\unkern from csquotes instead, `...)'
-2011/11/13 \PrependExpandableAllReplacer*
-2011/12/03 bug fix for 2011/10/25 at line ends
+++ /dev/null
-\ProvidesFile{atari.cfg}[2011/09/13 sample for copyfile.tex]
-\catcode`\_=11
-\InputFile{atari.txt}
-\TextCodesFile{atari.fdf}
-\ResultFile{iso.txt}
-\endinput
+++ /dev/null
-\ProvidesFile{copyfile.cfg}[2011/09/13 initializing copyfile.tex]
-\catcode`\_=11
-\InputFile{lines.txt}
-\TextCodesFile{}
-\ResultFile{lns.txt}
-\endinput
+++ /dev/null
-\ProvidesFile{fdtxttex.cfg}[2011/09/13 initializing fdtxttex.tex]
-\JobName{sample}
-\InputExtension{txt}
-\OutputExtension{tex}
-\CorrectionFile{mdoccorr.cfg}
-\FileHeader{\protect\WriteProvides}
-\FileFooter{}
-\ShowLines{false}
-\endinput
+++ /dev/null
-%%
-%% This is file `sample01.cfg',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% nomencl.dtx (with options: `sample01')
-%%
-%% Copyright 1996 Boris Veytsman
-%% Copyright 1999-2001 Bernd Schandl
-%% www http://sarovar.org/projects/nomencl
-%%
-%% This file can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms
-%% of the LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN
-%% archives in the directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either
-%% version 1.2 of the license, or (at your option) any later version.
-%%
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-%%
-\RequirePackage{ifthen}
-\renewcommand{\nomgroup}[1]{%
- \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{R}}{\item[\textbf{Variables}]}{%
- \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{G}}{\item[\textbf{Constants}]}{}}}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `sample01.cfg'.
+++ /dev/null
-%%
-%% This is file `sample02.cfg',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% nomencl.dtx (with options: `sample02')
-%%
-%% Copyright 1996 Boris Veytsman
-%% Copyright 1999-2001 Bernd Schandl
-%% www http://sarovar.org/projects/nomencl
-%%
-%% This file can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms
-%% of the LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN
-%% archives in the directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either
-%% version 1.2 of the license, or (at your option) any later version.
-%%
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-%%
-\newcommand{\nomunit}[1]{%
- \renewcommand{\nomentryend}{\hspace*{\fill}#1}}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `sample02.cfg'.
+++ /dev/null
-%%
-%% This is file `sample04.cfg',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% nomencl.dtx (with options: `sample04')
-%%
-%% Copyright 1996 Boris Veytsman
-%% Copyright 1999-2001 Bernd Schandl
-%% www http://sarovar.org/projects/nomencl
-%%
-%% This file can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms
-%% of the LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN
-%% archives in the directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either
-%% version 1.2 of the license, or (at your option) any later version.
-%%
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-%%
-\def\makenomenclature{%
- \newwrite\@nomenclaturefile
- \immediate\openout\@nomenclaturefile=\jobname\@outputfileextension
- \def\@nomenclature{%
- \@ifnextchar[%
- {\@@@@nomenclature}{\@@@@nomenclature[\nomprefix]}}%
- \typeout{Writing nomenclature file \jobname\@outputfileextension}%
- \let\makenomenclature\@empty}
-\def\@@@@nomenclature[#1]#2#3{%
- \protected@write\@nomenclaturefile{}%
- {\string\nomenclatureentry{#1#2@[{#2}]%
- \begingroup#3\protect\nomeqref{\theequation}%
- |nompageref}{\thepage}}}%
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `sample04.cfg'.
+++ /dev/null
-%%
-%% This is file `sample05.cfg',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% nomencl.dtx (with options: `sample05')
-%%
-%% Copyright 1996 Boris Veytsman
-%% Copyright 1999-2001 Bernd Schandl
-%% www http://sarovar.org/projects/nomencl
-%%
-%% This file can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms
-%% of the LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN
-%% archives in the directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either
-%% version 1.2 of the license, or (at your option) any later version.
-%%
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-%%
-\def\@@@nomenclature[#1]#2#3{%
- \def\@tempa{#2}\def\@tempb{#3}%
- \protected@write\@nomenclaturefile{}%
- {\string\nomenclatureentry{#1\nom@verb\@tempa @[{\nom@verb\@tempa}]%
- |nompageref{\begingroup\nom@verb\@tempb\protect\nomeqref{\theequation}}}%
- {\thepage}}%
- \endgroup
- \@esphack}
-\def\nompageref#1#2{%
- \if@printpageref\pagedeclaration{#2}\else\null\fi
- \linebreak#1\nomentryend\endgroup}
-\def\pagedeclaration#1{\dotfill\nobreakspace#1}
-\def\nomentryend{.}
-\def\nomlabel#1{\textbf{#1}\hfil}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `sample05.cfg'.
+++ /dev/null
-\ProvidesFile{pagerange-guide.cfg}%
- [2010/02/03 v0.5 Configuration file for pagerange-guide.tex (A.Musa)]
-\makeatletter
-\usepackage[scaled=0.9]{helvet}
-\usepackage{xspace}
-\usepackage{xcolor}
-\usepackage{shortvrb}
-\usepackage{fancyvrb}
-\usepackage{parskip}
-\usepackage{paralist}
-\usepackage{fancyhdr}
-\usepackage{tabularx}
-\usepackage{ltablex}
-\keepXColumns
-\usepackage[draft,allpages]{draftmark}
-\draftmarksetup{mark={\color{red}\framebox[22.2cm][c]{}\\[15.4cm]
- \color{red}\framebox[22.2cm][c]{}},angle=90,scale=1,
- xcoord=-.2,ycoord=-1.5}
-\ifx\pagerange\relax\usepackage[acceptempty]{pagerange}\fi
-\ifx\lastpage\relax\usepackage{lastpage}\fi
-\usepackage{hyperref}
-\hypersetup{colorlinks=true,linkcolor=red,pdfpagemode=UseThumbs,
- implicit=true,breaklinks=true,citecolor=purple,pdfview=FitH,
- pdfstartview=FitH}
-\CustomVerbatimEnvironment{pverbatim}{Verbatim}{numbers=left,
- numberblanklines=false,firstnumber=last,frame=single,rulecolor=\color{yellow},
- framerule=2pt,framesep=2pt, fillcolor=\color{magenta},formatcom=\color{blue},
- xrightmargin=-0pc,commandchars=\|\(\),commentchar=\&}
-\def\ie{\@ifnextchar.{i.e}{i.e.}\xspace}
-\def\eg{\@ifnextchar.{e.g}{e.g.}\xspace}
-\def\etc{\@ifnextchar.{etc}{etc.}\xspace}
-\providecommand*\email[1]{\href{mailto:#1}{#1}}
-\newcommand*\pgtxtt{\fontfamily{txtt}\selectfont\scshape\color{brown}}
-\fancyhf{}
-\fancyhfoffset[R,L]{\dimexpr\marginparsep+\marginparwidth\relax}
-\lhead{\pgtxtt The \texttt{\textcolor{blue}{pagerange}} Package}
-\rhead{\pgtxtt Page~\thepage~of~\pageref*{LastPage}}
-\renewcommand\headrule{\color{blue}\hrule height1pt width\headwidth\relax
- \vspace{2pt}\hrule height1pt width\headwidth\vspace{-2pt}}
-\renewcommand\footrule{\color{blue}\hrule height1pt width\headwidth\relax
- \vspace{2pt}\hrule height1pt width\headwidth\vspace{2pt}}
-\date{\textcolor{purple}{\today}\vadjust{\kern1ex\hrule}}
-\newcounter{examplecnt}[section]
-\newcommand*\pgexample[1]{%
- \refstepcounter{examplecnt}%
- \endgraf\vspace*{0.5\baselineskip}%
- \textbf{\textcolor{purple}{Example~\thesection.\theexamplecnt\enspace}#1}%
- \endgraf\nobreak\@nobreakfalse
-}
-\providecommand*\space{ }
-\definecolor{xgreen}{rgb}{0.00,0.59,0.00}
-\@ifdefinable\pgresult{\def\pgresult#1{\textcolor{xgreen}{#1}}}
-\newcommand*\La{\leavevmode L\raise.42ex\hbox{\footnotesize\kern-.35em A}}
-\newcommand*\TeXorLaTeX{\hbox{(\/\La\kern-.15em\/)\kern-.1em\TeX}}
-\newcommand*\texorlatex{\TeXorLaTeX\xspace}
-
-\endinput
-
-%%% End of file pagerange-guide.cfg %%%
\ No newline at end of file
+++ /dev/null
-%%
-%% pdfslide.cfg
-%%
-%%
-%%
-%% ------- attributes for section heads ------
-%%
-\chapnumfont={\large\rmfamily\scshape\color{orange}}
- \chapfont={\Huge\rmfamily\color{orange}}
- \secfont={\Large\rmfamily\bfseries}
- \ssecfont={\large\rmfamily\bfseries}
- \sssecfont={\normalsize\bfseries}
- \parafont ={\normalfont\sffamily}
- \def\capfont{\@setfontsize\capfont{40}{40}\sffamily\color{white}}
- \def\titlefont{\@setfontsize\titlefont{24}{26}\color{dm}\rmfamily\bfseries}
- \def\authorfont{\@setfontsize\authorfont{17.28}{18}\rmfamily\color{dm}}
- \def\addressfont{\@setfontsize\addressfont{12}{14}\sffamily\color{dm}}
- \def\rcdfont{\@setfontsize\rcdfont{10}{12}\sffamily\color{white}}
- \def\numfont{\@setfontsize\rcdfont{8}{7}\sffamily\color{white}}
- \headskip=24pt % skip above the section heading. can be changed at any page.
-%%
-%% ------- various colors ---------
-%%
- \definecolor{panelbackground}{rgb}{1,.549,0}
- \definecolor{button}{rgb}{0,0,.8} % button color
- \definecolor{buttondisable}{gray}{.7}% button color when disabled
- \definecolor{buttonbackground}{rgb}{0,.624,.820}%button background in ams option
- \definecolor{buttonshadow}{rgb}{.001,0,.502}% button shadow in ams option
- \definecolor{orange}{rgb}{1,.549,0}
- \definecolor{section0}{rgb}{0,.5,.1} % for chapter
- \definecolor{section1}{rgb}{0,.5,1} % for section
- \definecolor{section2}{rgb}{0,.5,.5} % for subsection
- \definecolor{section3}{rgb}{0,.5,.4} % for subsubsection
- \definecolor{section4}{rgb}{.4,.5,.2}% for paragraph
- \definecolor{section5}{rgb}{.5,.5,.3}% for subparagraph
-%%
-%%-------- button text -----------
-%%
- \Panelgobackname{Back}
- \Panelclosename{Close}
-
-\endinput
-%%
-%% end of file `pdfslide.cfg'
-%%
\ No newline at end of file
+++ /dev/null
-% pdfwin.cfg
-%
-% this file is read by pdfwin.sty
-% if you want to modify pdfwin's default behavior, you should do it here.
-%
-% EOF
+++ /dev/null
-%%
-%% This is file `pict2e-example.cfg',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% p2e-drivers.dtx (with options: `cfg')
-%%
-%% Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2008, 2009, 2011
-%% Rolf Niepraschk, Rolf.Niepraschk@ptb.de
-%% Hubert Gaesslein, HubertJG@open.mind.de
-%% Josef Tkadlec, j.tkadlec@email.cz
-%%
-%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%% The latest version of this license is in
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%% version 2003/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained".
-%%
-%% This work consists of all files listed in `manifest.txt'.
-%%
-\ProvidesFile{pict2e.cfg}%
- [2011/04/05 v0.1t
- pict2e configuration for teTeX/TeXLive]
-%% Select an appropriate default driver.
-\begingroup
- \chardef\x=0 %
- % check pdfTeX
- \@ifundefined{pdfoutput}{}{%
- \ifcase\pdfoutput
- \else
- \chardef\x=1 %
- \fi
- }%
- % check VTeX
- \@ifundefined{OpMode}{}{%
- \chardef\x=2 %
- }%
- % check XeTeX
- \@ifundefined{XeTeXrevision}{}{%
- \chardef\x=3 %
- }%
-\expandafter\endgroup
-\ifcase\x
- % default case
- \ExecuteOptions{dvips}%
-\or
- % pdfTeX is running in pdf mode
- \ExecuteOptions{pdftex}%
-\or
- % VTeX is running
- \ExecuteOptions{vtex}%
-\else
- % XeTeX is running
- \ExecuteOptions{xetex}%
-\fi
-%% \ExecuteOptions{pstarrows}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `pict2e-example.cfg'.
+++ /dev/null
-
-% The following macro forces the generation of the description part of the
-% documentation only. If it is deactivated (with a leading %) the whole
-% description including the implementation is enabled.
-
-%\OnlyDescription
-
-% The following instruction forces the use of A4 size paper
-% (even in LaTeX2.09).
-% You need to have the style option dina4 for this to work.
-
-\usepackage{dina4}
+++ /dev/null
-%%
-%% This is file `polyglot.cfg',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% polyglot.dtx (with options: `config')
-%%
-%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
-%%
-%% For the copyright see the source file.
-%%
-%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed
-%% with new filenames distinct from polyglot.cfg.
-%%
-%% For distribution of the original source see the terms
-%% for copying and modification in the file polyglot.dtx.
-%%
-%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the
-%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the
-%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be
-%% in the same archive or directory.)
-
-\def\fileversion{1.1}
-\def\filedate{September 1, 1997}
-\def\docdate{September 1, 1997}
-
-
-\SetPatterns{english}{0}
-
-\LoadLanguage{english}{english}{}
-\LoadLanguage{american}[english]{english}{}
-\LoadLanguage{french}{english}{}
-\LoadLanguage{german}{english}{}
-\LoadLanguage{austrian}[german]{english}{}
-\LoadLanguage{spanish}{english}{}
-\LoadLanguage{hebrew}[r_hebrew]{english}{}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `polyglot.cfg'.
+++ /dev/null
-%%
-%% This is file `prauctex.cfg',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% preview.dtx (with options: `auccfg')
-%%
-%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
-%%
-%% For the copyright see the source file.
-%%
-%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed
-%% with new filenames distinct from prauctex.cfg.
-%%
-%% For distribution of the original source see the terms
-%% for copying and modification in the file preview.dtx.
-%%
-%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the
-%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the
-%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be
-%% in the same archive or directory.)
-%% The preview style for extracting previews from LaTeX documents.
-%% Developed as part of AUCTeX <URL:http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex>.
-\PreviewMacro*[[][#1{}]\footnote
-\PreviewMacro*[?[{@{[]}}{}][#1]\item
-\PreviewMacro*\emph
-\PreviewMacro*\textrm
-\PreviewMacro*\textit
-\PreviewMacro*\textsc
-\PreviewMacro*\textsf
-\PreviewMacro*\textsl
-\PreviewMacro*\texttt
-\PreviewMacro*\textcolor
-\PreviewMacro*\mbox
-\PreviewMacro*[][#1{}]\author
-\PreviewMacro*[][#1{}]\title
-\PreviewMacro*\and
-\PreviewMacro*\thanks
-\PreviewMacro*[][#1{}]\caption
-\preview@delay{\@ifundefined{pr@\string\@startsection}{%
- \PreviewMacro*[!!!!!!*][#1{}]\@startsection}{}}
-\preview@delay{\@ifundefined{pr@\string\chapter}{%
- \PreviewMacro*[*][#1{}]\chapter}{}}
-\PreviewMacro*\index
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `prauctex.cfg'.
+++ /dev/null
-%%
-%% This is file `psfragx.cfg',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% psfragx.dtx (with options: `cfg,version')
-%%
-%% This is a generated file.
-%%
-%% Copyright (C) 2003-2012 Pascal Kockaert
-%% Pascal.Kockaert ad ulb.ac.be
-%% Note that ''ad´´ is often replaced by the ''@´´ sign.
-%% ----------------------------------------------------------
-%%
-%% This package may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2
-%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%% The latest version of this license is in
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%% version 1999/12/01 or later.
-%%
-\ProvidesFile{psfragx.cfg}
- [2012/05/02 v1.1 psfragx (Pascal Kockaert)]
-\newcommand{\providecolorcommands}
- {\def\pfx@gobble@two##1##2{\typeout{Some psfragx
- replacement would appear
- in color ##1{##2}
- if the color package was
- loaded!!!}}%
- \def\pfx@gobble@three@fbox##1##2##3{\typeout{Some psfragx
- replacement would
- appear
- in color ##1{##2}
- and others
- in color ##1{##3}
- if the color package
- was loaded!!!}%
- \fbox}%
- \def\pfx@fm@to@mm##1##2##{\csname ##1\endcsname{##2}}%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname textcolor\endcsname\relax
- \def\textcolor{\pfx@fm@to@mm{pfx@gobble@two}}\fi
- \expandafter\ifx\csname color\endcsname\relax
- \def\color{\pfx@fm@to@mm{pfx@gobble@two}}\fi
- \expandafter\ifx\csname colorbox\endcsname\relax
- \def\colorbox{\pfx@fm@to@mm{pfx@gobble@two}}\fi
- \expandafter\ifx\csname fcolorbox\endcsname\relax
- \def\fcolorbox{\pfx@fm@to@mm{pfx@gobble@three@fbox}}\fi
- }
-\def\Beforepfxinput{\providecolorcommands}
-\def\Afterpfxinput{}
-\def\Beforeovpinput{\providecolorcommands}
-\def\Afterovpinput{}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `psfragx.cfg'.
+++ /dev/null
-%%
-%% This is file `rcsinfo.cfg',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% rcsinfo.dtx (with options: `header,config')
-%%
-%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
-%%
-%% For the copyright see the source file.
-%%
-%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed
-%% with new filenames distinct from rcsinfo.cfg.
-%%
-%% For distribution of the original source see the terms
-%% for copying and modification in the file rcsinfo.dtx.
-%%
-%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the
-%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the
-%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be
-%% in the same archive or directory.)
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%
-%% `rcsinfo' package to use with LaTeX2e.
-%%
-%% This package is used to extract the revision and file information provided
-%% by the RCS revision control system.
-%% A PERL-package supporting rcsinfo and LaTeX2HTML is provieded too.
-%%
-%% Copyright (C) 1995 Dr. Juergen Vollmer
-%% Viktoriastrasse 15, D-76133 Karlsruhe, Germany
-%% Juergen.Vollmer@informatik-vollmer.de
-%% License:
-%% This program can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms
-%% of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN
-%% archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either
-%% version 1 of the License, or any later version.
-%%
-%% If you find this software useful, please send me a postcard.
-%%
-%% $Id: rcsinfo.dtx,v 1.7 2005/02/25 08:37:03 vollmer draft vollmer $
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-%% \CheckSum{397}
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-
-\ExecuteOptions{fancyhdr}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `rcsinfo.cfg'.
+++ /dev/null
-%%
-%% This is file `refstyle.cfg',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% refconfig.dtx (with options: `cfg')
-%%
-%% -------------------------------------------------------------------
-%% The refstyle package
-%% for the formatting of references
-%% -------------------------------------------------------------------
-%% This file may be customized to suit specific user requirements.
-%%
-%% Original by Danie Els <dnjels@sun.ac.za>
-%% -------------------------------------------------------------------
-%%
-\ProvidesFile{refstyle.cfg}[2010/11/02\space
- 0.5\space
- Configuration file for refstyle (DNJ Els)]
-%%-- ENGLISH ------------------------------------
-\newcommand\RSukenglish{%
- \def\RSrngtxt{\space to~}%........... Range: figures 5 to 6
- \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space and~}%....... List two: figures 5 and 6
- \def\RSlsttxt{, and~}%............... List more: figures 5, 6, and 7
- \def\RSparttxt{Part~}%............... Part lowercase singular
- \def\RSpartstxt{Parts~}%............. lowercase plural
- \def\RSParttxt{Part~}%............... uppercase singular (sentence start)
- \def\RSPartstxt{Parts~}%............. uppercase plural (sentence start)
- \def\RSappendixname{appendix~}%...... Appendix lowercase singular
- \def\RSappendicesname{appendices~}%.. lowercase plural
- \def\RSAppendixname{Appendix~}%...... uppercase singular (sentence start)
- \def\RSAppendicesname{Appendices~}%.. uppercase plural (sentence start)
- \def\RSchaptername{chapter~}%........ Chapter lowercase singular
- \def\RSchaptersname{chapters~}%...... lowercase plural
- \def\RSChaptername{Chapter~}%........ uppercase singular (sentence start)
- \def\RSChaptersname{Chapters~}%...... uppercase plural (sentence start)
- \def\RSsectxt{section~}%............. Section lowercase singular
- \def\RSsecstxt{sections~}%........... lowercase plural
- \def\RSSectxt{Section~}%............. uppercase singular (sentence start)
- \def\RSSecstxt{Sections~}%........... uppercase plural (sentence start)
- \def\RSeqtxt{equation~}%............. Equation lowercase singular
- \def\RSeqstxt{equations~}%........... lowercase plural
- \def\RSEqtxt{Equation~}%............. uppercase singular (sentence start)
- \def\RSEqstxt{Equations~}%........... uppercase plural (sentence start)
- \def\RSfigtxt{figure~}%.............. Figure lowercase singular
- \def\RSfigstxt{figures~}%............ lowercase plural
- \def\RSFigtxt{Figure~}%.............. uppercase singular (sentence start)
- \def\RSFigstxt{Figures~}%............ uppercase plural (sentence start)
- \def\RStabtxt{table~}%............... Table lowercase singular
- \def\RStabstxt{tables~}%............. lowercase plural
- \def\RSTabtxt{Table~}%............... uppercase singular (sentence start)
- \def\RSTabstxt{Tables~}%............. uppercase plural (sentence start)
- \def\RSfootntxt{footnote~}%.......... Footnote lowercase singular
- \def\RSfootnstxt{footnotes~}%........ lowercase plural
- \def\RSFootntxt{Footnote~}%.......... uppercase singular (sentence start)
- \def\RSFootnstxt{Footnotes~}%........ uppercase plural (sentence start)
-}
-\newcommand\RSenglish{%
- \def\RSrngtxt{\space to~}%
- \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space and~}%
- \def\RSlsttxt{\space and~}%
- \def\RSparttxt{Part~}%
- \def\RSpartstxt{Parts~}%
- \def\RSParttxt{Part~}%
- \def\RSPartstxt{Parts~}%
- \def\RSappendixname{appendix~}%
- \def\RSappendicesname{appendices~}%
- \def\RSAppendixname{Appendix~}%
- \def\RSAppendicesname{Appendices~}%
- \def\RSchaptername{chapter~}%
- \def\RSchaptersname{chapters~}%
- \def\RSChaptername{Chapter~}%
- \def\RSChaptersname{Chapters~}%
- \def\RSsectxt{section~}%
- \def\RSsecstxt{sections~}%
- \def\RSSectxt{Section~}%
- \def\RSSecstxt{Sections~}%
- \def\RSeqtxt{equation~}%
- \def\RSeqstxt{equations~}%
- \def\RSEqtxt{Equation~}%
- \def\RSEqstxt{Equations~}%
- \def\RSfigtxt{figure~}%
- \def\RSfigstxt{figures~}%
- \def\RSFigtxt{Figure~}%
- \def\RSFigstxt{Figures~}%
- \def\RStabtxt{table~}%
- \def\RStabstxt{tables~}%
- \def\RSTabtxt{Table~}%
- \def\RSTabstxt{Tables~}%
- \def\RSfootntxt{footnote~}%
- \def\RSfootnstxt{footnotes~}%
- \def\RSFootntxt{Footnote~}%
- \def\RSFootnstxt{Footnotes~}%
-}
-\RSenglish% Default
-\DeclareLangOpt{english}{\RSenglish}
-\DeclareLangOpt{USenglish}{\RSenglish}
-\DeclareLangOpt{american}{\RSenglish}
-\DeclareLangOpt{canadian}{\RSenglish}
-\DeclareLangOpt{UKenglish}{\RSukenglish}
-\DeclareLangOpt{british}{\RSukenglish}
-%%-- AFRIKAANS ----------------------------------
-\newcommand\RSafrikaans{%
- \def\RSrngtxt{\space tot~}%
- \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space en~}%
- \def\RSlsttxt{\space en~}%
- \def\RSparttxt{Deel~}%
- \def\RSpartstxt{Dele~}%
- \def\RSParttxt{Deel~}%
- \def\RSPartstxt{Dele~}%
- \def\RSappendixname{bylae~}%
- \def\RSappendicesname{bylaes~}%
- \def\RSAppendixname{Bylae~}%
- \def\RSAppendicesname{Bylaes~}%
- \def\RSchaptername{hoofstuk~}%
- \def\RSchaptersname{hoofstukke~}%
- \def\RSChaptername{Hoofstuk~}%
- \def\RSChaptersname{Hoofstukke~}%
- \def\RSsectxt{afdeling~}%
- \def\RSsecstxt{afdelings~}%
- \def\RSSectxt{Afdeling~}%
- \def\RSSecstxt{Afdelings~}%
- \def\RSeqtxt{vergelyking~}%
- \def\RSeqstxt{vergelykings~}%
- \def\RSEqtxt{Vergelyking~}%
- \def\RSEqstxt{Vergelyking~}%
- \def\RSfigtxt{figuur~}%
- \def\RSfigstxt{figure~}%
- \def\RSFigtxt{Figuur~}%
- \def\RSFigstxt{Figure~}%
- \def\RStabtxt{tabel~}%
- \def\RStabstxt{tabelle~}%
- \def\RSTabtxt{Tabel~}%
- \def\RSTabstxt{Tabelle~}%
- \def\RSfootntxt{footnota~}%
- \def\RSfootnstxt{footnotas~}%
- \def\RSFootntxt{Footnota~}%
- \def\RSFootnstxt{Footnotas~}%
-}
-\DeclareLangOpt{afrikaans}{\RSafrikaans}
-%%-- DANISH -------------------------------------
-\newcommand\RSdanish{%
- \def\RSrngtxt{\space til~}%
- \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space og~}%
- \def\RSlsttxt{\space og~}%
- \def\RSparttxt{del~}%
- \def\RSpartstxt{del~}%
- \def\RSParttxt{Del~}%
- \def\RSPartstxt{Del~}%
- \def\RSappendixname{bilag~}% % 'appendiks' is also possible,
- \def\RSappendicesname{bilag~}% % but 'bilag' is used in Babel
- \def\RSAppendixname{Bilag~}%
- \def\RSAppendicesname{Bilag~}%
- \def\RSchaptername{kapitel~}%
- \def\RSchaptersname{kapitel~}%
- \def\RSChaptername{Kapitel~}%
- \def\RSChaptersname{Kapitel~}%
- \def\RSsectxt{afsnit~}%
- \def\RSsecstxt{afsnit~}%
- \def\RSSectxt{Afsnit~}%
- \def\RSSecstxt{Afsnit~}%
- \def\RSeqtxt{ligning~}%
- \def\RSeqstxt{ligning~}%
- \def\RSEqtxt{Ligning~}%
- \def\RSEqstxt{Ligning~}%
- \def\RSfigtxt{figur~}%
- \def\RSfigstxt{figur~}%
- \def\RSFigtxt{Figur~}%
- \def\RSFigstxt{Figur~}%
- \def\RStabtxt{tabel~}%
- \def\RStabstxt{tablel~}%
- \def\RSTabtxt{Tabel~}%
- \def\RSTabstxt{Tabel~}%
- \def\RSfootntxt{fodnote~}%
- \def\RSfootnstxt{fodnote~}%
- \def\RSFootntxt{Fodnote~}%
- \def\RSFootnstxt{Fodnote~}%
-}
-\DeclareLangOpt{danish}{\RSdanish}
-%%-- FRENCH -------------------------------------
-\newcommand\RSfrench{%
- \def\RSrngtxt{\space \`{a}~}%
- \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space et~}%
- \def\RSlsttxt{\space et~}%
- \def\RSparttxt{partie~}%
- \def\RSpartstxt{parties~}%
- \def\RSParttxt{La partie~}%
- \def\RSPartstxt{Les parties~}%
- \def\RSappendixname{appendice~}%
- \def\RSappendicesname{appendices~}%
- \def\RSAppendixname{L'appendice~}%
- \def\RSAppendicesname{Les appendices~}%
- \def\RSchaptername{chapitre~}%
- \def\RSchaptersname{chapitres~}%
- \def\RSChaptername{Le chapitre~}%
- \def\RSChaptersname{Les chapitres~}%
- \def\RSsectxt{section~}%
- \def\RSsecstxt{sections~}%
- \def\RSSectxt{La section~}%
- \def\RSSecstxt{Les sections~}%
- \def\RSeqtxt{\'{e}quation~}%
- \def\RSeqstxt{\'{e}quations~}%
- \def\RSEqtxt{L'\'{e}quation~}%
- \def\RSEqstxt{Les \'{e}quations~}%
- \def\RSfigtxt{figure~}%
- \def\RSfigstxt{figures~}%
- \def\RSFigtxt{La figure~}%
- \def\RSFigstxt{Les figures~}%
- \def\RStabtxt{tableau~}%
- \def\RStabstxt{tableaux~}%
- \def\RSTabtxt{Le tableau~}%
- \def\RSTabstxt{Les tableaux~}%
- \def\RSfootntxt{note~}%
- \def\RSfootnstxt{notes~}%
- \def\RSFootntxt{La note~}%
- \def\RSFootnstxt{Les notes~}%
-}
-\DeclareLangOpt{french}{\RSfrench}
-%%-- GERMAN -------------------------------------
-\newcommand\RSgerman{%
- \def\RSrngtxt{\space bis~}%
- \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space und~}%
- \def\RSlsttxt{\space und~}%
- \def\RSparttxt{Teil~}%
- \def\RSpartstxt{Teile~}%
- \def\RSParttxt{Teil~}%
- \def\RSPartstxt{Teile~}%
- \def\RSappendixname{Anhang~}%
- \def\RSappendicesname{Anh\"{a}nge~}%
- \def\RSAppendixname{Anhang~}%
- \def\RSAppendicesname{Anh\"{a}nge~}%
- \def\RSchaptername{Kapitel~}%
- \def\RSchaptersname{Kapitel~}%
- \def\RSChaptername{Kapitel~}%
- \def\RSChaptersname{Kapitel~}%
- \def\RSsectxt{Abschnitt~}%
- \def\RSsecstxt{Abschnitt~}%
- \def\RSSectxt{Abschnitt~}%
- \def\RSSecstxt{Abschnitt~}%
- \def\RSeqtxt{Gleichung~}%
- \def\RSeqstxt{Gleichungen~}%
- \def\RSEqtxt{Gleichung~}%
- \def\RSEqstxt{Gleichungen~}%
- \def\RSfigtxt{Abbildung~}%
- \def\RSfigstxt{Abbildung~}%
- \def\RSFigtxt{Abbildung~}%
- \def\RSFigstxt{Abbildung~}%
- \def\RStabtxt{Tabelle~}%
- \def\RStabstxt{Tabellen~}%
- \def\RSTabtxt{Tabelle~}%
- \def\RSTabstxt{Tabellen~}%
- \def\RSfootntxt{Fu\ss note~}%
- \def\RSfootnstxt{Fu\ss noten~}%
- \def\RSFootntxt{Fu\ss note~}%
- \def\RSFootnstxt{Fu\ss noten~}%
-}
-\DeclareLangOpt{german}{\RSgerman}
-\DeclareLangOpt{ngerman}{\RSgerman}
-\DeclareLangOpt{austrian}{\RSgerman}
-\DeclareLangOpt{naustrian}{\RSgerman}
-%%-- ITALIAN ------------------------------------
-\newcommand\RSitalian{%
- \def\RSrngtxt{--}%
- \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space e~}%
- \def\RSlsttxt{\space e~}%
- \def\RSparttxt{Parte~}%
- \def\RSpartstxt{Parti~}%
- \def\RSParttxt{Parte~}%
- \def\RSPartstxt{Parti~}%
- \def\RSappendixname{l'appendice~}%
- \def\RSappendicesname{le appendici~}%
- \def\RSAppendixname{l'Appendice~}%
- \def\RSAppendicesname{le Appendici~}%
- \def\RSchaptername{il capitolo~}%
- \def\RSchaptersname{i capitoli~}%
- \def\RSChaptername{il Capitolo~}%
- \def\RSChaptersname{i Capitoli~}%
- \def\RSsectxt{la sezione~}%
- \def\RSsecstxt{le sezioni~}%
- \def\RSSectxt{la Sezione~}%
- \def\RSSecstxt{la Sezioni~}%
- \def\RSeqtxt{l'equazione~}%
- \def\RSeqstxt{le equazioni~}%
- \def\RSEqtxt{l'Equazione~}%
- \def\RSEqstxt{le Equazioni~}%
- \def\RSfigtxt{la figura~}%
- \def\RSfigstxt{le figure~}%
- \def\RSFigtxt{la Figura~}%
- \def\RSFigstxt{le Figure~}%
- \def\RStabtxt{la tabella~}%
- \def\RStabstxt{le tabelle~}%
- \def\RSTabtxt{la Tabella~}%
- \def\RSTabstxt{le Tabelle~}%
- \def\RSfootntxt{la nota~}%
- \def\RSfootnstxt{le note~}%
- \def\RSFootntxt{la Nota~}%
- \def\RSFootnstxt{le Note~}%
-}
-\DeclareLangOpt{italian}{\RSitalian}
-%%-- NORWEGIAN -------------------------------------
-\newcommand\RSnorwegian{%
- \def\RSrngtxt{\space til~}%
- \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space og~}%
- \def\RSlsttxt{\space og~}%
- \def\RSparttxt{del~}%
- \def\RSpartstxt{del~}%
- \def\RSParttxt{Del~}%
- \def\RSPartstxt{Del~}%
- \def\RSappendixname{tillegg~}%
- \def\RSappendicesname{tillegg~}%
- \def\RSAppendixname{Tillegg~}%
- \def\RSAppendicesname{Tillegg~}%
- \def\RSchaptername{kapittel~}%
- \def\RSchaptersname{kapittel~}%
- \def\RSChaptername{Kapittel~}%
- \def\RSChaptersname{Kapittel~}%
- \def\RSsectxt{avsnitt~}%
- \def\RSsecstxt{avsnitt~}%
- \def\RSSectxt{Avsnitt~}%
- \def\RSSecstxt{Avsnitt~}%
- \def\RSeqtxt{formel~}%
- \def\RSeqstxt{formel~}%
- \def\RSEqtxt{Formel~}%
- \def\RSEqstxt{Formel~}%
- \def\RSfigtxt{figur~}%
- \def\RSfigstxt{figur~}%
- \def\RSFigtxt{Figur~}%
- \def\RSFigstxt{Figur~}%
- \def\RStabtxt{tabell~}%
- \def\RStabstxt{tabell~}%
- \def\RSTabtxt{Tabell~}%
- \def\RSTabstxt{Tabell~}%
- \def\RSfootntxt{fotnote~}%
- \def\RSfootnstxt{fotnote~}%
- \def\RSFootntxt{Fotnote~}%
- \def\RSFootnstxt{Fotnote~}%
-}
-\DeclareLangOpt{norwegian}{\RSnorwegian}
-\DeclareLangOpt{nynorsk}{\RSnorwegian}
-\DeclareLangOpt{bokmal}{\RSnorwegian}% Not in babel yet
-\DeclareLangOpt{norsk}{\RSnorwegian}
-%%-- PORTUGUESE -----------------------------------
-\newcommand\RSportuguese{%
- \def\RSrngtxt{\space a~}%
- \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space e~}%
- \def\RSlsttxt{\space e~}%
- \def\RSparttxt{Parte~}%
- \def\RSpartstxt{Partes~}%
- \def\RSParttxt{Parte~}%
- \def\RSPartstxt{Partes~}%
- \def\RSappendixname{ap\^{e}ndice~}%
- \def\RSappendicesname{ap\^{e}ndices~}%
- \def\RSAppendixname{Ap\^{e}ndice~}%
- \def\RSAppendicesname{Ap\^{e}ndices~}%
- \def\RSchaptername{cap\'{i}tulo~}%
- \def\RSchaptersname{cap\'{i}tulos~}%
- \def\RSChaptername{Cap\'{i}tulo~}%
- \def\RSChaptersname{Cap\'{i}tulos~}%
- \def\RSsectxt{se\c{c}\~{a}o~}%
- \def\RSsecstxt{se\c{c}\~{o}es~}%
- \def\RSSectxt{Se\c{c}\~{a}o~}%
- \def\RSSecstxt{Se\c{c}\~{o}es~}%
- \def\RSeqtxt{equa\c{c}\~{a}o~}%
- \def\RSeqstxt{equa\c{c}\~{o}es~}%
- \def\RSEqtxt{Equa\c{c}\~{a}o~}%
- \def\RSEqstxt{Equa\c{c}\~{o}es~}%
- \def\RSfigtxt{figura~}%
- \def\RSfigstxt{figuras~}%
- \def\RSFigtxt{Figura~}%
- \def\RSFigstxt{Figuras~}%
- \def\RStabtxt{tabela~}%
- \def\RStabstxt{tabelas~}%
- \def\RSTabtxt{Tabela~}%
- \def\RSTabstxt{Tabelas~}%
- \def\RSfootntxt{nota de rodap\'{e}~}%
- \def\RSfootnstxt{notas de rodap\'{e}~}%
- \def\RSFootntxt{Nota de rodap\'{e}~}%
- \def\RSFootnstxt{Notas de rodap\'{e}~}%
-}
-\newcommand\RSbrazilian{%
- \def\RSrngtxt{\space a~}%
- \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space e~}%
- \def\RSlsttxt{\space e~}%
- \def\RSparttxt{Parte~}%
- \def\RSpartstxt{Partes~}%
- \def\RSParttxt{Parte~}%
- \def\RSPartstxt{Partes~}%
- \def\RSappendixname{ap\^{e}ndice~}%
- \def\RSappendicesname{ap\^{e}ndices~}%
- \def\RSAppendixname{Ap\^{e}ndice~}%
- \def\RSAppendicesname{Ap\^{e}ndices~}%
- \def\RSchaptername{cap\'{i}tulo~}%
- \def\RSchaptersname{cap\'{i}tulos~}%
- \def\RSChaptername{Cap\'{i}tulo~}%
- \def\RSChaptersname{Cap\'{i}tulos~}%
- \def\RSsectxt{sec\c{c}\~{a}o~}%<---------------
- \def\RSsecstxt{sec\c{c}\~{o}es~}%<-------------
- \def\RSSectxt{Sec\c{c}\~{a}o~}%<---------------
- \def\RSSecstxt{Sec\c{c}\~{o}es~}%<-------------
- \def\RSeqtxt{equa\c{c}\~{a}o~}%
- \def\RSeqstxt{equa\c{c}\~{o}es~}%
- \def\RSEqtxt{Equa\c{c}\~{a}o~}%
- \def\RSEqstxt{Equa\c{c}\~{o}es~}%
- \def\RSfigtxt{figura~}%
- \def\RSfigstxt{figuras~}%
- \def\RSFigtxt{Figura~}%
- \def\RSFigstxt{Figuras~}%
- \def\RStabtxt{tabela~}%
- \def\RStabstxt{tabelas~}%
- \def\RSTabtxt{Tabela~}%
- \def\RSTabstxt{Tabelas~}%
- \def\RSfootntxt{nota de rodap\'{e}~}%
- \def\RSfootnstxt{notas de rodap\'{e}~}%
- \def\RSFootntxt{Nota de rodap\'{e}~}%
- \def\RSFootnstxt{Notas de rodap\'{e}~}%
-}
-\DeclareLangOpt{portuges}{\RSportuguese}
-\DeclareLangOpt{portuguese}{\RSportuguese}
-\DeclareLangOpt{brazilian}{\RSbrazilian}
-\DeclareLangOpt{brazil}{\RSbrazilian}
-%%-- SWEDISH ------------------------------------
-\newcommand\RSswedish{%
- \def\RSrngtxt{\space till~}%
- \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space och~}%
- \def\RSlsttxt{\space och~}%
- \def\RSparttxt{del~}%
- \def\RSpartstxt{del~}%
- \def\RSParttxt{Del~}%
- \def\RSPartstxt{Del~}%
- \def\RSappendixname{appendix~}%
- \def\RSappendicesname{appendix~}%
- \def\RSAppendixname{Appendix~}%
- \def\RSAppendicesname{Appendix~}%
- \def\RSchaptername{kapitel~}%
- \def\RSchaptersname{kapitel~}%
- \def\RSChaptername{Kapitel~}%
- \def\RSChaptersname{Kapitel~}%
- \def\RSsectxt{sektion~}%
- \def\RSsecstxt{sektion~}%
- \def\RSSectxt{Sektion~}%
- \def\RSSecstxt{Sektion~}%
- \def\RSeqtxt{ekvation~}%
- \def\RSeqstxt{ekvation~}%
- \def\RSEqtxt{Ekvation~}%
- \def\RSEqstxt{Ekvation~}%
- \def\RSfigtxt{figur~}%
- \def\RSfigstxt{figur~}%
- \def\RSFigtxt{Figur~}%
- \def\RSFigstxt{Figur~}%
- \def\RStabtxt{tabell~}%
- \def\RStabstxt{tabell~}%
- \def\RSTabtxt{Tabell~}%
- \def\RSTabstxt{Tabell~}%
- \def\RSfootntxt{fotnot~}%
- \def\RSfootnstxt{fotnot~}%
- \def\RSFootntxt{Fotnot~}%
- \def\RSFootnstxt{Fotnot~}%
-}
-\DeclareLangOpt{swedish}{\RSswedish}
-%%-- TEMPLATE FOR PARTS -------------------------
- \newref{part}{%
- name = \RSparttxt,
- names = \RSpartstxt,
- Name = \RSPparttxt,
- Names = \RSPartstxt,
- rngtxt = \RSrngtxt,
- lsttxt = \RSlsttxt}
-%%-- TEMPLATE FOR CHAPTERS & APPENDIXES ---------
-\providecommand*{\p@chapter}{}
-\AtBeginDocument{%
- \RS@ifundefined{chapter}{}{%
- \RS@ifundefined{@chapapp}%
- {\renewcommand*{\p@chapter}{\string\chpname{\chaptername}}}%AMS
- {\renewcommand*{\p@chapter}{\string\chpname{\@chapapp}}}% Normal
- }%
- }
-\newcommand*{\chpname}[1]{}
-\newcommand*{\RS@chpname}[1]{%
- \ifRSnameon
- \edef\RS@tmpa{#1}%
- \edef\RS@tmpb{\appendixname}%
- \ifx\RS@tmpa\RS@tmpb\relax%
- \ifRSplural
- \ifRScapname \RSAppendicesname \else \RSappendicesname \fi
- \else
- \ifRScapname \RSAppendixname \else \RSappendixname \fi
- \fi
- \else
- \ifRSplural
- \ifRScapname \RSChaptersname \else \RSchaptersname \fi
- \else
- \ifRScapname \RSChaptername \else \RSchaptername \fi
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi}
- \newref{chap}{%
- refcmd = {{\let\chpname=\RS@chpname\ref{#1}}},
- rngtxt = \RSrngtxt,
- lsttwotxt = \RSlsttwotxt,
- lsttxt = \RSlsttxt}
-%%-- TEMPLATE FOR SECTIONS ----------------------
- \newref{sec}{%
- name = \RSsectxt,
- names = \RSsecstxt,
- Name = \RSSectxt,
- Names = \RSSecstxt,
- refcmd = {\S\ref{#1}},
- rngtxt = \RSrngtxt,
- lsttwotxt = \RSlsttwotxt,
- lsttxt = \RSlsttxt}
-%%-- TEMPLATE FOR EQUATIONS ---------------------
-\newcommand*{\RSeqrefform}[1]{\textup{(\ref{#1})}}
-\@ifpackageloaded{amsmath}%
- {\let\AMSeqref\eqref
- \let\eqref\relax}%
- {}
-\newref{eq}{%
- name = \RSeqtxt,
- names = \RSeqstxt,
- Name = \RSEqtxt,
- Names = \RSEqstxt,
- refcmd = \RSeqrefform{#1},
- rngtxt = \RSrngtxt,
- lsttwotxt = \RSlsttwotxt,
- lsttxt = \RSlsttxt}
-\let\RSeqref\eqref
-\let\eqref\relax
-\AtBeginDocument{%
- \@ifpackageloaded{amsmath}%
- {\RS@ifundefined{AMSeqref}{\let\AMSeqref\eqref}{}%
- \let\RSeqrefform\AMSeqref}%
- {}%
- \let\eqref=\RSeqref
- }
-%%-- TEMPLATE FOR FIGURES -----------------------
- \newref{fig}{%
- name = \RSfigtxt,
- names = \RSfigstxt,
- Name = \RSFigtxt,
- Names = \RSFigstxt,
- rngtxt = \RSrngtxt,
- lsttwotxt = \RSlsttwotxt,
- lsttxt = \RSlsttxt}
-%%-- TEMPLATE FOR TABLES ------------------------
- \newref{tab}{%
- name = \RStabtxt,
- names = \RStabstxt,
- Name = \RSTabtxt,
- Names = \RSTabstxt,
- rngtxt = \RSrngtxt,
- lsttwotxt = \RSlsttwotxt,
- lsttxt = \RSlsttxt}
-%%-- TEMPLATE FOR FOOTNOTES ---------------------
- \newcommand{\RSfnmark}[1]{%
- \begingroup
- \unrestored@protected@xdef\@thefnmark{\ref{#1}}%
- \endgroup
- \@footnotemark}
- \newref{fn}{%
- name = \RSfootntxt,
- names = \RSfootnstxt,
- Name = \RSFootntxt,
- Names = \RSFootnstxt,
- refcmd = {\ifRSstar\RSfnmark{#1}\else(\ref{#1})\fi},
- rngtxt = \RSrngtxt,
- lsttwotxt = \RSlsttwotxt,
- lsttxt = \RSlsttxt}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `refstyle.cfg'.
+++ /dev/null
-%% File rmpgen.cfg 10/10/97
-%% derived from:
-%% File rmplocal.cfg 11/9/96
-%% File rmpagelocal.cfg 23/8/96
-%%
-%% Copyright 1996 and 1997 R.J.M. McDonnell
-%% email: rebecca@astrid.u-net.com
-%%
-%% Before modifying this file, you might like to make a back-up copy.
-%%
-%% This file is meant to be modified at each installation. So that
-%% you don't end up with a mess that's hideously incompatible with
-%% other installations and versions of the rmpage package, do this:
-%% when you change this file, add a comment on the top line identifying
-%% it as yours, and change the comment after the version number to do
-%% the same thing (e.g., [1923/09/17 v0.carrot Gertrude Stein's config
-%% file for the rmpage package]).
-%%
-%% Please don't make any other changes above the line: `LOCAL CODE BELOW
-%% HERE PLEASE', aside from commenting out or uncommenting whole
-%% options; you're best off not deleting them, honest.
-%%
-%% My current idea is that the contents of this file below the `LOCAL
-%% CODE BELOW HERE PLEASE' line can be cut and pasted wholesale into
-%% a later version of this file; the code that's there is my local
-%% configuration code, and I expect that its only use to you is as
-%% examples. My intention is that future versions of this file won't
-%% have essential code below the line `LOCAL CODE BELOW HERE PLEASE'
-%% either.
-%%
-%% I suggest the first thing you do is hunt down the \ExecuteOptions
-%% statements and change them to whatever you think suits you best.
-%%
-%%
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1996/06/01]
-\ProvidesFile{rmpgen.cfg}[1997/10/10 v1.0 general configuration file
-for the rmpage package.]
-%
-% 1997/10/10 v1.0 Made this the first released version of rmpgen.cfg
-% 1996/11/01 v0.36 Changed the typesetting tightness the loadpsfount
-% options change to (now looseish).
-% Goes with rmpage-v0.90.sty
-% 1996/11/01 v0.35 Played about with ltxdoc stuff. Still no joy.
-% Goes with rmpage-v0.89.2.sty
-% 1996/10/31 v0.34 Added the three beton options, just after the
-% loadfount stuff. Belongs here because not everyone uses the
-% concrete founts.
-% Goes with rmpage-v0.89.sty
-% 1996/10/29 v0.33 Put \RM@notinexecuteoptions back in t@uch options;
-% put ljmeepex options into class file. Perhaps change rmpage so
-% t@uch options can be used; tricky.
-% Goes with rmpage-v0.88.sty
-% 1996/10/28 v0.32 Added \RM@AfterInitialTextwidthSetting hook;
-% added book class default options
-% Goes with rmpage-v0.88.sty
-% 1996/10/28 v0.31 Added foils defaults.
-% Goes with rmpage-v0.87.sty
-% 1996/10/25 v0.30 Added stuff about \RM@LocalClassReport hook.
-% Goes with rmpage-v0.85.sty
-% 1996/10/25 v0.29 Changed nastydate option to othernicedate. :-).
-% Goes with rmpage-v0.84.1.sty
-% 1996/10/21 v0.28 Changed slides options a bit; rmpwslid.pko is now
-% used.
-% Goes with rmpage-v0.84.sty
-% 1996/10/21 v0.27 Uncommented another t@uchoption; allowed all t@uch
-% options in \ExecuteOptions; added support for ljmeepex class
-% (options are declared here, and it's given the same number as
-% ljmueepexam. Is Bill Gates the Antichrist?)
-% Goes with rmpage-v0.83.sty
-% 1996/10/19 v0.26 Added ringbinding option which uses new
-% \RM@DefLengthAtLeast command. Changed bithesis settings to use
-% this command to define minmargins.
-% Goes with rmpage-v0.83.sty
-% 1996/10/17 v0.25 Changed loadpsfount stuff to use new command to
-% set looseness, which requests sloppiest \if@twocolum.
-% Goes with rmpage-v0.82.sty
-% 1996/10/14 v0.24 Added errorshow, warningshow, infoshow, and debugshow
-% options (asleep); these are used by tracefnt---someone might
-% like them.
-% Goes with rmpage-v0.81.1.sty
-% 1996/10/09 v0.23 Confirmed lj4printer limits by measuring MS works
-% output. Not great, but it'll do for now.
-% Goes with rmpage-v0.81.1.sty
-% 1996/10/06 v0.22 Fixed loadbookman option
-% Goes with rmpage-v0.81.1.sty
-% 1996/10/04 v0.21 Changed an errant \RM@ocltype to \RM@ocl
-% Goes with rmpage-v0.81.1.sty
-% 1996/10/01 v0.20 Changed loadconcrete option so it uses the beton
-% package; goes with changes in rmpage. Changed generalprinter so
-% it works with HP inkjets.
-% Goes with rmpage-v0.81.sty
-% 1996/09/30 v0.19.1 Changed c76paper option to c7/6paper; binned a
-% redundant asleepoption.
-% Goes with rmpage-v0.80.1.sty
-% 1996/09/29 v0.19 replaced smallbase things with normalbase things.
-% Goes with rmpage-v0.80.sty
-% 1996/09/28 v0.18 added noheaders and notstdmargins to default
-% \ExecuteOptions; to counteract changed default flag settings.
-% 1996/09/27 v0.17 Downcased the RA and SRA paper size names; changed
-% luccasua to lucasual.
-% Goes with rmpage-v0.78.sty
-% 1996/09/26 v0.16 Changed some comments; changed
-% \RM@ClassExecuteOptions to \RM@OnClassExecuteOptions
-% Goes with rmpage-v0.76.sty
-% 1996/09/24 v0.15 Added printer/paper settings from rmpage.sty to
-% the \RM@PrinterPaperSettings hook. Put loadcourier and
-% loadconcrete to bed. Commented out rmcv, rmletter, and bithesis
-% options; they should be redundant by now. Delete them later if
-% there's no problems.
-% Goes with rmpage-v0.74.sty
-% 1996/09/23 v0.14 Changed R+Rdw520printer option so \RM@printertype
-% is set to 11 (new 500 series value), rather than 2 (old DW520
-% value). Foolish child. Added the thisfontwidth option,
-% commented out.
-% Goes with rmpage-v0.73.sty
-% 1996/09/22 v0.13 basemaxmparwidth and basemparclearance options
-% commented out. I mean, really, why not? Added the letter4paper
-% size: an unholy alliance between US letter and ISO A4. Avoid
-% like the plague; but I can almost see a use for it.
-% Goes with rmpage-v0.72.sty
-% 1996/09/18 v0.12.1 Changed some comments.
-% Goes with rmpage-v0.71.2.sty
-% 1996/09/16 v0.12 Added fulllength and stdlength options from
-% rmpage, because they need executing after the touchlength options.
-% Goes with rmpage-v0.71.sty
-% 1996/09/13 v0.11.1 minor doc change
-% 1996/09/13 v0.11 Not much really: added the center and notcenter
-% options to match the documentation.
-% Goes with rmpage-v0.69.sty
-% 1996/09/11 v0.10.1 Made a line a comment line again (oops)
-% Goes with rmpage-v0.67.sty
-% 1996/09/11 v0.10 Added some more options, and changed the name from
-% rmpagelocal.cfg (as it would be in a world free from Bill
-% Gates's malign influence) to the rather silly rmplocal.cfg. It
-% might have been ratlocal, but I decided in favour of utility
-% against character. Apologies to those who use the
-% abreviation RMP in a different context. Added lots and lots of
-% option declarations from rmpage.sty. Changed default option
-% setting and played around with class detection rather a lot;
-% it's relatively elegant now.
-% Goes with rmpage-v0.66.sty
-% 1996/09/10 v0.9 Turned a few %% lines into % lines
-% Goes with rmpage-v0.65.sty
-% 1996/09/10 v0.8 Played about with commented-out options
-% Goes with rmpage-v0.64.sty
-% 1996/09/09 v0.7 Played around with class detection and changed
-% class type numbers
-% Goes with rmpage-v0.63.sty
-% 1996/09/04 v0.6 Erm, some stuff. Changed printer option to
-% dw520-ours.
-% Goes with rmpage-v0.61.sty
-% 1996/09/03 v0.5 Played about a bit; can't remember the details.
-% Goes with rmpage-v0.60.sty
-% 1996/09/02 v0.4 added hook stuff, and included ltxdoc code in one
-% of them.
-% 1996/08/25 v0.3 added rarely used paper size definitions.
-% Goes with rmpagenew v0.56
-% 1996/08/24 v0.2 changed name and stuff; goes with rmpagenew v0.55
-% 1996/08/23 v0.1 Here we go... Goes with rmpagenew v0.54
-%
-%%
-%%
-%% OPTION DECLARATION
-%% ==================
-%%
-%% This section contains the standard options for rmpage. I suggest
-%% you don't add or delete anything from this section: just comment
-%% options out to speed rmpage up or uncomment them if you need to
-%% use them.
-%%
-%% If you want to add options, add them at the end of this section
-%% in between the places marked.
-%%
-%%
-%% PAPER SIZES
-%% -----------
-%%
-\DeclareOption{undefinedpaper}{\def\RM@papertype{0}}
-
-\DeclareOption{letter4paper}{\def\RM@papertype{9}
- \setlength\paperheight{8.5in}
- \setlength\paperwidth{210mm}
- }
-
-\DeclareOption{a0paper}{\def\RM@papertype{10}
- \setlength\paperheight{1189mm}
- \setlength\paperwidth{841mm}
- }
-\DeclareOption{a1paper}{\def\RM@papertype{11}
- \setlength\paperheight{841mm}
- \setlength\paperwidth{594mm}
- }
-\DeclareOption{a2paper}{\def\RM@papertype{12}
- \setlength\paperheight{594mm}
- \setlength\paperwidth{420mm}
- }
-\DeclareOption{a3paper}{\def\RM@papertype{13}%
- \setlength\paperheight{420mm}%
- \setlength\paperwidth{297mm}%
- }
-
-\DeclareOption{a6paper}{\def\RM@papertype{16}%
- \setlength\paperheight{148mm}%
- \setlength\paperwidth{105mm}%
- }
-\DeclareOption{a7paper}{\def\RM@papertype{17}
- \setlength\paperheight{105mm}
- \setlength\paperwidth{74mm}
- }
-\DeclareOption{a8paper}{\def\RM@papertype{18}
- \setlength\paperheight{74mm}
- \setlength\paperwidth{52mm}
- }
-\DeclareOption{a9paper}{\def\RM@papertype{19}
- \setlength\paperheight{52mm}
- \setlength\paperwidth{37mm}
- }
-\DeclareOption{a10paper}{\def\RM@papertype{20}
- \setlength\paperheight{37mm}
- \setlength\paperwidth{26mm}
- }
-
-\DeclareOption{b0paper}{\def\RM@papertype{30}
- \setlength\paperheight{1414mm}
- \setlength\paperwidth{1000mm}
- }
-\DeclareOption{b1paper}{\def\RM@papertype{31}
- \setlength\paperheight{1000mm}
- \setlength\paperwidth{707mm}
- }
-\DeclareOption{b2paper}{\def\RM@papertype{32}
- \setlength\paperheight{707mm}
- \setlength\paperwidth{500mm}
- }
-\DeclareOption{b3paper}{\def\RM@papertype{33}
- \setlength\paperheight{500mm}
- \setlength\paperwidth{353mm}
- }
-\DeclareOption{b4paper}{\def\RM@papertype{34}%
- \setlength\paperheight{353mm}%
- \setlength\paperwidth{250mm}%
- }
-
-\DeclareOption{b6paper}{\def\RM@papertype{36}%
- \setlength\paperheight{176mm}%
- \setlength\paperwidth{125mm}%
- }
-\DeclareOption{b7paper}{\def\RM@papertype{37}%
- \setlength\paperheight{125mm}%
- \setlength\paperwidth{88mm}%
- }
-\DeclareOption{b8paper}{\def\RM@papertype{38}
- \setlength\paperheight{88mm}
- \setlength\paperwidth{62mm}
- }
-\DeclareOption{b9paper}{\def\RM@papertype{39}
- \setlength\paperheight{62mm}
- \setlength\paperwidth{44mm}
- }
-\DeclareOption{b10paper}{\def\RM@papertype{40}
- \setlength\paperheight{44mm}
- \setlength\paperwidth{31mm}
- }
-\DeclareOption{c0paper}{\def\RM@papertype{50}
- \setlength\paperheight{1297mm}
- \setlength\paperwidth{917mm}
- }
-\DeclareOption{c1paper}{\def\RM@papertype{51}
- \setlength\paperheight{917mm}
- \setlength\paperwidth{648mm}
- }
-\DeclareOption{c2paper}{\def\RM@papertype{52}
- \setlength\paperheight{648mm}
- \setlength\paperwidth{458mm}
- }
-\DeclareOption{c3paper}{\def\RM@papertype{53}
- \setlength\paperheight{458mm}
- \setlength\paperwidth{324mm}
- }
-\DeclareOption{c4paper}{\def\RM@papertype{54}
- \setlength\paperheight{324mm}
- \setlength\paperwidth{229mm}
- }
-
-\DeclareOption{c5paper}{\def\RM@papertype{55}%
- \setlength\paperheight{229mm}%
- \setlength\paperwidth{162mm}%
- }
-
-\DeclareOption{c7paper}{\def\RM@papertype{57}
- \setlength\paperheight{114mm}
- \setlength\paperwidth{81mm}
- }
-
-\DeclareOption{c7/6paper}{\def\RM@papertype{59}% c7/6 paper
- \setlength\paperheight{162mm}
- \setlength\paperwidth{81mm}
- }
-% Note that the BS4264 envelope sizes have names I invented
-% BS4264 Post office preferred envelope: seed packets, wage slips, gen pack
-\DeclareOption{bspopseedenvelopepaper}{\def\RM@papertype{60}
- \setlength\paperheight{152mm}
- \setlength\paperwidth{102mm}
- }
- % BS4264 Post office preferred envelope: gen commercial, non iso sizes
-\DeclareOption{bspopnonisoenvelopepaper}{\def\RM@papertype{61}
- \setlength\paperheight{229mm}
- \setlength\paperwidth{102mm}
- }
- % BS4264 envelope; bulky A5, catalogues, brochures.
-\DeclareOption{bsbrochureenvelopepaper}{\def\RM@papertype{62}
- \setlength\paperheight{254mm}
- \setlength\paperwidth{178mm}
- }
- % BS4264 envelope; legal docs, catalogues, photos
-\DeclareOption{bslegalenvelopepaper}{\def\RM@papertype{63}
- \setlength\paperheight{270mm}
- \setlength\paperwidth{216mm}
- }
-% BS4264 envelope; insurance policies, legal docs
-\DeclareOption{bslargelegalenvelopepaper}{\def\RM@papertype{64}
- \setlength\paperheight{305mm}
- \setlength\paperwidth{127mm}
- }
- % BS4264 envelope; bulky docs, calendars
-\DeclareOption{bscalendarenvelopepaper}{\def\RM@papertype{65}
- \setlength\paperheight{381mm}
- \setlength\paperwidth{254mm}
- }
-
-\DeclareOption{foolscapfoliopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{70}%
- \setlength\paperheight{13.5in}%
- \setlength\paperwidth{8.5in}%
- }
-\DeclareOption{foolscappaper}{\def\RM@papertype{70}% foolscap option gives foolscap
- \setlength\paperheight{13.5in}% folio paper
- \setlength\paperwidth{8.5in}
- }
-
-\DeclareOption{foolscapquartopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{71}
- \setlength\paperheight{8.5in}
- \setlength\paperwidth{6.75in}
- }
-\DeclareOption{foolscapoctavopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{72}
- \setlength\paperheight{6.75in}
- \setlength\paperwidth{4.25in}
- }
-\DeclareOption{crownfoliopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{73}
- \setlength\paperheight{15in}
- \setlength\paperwidth{10in}
- }
-\DeclareOption{crownquartopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{74}
- \setlength\paperheight{10in}
- \setlength\paperwidth{7.5in}
- }
-\DeclareOption{crownoctavopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{75}
- \setlength\paperheight{7.5in}
- \setlength\paperwidth{5in}
- }
-\DeclareOption{royalfoliopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{76}
- \setlength\paperheight{20in}
- \setlength\paperwidth{12.5in}
- }
-\DeclareOption{royalquartopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{77}
- \setlength\paperheight{12.5in}
- \setlength\paperwidth{10in}
- }
-\DeclareOption{royaloctavopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{78}
- \setlength\paperheight{10in}
- \setlength\paperwidth{6.25in}
- }
-\DeclareOption{imperialfoliopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{79}
- \setlength\paperheight{22in}
- \setlength\paperwidth{15.5in}
- }
-\DeclareOption{imperialquartopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{80}
- \setlength\paperheight{15in}
- \setlength\paperwidth{11in}
- }
-\DeclareOption{imperialoctavopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{81}
- \setlength\paperheight{11in}
- \setlength\paperwidth{7.5in}
- }
-\DeclareOption{largecrownoctavopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{82}
- \setlength\paperheight{8in}
- \setlength\paperwidth{5.25in}
- }
-\DeclareOption{demyoquartopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{83}
- \setlength\paperheight{11.25in}
- \setlength\paperwidth{8.75in}
- }
-\DeclareOption{demyoctavopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{84}
- \setlength\paperheight{8.75in}
- \setlength\paperwidth{5.625in}
- }
-\DeclareOption{mediumquartopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{85}
- \setlength\paperheight{12in}
- \setlength\paperwidth{9.5in}
- }
-\DeclareOption{mediumoctavopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{86}
- \setlength\paperheight{9.5in}
- \setlength\paperwidth{6in}
- }
-
-\DeclareOption{ra0paper}{\def\RM@papertype{90}
- \setlength\paperheight{1270mm}
- \setlength\paperwidth{960mm}
- }
-\DeclareOption{ra1paper}{\def\RM@papertype{91}
- \setlength\paperheight{1270mm}
- \setlength\paperwidth{960mm}
- }
-\DeclareOption{ra2paper}{\def\RM@papertype{92}
- \setlength\paperheight{1270mm}
- \setlength\paperwidth{960mm}
- }
-\DeclareOption{sra0paper}{\def\RM@papertype{93}
- \setlength\paperheight{1280mm}
- \setlength\paperwidth{900mm}
- }
-\DeclareOption{sra1paper}{\def\RM@papertype{94}
- \setlength\paperheight{900mm}
- \setlength\paperwidth{840mm}
- }
-\DeclareOption{sra2paper}{\def\RM@papertype{95}
- \setlength\paperheight{640mm}
- \setlength\paperwidth{450mm}
- }
-\DeclareOption{metricdoublecrownpaper}{\def\RM@papertype{96}
- \setlength\paperheight{770mm}
- \setlength\paperwidth{505mm}
- }
-\DeclareOption{metricquadcrownpaper}{\def\RM@papertype{97}
- \setlength\paperheight{1010mm}
- \setlength\paperwidth{770mm}
- }
-\DeclareOption{metriclargequadcrownpaper}{\def\RM@papertype{98}
- \setlength\paperheight{1060mm}
- \setlength\paperwidth{820mm}
- }
-\DeclareOption{metricquaddemypaper}{\def\RM@papertype{99}
- \setlength\paperheight{1030mm}
- \setlength\paperwidth{890mm}
- }
-\DeclareOption{metricsmallquadroyalpaper}{\def\RM@papertype{100}
- \setlength\paperheight{1270mm}
- \setlength\paperwidth{960mm}
- }
-%%
-%%
-%% LONG PAPER TYPES
-%% ----------------
-%%
-%% 0 = not long (or 1)
-%% 1 = 7/8 2 = 3/4 3 = 2/3 4 = 5/8 5 = 1/2
-%% 6 = 3/8 7 = 1/3 8 = 1/4 9 = 1/8
-%%
-\DeclareOption{notlongpaper}{\def\RM@longpapertype{0}}
-\DeclareOption{7/8longpaper}{\def\RM@longpapertype{1}}
-\DeclareOption{3/4longpaper}{\def\RM@longpapertype{2}}
-\DeclareOption{2/3longpaper}{\def\RM@longpapertype{3}}
-\DeclareOption{5/8longpaper}{\def\RM@longpapertype{4}}
-\DeclareOption{1/2longpaper}{\def\RM@longpapertype{5}}
-\DeclareOption{3/8longpaper}{\def\RM@longpapertype{6}}
-\DeclareOption{1/3longpaper}{\def\RM@longpapertype{7}}
-\DeclareOption{1/4longpaper}{\def\RM@longpapertype{8}}
-\DeclareOption{1/8longpaper}{\def\RM@longpapertype{9}}
-%%
-%%
-%% OPTIONS TO CHANGE MARGINPARS
-%% ----------------------------
-%%
-%% marginparsep is scaled by option
-\DeclareOption{leastmparsep}{\RM@mparsepoption=3}
-\DeclareOption{lessmparsep}{\RM@mparsepoption=6}
-\DeclareOption{lessishmparsep}{\RM@mparsepoption=9}
-\DeclareOption{normalmparsep}{\RM@mparsepoption=12}
-\DeclareOption{moreishmparsep}{\RM@mparsepoption=15}
-\DeclareOption{moremparsep}{\RM@mparsepoption=18}
-\DeclareOption{mostmparsep}{\RM@mparsepoption=21}
-%%
-%% The basemparclear options need to be executed after paperwidth has
-%% been set. Easily done with \ProcessOptions rather than
-%% \ProcessOptions*, and the papersize setting options declared above
-%% rather than below. The normalbasemparclear value is set after option
-%% processing if no other value has been set. If \RM@mparclearance is
-%% -666pt, the normalbasemparclear value is set; if it's -667pt, the
-%% largebaselinemparclear value is set (both just after
-%% \RM@PrinterPaperSettings hook is executed, which is well after
-%% \paperwidth is set). This value is scaled by option just before it's
-%% used, so one can use the \RM@BeforeWidthSetting hook to change things.
-\DeclareOption{normalbasemparclear}{\setlength\RM@mparclearance{-666pt}}
-\DeclareOption{largebasemparclear}{\setlength\RM@mparclearance{-667pt}}
-
-\DeclareOption{normalbasemaxmparwidth}{\setlength\RM@maxmparwidth{-666pt}}
-\DeclareOption{largebasemaxmparwidth}{\setlength\RM@maxmparwidth{-667pt}}
-%%
-%% the gap between the edge of the paper and the edge of a marginpar
-%% is 0.4in (10.16mm) with standard article/report class settings.
-%% The mparclearance options change this.
-%%
-%% mparclearance for A4 portrait paper:
-%% least=3.95mm less=5.37mm lessish=7.28mm norm=9.88
-%% moreish=13.41mm more=18.20mm most=24.71mm
-%%
-%% (norm=0.4in with US letter paper). Note that there are no touch
-%% options for mparclearance or maxmparwidth. There's no particular
-%% reason why they shouldn't be added. So I did, but left them
-%% commented out.
-\DeclareOption{leastmparclearance}{\RM@mparclearoption=3}
-\DeclareOption{lessmparclearance}{\RM@mparclearoption=6}
-\DeclareOption{lessishmparclearance}{\RM@mparclearoption=9}
-\DeclareOption{normalmparclearance}{\RM@mparclearoption=12}% norm
-\DeclareOption{moreishmparclearance}{\RM@mparclearoption=15}
-\DeclareOption{moremparclearance}{\RM@mparclearoption=18}
-\DeclareOption{mostmparclearance}{\RM@mparclearoption=21}
-%%
-%% maxmparwidth is now set as a fraction of paperwidth, such that with
-%% portrait US letter paper, you get 2in as standard (or maybe with A4; I
-%% really ought to check this.. It's scale by option just like
-%% everything else. If you want to change the default base value of
-%% maxmparwidth, the \RM@BeforeWidthSetting hook is an ideal place to do
-%% it.
-\DeclareOption{leastmaxmparwidth}{\RM@maxmparwidthoption=3}
-\DeclareOption{lessmaxmparwidth}{\RM@maxmparwidthoption=6}
-\DeclareOption{lessishmaxmparwidth}{\RM@maxmparwidthoption=9}
-\DeclareOption{normalmaxmparwidth}{\RM@maxmparwidthoption=12}% norm
-\DeclareOption{moreishmaxmparwidth}{\RM@maxmparwidthoption=15}
-\DeclareOption{moremaxmparwidth}{\RM@maxmparwidthoption=18}
-\DeclareOption{mostmaxmparwidth}{\RM@maxmparwidthoption=21}
-%%
-%%
-%% TOUCH OPTIONS
-%% -------------
-%%
-%% Note that all the touch options need to be executed after their
-%% corresponding `straight' options. This is inevitable if they are
-%% left here and \ProcessOptions is used rather than the star form,
-%% because rmplocal.cfg is loaded after all of rmpage's \DeclareOptions
-%% statements.
-%%
-\DeclareOption{t@uchlonger} {\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@lengthoption by 1}
-\DeclareOption{t@uchshorter}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@lengthoption by -1}
-\DeclareOption{touchlonger}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@lengthoption by 1}
-\DeclareOption{touchshorter}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@lengthoption by -1}
-%%
-\DeclareOption{touchmorecolsep}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@columnsepoption by1}
-\DeclareOption{touchlesscolsep}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@columnsepoption by-1}
-\DeclareOption{t@uchmorecolsep}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@columnsepoption by1}
-\DeclareOption{t@uchlesscolsep}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@columnsepoption by-1}
-%%
-\DeclareOption{touchmoremparsep}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@mparsepoption by1}
-\DeclareOption{touchlessmparsep}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@mparsepoption by-1}
-\DeclareOption{t@uchmoremparsep}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@mparsepoption by1}
-\DeclareOption{t@uchlessmparsep}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@mparsepoption by-1}
-%%
-\DeclareOption{touchmorefootskip}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@footskipoption by1}
-\DeclareOption{touchlessfootskip}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@footskipoption by-1}
-\DeclareOption{t@uchmorefootskip}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@footskipoption by1}
-\DeclareOption{t@uchlessfootskip}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@footskipoption by-1}
-%%
-\DeclareOption{touchmoreheadsep}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@headsepoption by1}
-\DeclareOption{touchlessheadsep}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@headsepoption by-1}
-\DeclareOption{t@uchmoreheadsep}{\advance\RM@headsepoption by1}
-\DeclareOption{t@uchlessheadsep}{\advance\RM@headsepoption by-1}
-%%
-\DeclareOption{t@uchwider}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@widthoption by1}
-\DeclareOption{t@uchnarrower}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@widthoption by-1}
-\DeclareOption{touchwider}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@widthoption by1}
-\DeclareOption{touchnarrower}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@widthoption by-1}
-%%
-\DeclareOption{t@uchmoreoffset}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@offsetoption by1}
-\DeclareOption{t@uchlessoffset}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@offsetoption by-1}
-\DeclareOption{touchmoreoffset}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@offsetoption by1}
-\DeclareOption{touchlessoffset}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@offsetoption by-1}
-%%
-\DeclareOption{t@uchhigher}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@headfootbalance by -1}
-\DeclareOption{t@uchlower} {\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@headfootbalance by 1}
-\DeclareOption{touchhigher}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@headfootbalance by -1}
-\DeclareOption{touchlower} {\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@headfootbalance by 1}
-%%
-\DeclareOption{t@uchlessmparclearance}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@mparclearoption by -1}
-\DeclareOption{t@uchmoremparclearance}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@mparclearoption by 1}
-\DeclareOption{touchlessmparclearance}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@mparclearoption by -1}
-\DeclareOption{touchmoremparclearance}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@mparclearoption by 1}
-
-\DeclareOption{t@uchlessmaxmparwidth}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@maxmparwidthoption by -1}
-\DeclareOption{t@uchmoremaxmparwidth}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@maxmparwidthoption by 1}
-\DeclareOption{touchlessmaxmparwidth}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@maxmparwidthoption by -1}
-\DeclareOption{touchmoremaxmparwidth}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@maxmparwidthoption by 1}
-%%
-%%
-%% RANDOM LENGTH OPTIONS
-%% ---------------------
-%%
-%% These need to be executed after the touchlength options; but for
-%% that, they'd be in rmpage.sty
-%%
-\DeclareOption{fulllength}{\RM@lengthoption=30}
-\DeclareOption{stdlength}{\RM@lengthoption=0}
-%%
-%%
-%% NUMBER OF COLUMNS
-%% -----------------
-%%
-%% onecolumn and twocolumn are both in rmpage. These options only
-%% affect \textwidth; use a package like multicols to set you text in
-%% multiple columns.
-%%
-\DeclareOption{onecolumnwidth}{\def\RM@textcols{1}}
-\DeclareOption{twocolumnwidth}{\def\RM@textcols{2}}
-\DeclareOption{threecolumnwidth}{\def\RM@textcols{3}}
-\DeclareOption{fourcolumnwidth}{\def\RM@textcols{4}}
-\DeclareOption{fivecolumnwidth}{\def\RM@textcols{5}}
-\DeclareOption{sixcolumnwidth}{\def\RM@textcols{6}}
-\DeclareOption{sevencolumnwidth}{\def\RM@textcols{7}}
-\DeclareOption{eightcolumnwidth}{\def\RM@textcols{8}}
-\DeclareOption{ninecolumnwidth}{\def\RM@textcols{9}}
-\DeclareOption{tencolumnwidth}{\def\RM@textcols{10}}
-%%
-%%
-%% LOADING FOUNTS
-%% --------------
-%%
-%% The fount options work like this: a fount family is set, and if the
-%% \RM@loadfount flag is set true, the appropriate fount is loaded,
-%% mainly with one of the standard PSNFSS packages.
-%% Fount families are set like this:
-%% 1=avant garde 2=bookman 3=zapf chancery 4=helvetica
-%% 5=new century schoolbook 6=palatino 7=times 8=utopia
-%% 9=lucida casual 10=courier 11=concrete 12=this fount width
-%% 13=lucida casual dirty trick
-%%
-%% The dirty trick works like this: if you ask for lucida casual
-%% (\RM@fountfamily 13), the fount loading code later on does a
-%% \RequirePackage{lucida-casual}, and then sets \RM@fountfamily
-%% to 9. The option to do this is in Rowland's curious option
-%% section.
-%%
-%% The command below is used to ask for a particular set of
-%% typesetting parameters if you've not explicitly requested any with
-%% the looseness option set. You get loose if you've asked for
-%% onecolumn, or sloppy if you've asked for twocolumn. Ncolumnwidth
-%% is treated as onecolumn; the multicol package makes its own
-%% arrangements. But this shouldn't be done any more because the
-%% metrics have changed (S. Rahtz, psnfss2e.tex, 5/11/95). I wish
-%% there was an up-to-date version of fontinst with docs available.
-%%
-%% This command's defined here so its meaning is clear; it's cleared
-%% at the end of rmpage.sty.
-%%
-%% So, this is the command that used to do the dirty. And still does:
-%% the PSNFSS founts \emph{are} still much tighter than cmr, and you
-%% get more bad line breaks. But looseish seems enough for now; keep
-%% the twocolumn extra super dooper very slack indeed looseness as is
-%% for now. (I wish I had a television so I could find out exactly
-%% what it is that Mutley says when he's annoyed). Maybe the thing
-%% to do is to change the sloppiness command: see rmpage.sty for more
-%% comments (yes, you, you fool, me! bloody well read it [don't
-%% complain: I'm swearing at myself]).
-%%
-%% The thing is, the PSNFSS founts are a little tighter than cmr (it
-%% seems). looseish over-compensates, but it's not all that much
-%% looser than tight. Grumbledon diwn.
-\def\RM@setpsloose{
- \ifnum\RM@looseoption=205
- \if@twocolumn
- \def\RM@looseoption{5}
- \else
- \def\RM@looseoption{1}
- \fi
- \fi
-}
-% \def\RM@setpsloose{\relax}
-% % Don't change the options below; just change the loosening command
-% % in case I want to use it later.
-%%
-%% %% Computer modern roman; redundant options
- \DeclareOption{cmrwidth}{\def\RM@fountfamily{0}}
- \DeclareOption{loadcmr}{\def\RM@fountfamily{0}\RM@loadfounttrue}
-%% Avant Garde
-\DeclareOption{avantwidth}{\def\RM@fountfamily{1}}
-\DeclareOption{loadavant}{\def\RM@fountfamily{1}
- \RM@loadfounttrue\RM@setpsloose}
-%% Bookman
-\DeclareOption{bookmanwidth}{\def\RM@fountfamily{2}}
-\DeclareOption{loadbookman}{\def\RM@fountfamily{2}
- \RM@loadfounttrue\RM@setpsloose}
-%% Zapf Chancery
-\DeclareOption{chancerywidth}{\def\RM@fountfamily{3}}
-\DeclareOption{loadchancery}{\def\RM@fountfamily{3}
- \RM@loadfounttrue\RM@setpsloose}
-%% Helvetica
-\DeclareOption{helvetwidth}{\def\RM@fountfamily{4}}
-\DeclareOption{loadhelvet}{\def\RM@fountfamily{4}
- \RM@loadfounttrue\RM@setpsloose}
-%% New Century Schoolbook
-\DeclareOption{newcentwidth}{\def\RM@fountfamily{5}}
-\DeclareOption{loadnewcent}{\def\RM@fountfamily{5}
- \RM@loadfounttrue\RM@setpsloose}
-%% Palatino
-\DeclareOption{palatinowidth}{\def\RM@fountfamily{6}}
-\DeclareOption{loadpalatino}{\def\RM@fountfamily{6}
- \RM@loadfounttrue\RM@setpsloose}
-%% Times
-\DeclareOption{timeswidth}{\def\RM@fountfamily{7}}
-\DeclareOption{loadtimes}{\def\RM@fountfamily{7}
- \RM@loadfounttrue\RM@setpsloose}
-%% Utopia
-\DeclareOption{utopiawidth}{\def\RM@fountfamily{8}}
-\DeclareOption{loadutopia}{\def\RM@fountfamily{8}
- \RM@loadfounttrue\RM@setpsloose}
-%% Lucida casual
-\DeclareOption{lucasualwidth}{\def\RM@fountfamily{9}}
-\DeclareOption{loadlucasual}{\def\RM@fountfamily{9}
- \RM@loadfounttrue\RM@setpsloose}
-%% lucida-casual option is now in rmplocal.cfg
-%% Courier
-\DeclareOption{courierwidth}{\def\RM@fountfamily{10}}
-\DeclareOption{loadcourier}{\def\RM@fountfamily{10}\RM@loadfounttrue
- \RM@setpsloose}
-%% Concrete
-%% Concrete doesn't need loose typesetting
-\DeclareOption{concretewidth}{\def\RM@fountfamily{11}}
-\DeclareOption{loadconcrete}{\def\RM@fountfamily{11}\RM@loadfounttrue
- \ExecuteOptions{beton}}
-%% Bases \textwidth on current fount
-\DeclareOption{thisfountwidth}{\def\RM@fountfamily{12}}
-%%
-%%
-%% Stuff for beton support
-%% -----------------------
-%%
-%% I need to pass the standard-baselineskips option to beton
-%% explicitly so I can detect whether beton's been loaded with this
-%% option later. I might as well prepare to pass the other two
-%% options, just in case I need to know about them someday.
-\DeclareOption{standard-baselineskips}
- {\PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{beton}}
-\DeclareOption{oldstyle-equation-numbers}
- {\PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{beton}}
-\DeclareOption{concrete-math}
- {\PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{beton}}
-%%
-%%
-%%
-%% Synonyms for other options
-%% --------------------------
-%%
-%% Now I like this.
-\DeclareOption{othernicedate}{\RM@nicedatefalse}% usdate
-\DeclareOption{nicedate}{\RM@nicedatetrue}% ukdate
-%%
-%% Other packages use these options to change the amount of
-%% information displayed; I might as well pay attention.
-%%
-\DeclareOption{verbose}{\def\RM@chatlevel{1}}% chatty
-\DeclareOption{silent}{\def\RM@chatlevel{3}}% yorkshire
-\DeclareOption{errorshow}{\def\RM@chatlevel{3}}% yorkshire
-\DeclareOption{warningshow}{\def\RM@chatlevel{2}}% taciturn
-\DeclareOption{infoshow}{\def\RM@chatlevel{1}}% chatty
-\DeclareOption{debugshow}{\def\RM@chatlevel{0}}% garrulous
-%%
-%% And I object to this, I really do. Why can't people learn to
-%% spell properly?
-%%
-\DeclareOption{center}{\RM@centretrue}
-\DeclareOption{notcenter}{\RM@centrefalse}
-%%
-%%
-%% MARGIN OPTIONS
-%% --------------
-%%
-%% What the ringbinding option does is ensure that there's enough space
-%% in the inside margin to punch holes. It does not make a binding
-%% correction after the fashion of the Koma-script packages. This option
-%% assumes that you'll be punching holes in the inside margin, so don't
-%% expect it to work properly with landscape printing---I couldn't work
-%% out a way of predicting which margin will get the holes in landscape
-%% printing, so I decided to make no attempt to support it. If you have
-%% any thoughts on this, please email me.
-%%
-\DeclareOption{ringbinding}
- {\ifRM@portrait
- \RM@DefLengthAtLeast{\RM@mininsidemargin}{15mm}
- \else
- \RM@Warn{The ringbinding option does nothing in landscape mode}
- \fi}
-%%
-%% PRINTER OPTIONS
-%% ---------------
-%%
-%% Printer types are:
-%% 0=fullbleed, 1=general, 2=pessimistic, 3=optimistic
-%% 10=dw300 11=dw500 12=dw600 (HP deskwriter inkjet series)
-%% 20=lj2 21=lj3 22=lj4 (HP laserjet laser printer series)
-%% 30=canonbjx bubblejet something (Canon bubblejet inkjet series)
-%% 40+ whatever else comes up
-%%
-%% The idea is that printer types < 10 are not locally configured;
-%% these numbers are reserved for mythical general types that should
-%% be the same on all systems. Feel free to add your own mythical
-%% general types; please keep the printer number > 1000.
-%%
-%% The figures for all these printers are guesses, except for the DW500
-%% and DW600: any data on printing margins for the printers above or
-%% other commonly-used printers would be gratefully received. I need to
-%% know about printing limits at the top, bottom, left, and right for
-%% portrait and landscape modes, and whether the data is what the book
-%% says or what you measured (preferrably both, but anything'll help).
-%% If anyone really uses LaTeX with an A3 printer, do tell: it's
-%% something I've been wondering about.
-%%
-%% \RM@ptrpostol generally set to 1mm (paper sizes are to $\pm2$mm),
-%% except for our dw520 which I keep a careful eye on.
-%%
-\DeclareOption{fullbleedprinter}{
- \def\RM@printertype{0}
- \def\RM@ptrrportclear{0mm}
- \def\RM@ptrlportclear{0mm}
- \def\RM@ptrtportclear{0mm}
- \def\RM@ptrbportclear{0mm}
- \def\RM@ptrrlandclear{0mm}
- \def\RM@ptrllandclear{0mm}
- \def\RM@ptrtlandclear{0mm}
- \def\RM@ptrblandclear{0mm}
- \def\RM@ptrpostol{0mm}% Seems best
- }
-%
-%% Quite arbitrary settings,
-\DeclareOption{generalprinter}{% arbitrary
- \def\RM@printertype{1}
- \def\RM@ptrrportclear{8mm}
- \def\RM@ptrlportclear{8mm}
- \def\RM@ptrtportclear{8mm}
- \def\RM@ptrbportclear{15mm}
- \def\RM@ptrrlandclear{15mm}
- \def\RM@ptrllandclear{8mm}
- \def\RM@ptrtlandclear{8mm}
- \def\RM@ptrblandclear{8mm}
- \def\RM@ptrpostol{1mm}% Guess
- }
-%% This uses the worst limits I can remember meeting:
-\DeclareOption{pessimisticprinter}{
- \def\RM@printertype{2}
- \def\RM@ptrrportclear{10mm}
- \def\RM@ptrlportclear{10mm}
- \def\RM@ptrtportclear{10mm}
- \def\RM@ptrbportclear{19mm}
- \def\RM@ptrrlandclear{19mm}
- \def\RM@ptrllandclear{10mm}
- \def\RM@ptrtlandclear{10mm}
- \def\RM@ptrblandclear{10mm}
- \def\RM@ptrpostol{1mm}% Guess
- }
-% This uses the best limits I'd expect
-\DeclareOption{optimisticprinter}{
- \def\RM@printertype{3}
- \def\RM@ptrrportclear{3mm}
- \def\RM@ptrlportclear{3mm}
- \def\RM@ptrtportclear{3mm}
- \def\RM@ptrbportclear{3mm}
- \def\RM@ptrrlandclear{3mm}
- \def\RM@ptrllandclear{3mm}
- \def\RM@ptrtlandclear{3mm}
- \def\RM@ptrblandclear{3mm}
- \def\RM@ptrpostol{0.5mm}% Guess
- }
-
-\DeclareOption{dw300printer}{% Guess
- \def\RM@printertype{11}
- \def\RM@ptrrportclear{6mm}
- \def\RM@ptrlportclear{6mm}
- \def\RM@ptrtportclear{7mm}
- \def\RM@ptrbportclear{15mm}
- \def\RM@ptrrlandclear{15mm}
- \def\RM@ptrllandclear{7mm}
- \def\RM@ptrtlandclear{6mm}
- \def\RM@ptrblandclear{6mm}
- \def\RM@ptrpostol{1mm}
- }
-\DeclareOption{dw500printer}{% HP spec
- \def\RM@printertype{11}
- \def\RM@ptrrportclear{6mm}
- \def\RM@ptrlportclear{6mm}
- \def\RM@ptrtportclear{7mm}
- \def\RM@ptrbportclear{15mm}
- \def\RM@ptrrlandclear{15mm}
- \def\RM@ptrllandclear{7mm}
- \def\RM@ptrtlandclear{6mm}
- \def\RM@ptrblandclear{6mm}
- \def\RM@ptrpostol{1mm}
- }
-\DeclareOption{dw600printer}{% Measured from Rebecca's at work+1mm.
- \def\RM@printertype{12}
- \def\RM@ptrrportclear{5mm}
- \def\RM@ptrlportclear{5mm}
- \def\RM@ptrtportclear{2mm}
- \def\RM@ptrbportclear{15mm}
- \def\RM@ptrrlandclear{15mm}
- \def\RM@ptrllandclear{2mm}
- \def\RM@ptrtlandclear{5mm}
- \def\RM@ptrblandclear{5mm}
- \def\RM@ptrpostol{1mm}% Guess
- }
-\DeclareOption{lj2printer}{% an arbitrary guess
- \def\RM@printertype{20}
- \def\RM@ptrrportclear{7mm}
- \def\RM@ptrlportclear{7mm}
- \def\RM@ptrtportclear{7mm}
- \def\RM@ptrbportclear{7mm}
- \def\RM@ptrrlandclear{7mm}
- \def\RM@ptrllandclear{7mm}
- \def\RM@ptrtlandclear{7mm}
- \def\RM@ptrblandclear{7mm}
- \def\RM@ptrpostol{1mm}% Guess
- }
-\DeclareOption{lj3printer}{% an arbitrary guess
- \def\RM@printertype{21}
- \def\RM@ptrrportclear{6mm}
- \def\RM@ptrlportclear{6mm}
- \def\RM@ptrtportclear{6mm}
- \def\RM@ptrbportclear{6mm}
- \def\RM@ptrrlandclear{6mm}
- \def\RM@ptrllandclear{6mm}
- \def\RM@ptrtlandclear{6mm}
- \def\RM@ptrblandclear{6mm}
- \def\RM@ptrpostol{1mm}% Guess
- }
-\DeclareOption{lj4printer}{% measured from MS Works output
- \def\RM@printertype{22}
- \def\RM@ptrrportclear{5mm}
- \def\RM@ptrlportclear{5mm}
- \def\RM@ptrtportclear{5mm}
- \def\RM@ptrbportclear{5mm}
- \def\RM@ptrrlandclear{5mm}
- \def\RM@ptrllandclear{5mm}
- \def\RM@ptrtlandclear{5mm}
- \def\RM@ptrblandclear{5mm}
- \def\RM@ptrpostol{0.5mm}% Guess
- }
-\DeclareOption{canonbjxprinter}{% an arbitrary guess
- \def\RM@printertype{22}
- \def\RM@ptrrportclear{7mm}
- \def\RM@ptrlportclear{7mm}
- \def\RM@ptrtportclear{7mm}
- \def\RM@ptrbportclear{12mm}
- \def\RM@ptrrlandclear{12mm}
- \def\RM@ptrllandclear{7mm}
- \def\RM@ptrtlandclear{7mm}
- \def\RM@ptrblandclear{7mm}
- \def\RM@ptrpostol{1mm}% Guess
- }
-%%
-%% ROWLAND'S CURIOUS OPTIONS
-%% -------------------------
-%%
-%% These are curious options, defined by me (RJMM) to perform dark and
-%% eldritch deeds. These aren't intended for hoi polloi, mainly 'cos
-%% they're a bit iffy in places, but I like them and they might give
-%% you some ideas.
-%%
-%%
-%% Our DW520 isn't quite to spec.
-%%
-\DeclareOption{R+R-dw520printer}{
- \def\RM@printertype{11}
- \def\RM@ptrrportclear{7mm}% spec 6mm
- \def\RM@ptrlportclear{6mm}
- \def\RM@ptrtportclear{7mm}
- \def\RM@ptrbportclear{15mm}
- \def\RM@ptrrlandclear{15mm}
- \def\RM@ptrllandclear{7mm}
- \def\RM@ptrtlandclear{7mm}% spec 6mm
- \def\RM@ptrblandclear{6mm}
- \def\RM@ptrpostol{0.5mm}% Guess
- }
-%%
-%% A dirty trick to load my .fd version of lucida casual rather than
-%% the PSNFSS version. If you loadlucidacasual, \RM@fountfamily is set
-%% to 9 after the lucida-casual package has been \RequirePackaged.
-%% That's done by code further on in rmpage, specially written for
-%% this dirty trick.
-%%
-%% Lucida casual
-\DeclareOption{lucidacasualwidth}{\def\RM@fountfamily{9}}
-\DeclareOption{loadlucidacasual}{\def\RM@fountfamily{13}
- \RM@loadfounttrue\RM@setpsloose}
-%%
-%% These class options ought to be redundant now.
-%%\DeclareOption{rmcv}{\def\RM@classtype{20}}
-%%\DeclareOption{rmletter}{\def\RM@classtype{21}}
-%%\DeclareOption{bithesis}{\def\RM@classtype{22}}
-%% for ltx guide docs; maybe use in ltxguide.cfg?
-%%\DeclareOption{ltxguide}{\def\RM@classtype{7}}% redundant
-%% for typesetting .dtx files only; used by ltxdoc.cfg
-%%\DeclareOption{ltxdoc}{\def\RM@classtype{6}}% redundant
-%% for Liverpool J.Moore's EEP exams
-%%\DeclareOption{ljmueepexam}{\def\RM@classtype{23}}% redundant
-%%
-%% \RM@ptsize is set to the requested point size if an rmsizeN package has
-%% not already been recognised by another package.
-%%
-%% These point size options need another package file which really
-%% isn't ready to be released yet - so don't expect them to work.
-%%
-%% If you really, really, really want to use these extra point sizes,
-%% I'll send you the extra files if you ask nicely.
-%%
-\providecommand{\RM@ptsize}{666}
-\DeclareOption{14pt}{\ifnum\RM@ptsize=666\def\RM@ptsize{14}\def\@ptsize{2}\fi}
-\DeclareOption{24pt}{\ifnum\RM@ptsize=666\def\RM@ptsize{24}\def\@ptsize{2}\fi}
-\DeclareOption{36pt}{\ifnum\RM@ptsize=666\def\RM@ptsize{36}\def\@ptsize{2}\fi}
-%%
-%% Don't do anything to the file above this point except these things:
-%% comment out whole options,
-%% uncomment out whole options,
-%% and change the identifying comments and commands at the start of the file.
-%% Disobeying this order will result in a squadron of highly-trained
-%% killer gerbils attacking your toenails each night; the cost in
-%% pedicurist bills will be crippling.
-%%
-%%
-%% LOCAL CODE BELOW HERE PLEASE
-%% ============================
-%%
-%%
-%% Add your options in the section marked out below.
-%%
-%%
-%% BEGIN LOCAL OPTION DECLARATION
-%% ==============================
-%%
-
-%%
-%%
-%% END LOCAL OPTION DECLARATION
-%% ============================
-%%
-%%
-%% DEFAULT OPTION SETTING
-%% ======================
-%%
-%% Default options for any class---the \ExecuteOptions statement below
-%% should contain the default settings you want for all documents.
-%% Remember these options can always be over-ridden by class-specific
-%% code and options used in a document.
-%%
-%% Check the statement below about default option settings; things
-%% change, y'know.
-%%
-%% rmpage sets things up so that these options are used by default:
-%%
-%% noheaders,footers,notcentre,oneside,portrait,onecolumn,normalaltitude,
-%% normalcolumnsep,normalheadsep,normalfootskip,normalmparsep,
-%% normallength,normalwidth,normaloffset,generalprinter,
-%% noadaptivecolumnsep,nastydate,taciturn
-%%
-%% The (USA) letterpaper option is specified by the standard classes;
-%% rmpage defaults to undefinedpaper (a real papertype in my
-%% book, which I wouldn't recommend unless you like error messages).
-%%
-%% Either the stdmargins or notstdmargins option should be executed, to
-%% avoid (admittedly unlikely) mis-understandings over the placement of
-%% marginal notes. I think I've changed rmpage so there shouldn't be
-%% a problem with this; notstdmargins is the default setting.
-%%
-%% If no config file is found by rmpagenew, the notstdmargins option
-%% is executed using \ExecuteOptions.
-%%
-%%
-%% CHANGE THE COMMAND BELOW TO MATCH YOUR LOCAL PREFERENCES
-%% --------------------------------------------------------
-%%
-% \ExecuteOptions{R+R-dw520printer,a4paper,notstdmargins,nicedate,noheaders}
-\ExecuteOptions{generalprinter,letterpaper,stdmargins,usdate,noheaders}
-%%
-%% --------------------------------------------------------
-%%
-%%
-%% DEFAULT OPTIONS FOR PARTICULAR CLASSES.
-%% ======================================
-%%
-%% Don't set default options in local classes using
-%% \PassOptionsToPackage{rmpage}{...} in your class file unless you have
-%% a good reason to; read the note below.
-%%
-%% If you need to have rmpage \ExecuteOptions for particular classes,
-%% use the \RM@OnClassExecuteOptions statement in the block below.
-%%
-%% \RM@ClassExecuteOption{<class name>}{<option list>} performs
-%% \ExecuteOptions{<option list>} if the class called <class name> has
-%% been loaded.
-%%
-%% Note that if you are building one class upon another (say, nuthesis
-%% based on report), both classes might have been by this stage, so it is
-%% best to have the \RM@OnClassExecuteOptions statement for the base class
-%% *before* the \RM@OnClassExecuteOptions statement for the loading class.
-%% E.g., for nuthesis based on report, have:
-%% \RM@OnClassExecuteOptions{report}{...} *before*
-%% \RM@OnClassExecuteOptions{nuthesis}{...}
-%%
-%% Example default options for book class
-%%
-% \RM@OnClassExecuteOptions{book}
-% {ukdate,R+R-dw520printer,a4paper,headers,footers}
-%%
-%% Example default options for slides class
-%%
-% \RM@OnClassExecuteOptions{slides}
-% {centre,ukdate,R+R-dw520printer,a4paper}
-%%
-%%
-%% Example default options for foils class
-%%
-% \RM@OnClassExecuteOptions{foils}
-% {centre,ukdate,R+R-dw520printer,a4paper}
-%%
-%% Default options for ljmeepex class; ljmueepexam as was and damn
-%% Bill Gates. All these options are executed here so they can all
-%% be over-ridden by options passed by the document. Had they been
-%% passed from the class file by \PassOptionsToPackage, options from
-%% the document that are declared in rmpage after these options would
-%% over-ride these, and those declared before would not. Do it this
-%% way for consistency.
-%%
-% \RM@OnClassExecuteOptions{ljmeepex}
-% {centre,yorkshire,a4paper,noheaders,footers,wide,t@uchnarrower,longish}
-%%
-%%
-%% END DEFAULT OPTION SETTING FOR PARTICULAR CLASSES
-%% =================================================
-%%
-%%
-%% HOOKS
-%% =====
-%%
-%% The commands defined below: \RM@BeforeProcessOptions,
-%% \RM@DefineNewClasses, \RM@AfterProcessOptions,
-%% \RM@PrinterPaperSettings, \RM@BeforeTextheightSetting, and
-%% \RM@AfterWidthSetting are hooks: they are commands which
-%% you can define yourself, which are executed later somewhere in rmpage.
-%% You hang code from them, which is used later; hence hook. LaTeX2e has
-%% hooks like \AtBeginDocument{}, which saves its argument every time
-%% it's executed, so all the code ever passed to it is executed at the
-%% begin document command. The hooks below are just ordinary LaTeX
-%% commands which you define in the usual way. If you re-define them,
-%% the original contents are lost forever. So add stuff to the
-%% definitions here, don't re-define them later unless you have a good
-%% reason to do so. By the way, these hooks don't have to be defined:
-%% rmpage can work without them quite happily.
-%%
-%%
-%% Use this one for playing about if you have to.
-\newcommand{\RM@BeforeProcessOptions}{}% end\RM@BeforeProcessOptions
-%%
-%%
-%% Use this one for setting up things for particular classes; classes
-%% that are based on other classes should appear in this list
-%% \emph{after} the classes they are based on. That is, the class
-%% bithesis (which is based on report), comes after report. This is
-%% easily arranged, because all the standard classes have their class
-%% type number defined before the \RM@DefineNewClasses hook is executed.
-%% You can define your own class types; the current list of class type
-%% numbers is:
-%%
-%% 0=unknown, 1=article, 2=report, 3=letter, 4=book, 5=slides,
-%% 10=ltxdoc, 11=ltxguide,
-%% 20=rmcv, 21=rmletter, 22=bithesis, 23=ljmueepexam
-%% 50=foils
-%%
-%% 0 - 19 standard LaTeX classes
-%% 20 - 49 my classes
-%% 50 - 99 other classes supported by standard rmpage
-%% 100 - maxnum local classes
-%%
-%% If you're going to define a new class type, use class type numbers
-%% above 100. That way you won't find a new version of rmpage usurping
-%% class type numbers you'd defined for your own use. And make sure
-%% that classes that build on other classes have higher a \RM@classtype
-%% than the classes they build upon. I'll probably do something more
-%% sophisticated one day, but this'll do for now.
-%%
-%% The \RM@LocalClassReport hook is executed by the \RM@typeclasstype
-%% command, which is executed by the \RM@OnClassType command if you've
-%% asked for garrulous reporting. It's a debugging aid to help spot
-%% anomalous class type number setting. Why am I doing this?
-%% If you do add a new class, re-define the \RM@LocalClassReport command
-%% here to report it. For example, if you've added the eddie class,
-%% given the number 666, and the orwell class, given the number 101, say:
-%%
-%% \renewcommand{\RM@LocalClassReport}{
-%% \RM@OnClassType{101}{\typeout{orwell class detected}}{}
-%% \RM@OnClassType{666}{\typeout{eddie class detected}}{}
-%% }
-%%
-\renewcommand{\RM@LocalClassReport}{\typeout{Undefined class detected}}
-%%
-%%
-%% Note that the \RM@DefineNewClasses hook is only executed if
-%% \RM@ClassType is less than 20.
-%%
-%% It's okay to test for a class here that will have had its class type
-%% number set by an option. Not fast, but okay. Note that the
-%% \RM@SetClassType command will only set \RM@ClassType to a value larger
-%% than the current one; this is so that subsequent detection (for
-%% example) of the report class on which you have built the nuthesis
-%% class cannot set \RM@classtype to 2.
-%%
-%% The new classes below are some that I've defined; I've left them
-%% in so you don't pinch the numbers and to give a real-life example.
-%% Most of these classes are a bit rough and not generally useful,
-%% so I'm keeping them to myself; although if you want a
-%% Bolton Institute thesis class file, I'll send you mine if you ask me
-%% for it.
-%%
-\newcommand{\RM@DefineNewClasses}{
- \RM@SetClassType{rmcv} {20}
- \RM@SetClassType{rmletter} {21}
- \RM@SetClassType{bithesis} {22}
- \RM@SetClassType{ljmueepexam}{23}
- \RM@SetClassType{ljmeepex} {23}
-}%% end\RM@DefineNewClasses
-%%
-%%
-%% AfterProcessOptions is useful for setting up things for particular
-%% classes using the \RM@OnClassType command
-%%
-%% I've left in the code I wrote for my class files as examples; the
-%% code for ltxdoc is required if you insist on using rmpage with it.
-%%
-\newcommand{\RM@AfterProcessOptions}{
-% % \renewcommand{\RM@mintextheight}{730pt}% For testing only
-% % \renewcommand{\RM@maxtextheight}{9000pt}
- %
- % class type 10=ltxdoc
- %
- \RM@OnClassType{10}{
- \RM@oclwarninfo{3}
- {ltxdoc and rmpage don't go well together}
-% \RM@ocl{2}{\typeout{Set \protect\normalmarginpar}}{}
-% % Try to make mpars appear in alternating margins
-% \ifRM@twoside\@mparswitchtrue\fi
-% % Try to make mpars appear in default margin
-% \normalmarginpar
- % Ensure \textwidth is at least the required width
- \def\RM@mintextwidth{355pt}
- }{}
- %
- % class type 20=rmcv
- %
- \RM@OnClassType{20}{
- \RM@oclwarninfo{3}
- {I don't do much for rmcv yet,
- and if you specified\MessageBreak
- some options that don't get used, I won't complain}
- }{}
- %
- % class type 22=bithesis
- %
- \RM@OnClassType{22}{
- % Set minimum margins as specified in the regulations.
- % Everything else is done by the class file. These commands are
- % defined to be 0pt at the start of rmpage, so they can't be set in
- % the class file.
- \RM@DefLengthAtLeast{\RM@minoutsidemargin}{15mm}
- \RM@DefLengthAtLeast{\RM@mininsidemargin} {40mm}
- \RM@DefLengthAtLeast{\RM@mintopmargin} {15mm}
- \RM@DefLengthAtLeast{\RM@minbottommargin} {15mm}
- }{}
- %
- % Add more here
- %
-}% end\RM@AfterProcessOptions
-%%
-%%
-%% The \RM@On...PaperSize commands take two compulsory arguments, and
-%% one optional arguments. The optional argument is the long paper
-%% size code. The default value is 0, meaning `not long'.
-%% -1 = any long size
-%% 0 = not long only (or 1-long)
-%% 1 = 7/8 2 = 3/4 3 = 2/3 4 = 5/8 5 = 1/2
-%% 6 = 3/8 7 = 1/3 8 = 1/4 9 = 1/8
-%%
-%% The first compulsory argument is the paper size code; you can look
-%% them up elsewhere.
-%%
-%% If the paper size specified in the arguments to a \RM@...papersize
-%% command is the selected paper size, the third argument is executed.
-%%
-%%
-%% Add setting for local printer/paper combinations here; new printers
-%% should be declared using \DeclareOption above. Have a look in
-%% rmpage.sty, at the code above the point where this hook is
-%% executed, to get a better idea of what's going on.
-\newcommand*{\RM@PrinterPaperSettings}{
-%%
-%% Note that you can print out long A3 sizes (1/2 and under) on A4
-%% paper, with the same minimum clearances applying to the long A3 size
-%% as apply to A4. So in the common case of an A4 printer, all you
-%% need to do is make the A3 printing limits the same as A4 printing
-%% limits, and Bob's yer auntie's live-in lover. What the two
-%% commands below do is assume that all printers are A4 printers, and
-%% sets the clearances accordingly. If you use a non-A4 printer, you
-%% might need to add code to over-ride this assumption for that
-%% printer, after these two commands.
-%%
- \RM@OnPortraitPaperSize[-1]{13}% size 13 = A3
- {
- \let\RM@minrightclearance\RM@ptrrportclear
- \let\RM@minleftclearance \RM@ptrlportclear
- \let\RM@minfootclearance \RM@ptrbportclear
- \let\RM@minheadclearance \RM@ptrtportclear
- }
- \RM@OnLandscapePaperSize[-1]{13}% size 13 = A3
- {
- \let\RM@minrightclearance\RM@ptrrlandclear
- \let\RM@minleftclearance \RM@ptrllandclear
- \let\RM@minfootclearance \RM@ptrblandclear
- \let\RM@minheadclearance \RM@ptrtlandclear
- }
-%%
-%% The code below sets up rmpage to do things the way I like if
-%% you've selected an HP 500 series inkjet (like my DW520).
-%% I print out A5 pages by using dvidvi to put two of them on an A4
-%% page, so A5 portrait clearances need to be A4 landscape clearances
-%% and vice-versa. Envelopes suffer a very large non-printing margin
-%% at the bottom, so this is dealt with. Note that I have to set
-%% both the ptrclear commands *and* the minclearance commands in this
-%% case, because the ptrclear commands are assumed to be set by now,
-%% and I have to change them.
-%%
-%% Note that I have asked rmpage to jack up any of these paper sizes that
-%% need it when I have specified an HP 500 series inkjet; this means that
-%% you can have an unexpectedly large gap at the bottom of a page without
-%% being warned about it, if the page layout you asked for would
-%% otherwise have tried to print in the asymmetrically large non-printing
-%% margin at the bottom of the paper. I don't mind this; if you do,
-%% remove the \RM@jackuptrue statements.
-%%
- \RM@OnPrinterType{11}% HP DeskWriter 500 series
- {
- \RM@OnPortraitPaperSize{14}% size 14 = A4
- {\RM@jackuptrue}
- \RM@OnPortraitPaperSize{15}% size 15 = A5
- {\let\RM@minrightclearance\RM@ptrrlandclear
- \let\RM@minleftclearance\RM@ptrrlandclear
- \let\RM@minfootclearance\RM@ptrblandclear
- \let\RM@minheadclearance\RM@ptrtlandclear}
- \RM@OnLandscapePaperSize{15}% size 15 = A5
- {\let\RM@minrightclearance\RM@ptrrportclear
- \let\RM@minleftclearance\RM@ptrlportclear
- \let\RM@minfootclearance\RM@ptrbportclear
- \let\RM@minheadclearance\RM@ptrtportclear}
- \RM@OnPortraitPaperSize[-1]{13}% size 13 = A3
- {\RM@jackuptrue}
- \RM@OnLandscapePaperSize[-1]{13}% size 13 = A3
- {\RM@jackupfalse}
- \RM@OnPaperSize{58}% size 58 = DL envelopes
- {\def\RM@ptrrlandclear{19mm}
- \def\RM@ptrrlandclear{7mm}
- \def\RM@ptrblandclear{4mm}% spec 3mm
- \def\RM@ptrtlandclear{4mm}% spec 3mm
- \def\RM@ptrrportclear{4mm}% spec 3mm
- \def\RM@ptrlportclear{4mm}% spec 3mm
- \def\RM@ptrbportclear{19mm}
- \def\RM@ptrtportclear{7mm}}
- \RM@OnPortraitPaperSize{58}% size 58 = DL envelopes
- {\let\RM@minrightclearance\RM@ptrrportclear
- \let\RM@minleftclearance\RM@ptrlportclear
- \let\RM@minfootclearance\RM@ptrbportclear
- \let\RM@minheadclearance\RM@ptrtportclear}
- \RM@OnLandscapePaperSize{58}% size 58 = DL envelopes
- {\let\RM@minrightclearance\RM@ptrrlandclear
- \let\RM@minleftclearance\RM@ptrllandclear
- \let\RM@minfootclearance\RM@ptrblandclear
- \let\RM@minheadclearance\RM@ptrtlandclear}
- }% end HP DeskWriter 500 series
-}% end\RM@PrinterPaperSettings
-%%
-%%
-%% Add code to select textheight setting method, and define new
-%% textheight setting code here
-\newcommand*{\RM@BeforeTextheightSetting}{}% end\RM@BeforeTextheightSetting
-%%
-%% You might add code to define \RM@widthsetter to load your own
-%% horizontal parameter setting code for a particular class here
-%% e.g., \RM@OnClassType{69}{\def\RM@widthsetter{rsw-ll.pko}}{}
-\newcommand*{\RM@BeforeWidthSetting}{}% end\RM@BeforeWidthSetting
-%%
-%% If you are using a class that defines \RM@textwidthgroup to 4, put
-%% code in this hook that defines: \RM@ptperchar to the width of one
-%% average character of your main body fount; \@tempdima to the
-%% paper-based initial \textwidth guess; \@tempdimb to the
-%% character-based initial \textwidth guess; and code to modify
-%% \columnsep if you want to.
-%% This hook is executed after the parameters above have been set.
-\newcommand*{\RM@AfterInitialTextwidthSetting}{}% end\RM@AfterInitialTextwidthSetting
-%%
-%% Do what preventest thou from wilting\ldots For symmetry's sake is
-%% this here.
-%%
-\newcommand*{\RM@AfterWidthSetting}{}% end\RM@AfterWidthSetting
-%%
-%%
-\endinput
\ No newline at end of file
+++ /dev/null
-%%
-%% This is file `skb.cfg',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% skb.dtx (with options: `skbcfg')
-%%
-%%
-%% skb.cfg
-%% Copyright (c) 2011 Sven van der Meer <sven@vandermeer.de>
-%%
-%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
-%% LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license or (at
-%% your option) any later version.
-%% The latest version of this license is in
-%% <http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt>
-%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version
-%% 2005/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `author-maintained'.
-%%
-%% The Current Maintainer of this work is
-%% Sven van der Meer <sven@vandermeer.de>
-%%
-%% This software is provided 'as is', without warranty of any kind, either
-%% expressed or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied
-%% warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose.
-%%
-%% This work consists of all files listed in MANIFEST.TXT.
-%%
-\skbconfig[root=/doc,
- acr=database/latex,
- acrfile=acronyms,
- bib=database/bibtex,
- bibfile=bibliography.tex,
- rep=repository,
- pub=publish,
- fig=figures,
- sli=slides
- ]{skb.cfg}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `skb.cfg'.
+++ /dev/null
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesFile{standalone.cfg}[%
- 2012/05/20
- v1.1a
- Default configuration file for 'standalone' class]%
-%% Enabled the "varwidth" option if the "varwidth" package is available:
-%%\IfFileExists{varwidth.sty}{%
-%% \standaloneconfig{varwidth}%
-%%}{}%
-
-%% Default options:
-\standaloneconfig{crop}
-
-%% Option which 'preview' should be loaded with
-\PassOptionsToPackage{active,tightpage}{preview}%
-
-%% Enable 'preview' option by default:
-%%\standaloneconfig{preview}
-
-%% Remove the border:
-\standaloneconfig{border=0pt}
-
-%% Default preview border (used by standalone v0.x):
-%%\standaloneconfig{border=0.50001bp}
-
-%% Disable navigation symbols in beamer.
-%% This must be done AtEndOfClass because the options are not processed yet,
-%% so "beamer" mode is not enabled yet.
-\AtEndOfClass{%
-\ifstandalonebeamer
- \setbeamertemplate{navigation symbols}{}%
-\fi
-}
-%% vim: ft=tex
+++ /dev/null
-%%
-%% This is file `subfigure.cfg',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% subfigure.dtx (with options: `newconf')
-%%
-%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
-%%
-%% For the copyright see the source file.
-%%
-%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed
-%% with new filenames distinct from subfigure.cfg.
-%%
-%% For distribution of the original source see the terms
-%% for copying and modification in the file subfigure.dtx.
-%%
-%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the
-%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the
-%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be
-%% in the same archive or directory.)
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%% @LaTeX-style-file{
-%% author = "Steven Douglas Cochran",
-%% version = "2.1.5",
-%% date = "2005/04/29",
-%% time = "14:24:08",
-%% filename = "subfigure.sty",
-%% address = "Digital Mapping Laboratory, School of Computer Science
-%% Carnegie-Mellon University, 5000 Forbes Avenue
-%% Pittsburgh, PA 15213-3890, USA",
-%% telephone = "+1 412.268.5654",
-%% fax = "+1 412.268.5576",
-%% email = "cochran@ieee.org",
-%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
-%% keywords = "LaTeX, float, figure, table, captcont",
-%% supported = "yes",
-%% abstract = "LaTeX package for providing support for the
-%% inclusion of small, `sub', figures and tables. It
-%% simplifies the positioning, captioning and
-%% labeling of them within a single figure or table
-%% environment. In addition, this package allows
-%% such subcaptions to be written to the List of
-%% Figures or List of tables if desired."
-%% }
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\ExecuteOptions{tight,TABTOPCAP}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `subfigure.cfg'.
+++ /dev/null
-%-------------------------------------%
-% Configuration file for SWIMGRAF.STY %
-%-------------------------------------%
-% Path for records files
-\def\swg@filepath{c:/xy/swimming/}
-%
-% Data filename. (File must be in same directory as .tex file containing
-% \swimgraph macro.)
-\def\swg@datafile{swg.dat}
-%
-%-------------------------------------%
-% Colors %
-%-------------------------------------%
-%
-\definecolor{gold}{rgb}{1.0,.8,.1}
-\definecolor{lightgold}{rgb}{1.0,.9,.2}
-\definecolor{silver}{rgb}{.7,.7,.7}
-\definecolor{lightsilver}{rgb}{.9,.9,.9}
-\definecolor{lightmagenta}{cmyk}{0, 0.3, 0, 0}
-\definecolor{lightgreen}{cmyk}{.3, 0, .3, 0}
-\definecolor{lightblue}{cmyk}{0.3, 0.3, 0, 0}
-\definecolor{lightcyan}{cmyk}{0.3, 0, 0, 0}
-
-% world record
-% short course
-\def\swg@wsccolor{gold}
-% long course
-\def\swg@wlccolor{lightgold}
-
-% National record
-% short course
-\def\swg@nsccolor{cyan}
-% long course
-\def\swg@nlccolor{lightcyan}
-
-% Age-specific records
-% age record a
-% short course
-\def\swg@asccolor{magenta}
-% long course
-\def\swg@alccolor{lightmagenta}
-% age record b
-% short course
-\def\swg@bsccolor{blue}
-% long course
-\def\swg@blccolor{lightblue}
-% age record c
-% short course
-\def\swg@csccolor{yellow}
-% long course
-\def\swg@clccolor{yellow}
-% age record d
-% short course
-\def\swg@dsccolor{yellow}
-% long course
-\def\swg@dlccolor{yellow}
-% age record e
-% short course
-\def\swg@esccolor{yellow}
-% long course
-\def\swg@elccolor{yellow}
-% age record f
-% short course
-\def\swg@fsccolor{yellow}
-% long course
-\def\swg@flccolor{yellow}
-%
-% swimmer's times
-% short course
-\def\swg@sccolor{green}
-% long course
-\def\swg@lccolor{lightgreen}
-
-% labels for meet names
-\def\swg@labelcolor{green}
-%
-% vertical lines for months
-\def\swg@monthlinecolor{lightgray}
-% vertical lines for years
-\def\swg@yearlinecolor{black}
-% horizontal lines at one second intervals
-\def\swg@oneseclinecolor{lightgray}
-% horizontal lines at five second intervals
-\def\swg@fiveseclinecolor{black}
-
-%-------------------------------------%
-% Font size for meet name labels %
-%-------------------------------------%
-% Can be empty (in which case default font size for document used)
-% or \small, \tiny, etc.
-\def\swg@labelfontsize{}
-
-%-------------------------------------%
-% Distances %
-%-------------------------------------%
-% All distances can be numbers or dimensions (e.g. 5mm). If a dimension, the
-% distance is fixed. If a number, it depends on the value of the xunit
-% (if horizontal) or yunit (if vertical). If you have graphs using various
-% yunits, a dimension may be best.
-%
-% At top:
-% Vertical distance between top of graph and base of key.
-\def\swg@keyvsep{8mm}
-%
-% At bottom:
-% Vertical distance between baseline of graph and month labels.
-\def\swg@monthvsep{5mm}
-
-% Vertical distance between baseline of month labels and year labels.
-\def\swg@yearvsep{5mm}
-
-% Vertical distance between baseline of year labels and title.
-\def\swg@titlevsep{5mm}
-
-% Vertical distance between plotted dots and meet labels
-\def\swg@labelvsep{3mm}
-
-% At side:
-% Horizontal distance between "time" label and y-axis
-\def\swg@tlabelpos{14mm}
-
-% Line width for plot of swimmer's times
-\def\swg@linewidth{1mm}
-
-% Line width for record lines
-\def\swg@reclinewidth{0.8mm}
-
-%-------------------------------------%
-% Default options %
-%-------------------------------------%
-% Record series a, b, n, and w
-\ExecuteOptions{a,b,n,w}
-
-%-------------------------------------%
-% Units %
-%-------------------------------------%
-
-% The units xunit and yunit determine the size of the plot.
-% Changing them here changes the default. You can override this
-% setting by using an optional argument of \swimgraph: e.g.
-% \swimgraph[xunit=1mm,yunit=4mm]...
-% The framesep determines the amount of white space around the boxes
-% of text that block out the background (the labels for records).
-\psset{xunit=.4mm,yunit=3.5mm,framesep=0pt}
-
-%-------------------------------------%
-% Formats used by \swimtext %
-%-------------------------------------%
-
-% For interpretation, see p. 24 of LaTeX Companion
-\renewcommand{\section}%
- {\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}%
- {-2ex \@plus -.5ex \@minus -.1ex}%
- {0.7ex \@plus.1ex}%
- {\hskip-\parindent\hskip -7pt\hbox to 0pt{\hss\rule[1.8pt]{5pt}{5pt}\hss}%
- \hskip 7pt\reset@font\bfseries}}
-\renewcommand{\subsection}{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}%
- {-1.5ex\@plus -.5ex \@minus -.1ex}%
- {.5ex \@plus .1ex}%
- {\reset@font\itshape}}
-
-\newenvironment{swgdescription}
- {\list{}{\labelwidth\z@ \itemindent-\leftmargin
- \let\makelabel\swgdescriptionlabel
- \parsep 0\p@
- \itemsep 0\p@
- \topsep 0\p@}}
- {\endlist}
-\newcommand*\swgdescriptionlabel[1]{\hspace\labelsep
- \normalfont #1}
-
-
-\1a
\ No newline at end of file
+++ /dev/null
-%%
-%% This is file `tpcolors.cfg',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% texpower-cfg.dtx (with options: `tpcolors')
-%%
-%% --------------------------------------------------------------
-%% TeXPower bundle - dynamic online presentations with LaTeX
-%% Copyright (C) 1999-2004 Stephan Lehmke
-%% Copyright (C) 2003-2005 Hans Fredrik Nordhaug
-%%
-%% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-%% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-%% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-%% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-%%
-%% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-%% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-%% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-%% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%% --------------------------------------------------------------
-%%
-%% The list of all files belonging to the TeXPower bundle is
-%% given in the file `00readme.txt'.
-%%
-%=======================================================================================================================
-% File: tpcolors.cfg
-%
-% Color configuration for the texpower package.
-%
-%=======================================================================================================================
-
-%=======================================================================================================================
-% Standard colors.
-%
-% For every of the colors described in the "Defined colors for emphasis and highlighting elements" section of the
-% documentation, there is one default value which is defined here. Further default colors are for background, panel and
-% navigation elements.
-%
-% Note that this file is loaded _only_ if TeXPower's color management is active.
-%
-% Redefine colors for individual taste. Please remember, however, that a document transferred into another configuration
-% where a different tpcolors.cfg is present, will look different on compilation. So for a `stable' color configuration,
-% it might be better to put the respective \defineTPcolor commands into the preamble of the document or into a style
-% file.
-
-% Color definitions for white background.
-
-\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{pagecolor}{rgb}{1,1,1}% Page background (for background style `plain').
-
-\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{bgndstartcolor}{rgb}{1,1,0.9}% Start color for gradient background.
-\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{bgndendcolor}{rgb}{1,1,1}% End color for gradient background.
-\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{bgndmidcolor}{rgb}{0.9,1,0.9}% Middle color for gradient background (`double' gradient).
-
-\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{textcolor}{rgb}{0,0,0.5}% Normal text.
-
-\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{emcolor}{rgb}{0,0,0.8}% Emphasised text (if coloremph option is given).
-\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{altemcolor}{rgb}{0,0.5,0.8}% Double emphasised text (if coloremph option is given).
-
-\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{mathcolor}{rgb}{0,0.5,0}% Math (if colormath option is given).
-
-\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{codecolor}{rgb}{0,0.5,0}% \code (additional emphasising command).
-\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{underlcolor}{rgb}{0.7,0,0.3}% \underl (additional emphasising command).
-\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{conceptcolor}{rgb}{0.6,0,0}% \concept (additional emphasising command).
-\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{inactivecolor}{rgb}{0.7,0.7,0.7}% \inactive (additional emphasising command).
-\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{presentcolor}{rgb}{1,1,0.8}% Background color for \present (emphasising command).
-\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{highlightcolor}{rgb}{1,1,0.7}% Background color for \highlight (emphasising command).
-
-\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{buttoncolor}{rgb}{0.8,0.8,0.9}% Background color for buttons.
-\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{buttonshadowcolor}{rgb}{.001,0,.502}% Button shadow.
-\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{buttonframecolor}{gray}{0}% Button frame.
-\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{buttontextcolor}{gray}{0}% Button text.
-
-\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{toppanelcolor}{gray}{0.9}% Top panel background.
-\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{bottompanelcolor}{gray}{0.9}% Bottom panel background.
-\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{leftpanelcolor}{gray}{0.9}% Left panel background.
-\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{rightpanelcolor}{gray}{0.9}% Right panel background.
-\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{toppaneltextcolor}{gray}{0}% Top panel text.
-\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{bottompaneltextcolor}{gray}{0}% Bottom panel text.
-\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{leftpaneltextcolor}{gray}{0}% Left panel text.
-\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{rightpaneltextcolor}{gray}{0}% Right panel text.
-
-
-% Color definitions for `light' background.
-
-\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{pagecolor}{rgb}{1,1,0.9}% Page background (for background style `plain').
-
-\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{bgndstartcolor}{rgb}{1,1,0.8}% Start color for gradient background.
-\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{bgndendcolor}{rgb}{1,1,1}% End color for gradient background.
-\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{bgndmidcolor}{rgb}{0.8,1,0.8}% Middle color for gradient background (`double' gradient).
-
-\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{textcolor}{rgb}{0,0,0.5}% Normal text.
-
-\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{emcolor}{rgb}{0,0,0.8}% Emphasised text (if coloremph option is given).
-\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{altemcolor}{rgb}{0,0.5,0.8}% Double emphasised text (if coloremph option is given).
-
-\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{mathcolor}{rgb}{0,0.4,0}% Math (if colormath option is given).
-
-\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{codecolor}{rgb}{0,0.5,0}% \code (additional emphasising command).
-\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{underlcolor}{rgb}{0.7,0,0.3}% \underl (additional emphasising command).
-\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{conceptcolor}{rgb}{0.6,0,0}% \concept (additional emphasising command).
-\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{inactivecolor}{rgb}{0.7,0.7,0.7}% \inactive (additional emphasising command).
-\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{presentcolor}{rgb}{1,1,1}% Background color for \present (emphasising command).
-\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{highlightcolor}{rgb}{1,1,0.6}% Background color for \highlight (emphasising command).
-
-\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{buttoncolor}{rgb}{0.8,0.8,0.9}% Background color for buttons.
-\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{buttonshadowcolor}{rgb}{.001,0,.502}% Button shadow.
-\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{buttonframecolor}{gray}{0}% Button frame.
-\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{buttontextcolor}{gray}{0}% Button text.
-
-\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{toppanelcolor}{gray}{0.9}% Top panel background.
-\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{bottompanelcolor}{gray}{0.9}% Bottom panel background.
-\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{leftpanelcolor}{gray}{0.9}% Left panel background.
-\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{rightpanelcolor}{gray}{0.9}% Right panel background.
-\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{toppaneltextcolor}{gray}{0}% Top panel text.
-\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{bottompaneltextcolor}{gray}{0}% Bottom panel text.
-\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{leftpaneltextcolor}{gray}{0}% Left panel text.
-\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{rightpaneltextcolor}{gray}{0}% Right panel text.
-
-
-% Color definitions for `dark' background.
-
-\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{pagecolor}{rgb}{0,0,0.4}% Page background (for background style `plain').
-
-\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{bgndstartcolor}{rgb}{0,0,0.2}% Start color for gradient background.
-\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{bgndendcolor}{rgb}{0,0,0.6}% End color for gradient background.
-\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{bgndmidcolor}{rgb}{0,0.3,0.4}% Middle color for gradient background (`double' gradient).
-
-\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{textcolor}{rgb}{1,1,0.6}% Normal text.
-
-\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{emcolor}{rgb}{1,1,0}% Emphasised text (if coloremph option is given).
-\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{altemcolor}{rgb}{1,0.6,0}% Double emphasised text (if coloremph option is given).
-
-\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{mathcolor}{rgb}{1,0.5,1}% Math (if colormath option is given).
-
-\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{codecolor}{rgb}{0,0.7,0}% \code (additional emphasising command).
-\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{underlcolor}{rgb}{0.3,1,0.7}% \underl (additional emphasising command).
-\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{conceptcolor}{rgb}{0.4,1,1}% \concept (additional emphasising command).
-\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{inactivecolor}{rgb}{0.4,0.4,0.4}% \inactive (additional emphasising command).
-\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{presentcolor}{rgb}{0,0,0}% Background color for \present (emphasising command).
-\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{highlightcolor}{rgb}{0,0,0.1}% Background color for \highlight (emphasising command).
-
-\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{buttoncolor}{rgb}{0.4,0.4,0.6}% Background color for buttons.
-\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{buttonshadowcolor}{gray}{0}% Button shadow.
-\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{buttonframecolor}{gray}{0}% Button frame.
-\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{buttontextcolor}{gray}{0}% Button text.
-
-\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{toppanelcolor}{gray}{0.4}% Top panel background.
-\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{bottompanelcolor}{gray}{0.4}% Bottom panel background.
-\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{leftpanelcolor}{gray}{0.4}% Left panel background.
-\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{rightpanelcolor}{gray}{0.4}% Right panel background.
-\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{toppaneltextcolor}{gray}{1}% Top panel text.
-\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{bottompaneltextcolor}{gray}{1}% Bottom panel text.
-\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{leftpaneltextcolor}{gray}{1}% Left panel text.
-\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{rightpaneltextcolor}{gray}{1}% Right panel text.
-
-
-% Color definitions for black background.
-
-\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{pagecolor}{rgb}{0,0,0}% Page background (for background style `plain').
-
-\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{bgndstartcolor}{rgb}{0,0,0}% Start color for gradient background.
-\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{bgndendcolor}{rgb}{0,0,0.2}% End color for gradient background.
-\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{bgndmidcolor}{rgb}{0,0.2,0.2}% Middle color for gradient background (`double' gradient).
-
-\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{textcolor}{rgb}{1,1,0.6}% Normal text.
-
-\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{emcolor}{rgb}{1,1,0}% Emphasised text (if coloremph option is given).
-\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{altemcolor}{rgb}{1,0.5,0}% Double emphasised text (if coloremph option is given).
-
-\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{mathcolor}{rgb}{1,0.5,1}% Math (if colormath option is given).
-
-\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{codecolor}{rgb}{0,0.7,0}% \code (additional emphasising command).
-\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{underlcolor}{rgb}{0.3,1,0.7}% \underl (additional emphasising command).
-\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{conceptcolor}{rgb}{0.4,1,1}% \concept (additional emphasising command).
-\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{inactivecolor}{rgb}{0.4,0.4,0.4}% \inactive (additional emphasising command).
-\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{presentcolor}{rgb}{0,0,0.3}% Background color for \present (emphasising command).
-\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{highlightcolor}{rgb}{0,0,0.4}% Background color for \highlight (emphasising command).
-
-\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{buttoncolor}{rgb}{0.4,0.4,0.6}% Background color for buttons.
-\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{buttonshadowcolor}{gray}{0}% Button shadow.
-\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{buttonframecolor}{gray}{0}% Button frame.
-\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{buttontextcolor}{gray}{0}% Button text.
-
-\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{toppanelcolor}{gray}{0.4}% Top panel background.
-\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{bottompanelcolor}{gray}{0.4}% Bottom panel background.
-\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{leftpanelcolor}{gray}{0.4}% Left panel background.
-\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{rightpanelcolor}{gray}{0.4}% Right panel background.
-\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{toppaneltextcolor}{gray}{1}% Top panel text.
-\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{bottompaneltextcolor}{gray}{1}% Bottom panel text.
-\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{leftpaneltextcolor}{gray}{1}% Left panel text.
-\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{rightpaneltextcolor}{gray}{1}% Right panel text.
-
-
-% The default definitions of TeXPower's standard colors do not include dimmed and enhanced variants, leaving the
-% variants to be calculated automatically. This works quite well for the dimmed variant, but the automatically
-% calculated enhanced variant might not be to everybody's taste. The following example (if uncommented) will define
-% custom enhanced versions of all standard `text body' colors in all color sets which look slightly better than the
-% automatically calculated ones. Note that background and panels are not affected by dimming and enhancing.
-
-%% Enhanced color variants for white background.
-
-% \defineTPcolor[whitebg]{etextcolor}{rgb}{0,0,0.7}% Normal text.
-
-% \defineTPcolor[whitebg]{eemcolor}{rgb}{0,0,1}% Emphasised text (if coloremph option is given).
-% \defineTPcolor[whitebg]{ealtemcolor}{rgb}{0,0.6,0.9}% Double emphasised text (if coloremph option is given).
-
-% \defineTPcolor[whitebg]{emathcolor}{rgb}{0,0.6,0}% Math (if colormath option is given).
-
-% \defineTPcolor[whitebg]{ecodecolor}{rgb}{0,0.6,0}% \code (additional emphasising command).
-% \defineTPcolor[whitebg]{eunderlcolor}{rgb}{0.8,0,0.4}% \underl (additional emphasising command).
-% \defineTPcolor[whitebg]{econceptcolor}{rgb}{0.8,0,0}% \concept (additional emphasising command).
-% \defineTPcolor[whitebg]{einactivecolor}{rgb}{0.6,0.6,0.6}% \inactive (additional emphasising command).
-% \defineTPcolor[whitebg]{epresentcolor}{rgb}{1,1,0.8}% Background color for \present (emphasising command).
-% \defineTPcolor[whitebg]{ehighlightcolor}{rgb}{1,1,0.7}% Background color for \highlight (emphasising command).
-
-
-%% Enhanced color variants for `light' background.
-
-% \defineTPcolor[lightbg]{etextcolor}{rgb}{0,0,0.7}% Normal text.
-
-% \defineTPcolor[lightbg]{eemcolor}{rgb}{0,0,1}% Emphasised text (if coloremph option is given).
-% \defineTPcolor[lightbg]{ealtemcolor}{rgb}{0,0.6,0.9}% Double emphasised text (if coloremph option is given).
-
-% \defineTPcolor[lightbg]{emathcolor}{rgb}{0,0.6,0}% Math (if colormath option is given).
-
-% \defineTPcolor[lightbg]{ecodecolor}{rgb}{0,0.65,0}% \code (additional emphasising command).
-% \defineTPcolor[lightbg]{eunderlcolor}{rgb}{0.8,0,0.4}% \underl (additional emphasising command).
-% \defineTPcolor[lightbg]{econceptcolor}{rgb}{0.8,0,0}% \concept (additional emphasising command).
-% \defineTPcolor[lightbg]{einactivecolor}{rgb}{0.6,0.6,0.6}% \inactive (additional emphasising command).
-% \defineTPcolor[lightbg]{epresentcolor}{rgb}{.95,1,.95}% Background color for \present (emphasising command).
-% \defineTPcolor[lightbg]{ehighlightcolor}{rgb}{1,1,0.4}% Background color for \highlight (emphasising command).
-
-
-%% Enhanced color variants for `dark' background.
-
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{etextcolor}{rgb}{1,1,0.8}% Normal text.
-
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{eemcolor}{rgb}{1,1,0.3}% Emphasised text (if coloremph option is given).
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{ealtemcolor}{rgb}{1,0.8,0}% Double emphasised text (if coloremph option is given).
-
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{emathcolor}{rgb}{1,0.6,1}% Math (if colormath option is given).
-
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{ecodecolor}{rgb}{0,0.9,0}% \code (additional emphasising command).
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{eunderlcolor}{rgb}{0.4,1,0.8}% \underl (additional emphasising command).
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{econceptcolor}{rgb}{0.7,1,1}% \concept (additional emphasising command).
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{einactivecolor}{rgb}{0.5,0.5,0.5}% \inactive (additional emphasising command).
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{epresentcolor}{rgb}{0.1,0,0}% Background color for \present (emphasising command).
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{ehighlightcolor}{rgb}{0,0,0}% Background color for \highlight (emphasising command).
-
-
-%% Enhanced color variants for black background.
-
-% \defineTPcolor[blackbg]{etextcolor}{rgb}{1,1,0.8}% Normal text.
-
-% \defineTPcolor[blackbg]{eemcolor}{rgb}{1,1,0.3}% Emphasised text (if coloremph option is given).
-% \defineTPcolor[blackbg]{ealtemcolor}{rgb}{1,0.4,0}% Double emphasised text (if coloremph option is given).
-
-% \defineTPcolor[blackbg]{emathcolor}{rgb}{1,0.6,1}% Math (if colormath option is given).
-
-% \defineTPcolor[blackbg]{ecodecolor}{rgb}{0,0.9,0}% \code (additional emphasising command).
-% \defineTPcolor[blackbg]{eunderlcolor}{rgb}{0.4,1,0.8}% \underl (additional emphasising command).
-% \defineTPcolor[blackbg]{econceptcolor}{rgb}{0.7,1,1}% \concept (additional emphasising command).
-% \defineTPcolor[blackbg]{einactivecolor}{rgb}{0.5,0.5,0.5}% \inactive (additional emphasising command).
-% \defineTPcolor[blackbg]{epresentcolor}{rgb}{0,0,0.4}% Background color for \present (emphasising command).
-% \defineTPcolor[blackbg]{ehighlightcolor}{rgb}{0,0,0.5}% Background color for \highlight (emphasising command).
-
-
-
-% Remember that the color definitions above only represent _one_ example for a possible color configuration.
-% The following example (if uncommented) completely redefines the standard colors for the darkbackground option. This
-% works for one or all colors of this or other background options by analogy. (Comment out the definition of the
-% darkbackground colors above if convenient.)
-
-%% Color definitions for `dark' background.
-
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{pagecolor}{rgb}{0,0.1,0}% Page background (for background style `plain').
-
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{bgndstartcolor}{rgb}{0,0.05,0}% Start color for gradient background.
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{bgndendcolor}{rgb}{0,0.4,0}% End color for gradient background.
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{bgndmidcolor}{rgb}{0,0.2,0.5}% Middle color for gradient background (`double' gradient).
-
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{textcolor}{rgb}{1,0.6,1}% Normal text.
-
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{emcolor}{rgb}{1,0,1}% Emphasised text (if coloremph option is given).
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{altemcolor}{rgb}{1,0,0.5}% Double emphasised text (if coloremph option is given).
-
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{mathcolor}{rgb}{0.5,1,1}% Math (if colormath option is given).
-
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{codecolor}{rgb}{0.8,0,0}% \code (additional emphasising command).
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{underlcolor}{rgb}{1,0.7,0.3}% \underl (additional emphasising command).
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{conceptcolor}{rgb}{1,1,0.4}% \concept (additional emphasising command).
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{inactivecolor}{rgb}{0.4,0.4,0.4}% \inactive (additional emphasising command).
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{presentcolor}{rgb}{0,0,0}% Background color for \present (emphasising command).
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{highlightcolor}{rgb}{0,0.3,0}% Background color for \highlight (emphasising command).
-
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{buttoncolor}{rgb}{0.4,0.4,0.6}% Background color for buttons.
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{buttonshadowcolor}{gray}{0}% Button shadow.
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{buttonframecolor}{gray}{0}% Button frame.
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{buttontextcolor}{gray}{0}% Button text.
-
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{toppanelcolor}{gray}{0.4}% Top panel background.
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{bottompanelcolor}{gray}{0.4}% Bottom panel background.
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{leftpanelcolor}{gray}{0.4}% Left panel background.
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{rightpanelcolor}{gray}{0.4}% Right panel background.
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{toppaneltextcolor}{gray}{1}% Top panel text.
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{bottompaneltextcolor}{gray}{1}% Bottom panel text.
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{leftpaneltextcolor}{gray}{1}% Left panel text.
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{rightpaneltextcolor}{gray}{1}% Right panel text.
-
-
-% In the usual standard defaults given above, no dimmed or enhanced variants are included, to demonstrate TeXPower's
-% automatic dimming and enhancing capabilities. It is possible, however, to provide `hand-tuned' dimmed and enhanced
-% variants for nicer results. This is done by prefixing "d" or "e" to the color name. In the following, custom dimmed
-% and enhanced variants of some of the colors defined above are specified. Note that background and panels are not
-% affected by dimming and enhancing, so only the `text body' colors are specified.
-
-%% Dimmed color variants for `dark' background.
-
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{dtextcolor}{rgb}{0.5,0.4,0.5}% Normal text.
-
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{demcolor}{rgb}{0.5,0,0.5}% Emphasised text (if coloremph option is given).
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{daltemcolor}{rgb}{0.5,0,0.2}% Double emphasised text (if coloremph option is given).
-
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{dmathcolor}{rgb}{0.2,0.5,0.5}% Math (if colormath option is given).
-
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{dcodecolor}{rgb}{0.5,0,0}% \code (additional emphasising command).
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{dunderlcolor}{rgb}{0.5,0.3,0.1}% \underl (additional emphasising command).
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{dconceptcolor}{rgb}{0.5,0.5,0.2}% \concept (additional emphasising command).
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{dinactivecolor}{rgb}{0.2,0.2,0.2}% \inactive (additional emphasising command).
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{dpresentcolor}{rgb}{0,0.05,0}% Background color for \present (emphasising command).
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{dhighlightcolor}{rgb}{0,0.15,0}% Background color for \highlight (emphasising command).
-
-
-%% Enhanced color variants for `dark' background.
-
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{etextcolor}{rgb}{1,0.8,1}% Normal text.
-
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{eemcolor}{rgb}{1,0.2,1}% Emphasised text (if coloremph option is given).
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{ealtemcolor}{rgb}{1,0.2,0.7}% Double emphasised text (if coloremph option is given).
-
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{emathcolor}{rgb}{0.7,1,1}% Math (if colormath option is given).
-
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{ecodecolor}{rgb}{1,0,0}% \code (additional emphasising command).
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{eunderlcolor}{rgb}{1,0.9,0.5}% \underl (additional emphasising command).
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{econceptcolor}{rgb}{1,1,0.6}% \concept (additional emphasising command).
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{einactivecolor}{rgb}{0.5,0.5,0.5}% \inactive (additional emphasising command).
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{epresentcolor}{rgb}{0.2,0,0}% Background color for \present (emphasising command).
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{ehighlightcolor}{rgb}{0,0.4,0}% Background color for \highlight (emphasising command).
-
-
-
-% The following example (if uncommented) shows what is neccessary for defining a completely new standard color which is
-% recognized by TeXPower commands like \dimcolors, \enhancecolors (and display commands using those) as well as the
-% commands \whitebackground, \lightbackground, \darkbackground, and \blackbackground.
-%
-% If you don't want to give different definitions of your color for different backgrounds, you can define it just in the
-% current color set (leaving out the optional argument to \defineTPcolor), but then it will stay the same on all
-% backgrounds and not be adapted when the background color changes.
-%
-% You don't have to define dimmed and enhanced variants of your color (with prefix d and e, respectively). If you just
-% leave them out, TeXPower will calculate appropriate variants automatically.
-
-% \defineTPcolor[whitebg]{mycolor}{rgb}{1,0.5,0}% Variants of mycolor for white backgrounds.
-% \defineTPcolor[whitebg]{dmycolor}{rgb}{0.9,0.8,0.6}%
-% \defineTPcolor[whitebg]{emycolor}{rgb}{1,0.7,0}%
-% %
-% \defineTPcolor[lightbg]{mycolor}{rgb}{1,0.5,0}% Variants of mycolor for light backgrounds.
-% \defineTPcolor[lightbg]{dmycolor}{rgb}{0.9,0.8,0.6}%
-% \defineTPcolor[lightbg]{emycolor}{rgb}{1,0.7,0}%
-% %
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{mycolor}{rgb}{0,0.5,1}% Variants of mycolor for dark backgrounds.
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{dmycolor}{rgb}{0.1,0.2,0.4}%
-% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{emycolor}{rgb}{0,0.3,1}%
-% %
-% \defineTPcolor[blackbg]{mycolor}{rgb}{0,0.5,1}% Variants of mycolor for black backgrounds.
-% \defineTPcolor[blackbg]{dmycolor}{rgb}{0.1,0.2,0.4}%
-% \defineTPcolor[blackbg]{emycolor}{rgb}{0,0.3,1}%
-
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `tpcolors.cfg'.
+++ /dev/null
-%%
-%% This is file `tpoptions.cfg',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% texpower-cfg.dtx (with options: `tpoptions')
-%%
-%% --------------------------------------------------------------
-%% TeXPower bundle - dynamic online presentations with LaTeX
-%% Copyright (C) 1999-2004 Stephan Lehmke
-%% Copyright (C) 2003-2005 Hans Fredrik Nordhaug
-%%
-%% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-%% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-%% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-%% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-%%
-%% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-%% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-%% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-%% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%% --------------------------------------------------------------
-%%
-%% The list of all files belonging to the TeXPower bundle is
-%% given in the file `00readme.txt'.
-%%
-%=======================================================================================================================
-% File: tpoptions.cfg
-%
-% System-specific configuration of options defined by the texpower package.
-%
-%=======================================================================================================================
-
-% The following example (if uncommented) will turn on the display option by default.
-
-%\ExecuteOptions{display}
-
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `tpoptions.cfg'.
+++ /dev/null
-%%
-%% This is file `tpsettings.cfg',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% texpower-cfg.dtx (with options: `tpsettings')
-%%
-%% --------------------------------------------------------------
-%% TeXPower bundle - dynamic online presentations with LaTeX
-%% Copyright (C) 1999-2004 Stephan Lehmke
-%% Copyright (C) 2003-2005 Hans Fredrik Nordhaug
-%%
-%% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-%% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-%% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-%% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-%%
-%% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-%% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-%% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-%% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%% --------------------------------------------------------------
-%%
-%% The list of all files belonging to the TeXPower bundle is
-%% given in the file `00readme.txt'.
-%%
-%=======================================================================================================================
-% File: tpsettings.cfg
-%
-% System-specific configuration of defaults defined by the texpower package.
-%
-%=======================================================================================================================
-
-
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `tpsettings.cfg'.
+++ /dev/null
-% Copyright 2011 by Alain Matthes
-%
-% This file may be distributed and/or modified
-%
-% 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or
-% 2. under the GNU Public License.
-
-% original tkz-base.cfg
-%
-% If you modify this original file, YOUR CHANGES WILL BE LOST when it is
-% updated. Instead, put your changes in the entire copy of tkz-base.cfg
-% and save the file in a directory part of your TEXINPUTS environment
-% variable.
-
-\def\fileversion{1.16 c}
-\def\filedate{2011/06/01}
-\makeatletter
-%<--------- axes cartesian system ---------------------------------------–>
-\global\edef\tkz@init@color{\tkz@textcolor}
-\global\def\tkz@init@lw{0.4 pt}
-\global\def\tkz@init@tickwd{0.8 pt}
-\global\def\tkz@init@ticka{2 pt}
-\global\def\tkz@init@tickb{2 pt}
-\global\def\tkz@init@xlabel{$x$}
-\global\def\tkz@init@ylabel{$y$}
-\global\def\tkz@init@tickb{2 pt}
-\global\def\tkz@init@rightspace{.5}
-\global\def\tkz@init@leftspace{0}
-\global\def\tkz@init@upspace{.5}
-\global\def\tkz@init@downspace{0}
-\global\let\tkzmathstyle\displaystyle
-\global\def\tkz@legend@line@len{1cm}
-%<------------------------------ styles ---------------------------------–>
-\tikzset{xlabel style/.style={below=3 pt,
- inner sep = 1pt,
- outer sep = 0pt}}
-\tikzset{xaxe style/.style ={>=latex,->}}
-\tikzset{ylabel style/.style={left = 3 pt,
- inner sep = 1pt,
- outer sep = 0pt}}
-\tikzset{yaxe style/.style ={>=latex,->}}
-%<-------------------------- rep ---------------------------------------–>
-\global\edef\tkz@sur@color{\tkz@mainlinecolor}
-\global\edef\tkz@sur@colorlabel{\tkz@mainlinecolor}
-\global\def\tkz@sur@lw{0.8 pt}
-\global\def\tkz@sur@posxlabel{below=2pt}
-\global\def\tkz@sur@posylabel{left=2pt}
-\tikzset{rep style/.style={->,>=latex}}
-%<-------------------------- grid ---------------------------------------–>
-\global\edef\tkz@grid@color{gray}
-\global\def\tkz@grid@lw{0.4 pt}
-\global\def\tkzCoeffSubColor{50}
-\global\def\tkzCoeffSubLw{0.8}
-\global\def\tkz@grid@xstep{0.2}
-\global\def\tkz@grid@ystep{0.2}
-%<-------------------------- line ---------------------------------------–>
-\global\edef\tkz@euc@linecolor{\tkz@mainlinecolor}
-\global\def\tkz@euc@linewidth{0.6pt}
-\global\def\tkz@euc@linestyle{solid}
-\global\def\tkz@euc@lineleft{.2}
-\global\def\tkz@euc@lineright{.2}
-\tikzset{line style/.style={%
- line width = \tkz@euc@linewidth,
- color = \tkz@euc@linecolor,
- style = \tkz@euc@linestyle,
- add = {\tkz@euc@lineleft} and {\tkz@euc@lineright}}
- }
-%<-------------------------- points -----------------------------------–>
-\global\edef\tkz@euc@pointshape{circle}
-\global\edef\tkz@euc@pointcolor{\tkz@mainlinecolor}
-\global\edef\tkz@euc@labelcolor{\tkz@mainlinecolor}
-\global\def\tkz@euc@pointsize{6}
-\global\def\tkz@euc@pointpos{below right}
-\global\edef\tkz@euc@segmentcolor{\tkz@mainlinecolor}
-\global\edef\tkz@euc@circlecolor{\tkz@mainlinecolor}
-\tikzset{point style/.style={draw = \tkz@euc@pointcolor,
- inner sep = 0pt,
- shape = \tkz@euc@pointshape,
- minimum size = \tkz@euc@pointsize*\pgflinewidth,
- fill = \tkz@euc@pointcolor!50}}
-%<------------------------- compass -----------------------------------–>
-\global\edef\tkz@euc@compasscolor{\tkz@otherlinecolor}
-\global\def\tkz@euc@compasswidth{0.4pt}
-\global\def\tkz@euc@compassstyle{solid}
-\tikzset{compass style/.style={color = \tkz@euc@compasscolor,
- line width = \tkz@euc@compasswidth,
- style = \tkz@euc@compassstyle}}
-%<---------------------------- mark -----------------------------------–>
-\global\edef\tkz@mk@color{\tkz@mainlinecolor}
-\global\edef\tkz@mk@mark{*}
-\global\edef\tkz@mk@size{3pt}
-\global\edef\tkz@mk@fill{\tkz@otherlinecolor}
-\tikzset{mark style/.style={mark=\tkz@mk@mark,mark size=\tkz@mk@size,mark options={color=\tkz@mk@color,fill=\tkz@mk@fill}}}
-%<---------------------- show coord -----------------------------------–>
-\tikzset{arrow coord style/.style={dashed,
- \tkz@euc@linecolor,
- >=latex',
- ->}}
-\tikzset{xcoord style/.style={\tkz@euc@labelcolor,
- font=\normalsize,text height=1ex,
- inner sep = 0pt,
- outer sep = 0pt,
- fill=\tkz@fillcolor,
- below=3pt}}
-\tikzset{ycoord style/.style={\tkz@euc@labelcolor,
- font=\normalsize,text height=1ex,
- inner sep = 0pt,
- outer sep = 0pt,
- fill=\tkz@fillcolor,
- left=3pt}}
-%<--------------------------- vector --------------------------------------–>
-\tikzset{vector style/.style={>=latex,->}}
-
-%<------------------------- Cartesian system -----------------------------–>
-% Default
-% Geometry Euclidean with unity for x and y = 1cm ---> step=1
-% 0 ≤ x ≤ 10
-% 0 ≤ y ≤ 10
-\xdef\tkz@init@xorigine{0}
-\xdef\tkz@init@yorigine{0}
-\xdef\tkz@init@xstep{1}
-\xdef\tkz@init@ystep{1}
-\xdef\tkz@init@xmin{0}
-\xdef\tkz@init@ymin{0}
-\xdef\tkz@init@xmax{10}
-\xdef\tkz@init@ymax{10}
-\xdef\tkz@init@xdec{1}
-\xdef\tkz@init@ydec{1}
-%<--------------------------------------------------------------------------–>
-\makeatother
-\endinput
\ No newline at end of file
+++ /dev/null
-% $Id: typeface.cfg 905 2012-06-18 03:44:37Z Geoffrey $
-%
-\ProvidesFile{\TF@CONFIGFILE}
- [2012/03/05 \TF@PACKAGENAME\space package configuration file]
-
-% Provide some EXTRA encoding choices to typeface package users at
-% this site. NB, internal code, so comma not colon-separated lists.
-%------------------------------------------------------------------
-% % in this example, make sure xxenc.def and yyenc.def exist
-% % or fontenc will complain
-% \renewcommand*\tf@fontencodingchoices{XX,XY}
-
-% Redefine site default typefaces. Here are some typographically dubious
-% examples. Note that since these definitions literally substitute for
-% users' package options if not explicitly provided, ensure your syntax
-% is correct -- package (sub)options lists should be colon not
-% comma-separated.
-%-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-% \renewcommand*\TF@DEFAULTRMFONT{kpfonts:veryoldstyle:largesmallcaps}
-% \renewcommand*\TF@DEFAULTSFFONT{helv:scale:0.75}
-% \renewcommand*\TF@DEFAULTTTFONT{luxi}
-% \renewcommand*\TF@DEFAULTMATHFONT{iwona:light:condensed}
-% \renewcommand*\TF@DEFAULTSYMBOLSFONT{ams}
-% \renewcommand*\TF@DEFAULTTEXTFIGURESFONT{palatino:spacing:20:lkern:-20:rkern:5}
-
-% Ditto here. Possibly useful for configuring locales, e.g.,
-%-----------------------------------------------------------
-% \renewcommand*\TF@DEFAULTFONTENCODING{EU1:T1}
-% \renewcommand*\TF@DEFAULTINPUTENCODING{dontload}
-% \renewcommand*\TF@DEFAULTTEXTCOMP{safe}
-% \renewcommand*\TF@DEFAULTCMAP{ignore}
-
-% Redefine in-built debug colours
-%--------------------------------
-% \renewcommand*\TF@DEBUG@COLOUR@TS{purple}
-% \renewcommand*\TF@DEBUG@COLOUR@SC{magenta}
-% \renewcommand*\TF@DEBUG@COLOUR@JF{green}
-% \renewcommand*\TF@DEBUG@COLOUR@XF{red}
-% \renewcommand*\TF@DEBUG@COLOUR@LININGNUMS{olive}
-% \renewcommand*\TF@DEBUG@COLOUR@RM{Indigo}
-% \renewcommand*\TF@DEBUG@COLOUR@SF{Maroon}
-% \renewcommand*\TF@DEBUG@COLOUR@TT{Green}
-% \renewcommand*\TF@DEBUG@COLOUR@MATH{ProcessBlue}
-% \renewcommand*\TF@DEBUG@COLOUR@XFNAME{\TF@DEBUG@COLOUR@XF}
-
-% Examples \beforeloadingXXX and \afterloadingXXX,
-% where XXX is symbols, math, rm, sf, tt or textfigures
-%--------------------------------------------------------
-% \newcommand*\beforeloadingmath{
-% \ifthenelse{\equal{\tf@mathfont}{amsfonts}}{
-% % undefine the following to prevent amsfonts namespace clashes
-% \tf@undefinecommands{\underrightarrow,\underleftarrow}
-% \TF@PackageDebugInfoNoLine[\TF@CONFIGFILE]{%
-% Blew away \string\underrightarrow\space and
-% \string\underleftarrow\MessageBreak
-% symbols before loading amsfonts package}
-% }{}
-% }
-
-% User-supplied typeface definitions for the typeface package
-%============================================================
-% The \newtypeface command can be used to introduce new
-% fonts to typeface package management. The command accepts
-% one optional and four required parameters:
-% #1: [<optional comma-separated list of aliases for typeface name>]
-% #2: {<typeface name>}
-% #3: {<human-readable typeface name (its print name)>}
-% #4: {<typeface family: rm, sf, tt, math, symbol or textfigures>}
-% #5: {<typeface initialisation code>}
-%---------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-% Example typeface definitions follow. Most of these involve
-% commercial fonts that will need to be purchased and installed.
-%
-% NB, bear in mind that unless you override it using the `fontloadorder'
-% package option (which you should vigorously try to avoid) the
-% typeface package loads fonts in this order:
-% textfigures, symbols, math, rm, sf, tt
-% This will make a difference if your code loads and doesn't properly
-% account for packages that override font setups configured earlier in
-% the chain (best if you can keep your code free of side effects, as
-% in the examples below).
-%
-% Use debug-instrumented command \tf@usefontpackage in preference to
-% \usepackage whenever loading font packages, not using it at other times.
-%-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-% Adobe American Typewriter (strictly speaking, not a monospaced font)
-\newtypeface[americantypewriter,americantt,att]{adobeamericantypewriter}
- {Adobe American Typewriter}{tt}{
- % the \scaletypeface command, below, requires compatible *pat.fd files
- \scaletypeface{tt}{\newcommand*\pat@scale{\tf@ttscalefactor}}
- \renewcommand{\ttdefault}{pat}
-}
-
-% Adobe Bembo
-\newtypeface[bembo]{adobebembo}{Adobe Bembo}{rm}{
- \renewcommand*\rmdefault{pbb}
- \tf@SCencodedosf
-}
-
-% Adobe Caslon
-\newtypeface{adobecaslon}{Adobe Caslon}{rm}{
- \renewcommand*\rmdefault{pac}
- \tf@SCencodedosf
-}
-
-% Adobe Garamond
-\newtypeface{adobegaramond}{Adobe Garamond}{rm}{
- \renewcommand*\rmdefault{pad}
- \tf@SCencodedosf
-}
-
-% Adobe Gill Sans
-\newtypeface[adobegill,gillsans,gill]{adobegillsans}{Adobe Gill Sans}{sf}{
- % the \scaletypeface command, below, requires compatible *pgs.fd files
- \scaletypeface{sf}{\newcommand*\pgs@scale{\tf@sfscalefactor}}
- \renewcommand*\sfdefault{pgs}
-}
-
-% Adobe Granjon
-\newtypeface{adobegranjon}{Adobe Granjon}{rm}{
- \renewcommand*\rmdefault{pgj}
- \tf@SCencodedosf
-}
-
-% Adobe Janson. NB, this is Adobe Janson, NOT Adobe Jenson!
-\newtypeface{adobejanson}{Adobe Janson}{rm}{
- \renewcommand*\rmdefault{pjn}
- \tf@SCencodedosf
-}
-
-% Adobe Jenson. NB, this is Adobe Jenson, NOT Adobe Janson!
-\newtypeface{adobejenson}{Adobe Jenson}{rm}{
- \renewcommand*\rmdefault{paj}
- \TF@NativeOSFError
-}
-
-% Adobe Lucida
-\newtypeface{adobelucida}{Adobe Lucida}{rm}{
- \renewcommand*\rmdefault{plc}
- \TF@NativeOSFError
-}
-
-% Adobe Myriad Pro
-\newtypeface{adobemyriadpro}{Adobe Myriad Pro}{sf}{
- \tf@ifsuboption{osf}{\tf@sffontoptions}{
- % Myriad Pro has an OSF variant (depending on your installation)
- \renewcommand*\sfdefault{Myriad-OsF}
- \xdef\tf@sfprintname{\tf@sfprintname\ OSF}
- }{
- \renewcommand*\sfdefault{Myriad-LF}
- }
-}
-
-% Adobe Sabon
-\newtypeface{adobesabon}{Adobe Sabon}{rm}{
- \ifthenelse{\equal{\tf@osf@method}{\TF@OSF@JF}}{
- \renewcommand*\rmdefault{psbj} % Native old style figures
- \tf@define@liningfigures{psb}
- }{
- \renewcommand*\rmdefault{psb} % Lining figures
- }
- \tf@define@oldstylenums@cmd{psbj}
-}
-
-% Adobe Sabon text figures
-\newtypeface{adobesabon}{Adobe Sabon}{textfigures}{
- \tf@initialisetextfiguresfont{T1}
- \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{m}{n} {psbr9d}
- \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{m}{sc} {psbrc9d}
- \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{m}{it} {psbri9d}
- \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{m}{sl} {psbri9d}
- \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{b}{n} {psbb9d}
- \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{b}{it} {psbbi9d}
- \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{b}{sl} {psbbi9d}
- \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{bx}{n} {psbb9d}
- \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{bx}{it}{psbbi9d}
- \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{bx}{sl}{psbbi9d}
-}
-
-% Adobe Times Roman Expert (with true smallcaps and oldstyle figures)
-% NB, if you receive `Package textcomp warning: Oldstyle digits unavailable
-% for family ptmj' (or ptmx), you might try loading the typeface
-% package with option `textcomp=force', e.g,
-% \usepackage[typeface=timesexpert,textcomp=force,...]{typeface}
-\newtypeface[timesx]{adobetimesexpert}{Adobe Times Roman Expert}{rm}{
- \ifthenelse{\equal{\tf@osf@method}{\TF@OSF@JF}}{
- \renewcommand*\rmdefault{ptmj} % Native old style figures
- \tf@define@liningfigures{ptmx}
- }{
- \renewcommand*\rmdefault{ptmx} % Lining figures
- }
-}
-
-\newtypeface[timesx]{adobetimesexpert}{Adobe Times Roman Expert}{textfigures}{
- \tf@initialisetextfiguresfont{T1}
- \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{m}{n} {ptmr9d}
- \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{m}{sc} {ptmrc9d}
- \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{m}{it} {ptmri9d}
- \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{m}{sl} {ptmri9d}
- \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{b}{n} {ptmb9d}
- \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{b}{sc} {ptmbc9d}
- \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{b}{it} {ptmbi9d}
- \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{b}{sl} {ptmbi9d}
- \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{bx}{n} {ptmb9d}
- \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{bx}{sc}{ptmbc9d}
- \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{bx}{it}{ptmbi9d}
- \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{bx}{sl}{ptmbi9d}
-}
-
-% Adobe Trade Gothic
-\newtypeface[atg,tradegothic]{adobetradegothic}{Adobe Trade Gothic}{sf}{
- % the \scaletypeface command, below, requires compatible *ptg.fd files
- \scaletypeface{sf}{\newcommand*\ptg@scale{\tf@sfscalefactor}}
- \renewcommand*\sfdefault{ptg}
-}
-
-\newtypeface{ebgaramond}{EB Garamond}{rm}{
- % OTF's available at http://www.georgduffner.at/ebgaramond/
- % Converted to type1 using autoinst (but I screwed up ligatures
- % conversion on my copy somewhere along the way).
- % Note that it's early days for this font, e.g., no bold, bold-italic,
- % and extremely poor italic correction. Nevertheless, what there is
- % right now is very attractive and shows considerable promise.
- \ifthenelse{\equal{\tf@osf@method}{\TF@OSF@JF}}{
- \renewcommand*\rmdefault{EBGaramond-OsF} % Native old style figures
- \tf@define@liningfigures{EBGaramond-LF}
- }{
- \renewcommand*\rmdefault{EBGaramond-LF} % Lining figures
- }
- \tf@define@oldstylenums@cmd{EBGaramond-OsF}
-}
-
-% Emigre Mrs Eaves
-\newtypeface{mrseaves}{Mrs Eaves}{rm}{
- \renewcommand*\bfdefault{b}
- \renewcommand*\mddefault{m}
- \ifthenelse{\equal{\tf@osf@method}{\TF@OSF@JF}}{
- \renewcommand*\rmdefault{MrsEavesOT-OsF} % Native old style figures
- \tf@define@liningfigures{MrsEavesOT-LF}
- }{
- \renewcommand*\rmdefault{MrsEavesOT-LF} % Lining figures
- }
- \tf@define@oldstylenums@cmd{MrsEavesOT-OsF}
-}
-
-% Hoefler & Frere-Jones Hoefler Text
-\newtypeface[hoefler]{hoeflertext}{Hoefler Text}{rm}{
- \renewcommand*\rmdefault{eht} % TODO: configure lf for HOEFLER TEXT ALT.
- \tf@define@liningfigures{ptm} % Until then, use Times lf instead. Urggh.
- \tf@define@oldstylenums@cmd{eht} % Redefine \oldstylenums to suit.
-}
-
-\newtypeface[hoefler]{hoeflertext}{Hoefler Text}{textfigures}{
- \tf@initialisetextfiguresfont{T1}
- \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{m}{n} {ehtr8t}
- \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{m}{sc} {ehtrc8t}
- \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{m}{sl} {ehtro8t}
- \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{m}{it} {ehtri8t}
- \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{b}{n} {ehtb8t}
- \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{b}{sc} {ehtbc8t}
- \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{b}{sl} {ehtbo8t}
- \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{b}{it} {ehtbi8t}
- \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{eb}{n} {ehtc8t}
- \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{eb}{sc}{ehtcc8t}
- \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{eb}{sl}{ehtco8t}
- \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{eb}{it}{ehtci8t}
- \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{bx}{n} {ehtb8t}
- \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{bx}{sc}{ehtbc8t}
- \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{bx}{sl}{ehtbo8t}
- \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{bx}{it}{ehtbi8t}
-}
-
-% Linotype Didot
-\newtypeface[ldidot]{linotypedidot}{Linotype Didot}{rm}{
- \renewcommand*\rmdefault{ldo}
- \tf@SCencodedosf
-}
-
-% Linotype Sabon
-\newtypeface[lsabon]{linotypesabon}{Linotype Sabon}{rm}{
- \renewcommand*\rmdefault{lsb}
- \TF@NativeOSFError
-}
-
-% Linotype Times Ten
-\newtypeface[timesten]{linotypetimesten}{Linotype Times Ten}{rm}{
- \renewcommand*\rmdefault{ltt}
- \TF@NativeOSFError
-}
-
-% Monotype Scotch Roman. Ha ha! Might look good in an ancient history thesis!
-\newtypeface[scotchroman]{monotypescotchroman}{Monotype Scotch Roman}{rm}{
- \renewcommand*\rmdefault{ms1}
- \TF@NativeOSFError
-}
-
-\newtypeface[vgaramond,varoquaux]{varoquauxgaramond}
- {URW Garamond (Varoquaux)}{rm}{
- % Modded set of URW Garamond fonts (possibly) available at
- % http://gael-varoquaux.info/computers/garamond/index.html
- % This fontset provides several advantages over URW Garamond, including:
- % smallcaps, osf and long tailed Q. However, like URW Garamond, there are
- % weaknesses. Adobe Garamond offers another alternative.
- \renewcommand*\rmdefault{ggm}\normalfont
- \tf@define@liningfigures{ugm}
- \TF@NativeLFError
-}
-
-% Verdana truetype font (see verdana package for further details)
-\newtypeface{verdana}{Verdana}{sf}{
- \tf@ifsuboption{nofligatures}{\tf@sffontoptions}{
- \renewcommand{\sfdefault}{vnax} % if f-ligatures cause problems
- }{
- \renewcommand{\sfdefault}{vna}
- }
-}
-
-%-------- End typeface.cfg ----------------------------------------------------
+++ /dev/null
-%%
-%% This is file `yagusylo.cfg',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% yagusylo.dtx (with options: `config')
-%% This is a generated file.
-%%
-%% Copyright (C) 2009 Y. Henel alias le TeXnicien de surface
-%% <le.texnicien.de.surface@wanadoo.fr>
-%%
-%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
-%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license
-%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this
-%% license is in:
-%%
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%
-%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version
-%% 1999/12/01 or later.
-\defyagenumpattern{wastrol}{symfam=wasysym,
- firstitemnum=88, enumlength=14, symcolor=purple}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `yagusylo.cfg'.
+++ /dev/null
-%%
-%% This is file `ydoc.cfg',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% ydoc.dtx (with options: `ydoc.cfg')
-%%
-%% Please delete the following line on manual changes:
-\ProvidesFile{ydoc.cfg}[%
- 2012/05/03
- v0.6alpha
- Default config file for ydoc]
-\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
-\IfFileExists{fourier.sty}{%
- \usepackage{fourier}
-}{}
-\IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{
- \IfFileExists{fourier.sty}{
- \renewcommand{\ttdefault}{lmtt}
- }{
- \usepackage{lmodern}
- }
-}{}
-\urlstyle{sf}
-\usepackage{ifpdf}
-\ifpdf
-\usepackage{microtype}
-\fi
-\usepackage{array}
-\usepackage{booktabs}
-\usepackage{multicol}
-\usepackage{xcolor}
-\usepackage{listings}
-\usepackage{booktabs}
-\usepackage{hyperref}
-\reversemarginpar
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `ydoc.cfg'.
+++ /dev/null
-Map epiolmec.map
-MixedMap esint.map
-MixedMap manfnt.map
+++ /dev/null
-Map knitfont.map
-MixedMap xypic.map
Map fpls.map
Map pazo.map
Map utopia.map
-Map epiolmec.map
-MixedMap esint.map
-MixedMap manfnt.map
-Map knitfont.map
-MixedMap xypic.map
X-GNOME-Bugzilla-Bugzilla=GNOME
X-GNOME-Bugzilla-Product=gnome-keyring
X-GNOME-Bugzilla-Component=general
-X-GNOME-Bugzilla-Version=3.10.1
+X-GNOME-Bugzilla-Version=3.12.2
X-GNOME-Bugzilla-Bugzilla=GNOME
X-GNOME-Bugzilla-Product=gnome-keyring
X-GNOME-Bugzilla-Component=general
-X-GNOME-Bugzilla-Version=3.10.1
+X-GNOME-Bugzilla-Version=3.12.2
X-GNOME-Bugzilla-Bugzilla=GNOME
X-GNOME-Bugzilla-Product=gnome-keyring
X-GNOME-Bugzilla-Component=general
-X-GNOME-Bugzilla-Version=3.10.1
+X-GNOME-Bugzilla-Version=3.12.2
X-GNOME-Bugzilla-Bugzilla=GNOME
X-GNOME-Bugzilla-Product=gnome-keyring
X-GNOME-Bugzilla-Component=general
-X-GNOME-Bugzilla-Version=3.10.1
+X-GNOME-Bugzilla-Version=3.12.2
projects / config / uhu1 / etc.git / commitdiff